BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

LONDON:

3ISHOPSGATF. STRF.K1

MANUAL

BRITISH MARINE ALGM

GENERIC AND SPECIFIC DESCRIPTIONS OF ALL THE KNOWN
BRITISH SPECIES OF SEA-WEEDS.

WITH PLATES TO ILLUSTRATE ALL THE GENERA.

WILLIAM HENRY HARVEY, M.D., M.R.I.A.

KEEPER OP THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN ; AWD
PROFESSOR OF BOTANY TO THE ROYAL DUBLIN SOCIETY.

LONDON :
JOHN VAN VOORST, PATERNOSTER ROW.

M.DCCC.XLIX.

" Vere magna et longe pulcherrima sunt etiara ilia, profundissima sapientia hie exstructa
opera tua, OH JEHOVAH! quee non nisi bene arraatis nostris oculis patent! Qualia autein
eruntdenique ilia, qua sublato hoc speculo, remota mortalitatis caligni, dalurus es tuis,
Te vere sincere pectore colentibus ! Eheu qualia !" — Hedivig.

MRS. GRIFFITHS,

OF

TORQUAY, DEVON,

A LADY WHOSE LONG-CONTINUED BESEAKCHES HAVE, MOEE THAN

THOSE OF ANY OTHEK OBSEEVEE IN BRITAIN, CONTRIBUTED TO

THE PRESENT ADVANCED STATE OF

MARINE BOTANY,

AND WHOSE NUMEROUS DISCOVERIES, COMMEMORATED IN THE GENUS

GRIFFITHSIA,

ENTITLE HER TO THE LASTING GRATITUDE OF HEE
FELLOW-STUDENTS,

THIS VOLUME,

WHICH OWES MUCH OF WHATEVER VALUE IT MAY POSSESS TO HER

LIBERAL DONATIONS OF EARE SPECIMENS, AND HER ACCURATE

OBSEEVATIONS UPON THEM,

IS BESPECTFULLY INSCBIBED,
BY HER FAITHFUL AND OBLIGED FBIEND,

THE AUTHOR.

Trinity College, Dublin,
June 30, 1849.

2090895

ADVERTISEMENT TO THE SECOND EDITION.

EIGHT years have now elapsed since the publication of the
first edition of this work, and during this period much has
been done, both in this country and on the Continent of
Europe, to further our acquaintance with the Algae. Many
new species have been discovered, — the natural result of a
greater attention to the subject ; and much has been done
to advance our knowledge of the structure and fructifica-
tion of these plants. From both circumstances have re-
sulted many improvements in classification ; and if we
admit that much still remains to be done before our classi-
fication can be considered perfect, we may also congratu-
late the numerous company of British Algologists on the
progress that has been made in illustrating their favourite
branch of study, and on the flourishing condition to which
it has arrived.

In the present edition an improved distribution of the
marine species, particularly of the Red sea-weeds (Rhodo-
spermeae) has been, it is hoped, introduced. I have been
forced, however, to omit the fresh-water Algae, which were
included in the first edition, for two reasons : first, because
they have recently been treated at large in a separate work,
by a cotemporary; and secondly, because my attention
has been so exclusively turned to the marine Algae, whilst

viii ADVERTISEMENT.

engaged on the Phycologia Britannica, now in course of
publication, that I have not had sufficient leisure to study
the fresh-water species with the care that their intricacy
demands.

No great changes have been made in the descriptive
portions of the work, with the exception of improved ge-
neric and specific characters where such improvement
seemed needed ; and the introduction, at the commence-
ment of each Order, of short descriptions and remarks in
illustration of the variations in habit observed among the
species, their geographical range, and anything peculiar
connected with their history.

The general Introduction has been, with some small
corrections, for the greater part, retained ; very little has
been added, but several passages have been struck out,
the substance of which will be found embodied in the in-
troductory observations prefixed to the orders. The most
important improvement in this new edition consists in the
plates to illustrate the genera. These, it is hoped, will be
found sufficiently full to enable the student, with the help
of the descriptions, to ascertain the genus to which any
sea-weed he may find belongs. It is not intended, in a
work like the present, to give full analytical or anatomical
details in such figures, but sufficient analysis is given for
practical purposes.

Trinity College, Dublin,
June 30, 1849.

PORTRAIT OF PROFESSOR HARVEY.

IT was the intention of the Publisher to have prefaced this volume
with a portrait of the Author. The Author's absence in the New
World prevents this until his return, which is not expected before
Midsummer, 1850. As soon after this time as the engraving can
be finished, the Publisher will deliver the print, free of charge, in
exchange for this notice, which purchasers of the work are solicited
to sign and present, either direct, or through their respective Book-
sellers.

JOHN VAN VOORST.

Paternoster Eow, London,

December 20, 1849.

INTRODUCTION.

WHOEVER has paid the slightest attention to the classifica-
tion of natural objects, whether plants or animals, must be
aware, that if we desire to follow natural principles in form-
ing our groups, — that is, to bring together such species as
resemble each other in habit, properties and structure, — it
is a vain task to attempt to define, with absolute strictness,
the classes into which we are forced to combine them. At
least, no effort to effect this desirable object has yet been
successful. Natural groups are so interwoven into each
other, and often exhibit such an exaltation and degradation
of characters within the limits of an Order or a Genus,
that the distinctive marks, as they approach each other,
gradually disappear, and two tribes, which in the more
highly developed species scarcely resemble each other,
are found, in the lower, to be either undistinguishable or
with difficulty distinguished. Thus, to a common observer,
the Poppy and the Fumitory would scarcely be supposed
to be closely related ; yet there is so much gradation be-
tween them, through allied genera, that some botanists
have placed them in the same Natural Order. Still more
unlike in appearance are the Rose and the Shamrock, yet
they belong to Orders so closely connected, that the only
invariable mark by which they can be distinguished is,
that in one, what is called the odd segment of the calyx
is posterior, while in the other it is anterior ; and till this

X INTRODUCTION.

was pointed out by Mr. R. BROWN, botanists were at a loss
to define the respective orders, though very seldom indeed
puzzled as to whether a genus were Rosaceous or Legumi-
nous. If it be thus difficult to define groups among highly
organized plants, it can be no matter of wonder that when
we come to the CRYPTOGAMIA, whose structure is so much
more simple and uniform, and whose forms are still more
sportive, the difficulties become vastly increased. But it
fortunately happens that these difficulties are much more
formidable on paper than in the field. Thus, while the
system-maker, in his study, may puzzle his brains with the
fruitless task of attempting to express in words a diagnostic
which shall include every species of the class ALG.E, and,
at the same time, exclude every denizen of the allied
groups, FUNGI and LICHENES ; the student, roaming through
the fields or along the sea-shore, finds no difficulty what-
ever in recognising a sea-weed, as distinct from a mush-
room or a Lichen. The search into structure and affini-
ties among the works of creation is something like that
after first principles. We can distinguish and analyse up
to a certain point : there we are stopped by that invisible
and intangible, but impassable veil, behind which the
Creator hides his operations. At this point we must rest
satisfied with differences which we can see, but which we
cannot know or define. Dismissing, therefore, specula-
tions on the exact limits between ALG.E and all other
tribes, let us proceed to consider the subject more imme-
diately before us, namely, the habit, structure, geographi-
cal distribution and uses of these plants.

The name ALG^I, under which the LICHENS were for-
merly included, is now limited by botanists to that large
group or Natural Class of Cryptogamic or floWerless
plants, which forms the principal and characteristic vege-

INTRODUCTION. XI

tation of the waters. The sea, in no climate from the po-
lar circle to the equator, is altogether free from Algae,
though they abound on some shores much more than on
others, a subject which will come particularly under notice
when we speak of the distribution of their several tribes.
Species abound likewise in fresh water, whether running or
stagnant, and in mineral springs. The strongly impreg-
nated sulphureous streams of Italy, — the eternal snows of
the Alps and arctic regions, — and the boiling springs of
Iceland, have each their peculiar species ; and even che-
mical solutions, if long kept, produce Alga?. Very few,
comparatively, inhabit stations which are not submerged
or exposed to the constant dripping of water ; and, in all
situations where they are found, great dampness, at least,
is necessary to their production.

Thus extensively scattered through all climates, and ex-
isting under so many varieties of situation, the species are,
as one would naturally suppose, exceedingly numerous,
and present a greater variety in form and size than is ob-
servable in any other tribe of plants whose structure is so
similar. Some are so exceedingly minute as to be wholly
invisible, except in masses, to the naked eye, and require
the highest powers of our microscopes to ascertain their
form or structure. Others, growing in the depths of the
great Pacific Ocean, have stems which exceed in length
(though not in diameter) the trunks of the tallest forest
trees ; and others have leaves that rival in expansion those
of the Palm. Some are simple globules or spheres, con-
sisting of .a single cell or little bag of tissue filled with a
colouring matter ; some are mere strings of such cells co-
hering by the ends ; others, a little more complex, exhibit
the appearance of branched threads ; in others, again, the
branches and stems are compound, consisting of several
such threads joined together ; and, in others, the tissue

Xii INTRODUCTION.

expands into broad flat fronds. Only the higher tribes show
any distinction into stems and leaves, and even in these,
what appears a stein in the old plant, has already served, at
an earlier period of growth, either as a leaf, as in Sargas-
sum and Cystoseira, or as the midrib of a leaf, as in Deles-
seria. A few exhibit leaves or flat fronds formed of a
delicate, perforated net-work, resembling fine lace or the
skeletons of leaves, a structure which is also found among
zoophytes. Of those so constructed, the most remarkable
are the New-Holland genus Thuretia, the East-Indian
Dictyurus (Callidictyon, Grev.), and Martensia, a genus
lately discovered at Port Natal, in South Africa, by Dr.
Krauss, which produces fan-shaped fronds, the lower half
of which has the structure and colour of Nitophyllum, the
upper that of the delicate net-wrork of Thuretia. Claudea,
one of the most singular of all the Algae, has a reticulated
frond of somewhat different structure. In this plant the
phyllodia are not formed by the simple interlacement of
fibres, or the perforations of a membrane, but by the anas-
tomosing of minute, ribbed leaflets, which are at first free,
and gradually connect their points with the rib of the leaf-
let next above them. The new originate all at the upper
side of the older leaflets, and stand at right angles with
them; thus a net-work is soon formed, and as the distances
between the leaves are small, the structure is delicately
lacy.

Among British Algae, the only structure analogous to
these exists in Hydrodictyon, a fresh water Alga, which
grows in the form of a perfect net, with regular meshes.

The substance of which the frond consists is as variable
as the form. Some are mere masses of slime or jelly, so
loose that they fall to pieces on being removed from the
water ; others resemble, in feel and appearance, threads of
silk ; some are stiff and horny ; others are cartilaginous,

INTRODUCTION. xiH

or with the aspect and elasticity of gristle ; others tough
and coriaceous, or resembling leather ; while the stems of
some of the larger kinds are almost woody. The leaves
of some are delicately membranaceous, glossy and trans-
parent ; of others, coarse and thick, and either wholly des-
titute of nerves, or furnished with more or less defined
ribs, or beautifully veined. Several have the power of
withdrawing carbonate of lime from the water in which
they grow, and laying it up, in an organized state, in their
tissues. Among fresh-water species, particularly of the
Rivularia, we find the first imperfect exhibitions of this
remarkable power, but in some of these the lime occurs in
such lumpy masses, that it may perhaps rather be regarded
as an incrustation, through which the plant continually
grows. In the marine Corallines, and in several of the
orders Siphonaceae and Batrachospermacea, the secreting
process is too perfect for the lime to be considered as an
incrustation. It is obviously necessary to the perfect de-
velopment of the vegetable. Some of the least perfect of
the Corallines, the Melobesia or Nullipores, resemble
masses of calcareous matter, not at all unlike the incrusta-
tions formed in water strongly impregnated with carbonate
of lime ; but when we place these apparent rocks into acid
for a short time, until the lime is partly dissolved, there re-
mains a delicately cellular structure, of the full form and
size of the original mass, and built in a perfectly regular
manner. In the cells of this body, and the interstices be-
tween them, the particles of lime had been arranged.
Among the most minute kinds, many (comprising the
family Diatomacea} are cased with organized silex, and
these cases, which resist the action of fire, are found in
countless myriads in a fossil state, in many countries, cover-
ing miles of ground, or forming mountains, and presenting

XIV INTRODUCTION.

to the naked eye a whitish, powdery substance, known by
the name of " mountain meal."

In colour, the Algae exhibit three principal varieties,
with, of course, numerous intermediate shades, namely,
grass-green, olivaceous, red. The grass-green is character-
istic of those found in fresh water, or in very shallow parts
of the sea, along the shores, and generally above half-tide
level ; and is rarely seen in those which grow at any great
depth. But to this rule there are exceptions, sufficiently
numerous to forbid our assigning the prevalence of this co-
lour altogether to shallowness of water. Several of the
more perfect Conferveae and Siphoneae grow beyond the
reach of ordinary tides ; and others, as the beautiful Ana-
dyomene, are sometimes dredged from very considerable
depths. The great mass, however, of the green-coloured
species, are inconsiderably submerged. The olivaceous-
brown or olive-green is almost entirely confined to marine
species, and is, in the main, characteristic of those that
grow at half-tide level, Algae of this colour becoming less
frequent towards low-water mark ; but an olivaceous vege-
tation frequently occurs also at greater depths, in which
case it is very dark, and passes into brown or almost black.
The red also, is almost exclusively marine, and reaches its
maximum in deep water. When red sea-weeds grow
above half-tide level, they assume either purple, or orange,
or yellow tints, and sometimes even a cast of green, but in
these cases their colour is sometimes brightened by placing
the specimens, for a short time, in fresh water. The red is
rarely very pure much within the range of extreme low-
water mark, higher than which many of the more delicate
species will not vegetate ; and those that do exist degene-
rate in form as well as in colour. How far below low-
water mark the red species extend has not been ascertained,

INTRODUCTION. XV

but those from the extreme depths of the sea are of the
olive series in its darkest form. For the colours of these
last it has puzzled botanists not a little to account. It is
well known that light is absolutely necessary to the growth
of land-plants, and that the green colour of their foliage
altogether depends upon its supply : if placed in even par-
tial darkness they quickly acquire a sickly yellowish hue,
and finally become white. But with Algae it is different.
At depths to which the luminous rays, it is known, do not
penetrate, species exist as fully coloured as those along the
shore. They therefore, in this respect, either differ from
all other plants (FuNGi included), or perhaps, what are
called the chemical rays, in which seem to reside the most
active principles of solar light, may be those which cause
colour among these vegetables, and may penetrate to depths
to which luminous rays do not reach. But this is mere
supposition. However this may be, it is worth remarking
that this property among Algae, of producing vigorous
growth and strong colour without the agency of light, af-
fords another link between them and the animal kingdom,
among the lower tribes of which light is by no means es-
sential to growth and the most brilliant colour.

There is this difference also in the distribution of colours
among Algae to what obtains among other plants. Among
plants in general, nothing is so variable or uncertain as
colour : far from serving as a mark to distinguish groups
or genera, colour does not even aspire to the rank of a spe-
cific character, and the utmost to which it can pretend is
to separate one variety of a species from another. Among
Algae, on the contrary, it has been ascertained that the
classes of colour enumerated above, are, to a great extent,
indicative of structure, and consequently of natural affinity.
Thus, the green species are of the simplest structure, and

XVI INTRODUCTION.

differ remarkably in their mode of propagation from either
of the other tribes, their spores being endowed at the period
of germination with a sort of motion, which some have
called voluntary, but which does not really possess that
animal property. The olivaceous are the most perfect and
compound in the structure of th^ir organs of vegetation,
and reach the largest size ; and the red form a group dis-
tinguished not less by the beauty and delicacy of their
tissue, than by producing spores under two forms, thus pos-
sessing what is called a double fructification. Hence,
modern botanists, since the publication of Lamouroux's
system, have, whatever their particular views of arrange-
ment may be, almost invariably used colour as one of the
principal characters on which their systematic arrangement
is based ; and to a great extent it may be safely trusted.

But the young student must be careful not to place too
absolute dependance on colour alone, in referring plants
which he may gather to their place in the system ; for some
species, which in their healthy state are red, or of that
class of colour, become, when growing under unfavourable
circumstances, of an orange, yellowish, whitish, or greenish
shade. Laurencia pinnatifida is particularly variable in
this respect. When this species grows near low- water
mark, it is of a fine, deep, purple-red ; a little higher up
it is dull purple-brown ; higher still a pale brownish red,
and, at last, near high-water mark, it is often yellowish or
greenish. The other species of Laurencia vary in similar
but less striking degrees. Chondrus crispus too, when found
in shallow water, exposed to strong sunlight, is often of a
bright herbaceous green ; and Ceramium rubrum passes
through every shade of red and yellow, and at last degene-
rates into a dirty white, before it ceases to grow. All these
species vary in form and size, as they do in colour, and the

INTRODUCTION. XVli

various anomalous shapes that they assume are almost sure
to deceive a young botanist into the belief that the varieties
are so many different species.

Many Algae, whilst growing under the surface of the
water, reflect colours which perish almost immediately after
they are removed to the air. Of this class are several spe-
cies of Cystoseira, especially C. ericoides, which, though
really of a greenish olive, appears, when growing under
water, to be clothed with the richest phosphoric greens
and blues, changing momently, as the branches move to
and fro in the water. Similar colours have been observed,
though in a less striking degree, on some species of the
red series. The genus Iridcea derives its name from this
character, though our /. edulis is not remarkable in this
respect. Miss Ball and Mr. W. Thompson have observed
Chondrus crispus to be occasionally iridescent. At the
Cape of Good Hope, Champia compressa and Chylocladia
capensis present very brilliant rainbow colours. Miss
Hutchins observed that Conferva Hutchinsics has change-
able glaucous tints when fresh, and looks almost white
when seen through the water. The cause of these brilliant
colours has not been particularly sought after.

There are other species which really change colour
shortly after their removal from the water, as the various
kinds of Sporochnoideae, which pass rapidly from a clear
olive to a verdigris-green. But this is the effect of death
and incipient decomposition, for with the colour they lose
their crispness, become flaccid, and emit an offensive
odour, and, as has been observed by botanists, possess the
remarkable property of changing the colour of other small
filiform Algae with which they may come in contact. No
doubt this is owing to the development of some active
chemical agent. Professor Mertens, in describing the cir-
cumstance as occurring with Desmarestia ligulata and

b

Xviii INTRODUCTION.

D. aculeata, says, that these species remain unaltered
while they cause decay around them. But this I have not
found to be the case. The Desmarestia always loses its
rigidity, and its original olive is changed to verdigris before
it possesses any destructive power. The Fucoidecs become
black on exposure to the air. The Laminaria, on the
contrary, first become green and finally white, under simi-
lar circumstances. Many of the Floridete are much bright-
ened in colour after having been cast upon the beach,
especially if exposed to rain and sunshine. Amongst those
of our own shores, Plocamium coccineum and Dasya ooc-
cinea are conspicuous in this respect. Both are, originally,
of a dull, deep pink, but when thrown up and a short time
exposed, become of a veiy rich scarlet-crimson. But Ge-
lidium cartilagineum, so common at the Cape of Good
Hope, often presents the most splendid gradation of colour
in a single specimen, from dull purplish pink (its original
dye) through scarlet, orange, yellow, and verdigris-green
to white ; to which colour all the red and green species
may be bleached after long exposure.

Among the more delicate tribes several are instantly al-
tered by being plunged into fresh water. Nitophyllum
versicolor, as Mrs. Griffiths has observed, is remarkable in
this respect; its full pink being instantly changed to a
bright orange. Delesseria hypoglossum and ruscifolia have
the same peculiarity, as have many of the Callithamnia
and Griffithsia, and other delicate Rhodosperms. All these
changes are accompanied by decomposition. In the case
of Griffithsicn* especially, shortly after the change, the co-
louring matter of the joints is abundantly discharged with
a crackling noise through the ruptured membrane, staining
with a beautiful carmine colour the water or the paper to

* See an excellent description of this in a paper by Dr. Drummond,
of Belfast, in ' Mag. Nat. Hist.' vol. ii. p. 121.

INTRODUCTION. XIX

which the specimen has been removed. No doubt a fine
lake could be prepared either from G. setacea or multifida,
could they be procured in sufficient quantity. Paper
stained by them retains its colour after many years in the
herbarium. At the Cape of Good Hope there is a species
of Callithamnion (C. purpuriferum), which, when grow-
ing, is of a dull, deep, grayish brown, with but a slightly
reddish hue ; but the moment it is placed in fresh water
it discharges an abundance of fine, brilliant, purple pow-
der, and almost immediately becomes flaccid and putrid.
The beautiful Thorea ramosissima, lately discovered by
Mr. Mc'Ivor in such abundance in the Thames, at Walton
Bridge, is at first of a dark olive, but gradually acquires,
after it has been dried, a purple tint. Many of the Polysi-
phonice also, which are, when growing, of a brown colour,
become, in fresh water, purple or pink ; while some of the
same group, as Rytiphlaa complanata, &c., which are at
first red, give out, in fresh water, quantities of blackish
brown juice, and would become wholly black if dried with-
out long previous steeping. Heat converts the colour of
most species to green. If any of the Fucacew be plunged
in boiling water they rapidly assume a bright green, but,
on removal, revert to their original olive, and finally to
black. The colours of the Rhodosperms may be more per-
manently changed, and also to green, by similar treatment.
Dictyotaceae perhaps are less affected by fresh water, either
cold or hot, than any others. Some of them are nearly un-
changed ; others assume more or less of a green shade.

Most Algae are, at some period of their growth, found
attached to other substances by means of a root, or at least
a hold-fast. It has been doubted whether, as no distinct
vessels of absorption have been discovered, they receive
any nourishment through this organ, but the question is by
no means settled. Thus much is at least certain : some

XX INTRODUCTION.

Algae appear to be as much influenced by the soil in which
they grow as other plants are, and a large number of those
that are parasitical confine themselves to particular species.
This selection of habitat would seem to prove that the
root is not so sluggish an organ as it has been supposed to
be. It does not, however, present much modification, and
rarely attains a large size. The usual form is that of a
hard, callous disk ; sometimes this is accompanied by fleshy
fibres ; and occasionally, but rarely, the root consists of an
extensive creeping mass of fibres. This latter form is
most remarbable in the genus Catilerpa, the species of
which grow on sand, and consequently require the support
of an extensively ramified, penetrating and compact root.
Some species, which, under ordinary circumstances, are
attached by roots, occasionally dispense with them, and
continue to flourish independently of them. Of these the
most remarkable are Sargassum bacciferum and vulgare (?),
which, under the Spanish name " Sargasso," or the English
" Gulf-weed," have forced themselves on the notice of all
voyagers who have crossed the Atlantic since the time of
Columbus. The vast fields of sea-weed which were met
with by " the adventurous Genoese " and his early follow-
ers, which made the ocean appear like a meadow, and sen-
sibly impeded the course of their small vessels, consisted of
these species. According to Humboldt there are two
principal banks ; one, the largest, extending from the 25th
to the 36th degree of north latitude, and a little west of the
meridian of Fayal, one of the Azores ; the other, which is
much smaller, a short way west of the Bahamas, and be-
tween the 22nd and 26th degrees of latitude. These
localities of the banks, however, can but be considered as
approximations, for with plants that float about wherever
the winds and currents drive them no very certain station
can obtain. Vessels returning from the Cape of Good

INTRODUCTION. XXI

Hope, sometimes, in these latitudes, pass through immense
fields of sea-weed ; and others, though steering exactly the
same course, and at the same season, meet with scarcely any.
1 have made the voyage four times, and only once met with
sea-weed in sufficient quantity to claim any attention. It
did not then occur in strata resembling fields, but rather in
ridges, from ten to twenty yards broad and of great length,
stretched across the sea. The species invariably found in
these was S. bacciferum. Of a large quantity that we
dredged up for several successive days not a particle be-
longed to S. vulgare, and I am much inclined to suspect
that most, if not all, of the stories related by voyagers as of
that species, belong to *S". bacciferum, a plant which has
never been found in any other situation than floating about
in the deep sea, whereas S. vulgare (the Focus natans of
Turner) is well known in many tropical countries to grow
on the rocks, within the reach of the tide, like others of the
genus. It is therefore much to be regretted that the name
of natans was not retained for S. bacciferum, to which it is
chiefly, if not only, applicable. Authors who have written
on this Fucus have much disputed, both respecting its ori-
gin and whether it continues to grow whilst floating about.
Nothing at all bearing on the former question has yet been
discovered, for though species of Sargassum abound along
the shores of tropical countries, none exactly corresponds
with S. bacciferum. That the Ancestors of the present
banks have originally migrated from some fixed station is
probable, but farther than probability we can say nothing.
That it continues to flourish and grow in its present situa-
tion is most certain. Whoever has picked it up at sea,
and examined it with any common attention, must have
perceived not only that the plants were in vigorous life,
but that new fronds were continually pushing out from the
old, the limit being most clearly defined by the colour,

xxii INTRODUCTION.

which in the old frond is foxy-brown ; in the young shoots
pale, transparent olive. But how is it propagated ?— for it
rarely produces fructification. It seems to me that the old
frond, which is exceedingly brittle, is broken by accident,
and the branches, continuing to live, push out young shoots
from all sides. Many minute pieces that I examined were
as vigorous as those of larger size, but they were certainly
not seedlings, and appeared to me to be broken branches,
all having a piece of old frond from which the young shoots
sprung. As the plant increases in size it takes something
of a globular figure, from the branches issuing in all direc-
tions, as from a centre. On our own shores we have two
species analogous to S. bacciferum in their mode of growth,
namely, Fucus Mackaii, and the variety /3. sub-ecostatus of
Fucus vesiculosus, (F. balticus, Ag.) Neither of these has
ever yet been found attached, though they often occur in
immense strata; the one on the muddy sea-shore, the
other in salt marshes ; in which situations, respectively,
they continue to grow and flourish. And if it be hereafter
shown that F. Mackaii is merely F. nodosus, altered by
growing under peculiar circumstances, may it not be in-
ferred that S. bacciferum — which differs about as much
from S. vulgare as F. Mackaii does from F. nodosus — is
merely a pelagic variety of that variable plant ?

In structure, whilst there is a great variety among the
different tribes of Algae, we find, in material points, a per-
fect similarity among all. All consist of simple cellular
tissue, or of its elements, gelatine (or organic mucus), mem-
brane, and endochrome (or chlorophyll), variously elabo-
rated and perfected. No vessels or ducts have been
discovered in any, nor does woody fibre, though of com-
mon occurrence among the Fungi, exist in the Alga. The
gelatine (or mucus) is perfectly transparent in all, but differs
greatly in consistency in different species, but without much

INTRODUCTION. XXlll

regard, seemingly, to the comparative perfection of the
structure of which it forms a part. It is often as lax and
as slimy in some plants of the higher tribes as in those of
lower organization, and some of the latter have it as firm
and consistent as any of the former. Thus the frond of
Champia and Chylocladia among Laurenciacese is filled
with a watery gelatine ; that of Splachnidium among Fu-
caceae with a loose, slimy matter ; whilst Rivularia among
Oscillatoriaceae has a singularly firm and consistent jelly.
In Mesogloia it is Very loose, investing the threads of which
the frond is composed with a lubricous sheath. In Gigar-
tina, Chondrus, &c., it is so firm as to give those plants
the consistence of cartilage, and in these it is immediately
dissolved in hot water, opening to us a curious and unex-
pected affinity between them and Mesogloia ; for if a branch
of any Gigartina be plunged into hot water it will be con-
verted, by the dissolving of its gelatine, into one having
all the characters of the frond of the former genus. Thus
we find that there is no fundamental difference in the
structure of the frond of these two apparently dissimilar
genera, but that one has a firmer gelatine than the other.

The cellular tissue of Alga? presents some varieties.
The most common form of the cell is cylindrical, often of
very small diameter in proportion to its length ; and, in such
cases, the cells always cohere by the ends into threads or
filaments, bundles of which, either branched or simple,
form the frond by lateral cohesion. The fronds of many
of the simple kinds, Confervea, Ceramics, &c., consist of
a single thread, or string of cells or joints. Those which
are more compound may generally be resolved into such
threads by macerating small portions, either in hot water,
or, if that prove ineffectual, in diluted muriatic acid. If a
branch of a Fucus (say F. tuberculatus) , be so treated, and
a thin longitudinal slice be then examined with the micro-

INTRODUCTION.

scope, it will be found to consist of four distinct portions
concentrically arranged, which Lamouroux, who first ob-
served minutely the anatomy of these plants, compares,
perhaps too fancifully, to the epidermis, bark, wood, and
medullary sheath of exogenous plants. The central por-
tion, corresponding to the medulla, occupies fully a third
of the diameter of the branch, and is composed of densely
packed, longitudinal, parallel fibres, or strings of cells,
firmly cohering into one compact mass. Outside this is a
much less dense layer, of a paler colour, composed of
branched, anastomosing fibres, partly horizontal and partly
vertical, inextricably laced together ; and surrounding
these, which represent the wood, is a third and much
denser and darker coloured layer (bark), which is altogether
composed of horizontal, radiating, simple fibres, very
densely packed together. Outside this portion, and form-
ing the outer coat of the frond, is a very thin layer of cells,
which is frequently but loosely attached, and separates
much in the manner of an epidermis. Something similar
to this, which we may call the analogy of the Exogenous
type among Algae, is the structure of many of the larger
kinds, both of the red and olive series, but minor variations
occur in the comparative substance of the different layers.
Thus, in some the centre is very loose and gelatinous, with
merely a few scattered fibres, while the outer coat is very
dense. The second circle (that representing wood) is ne-
ver, I believe, so dense as the others, and very generally
consists of branched, interlacing and colourless fibres, and
from it fructification generally, if not always, proceeds.
Another common form of the cell is that of an irregular,
very rarely regular, polygonal solid, resulting from the
lateral and vertical pressure of a mass of spherical cells.
This form is found generally in the Ulvce, and in most spe-
cies having large expanded leaves, especially among the

INTRODUCTION. XXV

Rhodospermese, where both stems and leaves are often
composed of a homogeneous mass of such cells packed to-
gether.

In fructification we find many modifications of struc-
ture, without much real difference either in the manner in
which the fruit is perfected or in the spore that is produced.
The spore that is finally formed in all the Algae appears
pretty nearly to agree in structure, and to consist of a single
cell or bag of membrane, filled with a very dense and dark
coloured granular or semifluid mass, called the endochrome.
This spore, on germination, produces a perfect plant, re-
sembling that from which it sprung. Nothing at all resem-
bling floral organs has been noticed in any, and all that
we know of the fructification is, that it takes place with
regularity, arising from the same parts of the frond, and
having the same appearance in plants of the same kind.
Its growth maybe watched from the commencement, when
the germ of the future spore begins to swell. But little
has been ascertained that throws light on the process of
fecundation. In some instances, it is true, as for example
in Zygnema, the spore is formed from the union of the
matter contained in a cell of one filament with that in a
cell of another, and it has been observed that the cells of
one filament uniformly give out, and that those of another
uniformly receive ; but before conjugation no difference
whatever can be perceived between the two filaments.
This, which occurs in a tribe of very low organization, af-
fords the nearest analogy that has yet been noticed with
what takes place in higher plants. If it have any real
affinity with that process, we may fairly expect the disco-
very of sexes in the more perfect tribes ; and the seeming
analogues of male flowers have indeed been noticed in
some of these. Old authors invested the air-vessels of
Fticus, or the tufts of hairs that clothe the surface of some

INTRODUCTION.

species with this character; but both opinions have been
long since given up as untenable. The recent observations
of Messrs. Decaisne and Thuret* have shown the existence,
in the Fuci, of organs similar in many of their characters
to what are supposed to be the male organs of Mosses,
Charte, Hepaticcc, &c. The little bodies called by these
authors antheridia (a name now adopted) had been previ-
ously observed, and referred, under the name acrospores,
to the female system of the plant. They are found in the
spherical conceptacles of the Fucus, either in those which
also contain spores or in others, which they exclusively oc-
cupy, and which do not differ from female conceptacles in
any other character than by their contents. The antheri-
dia are little transparent cases, each formed of a cell, borne
on branching threads, that form little tufts springing from
the sides of the conceptacle. At maturity the antheridia
fall off from their stalks, and then appear more or less filled
with orange-coloured granules of very minute size. After
a time these granules escape, and immediately commence
most lively movements, strikingly similar to those observed
in the spores of the Chlorosperms. Under very high pow-
ers of the microscope each corpuscle is found to be fur-
nished with two active cilia or hairs, which are its organs
of motion. The shape of these little bodies is different
from that of the spermatozoa found in the supposed anthers
of the Mosses and Hepaticee, but their motion by means of
cilia is very similar, and there seems no reason to doubt
their analogy with those objects. They are best observed
in winter, at which season many of the fronds of Fucus
serratus and F. vesiculosus will be found covered with
orange-coloured or bright yellow receptacles. If some of
the brightest coloured fruits are selected and allowed

* In the ' Anuales des Sciences Naturelles.'

INTRODUCTION. XXV11

partially to become dry, drops of an orange, viscid liquid
will ooze out of the pores of the conceptacles, and collect
on the surface. If a small portion of this fluid, diluted by
a drop of sea water, be now placed under the microscope,
it will be found to consist of myriads of detached antheri-
dia, in all stages of fullness, among which troops of sper-
matozoa will be seen performing their strange gyrations.
Such is the nature of the supposed male system of the
Fuci. Its analogy with the antheridia of the mosses is
obvious, but observations are still wanting to show that the
spermatozoa in either case have any connexion with the
fecundation of the spores. If we limit our assertions by
the present state of our actual knowledge on the subject,
all that we can state with certainty is, that in those cases
where the formation of spores among Algae has been most
closely watched and most successfully observed, the spore
has resulted from the union of the contents of two cells.
That a transmission of the endochrome from one cell to
another, prior to the formation of spore, occurs in all the
compound Algae, seems probable from the fact that the
cells immediately surrounding the spores are always co-
lourless and empty, but there is nothing as yet known to
prove that one cell is less adapted than another to receive
the endochrome, and form the future embryo, — nothing to
show that there is any clear distinction into male and
female.

Experiments on the propagation of Algae from their spores
have not yet been so frequently made as the interest of the
subject deserves. In our own country, I am not aware that
any one since Mr. Stackhouse, in 1796, has attempted it.
This gentleman attempted to grow some of the Fuci, and
so far succeeded with F. canaliculatus as to witness the
germination. The following account of his experiment,
which I extract from his ' Nereis BritannicaJ though

INTRODUCTION.

already more than once published, may prove interesting to
those who have not seen it, and perhaps tempt botanists
whose residence near the sea gives them an opportunity,
to repeat the trial. " Having procured a number of wide-
mouthed jars, together with a siphon to draw off the water
without shaking or disturbing it, on Sept. 7, 1796, I placed
my plants (F. serratus, canaliculatus and tuberculatus)
carefully in the jar, with their bases downwards, as in their
natural state ; on the following morning I decanted off the
sea water, and, letting it subside in the basin, I found a
few particles at the bottom, which on being viewed with
the microscope appeared to be little fragments detached
from the surface by friction in carriage. I then poured a
fresh quantity of sea water on the plants, and placed them
in a window facing south : on the following morning the
jar containing the plants of F. canaliculatus discharged
into the basin a few yellowish grains, which, on examining
them, I found to be the actual seeds of the plant ; they were
rather oval than pear-shaped, but the most curious circum-
stance attending the observation was, that each individual
seed was not in contact with the water, but enveloped with
a bright mucilaginous substance. Tt was easy to guess the
wise economy of nature in this disposition, which, as hinted
above, serves a double purpose ; each equally necessary
towards continuing the species. On the following morning
a greater quantity of seeds were discharged by this plant,
and at this time a few seeds were procured from F. serratus ;
but this latter plant discharged such a quantity of mucous
fluid that the sea water in which the plant was immersed
was of the consistence of syrup, and consequently, the seeds
being kept suspended, it was difficult to separate them.
The seeds of F. canaliculatus, however, were numerous,
and visible to the naked eye, and after letting the water
rest for a few minutes it was no difficult matter, by gently

INTRODUCTION. XXIX

inclining the basin, to pour off the water and let the seeds
remain. In performing this operation I was witness to an
explosion or bursting of one of these seeds or pericarps,
which agitated the water considerably under the microscope,
and brought to my recollection the circumstance mentioned
by Major Velley during his investigation of F. vesiculosus.
I at last obtained a discharge of seeds likewise from F.
bifurcatus (luberculatus) ; these perfectly resembling the
others. Having established this point, viz., that marine
plants scatter their seeds in their native element without
violence when ripe, and without awaiting the decay of the
frond, I next procured some sea pebbles and small frag-
ments of rock, taken from the beach, and having drained
off the greater part of the water in the jar, I poured the
remainder on them, and left them dry for some time that
the seeds might affix themselves. I then fastened strings
to the pebbles, and alternately sunk them in sea water in a
wide-mouthed jar and left them exposed to the air, in or-
der to imitate as nearly as possible their peculiar situation
between high and low-water mark, and when the weather
was rainy I took care to expose them to it. In less than a
week a thin membrane was discoverable on the surface of
the pebble where the seeds had lodged, with a naked eye ;
this gradually extended itself, and turned to a darkish olive
colour. It continued increasing in size, till at last there
appeared numerous papillae or buds coming up from the
membrane : these buds, when viewed with a glass, were ra-
ther hollow in the centre, from which a shoot pushed forth :
in some instances they seemed on a short, thick footstalk,
and in this latter case resembled in some measure the
pezizae-formed seedling of F. loreus, and the others without
stems were like the stemless Pezizte. These plants conti-
nued to put forth the central shoots for some time, but
their growth was not rapid after the first efforts; most

XXX INTRODUCTION.

probably owing to their confined situation ,- and as I was
six or eight miles from the sea, and had not the opportunity
of placing the pebbles in some of those pools which are
left by the sea at low water, I discontinued the experiment."
It is much to be regretted that Mr. Stackhouse, in con-
ducting the above experiment, did not make more use of
the microscope. We are not told how the membrane pro-
ceeded from the spores, nor whether the sprouts arose from
each single spore, or from several associated.

More recently, on the continent, M. J. G. Agardh, son
of the celebrated Swedish algologist and worthy successor
to his chair, has made more minute observations on the
germination both of spores and of tetraspores, of several
species, and has published magnified figures of the young
plants in various stages of development. His memoir on
this subject will be found in the ' Annales des Sciences
Naturellesy for October, 1836 ; and I shall here extract
some of its more interesting matter. According to him,
whatever may have been the shape of the spore before it
issued from the capsule, it soon acquires a spherical form,
and is then undistinguishable from the tetraspores of the
same species, which likewise germinates in the same manner.
In his figures, for I regret to say he has not detailed the
whole process, nor given an account of his method of pro-
ceeding with the plants, he has represented the first effort
of germination as showing itself by the spore acquiring an
oval form; a minute papilla then issues from one end,
which elongates and becomes the root; the upper end
likewise pushes in an opposite direction, gradually elon-
gating, and increasing in diameter by the production of new
cells, till at length it acquires the character of the species.
He has figured the germination of the spores and tetraspores
of Ceramium rubrum and Laurencia pinnatifida, and of
the spores of Fucus vesiculosus ; to all which the above

INTRODUCTION. XXXI

applies. But the most interesting part of the memoir is,
the account given of some curious circumstances attending
the germination of some of the lower Algae, those belonging
to the grass-green series, (Chlorospermece, Nob., Zoosper-
me<e, Ag. fil.) I allude to the peculiar motion observed in
the spores of several plants of this group, which has given
rise, on the Continent, to some very startling theories,
which have again produced much warm, not to say angry,
discussion. Without entering into all that has been written
on the subject, which would occupy too much space for
our limits, I shall here transcribe M. Agardh's account of
Conferva area, translating from his memoir above noticed.
" The filaments of C. aerea are, as is well known, articu-
lated or divided at equal distances into little compartments
(joints), which have no communication among themselves
other than what results from the permeability of the dis-
sepiments. The green matter contained in these joints
appears at first altogether homogeneous, as if it were fluid ;
but in a more advanced state it becomes more and more
granular. The granules are, at their formation, found ad-
hering to the inner surface of the membrane, but they soon
detach themselves, and the irregular figure which they
present at first passes to that of a sphere. These granules
congregate by degrees in the middle of the joint, into a
mass, at first elliptical, but which at length becomes per-
fectly spherical. All these changes are conformable to
phenomena known in vegetable life ; those which are to
follow have more analogy with the phenomena of animal
life. At this stage an important metamorphosis exhibits
itself, by a motion of swarming (un mouvement de fourmille-
ment) in the green matter. The granules of which it is
composed detach themselves from the mass, one after ano-
ther, and having thus become free, they move about in the
vacant space of the joint with an extreme rapidity. At the

XXXli INTRODUCTION.

same time the exterior membrane of the joint is observed
to swell in one point, till it there forms a little mamilla,
which is to become the point from which the moving gra-
nules finally issue. By the extension of the membrane for
the formation of the mamilla, the tender fibres of which it
is composed separating, cause an opening at the end of the
mamilla, and it is by this passage that the granules escape.
At first they issue in a body, but soon those which remain,
swimming in a much larger space, have much more diffi-
culty in escaping, and it is only after innumerable knockings
(titubations) against the walls of their prison, that they
succeed in finding an exit. From the first instant of the
motion one observes that the granules or sporules are fur-
nished with a little beak, a kind of anterior process, always
distinguishable from the body of the sporule by its paler
colour. It is on the vibrations of this beak that the motion,
as I conceive, depends ; at least J have never been able to
discover any cilia. However, I will not venture to deny
the existence of these, for with a very high power of a com-
pound microscope one sees the granules surrounded with
a hyaline border, as we find among the ciliated Infusoria
on applying a glass of insufficient power. The sporules,
during their motion, always present this beak in front of
their body, as if it served to show them the way ; but when
they cease to move, by bending it back along the side of
their body, they resume the spherical form, so that before
and after the motion one sees no trace of this beak. The
motion of the sporules before their exit from the joint con-
sists principally in quick darlings along the walls of the
articulation, knocking themselves against them by innu-
merable shocks ; and in some cases we are almost forced
to believe that it is by this motion of the sporules that the
mamilla is formed. Escaped from their prison they con-
tinue their motion for one or two hours, and, retiring always

INTRODUCTION. XXXlll

towards the darker edge of the vessel, sometimes they pro-
long their wandering courses, sometimes they remain in the
same place, causing their beak to vibrate in rapid circles.
Finally they collect in dense masses, containing innumera-
ble grains, and attach themselves to some extraneous body
at the bottom or on the surface of the water, where they
hasten to develope filaments like those of the mother plant.
The spherical sporules elongate at first into egg-shaped
bags, attached to the strange body by the narrowest end.
Their development only consists in a continual expansion,
without emitting any root. The green internal matter di-
vides in the middle by a partition, which appears at first
sight as a hyaline mucilage, but which gradually changes
into a complete diaphragm. It is thus, by successive divi-
sions of the joint first formed, that the young plant increases.
The position of the mamilla in each joint is uncertain, at
least I have seen it very different in neighbouring joints.
The exit of the sporules does not take place at the same
time in the different joints. One often sees those of one of
the articulations already escaped, while in the neighbouring
one they are not yet completely formed. Commonly the
uppermost joints empty themselves first, so that it is not
rare to see all the upper part of a filament entirely trans-
parent, whilst the lower part continues still to develope.
In this manner the formation and dissemination of the spo-
rules continues during the whole summer, and thus a single
filament suffices for the formation of an infinite quantity of
sporules. If one remembers that each joint contains per-
haps many hundreds of spores, it is not astonishing that
the water becomes perfectly coloured with them ; so that
we might readily take for a Protococcus, or other simple
Alga, what are only the spores of a Conferva. I suspect
that from such a mistake have arisen the theories of meta-
morphosis proposed by many modern algologists."

INTRODUCTION.

Mr. Agardh then proceeds to detail the results of his
examination of Zygnemata, Ulva clathrata, Bryopsis Ar-
buscula, and other Algae, in all which he has noticed a
motion, apparently spontaneous, among the spores at the
period of germination. Similar observations on other Con-
fervoid Alga? have been made by many continental bota-
nists, particularly by Unger, an abstract of whose account
of Vaucheria clavata will be found in ' London's Mag. Nat.
Hist.'' vol. i. p. 305 ; by Meyen, Bory St. Vincent, Guillon,
Treviranus, Milne Edwards, and others who have commu-
nicated their discoveries in several memoirs inserted in the
' Annales des Sciences NaturellesJ ' Encycl. MethodiqueJ
&c. ; in fact experiments have been so multiplied by inde-
pendent observers, and the result is so invariably the same,
that however difficult it may be to account for these ano-
malous motions, and however little they may accord with
our preconceived notions of the powers of vegetable life, it
is not possible to doubt the fact of their existence ; for we
cannot suppose that all these respectable witnesses have
been themselves deceived, or have wished to impose on
our credulity. The fact of the existence of motion being
granted, it will naturally be asked, how we are to account
for it ? Here we have vegetables producing spores which
exhibit a feature that we have been accustomed to regard
as one of the distinguishing characters of animal life. Are
these spores then animalcules ? This strange opinion is
not without its zealous supporters, who contend that an
actual metamorphosis takes place ; that the spore becomes
(how is not said) a perfect animalcule, which after enjoying
an animal existence for a time ceases to live animally, and,
reverting to its original nature, gives birth to a vegetable.
Thus, this seed was first vegetable, then animal, and then
again vegetable, and finally giving birth to animals to be
again transformed into vegetables, and so on. This opinion

INTRODUCTION. XXXV

has found many advocates among continental writers,
among which we must number the elder Agardh, who
speaks of the disengaged spores of Tetraspora lubrica as
" having become animalcules ; " whilst others have strongly
combated it, and in England it has never been received.
Mr. Berkeley (' Hook. Journ. Bot.' i. p. 233), in combating
such notions, suggests that this motion may arise from the
endosmose or exosmose caused by the spores being of a
different density with the water into which they are dis-
charged ; but, as Mr. Agardh remarks, this cannot be the
reason, for the motion equally exists in Conf. cerea before
the spores are separated from the frond. He likewise de-
nies the animal nature of the spores, observing, " the spo-
rules have never any opening analogous to the mouth of
infusorial animals, and we never perceive them to swallow
any food. Their motion, however irregular and capricious
it may appear, however like it may be to spontaneous
motion, is easily distinguishable from motion truly animal,
although this distinction may be difficult to establish by
decided characters. And besides, why refuse a locomotive
faculty to vegetable life, when each day we discover new
indications of it ? The researches of M. Unger on the
anther of Sphagnum show analogous motions among the
mosses ; and the spermadic granules offer an example of
it among phsenogamous plants." It is scarcely necessary
to add that I fully unite in the view taken by this ingenious
writer ; that we are neither to regard the phenomenon in
question as caused by external agency, or as resulting from
an animal existence, but receive it as a strictly vegetable
peculiarity, which we are to expect will be observed in
many more instances, when our insight into the very imper-
fectly explored regions of vegetable anatomy shall be
clearer than it is. A few years ago the circulation of the
juices in Chara was considered extraordinary ; a similar

XXXvi INTRODUCTION.

circulation is now found in so many other plants as to lead
to the inference that it is universal in the vegetable king-
dom. It must be remarked, however, that as yet the motion
of the sporules has only been observed in certain families,
and Mr. Ayardh, in the memoir before us, denies its ex-
istence in any but those of the series Chlorospermea, and,
with doubt, in Ectocarpus ; whence he proposes to divide
the class into two great groups, — Zoospermea, having
moving spores, and Fucoidece, having motionless spores.
But to me it appears that our knowledge of this subject is
too much in its infancy to render any such division safe or
expedient. Indeed, since the publication of Mr. Agardh's
paper, minute bodies, endowed with analogous motion, have
been discovered (as stated in a former page) in the antheri-
dia of the Fuel, and may be expected to occur in many
other Algae. Zoospermeae, as I have before observed, cor-
responds to our Chlorospermea, so that, without having
recourse to this dubious character, the result of our ar-
rangement is the same.

The relative distribution of plants on the surface of the
globe offers a wide and interesting field of inquiry, which
has of late years attracted considerable attention from bo-
tanists ; and though, as we approach lower and less com-
plicated organizations, we find the influence of climate to
be less powerful in causing a difference of character among
the groups, or even a dissimilarity of species, still among
Cryptogamia we may discover evident traces of distinct re-
gions of vegetation, analogous to what obtain among phas-
nogamous plants. With respect to the Alga, little has been
done in this department to follow out and correct the views
of Lamouroux, whose excellent essay, published some time
after his death in the seventh volume of the ' Annales des
Sciences Naturelles,' I shall take as the ground-work of the
observations I am about to offer ; but so little comparatively

INTRODUCTION. XXXV11

is yet known of the vegetation of extva-europaean seas, that
we cannot speak with much minuteness concerning it, but
must rest satisfied with a few general and hasty remarks.
It appears well established among Algae, as among more
perfect plants, that the species of distant seas are, with a
few exceptions, different, and this without reference to dif-
ference of latitude ; thus it would seem probable that cer-
tain species had their centres of growth, from which they
are disseminated within a limited range. But Lamouroux
observes that they do not radiate from a centre as land
plants commonly do, but rather extend in lineal series, fol-
lowing the lines of coast, and influenced by a common depth
of water : this is, however, merely a modification of the
principle that influences the former. There are, however,
exceptions to this limitation of species to particular places
among Algae, as among phaenogamous plants ; and these
are chiefly to be found among the lower tribes, which seem
either to have been originally created over the whole sur-
face of the earth, or to possess an unlimited power of
dispersion. Of this kind are the species of Ulva and En-
teromorpha, which are equally abundant in high northern
and southern latitudes, as they are under the equator and
in temperate regions; nor is there any specific difference
observable between plants of these genera from such dif-
ferent localities ; they appear to reach an equal degree of
perfection in all climates. These have a very low organi-
zation, but among those a degree higher up in the scale
we find Cod turn tomentosum having a range nearly equally
wide ; being found along all the shores washed by the
Atlantic and Pacific oceans, from a high northern to a high
southern latitude, as well as in the Mediterranean and Bal-
tic seas ; having thus a place in the Flora of every country
in Europe, of Africa, of both sides of the American conti-
nent, and of Australia. Several of the Conferva, which

XXXviii INTRODUCTION.

may be regarded as on a level in organization with Codium,
have as wide a range. Among the Rhodospermece and
MelanospermecB it is more rare to find species so indifferent
to climate or country, and which we may term cosmopolitan
or pelagic races ; but in the former we observe Plocamium
coccineum and Gelidium corneum common to the Atlantic
and Pacific, and even Indian oceans ; Rhodymenia pal-
mata found at the Falkland Islands and Tasmania; while
Ceramium rubrum and diaphanum are as widely scattered
as the UlvtB : and in the latter, Fucus luberculatus is found
from the shores of Connaught (perhaps its northern limit),
to the Cape of Good Hope ; F. vesiculosus as well on the
north-west coast of America as on the shores of Europe ;
and Desmarestia ligulata in the northern Atlantic and
Pacific oceans, as well as at the Cape of Good Hope and
Cape Horn ; while Sargassum bacciferum and vulgare are
proverbial wanderers, and some species of Ectocarpus
usually accompany the Ceramia and Vivas. These excep-
tions sink into insignificance, however, when we consider
the whole series of Algas, the vast majority of which are
strictly limited in dispersion ; and in the following obser-
vations Lamouroux is substantially correct. " I have ob-
served," says he, " that the Atlantic basin from the polar
circle to the 40° of north latitude, offers a peculiar vegeta-
tion ; that the same is true of the West Indian sea, com-
prising the Gulf of Mexico ; of the east coast of South
America; of the Indian ocean and its gulfs; and of the
seas of New Holland. The Mediterranean * has a system

* This observation is true in the main ; but many Algae which were
supposed to be peculiar to the Mediterranean when Lamouroux wrote
his essay have since been detected in widely distant seas. Some have
been found on the shores of Britain ; several on the east coast of North
America, from New York to Florida ; and others sent from the still more
distant shoves of New Holland.

INTRODUCTION. XXXIX

of vegetation peculiar to itself, which extends to the ex-
tremity of the Black Sea ; and notwithstanding their geo-
graphical proximity, the plants of the port of Alexandria
or of the coast of Syria differ almost entirely from those of
Suez and the Red Sea." To these regions we may add
the Chinese and Japanese seas, which contain many re-
markable and peculiar forms. Too little is known of the
east coast of Africa, or of the southern ocean, to speak po-
sitively of them; and of the vegetation of the Caspian we
are completely ignorant. The shores of South Africa, while
they possess many species peculiar to themselves, exhibit
a vegetation in many respects analogous to that of Australia,
with, however, some remarkable deficiencies: thus, among
the most curious types of structure, Splachnidium rugosum
is common to both ; a species of Champia has lately been
brought from Van Dieman's Land ; and at Port Natal there
is a plant analogous to Claudea ; and, if we may trust Von
Suhr, Gelidium lucidum and Rhodymenia Lamberti occur
at Algoa Bay : but with these similarities to the vegetation
of Australia, there is a remarkable deficiency at the Cape
of the genus Blossevillea, a peculiar and extensive group,
which gives, as we shall presently see, a prominent feature
to the marine vegetation of Australia.

Many powerful causes, independently of climate, un-
doubtedly tend to limit the distribution of Algae. The in-
tervention of great depths of the ocean between localities
favorable to their growth, has, as Lamouroux aptly remarks,
a similar and analogous influence on sea plants, as the ex-
istence of high mountain ranges exercises on those of the
land ; the presence of extensive sand banks, which are as
much sub-marine deserts as the sandy tracts of continents,
are unfavorable to vegetation ; strong currents ; projecting
capes ; the fresh waters of great rivers ; and a change of
soil ; — all these interpose to prevent the wide dissemination

xl INTRODUCTION.

of species, whose spores cannot exist beyond a certain time
floating about at the mercy of the waves, but must perish
if they do not soon find a congenial soil and situation in
which to fix themselves and vegetate. Corallines, if occur-
ring in abundance, are generally fatal to the growth of
other Algee ; and the coral reefs of the Pacific are said to
be almost destitute of them. But with due allowance for
all these and other modifying causes, we must look to cli-
mate as the grand regulator of forms among Algae as among
land plants, although it be in a less striking degree, because
the temperature of the sea is so much less subject to varia-
tion, and ranges within a scale so much shorter than that
of the land. It is well known that the majority of the Algae
on our own coasts reach perfection, if not of fruit, at least
of foliage, in the summer months ; and that warm summers
have a perceptible influence in causing an abundant and
a luxuriant growth of particular kinds ; and there is even
a marked difference between the vegetation of the opposite
sides of a sub-marine rock, if one have a sunny and the
other a cold exposure, precisely as we notice between one
side of a hill and another. These observations, of course,
apply with the greatest force to plants growing within the
influence of the tide, or in shallow parts of the sea. It is
possible, says Lamouroux, that under the Equator the
plants of the bottom of the ocean, where the temperature
is 4° or 5° (41° or 44° F.), have a resemblance to those of
the Polar seas, and that those that grow at 100 — 200 fathoms
are allied to those of temperate regions ; but this is mere
conjecture, for we know almost nothing of the deep-sea
vegetation, but we do know that, under ordinary circum-
stances, vegetation ceases at a very moderate depth. " On
the shores of the British Islands," remarks Dr. Greville,
" it is easy to perceive that some species, Gelidium corneum,
Phyllophora rubens, and Sp/tcerococcus coronopifolius, for

INTRODUCTION. xli

example, become more plentiful and more luxuriant as we
travel from north to south ; and, on the other hand, that
Ptilota plumosa, Rhodomela lycopodioides, Rhodymenia
sobolifera, and several others, occur more frequently and in
a finer state as we approach the north. Odonthalia den-
tata and Rhodymenia cristata are confined to the northern
parts of Great Britain," (the former occurs along the north
coast of Ireland), " while the Cystoseirae, Fucus tubercu-
latus, Halyseris polypodioides, Rhodymenia jubata, R.
Teedii, Microcladia glandulosa, Rhodomela pinastroides,
Laurencia tenuissima^Iridcea reniformis, and many others,
are confined to the southern parts." Several of these, it is
worth remarking, which are in England confined to the
coasts of Devon and Cornwall, are found in Ireland along
the shores of Clare and Galway, where the Land Flora, it
will be remembered, contains several species otherwise pe-
culiar to the south of Europe. Rhodymenia cristata, which
in Europe is not known to the south of lat. 56°, and is
there of small size and very rare occurrence, abounds on
the eastern shores of America, near New York, in lat.
40° 30', growing most luxuriantly and fruiting abundantly.
If we consider the distribution of the three great series
into which we have divided the Algae, namely, the olive,
the red, and the green, we shall find that the first increases
as we approach the tropics, where it reaches its maximum
of species, though perhaps not of individuals ; that the
second chiefly abounds in the temperate zone, being most
luxuriant in form and rich in species from the 55th to the
45th degree, and that it rapidly diminishes towards the
equator after it has passed the 35th ; while the third forms
the majority of the vegetation of the Polar seas, is parti-
cularly abundant (Confervete) in the colder temperate zone,
but its lowest forms (Ulvtc) equally distributed through all.
Owing to the large size and strictly social habit of our

xlii INTRODUCTION.

common Fuci and Laminarite, a hasty observer might
assume that in the British seas the olive series predomi-
nates, and such is undoubtedly the case, if we look to in-
dividuals and not species. But he will be surprised to
find on examination that our sub-marine meadows are com-
posed, in the main, of not more than ten species of this
race; while the 300 or 400 others of which the marine
Flora consists, are scattered like weeds, and often occur in
such small quantities as to escape the notice of any but a
botanist. When we speak therefore of different types
characterizing different latitudes, we mean merely variety
of form, not abundance of production. If we exclude
fresh-water species, we shall find that on our coasts the
olive series amount to f , the red to 4, and the green to
nearly $ of the whole. Of the olive group only | (or ^T of
our whole marine Algae) belongs to Fucacetf, and scarcely -^
(or -^ of the whole) to Laminariacece.

Thus we perceive that the Creator, while He has scat-
tered the Algae through the waters of every climate of the
globe, has assigned to each country the peculiar kinds best
suited to the circumstances under which they are developed ;
and it would be absurd to suppose that so much bounty
and foresight had been wantonly squandered upon objects
from which no direct benefit to His other works was to
reciprocate. To preserve a harmony through creation, by
giving to the depths of the sea a vegetable clothing, as
beautiful and varied, yet as linked together, as that of the
land, and thus to illustrate His own infinity and indivisi-
bility by works, endless in diversity yet one in plan, may
seem, to many minds, a sufficient motive, were there no
other, for the exercise of an unlimited creative power ; but
it will not account for that nice discrimination and foresight
with which He has regulated the supply of different kinds
to different circumstances. We must therefore look further,

INTRODUCTION. xliii

and inquire what are the direct uses of Alga in the general
economy of nature. On land it is only necessary to glance
around us to perceive that the animal kingdom could not
exist without the vegetable; — "beasts of the forest and
fowls of the air," and countless myriads of the insect tribe ;
man himself; — all depend more or less on vegetables for
their food and clothing. The sea too has its hordes, at
least as numerous as those of the land, to which the Alga
afford food and shelter, and on whose existence, con-
temptible as many of them seem, depends in a greater or
less degree the preservation of every scale of life in the
sea. Many of these little animals are so minute, that at first
sight it would seem a matter of very little consequence to
us (for when we speak of " uses," the words " to man " are
too generally understood) whether they should starve or not.
But vyhen it is remembered that the principal food of the
whale consists of a minute jelly-fish, which is scarcely more
than an animal sack moving by contraction, and that by far
the greater part of the fishes important as articles of food
to man depend on minute marine animals for support, a
different estimate will be formed of the importance of the
lower links in the chain of creation to the whole, and we
shall come to the conclusion that there is such a mutual
dependance between one living creature and another, that
none but the All-wise can dare to determine whether one,
the most minute, can be spared without endangering the
destruction of all. The Algce, therefore, by supporting the
base, support the structure. But besides this, another
important function is unquestionably performed by their
growth tending to keep pure the waters of the sea, and of
lakes, and thus to preserve a healthful atmosphere. Like
other plants they discharge a large quantity of oxygen.

Tf these be some of the direct uses of Alga in the economy
of nature, their value to man, whether in agriculture, in the

Xliv INTRODUCTION.

arts, or even as articles of food, must not be overlooked.
On many shores the harvest of the deep is anxiously looked
after, and as carefully attended to as that of the land, and
indeed the last is often dependant on the former for its
abundance. The first and most obvious use of sea-weed
is for manure, and to this purpose all kinds are applicable.
On many of our coasts, as along the west of Ireland, the
poorer classes are almost entirely dependant for the culti-
vation of their potatoes on the manure afforded by their
rocky shores and frequent gales of wind. After a storm
they may be seen congregating in numbers from the sur-
rounding country, with horses and cars, or with panniers ;
and the poorest, who cannot afford the assistance of a
donkey, are themselves bearers of burdens, eagerly collect-
ing what is thrown up and carrying it beyond the reach of
the tide. The kinds preferred for potatoes are the large
and succulent Laminariea, which rapidly melt into the
ground, and when these are abundant other kinds are neg-
lected. These are often carried many miles into the interior,
and, being mixed with sea-sand, form an excellent manure,
which must however be used quickly, as it very soon de-
composes, and the gases it gives birth to are consequently
lost to the ground if it be suffered to lie open.

But it is for the manufacture of kelp that marine plants
offer the largest revenue to man. Kelp is an impure car-
bonate of soda, mixed with the sulphate and muriate of
the same alkali, and with some combinations of iodine and
extraneous matter. It is prepared by merely burning the
weeds, previously dried, in pits dug along the shore, till
they are reduced to hard, dark-coloured cakes, in which
state it is sent to market. On our shores the species used
for this purpose are Fucus nodosus, vesiculosus and serratus,
Hinianthalia lorea, Lamina-rid diyitata, bulbosa and sac-
charina, and Chorda Jilum ; but all the large Fucacea are

INTRODUCTION. xlv

applicable. The crop is gathered in summer, dried and
collected like hay, and toward the end of the season burned.
Dr. Greville has given us (* Introd. to Algae Britannicse ') an
interesting sketch of the introduction and establishment of
this branch of industry into the north of Scotland, where
it has been most extensively pursued ; and I shall take the
liberty of extracting the following passages. " The manu-
facture of kelp was introduced into Scotland, according to
Mr. Neill, half a century subsequent to its establishment
in France and England, and the first cargo was exported
from Orkney about the year 1722. The employment, how-
ever, being new to the inhabitants of Orkney, the country
people opposed it with the utmost vehemence. Their
ancestors had never thought of making kelp, and it would
appear that they themselves had no wish to render their
posterity wiser in this manner. So violent and unanimous
was the resistance, that officers of justice were found ne-
cessary to protect the individuals employed in the work.
Several trials were the consequences of these outrages. It
was gravely pleaded in a court of law, on the part of the
defendants, ' that the suffocating smoke that issued from
the kelp-kilns would sicken or kill every species of fish on
the coast, or drive them into the ocean far beyond the reach
of the fishermen; blast the corn and grass on their farms;
introduce diseases of various kinds ; and smite with bar-
renness their sheep, horses and cattle, and even their own
families.' The proceedings exist, as I am informed by Mr.
Peterkin, in the records of the Sheriff-Court; a striking
instance of the prejudices, indolence and superstition, of
the simple people of Orkney in those days. The influential
individuals who had taken up the matter succeeded in es-
tablishing the manufacture ; and the benefits which accrued
to the community soon wrought a change in the public
feeling. The value of estates possessing a sea coast well

xlvi INTRODUCTION.

stocked with sea-weed, rose so much in value, that, where
the plants did not grow naturally, attempts were made, and
not without success, to cultivate them by covering the sandy
bays with large stones. By this method a crop of Fact has
been obtained, we are informed by Mr. Neill, in about three
years, the sea appearing to abound everywhere with the
necessary spores. Upon the authority of Dr. Barry, during
the years 1790 to 1800, the quantity sometimes made was
3000 tons, and as the price was then from £9 to £10 per
ton, the manufacture brought into the place nearly £30,000
sterling, sometimes in one season. During the eighty years
subsequent to its introduction (from 1720 to 1800), the total
value will rise to <£ 595,000. These, and during the war,
when the price of kelp rose to <£18 or £20 per ton, were
the palmy days of the manufacture, but since the peace the
demand has gradually slackened, and the price fallen away.
This result, so unfortunate for the owners of northern
estates and the numerous population, ' in Orkney alone
amounting to 20,000,' who found a profitable employment
in the manufacture, ' is to be attributed at first to the supe-
rior qualities of Spanish barilla, for the purposes of glass-
making and soap-boiling, but more recently to the almost
entire removal of the duty on common salt,' from the decom-
position of which soda is now so extensively manufactured
as to supersede kelp almost entirely for the above purposes.
In this ruinous state of the trade the kelp maker has had
recourse to the agriculturist, and experiments have fully
succeeded in showing the great value of kelp as a manure,
whence an extensive demand may eventually arise ; but it
is not likely that the price can ever reach its former rate.
But here again, soda obtained from rock salt comes into
successful competition with it, so that the prospects of the
unfortunate kelp grower seem hopelessly sunk ; unless the
demand, for the purpose of extracting iodine, be sufficiently

INTRODUCTION. xlvii

remunerative to keep the kelp trade alive. The chief source
of iodine is still found in the Fuci, and so long as this re-
mains the case, the certain demand for kelp, from which
that valuable substance may be most easily extracted, will
be maintained."

Many of the species that produce kelp are useful in mi-
nor ways. Fucus vesiculosus, which is one of the richest
in the alkaline salts, affords an abundant and wholesome
winter provender to the horses and cattle of the people of
Norway, who call it kue-tang or cow-weed, and of the
north-west of Scotland and west of Ireland. According
to JLinnaBUs the people of Gothland boil it, and, mixing it
with coarse flour, feed their pigs with it, whence they call
it swine-tang. In the Channel Islands it is used as fuel,
and employed in smoke-drying pork and fish. F. serratus
is also used as winter provender in some northern countries,
and in Norway is called bred-tang, being given to the cat-
tle sprinkled with meal. Its most common use, however,
is to spread over lobsters, shell-fish, &c., in order to keep
them fresh when sent into the country. For this purpose
it answers better than F. vesiculosus, being of a less mucous
nature, and consequently less liable to run into fermenta-
tion. The very young leaves and stalks of Laminaria di-
gitata are eaten in Scotland, under the name of tangle ;
and, according to Mr. Neill, the old stems are applied " to
rather an unexpected use, — the making of knife-handles.
A pretty thick stem is selected, and cut into pieces about
four inches long. Into these, when fresh, are stuck blades
of knives, such as gardeners use for pruning or grafting.
As the stem dries it contracts and hardens, closely and
firmly embracing the hilt of the blade. In the course of
some months the handles become quite firm, and very hard
and shrivelled, so that when tipped with metal they are
hardly to be distinguished from hartshorn."

Xlviii INTRODUCTION.

As articles of human food many of the Algae have, in
different countries, been used both as articles of luxury and
resources in time of scarcity. Of British species, Alaria
esculenta, Rhodymenia palmata, Chondrus crispus, Gigar-
tina mamillosa, Laurencia pinnatifida, Irid&a edulis,
Porphyra vulgaris and laciniata, and Ulva latissima, have
been more or less used. Rhodymenia palmetto,, the dulse
of the Lowland Scotch, duilliosg of the Highlanders, and
dillisk of the Irish, is still much eaten in many parts of
Ireland and Scotland. It is prepared by being washed
and dried, and is eaten raw, chewed like tobacco. It has
a sweetish taste. That which grows on rocks or mussel-
shells, called " shell-dillisk," is preferred, as it is less tough
and coarse than what grows on Laminaria. In Norway
it is greedily eaten by sheep and goats, which flock to the
shore to seek it, whence Gunner once named it Fucus ovi-
nus. According to Lightfoot it is used in Skye as a remedy
in fevers, to promote perspiration, being boiled and mixed
with butter. It is sometimes, but seldom, fried, a mode of
cooking which answers better with Iridcea edulis, which is
too tough to be eaten raw. Chondrus crispus and Gigar-
tina mamillosa, under the name of Irish moss or Carrigeen,
were a few years ago in much request, and the collection
and preparation of them for market afforded a small revenue
to the industrious peasantry of the west coast of Ireland,
where these plants grow in great profusion. The price at
one time was as high as 2s. Qd. per ft., but the demand has
latterly diminished, and the price, of course, fallen consi-
derably. The frond was boiled down to a gelatine, strained,
and used as a substitute for isinglass in the manufacture of
blanc-manges and jellies, and was at one time a fashionable
remedy in consumptive cases. As the demand slackened
for these purposes, it was tried as a size, and has been
shipped to England for the use of the calico-printers, but

INTRODUCTION. xlix

I believe it was not found to answer well for their purposes,
It has been more successfully employed in fattening calves,
for which purpose it is boiled to a jelly and mixed with
milk. Porphyra vulgaris and laciniata are perhaps, after
all, the most valuable of our edible species, being prepared
by boiling for several hours till they are reduced to a pulpy
substance, which is brought to table under the name of
marine sauce, sloke or slouk.

But of all those used for food, Gracilaria lichenoides, an
East Indian species resembling our G. compressa, which, if
as abundant, would be equally valuable, deserves the first
rank. This, under the name of "Ceylon moss" is much
used in the East as a nutritive article of food, and for
giving consistence to other dishes. It is of a very gelati-
nous nature, and when boiled down is almost wholly con-
vertible into jelly, which is of a purer nature than that
obtained from our Chondri. Large quantities are annually
sold. The famous edible nests of China, the finest of which
sell for their weight in gold, were supposed to be constructed
from some species of Gracilaria or Gigartina ; but it is now
ascertained that the gelatine they consist of is an animal
substance, and, it is believed, is disgorged by the swallows
that build the nests, though so greedily swallowed by the
Chinese. Sarcophycus potatorum, one of the Fucaceae, is
said to be used as food by the natives of Australia, and La-
billardiere " observed the natives of the woods round Van
Dieman's Land use portions of its great leaves folded into
the form of a pouch, for the purpose of keeping fresh
water." Similar uses are assigned to Durvill&a utilis and
other plants of the family, as applied by the people of the
coast of Chili.

Some species have been applied in medicine. The mucus
of Fucus vesiculosus, and other species, has been recom-
mended, by Dr. Russell, in diseases of the glands, for which

d

1 INTRODUCTION.

iodine, exclusively obtained from plants of this family, and
which probably exists in the mucus, is now considered so
powerful a remedy. " It is a curious fact,1' observes Dr.
Greville, " that the stems of a sea-weed are sold in the
shops, and chewed by the inhabitants of South America,
wherever goitre is prevalent, for the same purpose. This
remedy is termed by them Palo coto (literally goitre-stick),
and from the fragments placed in my hands by my friend
Dr. Gillies, to whom I am indebted for this information,
the plant certainly belongs to the order LaminariecB, and
is probably a species of Laminaria" Acanthophora mus-
coides and Gigartina helminlhocorton still hold a place in
the Pharmacopoeia as vermifuges, and are sold in the shops ;
but they have ceased to be in much esteem.

As highly useful in some of the finer arts I must not for-
get to mention Gigartina tenax, a Chinese species, which
is extensively used by the ingenious inhabitants of that
country as a glue and varnish. Large quantities of this
plant, according to Turner as much as 27,000 Ibs. weight,
are annually imported into Canton from the provinces of
Fo-kien and Tche-Kiang, and sold at from Qd. to Sd. per
ft. It is converted by boiling into a vegetable glue of a
very tenacious quality, which cools into a stiff jelly, and
again liquifies on the application of heat. It is much
used in the manufacture of the lanterns and transparencies
for which the Chinese are so celebrated. Mr. Neill sup-
poses that it forms a principal ingredient in the gummy
matter chin-chou or hai-tsai, of China and Japan, with
which " windows framed simply of slips of bamboo crossed
diagonally, have their lozenge-shaped interstices wholly
filled up." It is surely probable that when we become
better acquainted with these plants, similar valuable pro-
perties may be discovered in other species of the genus
Gigartina, and of the allied genera Chondrus and Geli-

INTRODUCTION. ll

dium, all of which may be converted into a gelatine by
boiling.

The question, cui bono ? to what useful end are your
pursuits ? has often been asked of naturalists, and has been
already often and triumphantly answered by abler pens than
mine. It is no longer necessary to apologise for indulging
a love of Natural History, nor shall I waste time in de-
fending it from the aspersions of those who either fear or
despise it. Happily the audience to which I should address
myself is neither so numerous nor so respectable as it was
thirty years ago ; it is becoming every day less so, and will
soon be confined to the ignorant and the sensual. To
those few well-informed persons who still, from old preju-
dices, accuse us

" of dropping buckets into empty wells,

And growing old in drawing nothing up,"

we may say that till the well of creation be emptied there
is no danger of our returning from our labours without
abundant food for thought; and if we do not always make
the best use of it, the blame must rest with us and not with
Natural History. The sportsman, it is true, often pursues
his game with intense ardour till it is brought down, and
then ceases to regard it with interest. So, I fear, it too
often is with naturalists, but it is not necessarily so. Nay,
of all men, they who are best acquainted with the works of
the Divine finger, and who know how justly it may be
said " we are fearfully and wonderfully made," are surely
most bound to cling to the truths of revelation, for they
have continually before them collateral evidences of the
certainty of those " invisible things " which are " clearly
seen, being understood by the things that are made, even
His eternal power and Godhead, so that they are without
excuse." If they too often neglect the true use of this
knowledge, and rest satisfied with the knowledge itself, the

Hi INTRODUCTION.

fault and the loss is their own, and must not be charged to
Science. It is enough for her if she but furnish food which
is capable of nourishing the well-directed heart ; it is not
her province either to cleanse that heart, or to give it
powers of digestion. For this she must refer her votary
to a higher and a holier voice ; and if she ever speak of
looking

" Through Nature up to Nature's God,"

she does so with a humble deference to her elder sister,
whose province it is to lead the heart to that contemplation.
Science and Religion must not be confounded : each has
her several path, distinct, but not hostile : each in her way
is friendly to man, and, where both unite, they will ever be
found to be his best protectors : — the one " a light to his
eyes," opening to him the mysteries of the material uni-
verse ;— the other " a lamp to his feet," leading him to the
immaterial, and incorruptible, and eternal. The " eye," it
is true, will grow dim when the light of this world fails ;
and happy is he who then has " a lamp," lighted from hea-
ven and trimmed on earth, to guide him through the hours
of darkness. But the eye must not be blamed because it
is not the lamp ; nor should Science be disdained because
she leaves us far short of just conceptions of the invisible
world. Her highest flight is but to the threshold of reli-
gion ; for what a celebrated writer has said of philosophy
generally, is equally applicable to every branch of scien-
tific inquiry. " In wonder all philosophy began ; in won-
der it all ends : and admiration fills up the interspace. But
the first wonder is the offspring of ignorance ; the last is
the parent of adoration. The first is the birth-throe of our
knowledge ; the last is its euthanasy and apotheosis."

W. H. H.

Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope,
October 5, 1840.

BRITISH ALG.E.

CLASSIFICATION.

IN the earlier days of systematic botany the plants which
we now know under the common term Alga, formed, with
the Lichens, a single order of the class CRYPTOGAMIA in the
Linnaean system, and a single order of the ACOTYLEDONOUS
plants in the Jussieuian. As these vegetables became better
known to botanists, differences in structure were noticed be-
tween the aerial Algae or Lichens, and the submerged, or
true Algae, and these differences led to the establishment and
general recognition of two groups, which were supposed to
be equivalent to what are called NATURAL ORDERS in our
modern system.

This separation into two orders was a great improvement
in classification, but it has not been found to be sufficient.
Ill every system it is desirable that the same word should
express the same value : thus, that the species associated to-
gether into an order in one part of the system should be as
closely related in character to each other as those which
comprise an order in another part of the system.

Applying this rule to the orders of flowering and of flower-
less plants, it is obvious that the orders of the former group
are defined by characters far more exact ; and that each ge-
nus included io one of the orders has a much closer connex-
ion with its neighbour (or co-ordinal) than exists among the
genera of such cryptogamic "orders" (we should rather call
them disorders] as Algae, Lichens or Fungi.

To confine ourselves to the Algae : the differences between
the less developed members and the most perfect kinds of
these plants are fully as great, perhaps greater, than are to
be found between the least and most perfect individuals of
either of the great groups EXOGENS and ENDOGENS. So that
it is no longer possible to assign the term NATURAL ORDER
to a group of such extent, comprising structures so dissimilar
one from another.

2 CLASSIFICATION.

In modern systems, therefore, we find a more honourable
position assigned to the Algae ; and in the ' VEGETABLE
KINGDOM' of Professor Lindley they (together with the Clia-
racea, which I regard as vegetables of higher type), consti-
tute his first Alliance, consisting of five natural orders,
Diatomacea:, Confervacece, Fucacea, Ceramiacece and Cha-
raceat. To the four first of these groups I confine my idea
of the class Algse : the last, though with a simplicity of frond
equal to that of some of the less perfect of the Algae, has or-
gans of fructification so much more developed than any met
with among the highest Algae, that I cannot consent to in-
clude it in the class. If we adhere to the established maxim
that the fructification of plants and not their organs of nutri-
tion ought to be our guide in classification, we shall probably
place the Characeae more nearly on a level with the Hepa-
ticae than with any section of Algae. Their exact position
in the scale of organization is still, perhaps, doubtful. To
me they seem like the remains of a ruined alliance whose
species are diminishing, and of which other members, which
would connect it with neighbouring alliances, are lost. Such
cases are not without parallel in the vegetable world. Equi-
setacece is an instance of a small group nearly equally isolated ;
and we have good reason to suppose that both it and Chara-
cece were much more abundant and of a higher type, in more
remote periods than at present. Podostemacea, among Exo-
gens, may also be mentioned as an example of the combina-
tion of considerable perfection of the floral organs, with the
greatest imperfection of foliage • and this order seems fully
as much below the average development of Exogens as the
Characeae is below that of the Hepaticae.

Admitting the improvement of breaking up the old order
Algae into several, it may yet be questioned whether the
groups of genera brought together under the above names
are natural orders, or assemblages of a higher value. The
first consists of two very distinct groups of plants, the
Diatomacece, whose epidermis is formed of silex; and the
Desmidiacea, in which the external skin consists of simple
cellulose. These two groups may either be regarded as
well-marked sub-orders, or as separate orders of a common
alliance, namely, of the Chlorospermeae or green Algae (Con-
fervacea, Lindl.).

The contents of the three following groups are very much
more heterogeneous. Confervaceae (synonymous with our
Chlorospermeae) contains all the green Algae ; Fucacea (our

CLASSIFICATION. 3

Melanospermeae), all the olive-coloured ; and Ceramiaceae
(our Rhodospermeae), all those of a red colour. I think no
student of marine plants, who is acquainted with the meaning
attached to the words " natural order " among flowering
plants, will consent to apply this term to either of the three
groups here indicated.

It is not that each of these groups is not a natural assem-
blage, but that it is a group of much higher value than an
order, and must be regarded as a Series or Alliance, consist-
ing of several orders. The orders of which each group con-
sists, while they agree in some general features, differ one
from another both in the composition of the frond and of the
fructification. Thus Fucus and Ectocarpus have a certain
relation to each other, but it is distant; and in the structure
of their frond and fruit there is that dissimilarity which for-
bids these genera being associated within one order. So also
of Polysiphonia and Delesseria, or other widely dissimilar
genera of the series of red Algae ; or of Codium and Nostoc
among the green kinds. These genera therefore we regard
as examples of separate orders in parallel series.

The series are, however, not strictly parallel. If we closely
examine the organization of each it will be found that the
Chlorospermece or green Algae are the simplest in structure ;
that their lowest members are the least compound of all vege-
tables, some consisting of a single cell, others of a string of cells
linked together, end to end ; and that the most developed of
this group are not on a par with the least complex of either
of the other groups. The inferiority of the green Alga? is
therefore generally admitted. But it is less clear to which of
the others, the Rhodospermeee and Melanospermea, the palm
of superiority ought to be given. Formerly the Melanosper-
meae were regarded as the most perfect. The great size
attained by several of this group, the perfect foliage and dis-
tinct organs of fructification of others, seemed to give them
eminence : while the delicacy and intricacy of structure of
many of the Rhodospermeae, and above all, the more full
development of their spores,* which are uniformly parted at
maturity into four sporules, entitle this group, in the opinion
of several modern writers, to the highest place in the class.
Many of the olive group have, however, an equal complexity
of spore, and others (as Sargassum) show a clearer distinc-
tion in the frond into leaves and stem and fructification than

* Sphaerospores, Ag. ; tetraspores, Dne. ; granules, Grev. ; gemmules of
others.

B 2

4 CLASSIFICATION.

we meet with among Rhodosperms ; so that, on the whole,
it is doubtful whether to the olive or the red series belongs
the first place. I am more inclined, assuming the Chloro-
sperms as a base, containing what we may regard as the first
idea or rude sketch of the class, to regard the Melanosperms
and Rhodosperms as parallel developments or branches,
springing from nearly the same point, and extending in op-
posite directions.

And were we to exhibit the classification of Algae in a dia-
grammatic form, we should place the groups as follows : —

The characters of the three sub-classes of Algse are as fol-
lows (we take them in the order in which we propose to
describe them) : —

1. MELANOSPERME^E. Plants of an olive-green or olive-
brown colour. Fructification monoecious or dicEcious.
1. Spores olive-coloured, either external or contained
singly or in groups in proper conceptacles ; each
spore enveloped in a pellucid skin (perispore), simple,
or finally separating into 2, 4, or 8 sporules. 2. An-
theridia, or transparent cells filled with orange-co-
loured, vivacious corpuscles, moving by means of
vibratile cilia. Marine.

CLASSIFICATION. 5

2. RHODOSPERME^E. Plants rosy -red or purple, rarely

brown-red or greenish-red. Fructification of two
kinds, dioecious, always formed on separate indivi-
duals. 1. Spores (gemmules, Ag.) contained either in
external or immersed conceptacles, or densely aggre-
gated together and dispersed in masses throughout
the substance of the frond. 2. Spores (called tetra-
spores, gemmules, Thw.) red or purple, either external
or immersed in the frond, rarely contained in proper
conceptacles ; each spore enveloped in a pellucid
skin (perispore), and at maturity separating into four
sporules. Antheridia (not observed in all) filled with
yellow corpuscles. Marine, with one or two excep-
tions.

3. CHLOROSPERME.E. Plants green, rarely a livid purple.

Fructification dispersed through all parts of the frond,
the whole colouring matter being capable of conver-
sion into propagula. 1. Spores (Sporidia, Ag.) green
or purple, formed within the cells, often (always ?) at
maturity vivacious, moving by means of vibratile cilia.
2. Gemmules (Coniocystae, Ag.) or external vesicles
containing a dense, dark- coloured, granular mass, and
finally separating from the frond. Marine, or (more
generally) found in fresh-water streams, ponds and
ditches, or in damp situations. (The marine species
of this sub-class are alone described in the present
work) .

SUB-CLASS I.
MELANOSPERME.E OR FUCALES.

Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. part \\\.p. 167 (1836). FUCOIDE.E,
J. Ay. Alg. Medit. p. 24 (1842). FUCOIDEJS (in part), Ag. Syst.
p. xxxv. (1824). APLOSPORE^E (in part), Decaisae, An. Sc.
Nat. vol. 17, p. 305 (1842). PHYCE^ (in part), Endl. Gen. PL
3rd Suppl. p. 19 (1843). FUCACE.E (in part), Lindl. Veg.
Kingd. p. 20 (1846).

DIAGNOSIS. — Plants of an olive- green or olive-brown co-
lour. Fructification monoecious or dioecious. Spores olive-
coloured, either external or contained, singly or in groups,
in proper conceptacles ; each spore enveloped in a transpa-
rent skin (perispore\ simple, or finally separating into several
sporules. Antheridia, or transparent cells filled with orange-
coloured vivacious corpuscles, moving by means of vibratile
cilia. Marine.

The plants comprised under this head'are exclusively ma-
rine, and are known from all other sea-weeds by their olive
or dark brown colour. In some few the colour of the living
plant is a very pale olive, verging to light green ; and some
others assume verdigris tints in decay or in the process of
drying : but as a general rule, it may be said, their colours
are rather on the brown than the green side of olive, and be-
come darker in drying, often changing to black.

Though some of the larger kinds inhabit deep water, and
are never laid bare on the recess of the tide, by far the
greater number are found on tidal rocks, where they are ex-
posed to the influence of sun and air for some hours each
day. And this exposure seems necessary to their healthy
growth and full development, as is proved in the case of
some Fad which are occasionally raised from deep water.
In such situations fruit is not produced, and the fronds
have a weak and attenuated habit. That these plants are

8 MELANOSPERME.E.

intended for vegetation in shallow water is further proved by
the air-vessels with which most of them are furnished, and
which enable them to keep their long but flaccid fronds in an
erect position, with the uppermost branches either floating on
the surface of the water, or submerged but a short distance
beneath. In specimens growing in shallow water near
high-water mark the air-vessels are either absent or in small
quantity, but in those that grow at a lower level they are
proportionally abundant. And in the Sargassum bacciferum,
the famous Gulf-weed, which floats on the surface of the
great ocean, the air-vessels are in such abundance as to form
the most striking feature of the species.

Some of the Melanospermeae are of great size, by much
the largest of known Algae, surpassing in the length of their
fronds the tallest forest tree ; but comparatively few of them
attain such a proportionate diameter in their stems as to en-
title them to be called arborescent. In the deep bays of the
southern hemisphere, along the shores of the Falklands and
among the Archipelago of Cape Horn, the species of Lesso-
nia and Durvill&a do indeed resemble submarine trees, with
gigantic leaves pendant from the tips of robust branches :
and even on our own shores the fronds of the larger tangles
(Laminaria), seen through clear water of one or two fathoms1
depth, have a similar character, and enable us to conceive
what glorious objects their greater southern analogues must
be when thus seen, waving freely below us. All the larger
kinds grow on rocks, to which they are firmly attached by a
root or holdfast, which is almost always conical, and which
adheres with great force to the rock. In many the cone is
solid, a compact mass of tough cellular tissue, but in others,
as in most of the Laminarice, the cone is composed of nu-
merous stout, branching fibres, growing out, like the aerial
roots of the Screw Pine, one above another, and each with
its extremity taking fast hold of the ground ; so that, with
the increasing growth of the frond, the base is proportionably
strengthened. Some few, like Pycnophycus, spring from
prostrate or creeping stems, which form a matted network
over wide spaces of rocks, and throw up at intervals erect
fronds, that then appear to be densely crowded together. A
great many of the smaller kinds are parasitic, or at least epi-
phytic, attached to other Algae by minute disks, in every
respect, except size, similar to the conical bases of larger
species. Some are true parasites, as the Elachistea and
Myrionemata, which seem to be incapable of independent

MELANOSPERME.E. 9

existence : but the majority which grow on other species are
merely epiphytes, many of them indifferently growing on
living plants or on dead substances. Several are minute,
but very few of strictly microscopic size. Almost all have a
distinction, in their vegetation, of root, stem and branches,
and many possess well formed, and even nerved leaves. In
a very few, the frond is a shapeless mass, or a crust lying
close on the surface of rocks. None deposit carbonate of
lime in their tissues, but most, perhaps all of them, yield
iodine, and are the chief source from which that valuable
substance is obtained.

In the fructification of these plants there is considerable
uniformity in the structure and origin of the spores, while
there is a great diversity in the position and grouping together
of those bodies, and in the supplementary organs which ac-
company them. The spores are always formed from a single
cell, within which, as it enlarges, a dense, olive-coloured, granu-
lar substance gradually accumulates and acquires consistence.
In some this internal matter, or endochrome, forms at matu-
rity a single compact mass, giving birth, on germination, to
a single plant ; but in others it is parted into two, four, or
even eight sporules (as in Fucm and Cutleria), each of
which is the germ of a new individual. It is manifest there-
fore that the spore is the representative rather of a seed-ves-
sel, usually one-seeded, but sometimes many-seeded, than of
the seed itself: and therefore. the term utricle, applied by
some botanists to this body, is more consistent with organi-
zation. In the simplest individuals of the sub-class the
spore is formed out of one of the surface cells, which rises
above its fellows, and is either altogether naked, or accom-
panied by a few jointed threads, to which the name parane-
mata is given. In the Dictyotacea, in which family the
spores are distributed over the surface, the paranemata are
in general little developed, consisting, as in Punctaria and
Asperococcus, of a few short, confervoid filaments ; but in
Slilophora, a more compound genus of the same group, they
form the principal portion of the masses of fructification, and
are considerably organized. In Chordaria and Mesoyloia
the whole outer coating of the frond is composed of these
organs. It is among the FUCACE.E, however, that we find
them in their highest form ; and here there is a manifest
separation of the organ into two parts ; the jointed filament
— simple or branched — and the antheridia, little transparent
cells full of orange-coloured moving particles, borne by the

10 MELANOSPERME^E.

branches of the filament. These organs, which are supposed
to represent the male system, will be more fully described in
their proper place. Among the higher families we no longer
find the spores scattered over the surface, but collected into
proper receptacles, formed either at the tips of the branches
or in their axils. Each of these receptacles, in the FUCACE^E,
contains a number of hollow chambers, communicating with
the water by a pore. These little hollows are called concep-
tacles, and the spores and paranemata are attached to their
walls, like the male and female flowers within the hollow
chamber of the fig.

The genus Lichina, consisting of two minute plants found
along the edge of the sea on rocky shores, was formerly as-
sociated with the Melanosperms, and constituted a small
family called LICHINE^E, placed immediately after the Fu-
CACEjE. I was never well satisfied with this position, and in
the first edition of this work (p. 2) hinted at the near affinity
of these little plants with the true Lichens, among which one
of them had been originally placed. Recent observations
have detected in their receptacles the presence of asci, the
peculiar fructification of Lichens, and abundance of gonidia
in the stems ; and M. Montagne has therefore properly
transferred the genus to that class of vegetables.

Omitting, then, the group Lichinea, the Melanosperms
may be classed under six orders, briefly distinguished as
follows : —

SYNOPSIS OF THE ORDERS.

* Frond leathery or membranaceous, forming a compact, cellular
substance.

1. FUCACE.E. Spores contained in spherical cavities im-

mersed in the frond.

2. SPOROCHNACE^E. Spores attached to external, jointed

filaments, which are either free, or compacted toge-
ther in knob-like masses.

3. LAMINARIACE^E. Spores forming indefinite, cloud-like

patches, or covering the whole surface of the frond.

4. DICTYOTACE^. Spores forming definite groups (sori)

on the surface of the frond.

FUCACE.E. 11

** Frond formed of jointed filaments, which are either free or united
into a compound body.

5. CHORDARIACE.E. Frond cartilaginous or gelatinous,

composed of vertical and horizontal filaments inter-
laced together. Spores immersed.

6. ECTOCARPACE^E. Frond filiform, jointed. Spores ex-

ternal.

ORDER I. FUCACE^.

J. Ag. Sp. Alg. vol. i. p. 180. C, Ag. Syst. Alg. p. xxxvii.
(in part). Decaisne, Ess. p. 34 (in part). Fucoideae, Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 1. Harv. Manual, 1 edit. p. 1. Fuceae,
Cystoseireae, Sargasseae and Halochloae, Kutz. Phyc. Gen.
p. 349. Fucidae and Cystoseiridae, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured, inarticulate sea-weeds, whose
spores are contained in spherical cavities immersed in the
substance of the frond.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root almost always a conical disk,
rarely branching or creeping. Fronds of an olive-brown or
olive-green colour, becoming darker in drying ; of a tough,
leathery substance and fibrous texture, tearing lengthwise
with facility ; dichotomous or pinnate, rarely irregularly
branched, but very variable in habit. In the simpler kinds
(Splancnidiwri) there is no distinction into parts (as stem,
leaves and receptacle), but the fructification is equally dis-
persed through all parts of the plant ; in others (Durvillaa,
Sarcophycus) there is a stem ending in a phyllo-caulon or
leaf-like frond, through which the fructifications are scattered;
in others (Himanthalia) there is a simple frond of small
size, and a branching receptacle of fructification resembling
a frond ; in others (Fucus, Cystoseira, &c.) there is a branch-
ing or imperfectly leafy frond, some portions of whose
branches finally swell, and are converted into receptacles of
fruit ; and finally, in the most perfect kinds (Sargassum,
Marginaria, &c.) there is a branching frond, with well-
formed, mostly distinct and nerved leaves, and receptacles
from their origin set apart as organs of fructification (not
formed by swellings of old branches), developed either in

12 FUCACEjE.

the axils or along the edges of the leaves or branches. Air-
vessels are present in almost all, either as bladdery swellings
of the stem or branches (as in Fucus), or as distinct organs
(in Saryassum, &c.), stalked, and mostly springing from the
same part as the fructification. Receptacles of the fruit
mostly more or less distinguishable from the barren portion
of the frond, swollen, succulent, often filled with slimy mu-
cus, either formed from the metamorphosed ends of the
branches, or evolved from the axils or sides of the branches
or leaves. These receptacles (or the whole frond in genera
which have no proper receptacle) are pierced by minute
pores, which communicate with small, spherical chambers,
formed by an introflexion of the walls of the receptacle, at
the points where they occur. The little chambers (called
conceptacles by some writers, scaphidia by others) contain
sometimes spores, or reproductive bodies analogous to the
seeds of more perfect plants ; sometimes antheridia, sup-
posed to be analogues with stamens ; sometimes both organs
in the same chamber. The spores spring from the sides of
the chamber. One of the surface-cells being fertilized, gra-
dually enlarges, projects from the wall of the chamber, be-
comes more or less obovate, and finally is converted into a
perispore, or membranous, transparent case, in which is con-
tained the spore or spores. These last are formed from the
matter contained within the enlarged cell. At first the con-
tents are nearly fluid, of a pale olive colour : gradually they
acquire density, become darker, and at length are consoli-
dated either into a single sporule (as in Cystoseira, Halidrys,
&c.), or formed into two, four, or eight sporules (as in Fucus,
Himanthalia, Sec.). The antheridia are borne on branching,
jointed threads, called paranemata, which rise, like the
spores, from the walls of the conceptacle, and commonly fill
the greater part of its cavity. Each antheridium is an ob-
long cell, forming the terminal articulation of the branches
of the paranemata, and is filled with minute, orange-coloured
bodies (called sporidia by 3. Agardh) closely resembling the
zoospores of the lower Alga?, and, like the latter, endowed
with spontaneous movements. The motive organs are vibra-
tory hairs or cilia, with two of which each little body is fur-
nished. The fronds of many species have numerous mu-
ciferous pores, analogous to the pores of the conceptacles,
but not leading to any internal cavity : from these issue
bundles of transparent filaments, whose use is unknown.

FUCACE.E. 18

The Fucaceae are readily known from all other olivaceous
sea-weeds by a character at once natural and easily ascer-
tained, namely, the position of their spores within little hol-
lows sunk in the substance of the plant, and communicating
with the surface by a pore.

This order is much the most extensive among Melano-
sperms, comprising within its limits upwards of 230 species,
which is about equal to the contents of all the other orders
of this division put together. More than half of them belong
to the genus Sargassum, and the rest are distributed among
22 or 23 generic groups, varying in the number of their spe-
cies from 1 to 20. The order is represented in most climates
from high northern and southern latitudes to the equator,
but the number of generic forms is much greater between
the parallels of 30° and 40°, and the number of specific
forms greater within 30 degrees of the equator on either side.
Very few vegetate in the polar regions of either hemisphere.
In the north the species of Fucus and Himanthalia alone
reach to the Icy Sea ; and in the Antarctic Ocean the order
is limited to Durvilleea, a genus of gigantic growth, resem-
bling Laminaria in outward character, and to Scytothalia
Jaquinotii, a fine Alga allied to sub-tropical forms. The
British species, excluding three doubtful natives, are but
fourteen, yet from the strictly social habits of several of them
they cover more surface of tidal rocks than all the other
Algae put together. It is these plants which impart the deep
brown colour to the belts of rock exposed on the recess of
the tide. The species of warmer latitudes are much less
striking to a casual observer, as they rarely occur in masses,
but are more usually dispersed here and there in the recesses
of rocks ; thus, though the number and variety of species are
greatly increased, the general effect to the eye is diminished.
The chief centre of the order seems to be along the shores
of New Holland, Tasmania and New Zealand, where the ge-
neric types are most numerous, and the external characters
of the frond most varied. In Sargassum, which extends at
either side of the line to the parallel of 45°, and gradually
increases in number of species towards the equator, we have
the most perfect type of frond which the order affords. In
this genus there is a regular distinction of parts into stem,
branches, leaves and inflorescence : the leaves in most spe-
cies furnished with a midrib, and developed in a sub-spiral
order, like those of more perfect plants.

In an officinal point of view the Fucaceae are among the

14 SARGASSUM.

most valuable of marine plants. Besides the use made of
their decayed fronds for manure, kelp is abundantly procured
from their ashes. They are the chief source of iodine ; man-
nite may be prepared in considerable quantity from many ;
and several afford a grateful winter pasturage to the herds of
cattle along the inclement shores of northern Europe.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

* Air-vessels stalked.

I. SARGASSUM. Branches bearing ribbed leaves. Air-

vessels simple. [Plate ], A.]

II. HALIDRYS. Frond linear, pinnate, leafless. Air-ves-

sels divided into several cells by transverse partitions.
[Plate 1, C.]

** Air-vessels immersed in the substance of the frond, or none.

III. CYSTOSEIRA. Root scutate. Frond much branched,
bushy. Receptacles cellular. [Plate 1, B.]

IV. PYCNOPHYCUS. Root branching. Frond cylindrical.
Receptacles cellular. [Plate 2, A.]

V. Fucus. Root scutate. Frond dichotomous. Recep-

tacles filled with mucus, traversed by jointed threads.
[Plate 1, D.]

VI. HIMANTHALIA. Root scutate. Frond cup-shaped.
Receptacles (frond-like) very long, strap-shaped, di-
chotomously branched. [Plate 2, B.]

I. SARGASSUM. Ag. [Plate 1, A.]

Frond furnished with distinct, stalked, nerved leaves, and
simple, axillary, stalked air-vessels. Receptacles small, li-
near, tuberculated, mostly in axillary clusters, cellular,
pierced by numerous pores, which communicate with im-
mersed spherical conceptacles, containing parietal spores and
tufted antheridia. Name, altered from sargazo, the Spanish
term for the masses of floating seaweed common in some
latitudes.

HALIDRYS. 15

1. S. vulgare, Ag.; stem flat, slender, alternately branched;
leaves linear-lanceolate, serrated, dotted with mucous pores ;
air-vessels few, spherical, on flat stalks ; receptacles cylin-
drical, racemose. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 2, t. 1 ; Hook. Br. Fl.
11. p. 264; E. Bot. *. 2114.

Occasionally cast ashore. Orkneys, Mr. P. Neill. — Stem 12 — 18 inches
long, pinnated with simple branches. Leaves very variable in breadth.
Colour, when recent, olive, reddish brown when dry.

2. S. bacciferum, Turn. ; stem cylindrical, slender, much
branched, flexuose ; leaves linear, serrated, mostly without
pores ; air-vessels abundant, spherical, on cylindrical stalks ;
receptacles unknown. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 3 ; Hook. Br. Fl.
i\.p. 264; E. Bot. t. 1967; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cix.

Occasionally cast ashore with the preceding. Orkneys, Mr. P. Neill.
Shore of Castle Eden Dean, Durham, Mr. W. Backhouse. — Root un-
known. Stems extremely brittle. Leaves 1 — 2 inches long, and about a
line wide, of a very pale olive colour when recent. This and the preceding
species have no just claim on our Flora, being natives of the tropics, occa-
sionally driven, together with cocoa-nuts and other tropical productions, by
the force of the western currents, on our Atlantic coasts.

II. HALIDRYS. Lyngb. [Plate 1, C.]

Frond compressed, linear, pinnated with distichous
branches. Air-vessels lanceolate, stalked, divided into seve-
ral cells by transverse partitions. Receptacles terminal,
stalked, cellular, pierced by numerous pores, which commu-
nicate with immersed, spherical conceptacles. Name, aAj,
the sea, and 3jjw?, an oak or tree.

OBS. — In this and the two following genera the internal
substance of the receptacle is composed of small, polygonal
cells closely packed together into a solid flesh ; a structure
technically called cellular. In Fucus and Himanthalia the
internal substance is loosely gelatinous, the gelatine traversed
by a network of jointed threads.

1. H. siliquosa, L. ; branches linear, very narrow; air-
vessels compressed, linear-lanceolate, slightly constricted at
the septa, mucronate. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 9, t. 1 ; Hook. Br.
Fl. n.p. 266; E. Bot. t. 474; 'Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 53.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixvi. — (3. minor', smaller in every part,
with fewer vesicles. Turn. Syn. i. p. 61.

On rocks and stones in the sea, at and below half-tide level. Common
on the British shores. Perennial. Winter and spring. /3. in shallow
pools left by the tide. — Root an expanded disk, from which spring several

16 CYSTOSEIRA.

fronds 1—4 feet long, alternately branched ; branches about a line wide,
pinnated with similar ramuli, and in the upper part with air-vessels and
receptacles. Air-veessels resembling pods or siliquae, whence the specific
name. The beautiful Fucus osmundaceus, Turn. Hist. t. 105, is a second
species of this genus.

III. CYSTOSEIRA. Ag. [Plate 1, B.]

Frond much branched, occasionally leafy at base ; branches
becoming more slender upwards, and containing strings of
simple air-vessels within their substance. Receptacles ter-
minal, small, cellular, pierced by numerous pores, which
communicate with immersed spherical conceptacles, con-
taining parietal spores and tufted antheridia. Name, XU<TTI$,
a bladder, and <rti?a, a chain ; because the air-vessels are
generally arranged in strings or series.

1. C. ericoides, Good. & Woodw. ; stem thick, woody,
short, cylindrical, beset with numerous, slender, filiform
branches, variously divided, and densely clothed with small,
spine-like, awl-shaped ramuli (or leaves) ; air-vessels small,
solitary near the apices :. receptacles cylindrical, terminal,
spiny. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 4 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 265 : E.
Bot. t. 1968 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 1 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. cclxv.

Bocks between tide-marks, chiefly in the S. West of England and West
and South of Ireland ; common. Perennial. Summer and autumn. —
Root a large and very hard disk. Frond one or two feet long, remarkably
bushy, of a fine olive or yellowish green when removed from the water, but
appearing, whilst growing beneath the surface, to be clothed with the rich-
est iridescent tints. Air-vessels generally solitary, and immediately sub-
tending the terminal receptacles, very small ; sometimes scattered along
the branches.

2. C. granulata, L. ; stem cylindrical, covered with ellip-
tical knobs, each of which bears a slender, repeatedly divided,
dichotomo-pinnated, cylindrical branch, irregularly set with
scattered, incurved, awl-shaped, spine-like ramuli ; air-ves-
sels small, linear-oblong, two or three together in the upper
part of the branches ; receptacles elongated. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 5, t. 2 ; Hook. Brit. Fl. ii. p. 265 ; E. Bot. t. 2169 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 101. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ix.

Bocky pools left by the tide on the coasts of England and Ireland, not
uncommon. Perennial. Summer. — Root a Saltish disk. Stem about
the thickness of a goose-quill, 7 or 8 inches high ; branches very slender, a
foot or more in length, very much divided, each having at its base a hard
bulbous knob, which forms one of the most striking characters of the spe-
cies. Colour a semi-transparent olive-green.

CYSTOSEIRA. 1 7

3. C. barbata, Turn. ; frond cylindrical, stem furnished
with elliptical knobs, each producing a branch many times
dichotomo-pinnate and filiform ; air-vessels lanceolate, chain-
like ; receptacles ovate-elliptical, mucronate. Grew. Alg.
Brit. p. 6 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 265 j E. Bot. t. 2170.

A native of the Mediterranean, said to have been gathered on the De-
vonshire coast by Hudson. — Distinguished from the last species by the
receptacles being tipped with a spine-like point.

4. C.fccniculacea, L. ; stem compressed, branches long,
slender, rough with hard points, repeatedly dichotomo-pin-
nate ; air-vessels small, solitary or two together, elliptic ob-
long, near the apices of the branches ; receptacles minute,
linear-lanceolate. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 7 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 265 ; Turn. Hist. t. 252 ; E. Bot. t. 2130 and t. 2131 ;

Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 51 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxii.

On rocks in tide-pools: coasts of the South and S. West of England.
Jersey. Perennial. Summer. — Frond \ — 2 feet long ; stem destitute of
knobs, nearly cylindrical, 4 — 6 inches high, and bearing numerous, long,
sub-simple, slender branches, which are generally naked toward the base,
but in the upper part closely set with distichous, alternately pinnate or
sub-dichotomous, secondary branches. In the young stale, and especially
when growing in deep water, this plant is furnished with long, flat, pinna-
tifid leaves, 1 — 2 lines broad, midribbed, dotted, and irregularly serrated
at the margins, and then constitutes the Cys. discors of Agardh (Fucus dis-
cors, L. ; E. Bot. t. 2131); but these leaves, as was long since shown by
Mrs. Griffiths, and as has been confirmed by Turner, Greville, and subse-
quent observers, finally elongate and become branches, and the plant as-
sumes the appearance as above described.

5. C.Jibrosa, Huds. ; stem woody, compressed, bushy,
very much branched; branches slender, alternately branched,
the upper ones repeatedly divided, and furnished with li-
neari-setaceous, flattish ramuli ; air-vessels elliptical, mostly
solitary, immersed in the branches remote from the apices ;
receptacles filiform, much elongated. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 8 ;
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 266; E. Bot. t. 1969; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 52. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxiii.

On rocks near low-water mark and in tide-pools : also in 4 — 15 fathom
water. Perennial. Summer. Frequent on the shores of England and
Ireland. Not found in Scotland. — Root, a hard, spreading disk. Frond
three feet long or more; stem mostly undivided, gradually diminishing
upwards, and thickly set with distichous, alternate branches, slightly swol-
len at base, and furnished with one or two series of smaller ramuli, the ter-
minal ones being long and setaceous. Air-vessels larger than in any other
British species, and generally occurring near the base of the branches, so-
litary or two or three together. Colour olive-green.

C

18 PYCNOPHYCUS — FUCUS.

IV. PYCNOPHYCUS. Kiitz. [Plate 2, A.]

Root composed of branching fibres. Frond cylindrical,
dichotomous. Air-vessels, when present, innate, simple.
Receptacles terminal, cellular, pierced by numerous pores,
which communicate with immersed spherical conceptacles,
containing parietal spores and tufted antheridia. Name,
from TTUXVOS, thick, and Qvxos, a sea-weed.

1. P. tuberculatus, Huds. ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 18 ; Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 269 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 103 ; E. Bot. t.
726 ; Harv. Phyc. Gen. t. Ixxxix.

In rock-pools left, on the recess of the tide, near low-water mark. Pe-
rennial. Summer and autumn. Cornwall and Devonshire. West of
Ireland. Jersey. — Root fibrous, matted over the surface of the rocky bot-
tom. Fronds gregarious, 12 — 20 inches long, as thick as a goosequill,
repeatedly forked : the axils obtuse. Air-vessels frequently absent. Re-
ceptacles terminating the branches, cylindrical, obtuse, more or less tuber-
culated, composed of compact cellular tissue. Colour, when growing, a
clear olive ; when dry, black. Substance brittle when dry. — This plant,
separated from Fucus by Kiitzing, appears to me to be the type of a dis-
tinct genus, known from Fucus by its branching root and the compact cel-
lular structure of its receptacles. By Prof. J. Agavdh it is included in
what appears to me a very heterogeneous group, which he calls Fucodium.

V. Fucus. L. [Plate 1, D.]

Root scutate. Frond linear, either flat, compressed or
cylindrical, dichotomous (rarely pinnated). Air-vessels,
when present, innate, simple. Receptacles either terminal
or lateral, filled with gelatinous matter traversed by a net-
work of jointed fibres, pierced by numerous pores, which
communicate with immersed spherical conceptacles, contain-
ing parietal spores, or antheridia, or both. Name, <puxo$, a
sea-weed.

* Frond Jlat, with a midrib.

1. F. vesiculosus, L. ; frond plane, coriaceous, thick, linear,
dichotomous, quite entire at the margin, midribbed j air-ves-
sels globose, mostly in pairs ; receptacles elliptical, terminal.
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 267 ; E. Bot. t. 1066 ; Grev. Crypt, t.
319 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 152 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cciv. — (3. balticus ; very small, densely tufted, with an in-
distinct midrib, and destitute of vesicles or receptacles. F.
balticus, Ag. ; Grev. Crypt, t. 181.

FUCUS. 19

Rocky shores, most abundant. (3. in salt-marshes, occasionally flooded
by the sea. — Very variable in size and general appearance, often destitute
of air-vessels. j3. is a remarkable state, 1 or 2 inches high, scarcely a line
wide, and of a tawny yellow colour, forming dense masses. This plant is
extensively used in the manufacture of help, and furnishes besides excellent
winter food for the cattle in the western islands of Scotland. See Light-
foot, FL Scot. vol. ii. p. 906.

2. F. ceranoides, L.; frond plane, coriaceo-membranaceous,
linear, subdichotomous, entire at the margin, midribbed,
without vesicles ; lateral branches alternate, dichotomous,
multifid, level-topped ; receptacles subcylindrical, acumi-
nated. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 14; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 267 ; E.
Hot. t. 2115 ; Wyattj Alg. Damn. No. 153.

Sea-shores, less common than the last. Perennial. Spring and sum-
mer.— Nearly related to the last species, but " it is far less tough, much
thinner and more transparent in every part, both in the growing and the
dried state. The midrib is finer and more clearly defined." — Grev.

3. F. serratus, L. ; frond plane, coriaceous, linear, dicho-
tomous, serrated, midribbed, without air-vessels ; receptacles
flat, solitary, terminating the branches, serrated. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 15 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 267 ; E. Bot. t. 1221 ; Wy-
att, Alg. Danm. No. 2 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xlvii.

Rocky sea-shores, very common. Perennial. Spring and summer. —
Frond 2 — 6 feet long, very variable in breadth, dark olive-green. This is
sometimes used in the manufacture of kelp, but rarely, as it is far less pro-
ductive than F. vesiculosus. It however forms excellent manure, and in
Norway it is used, mixed with meal, as provender for cattle.

** Frond flat or compressed, without a midrib.

4. F. nodosus, L. ; frond compressed, coriaceous, sub-di-
chotomous ; branches linear, somewhat pinnated, attenuated
at base, remotely denticulate, here and there swelling into
oblong air-vessels; receptacles lateral, globose, stalked,
springing from the axils of the serratures. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 16; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 268 ; E. Bot. t. 570; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 154 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clviii.

Sea-shores, very common. Perennial. Winter and spring. — Root a,
large, hard, conical mass, from which spring several fronds 2 — 1 or even 6
feet long, which are once or twice forked, and irregularly pinnated with
alternate simple branches. Vesicles large. Substance extremely tough
and leathery. Colour full olive-green, glossy.

5. F. Mackaii, Turn. ; frond cylindrical or subcompressed,
slender, much branched; branches dichotomous ; air-vessels
elliptical, solitary ; receptacles lateral, lanceolate, ovate or

c2

20 FUCUS — HIMANTHALIA.

forked, pendulous, scattered, near the base of the branches.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 7 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 268 ; E. Bat. t.
1927 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. lii.

Muddy sea-shores, usually in land-locked bays, and among boulders.
Perennial. April and May. West of Ireland and north and west of Scot-
land. Frond 6—10 inches long, densely tufted, branches crowded, spread-
ing compressed at base, cylindrical upwards. Vesicles wider than the
frond. Substance leathery", when dry somewhat horny. Colour dull
olive-green.

6. F. canaliculatus, L. ; frond coriaceous, linear, channel-
led on one side, dichotomous, without air-vessels ; recepta-
cles terminal, oblong-wedge-shaped, swollen, bipartite. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 18; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 268; E. Bot. t. 823 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 102; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.

Rocky coasts, near high-water mark. Perennial. Summer and autumn.
— Frond 2—6 inches high, densely tufted, several times dichotomous, of an
olive-brown or yellowish colour.

VI. HIMANTHALIA. Lyngb. [Plate 2, B.]

Frond top-shaped. Receptacles very long, strap-shaped,
repeatedly forked, springing from the centre of the frond,
filled with mucus traversed by jointed fibres, and pierced by
numerous pores, which communicate with immersed, spheri-
cal conceptacles, containing either parietal spores or anthe-
ridia. Name, from //waj, a strap, and flaAoj, a branch, or «AJ,
the sea ; a translation of the common English name " sea-
thongs •."

1. H. lorea, Lyngb. ; frond top-shaped, at length collapsing,
plano-concave, stalked ; receptacles repeatedly dichotomous,
linear, slightly tapering at the extremity. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
20. t. 3 ; Hook. Br. Ft. ii. p. 269 ; E. Bot. t. 569 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 3.

Rocky sea-shores, common. Biennial. Winter and spring. — Fronds
gregarious, about an inch high; receptacles 2 — 10 feet long, coriaceous,
thong-like, dark olive-green. Authors are at variance as to the duration
of this plant, and also as to the name properly applicable to the long,
branching part, here called a receptacle. From recent observations I have
no doubt that this plant is biennial ; and its development, I think, justifies
the views here adopted as to the nature of its several parts. It is a com-
mon habit of biennial plants to spend the first year in perfecting the
organs of vegetation, and to start into fruit in the following season. This
is exactly what takes place in this sea-weed. The top-shaped, or finally
cup-shaped base which is here called a frond, but which in the view of
some authors is a vesicle, takes a whole year to arrive at perfection, and
is fully formed before any part of the strap-shaped receptacle makes its

SPOROCHNACE/E. 21

appearance. This last commences the second year, rapidly attains its
full size, forms its fruit, and falls off at the end of the season. I have
never observed the old fronds to sprout again, but Carinichael asserts that
they do so.

ORDER II. SPOROCHNACE^.

Sporochnoideae, Grev. Brit. Alg. p. 36. J. Ag. Sp. Alg.
vol. i. p. 160. Kutz. Phyc. Gen. p. 342. Endl. 3rd SuppL
p. 28. Chordarieae, in part. Ag. Syst. p. xxxvi. Sporoch-
nidae, and part of Dictyotidae, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured, inarticulate sea-weeds, whose
spores are attached to external, jointed filaments, which are
either free or compacted together into knob- like masses.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root usually a small, scutate disk,
rarely bulbous, and coated with woolly fibres. Fronds, when
living, usually of a clear and rather bright olive colour, and
cartilaginous, firm substance, rapidly becoming flaccid and
changing to a verdigris-green colour in the air; of mediocre
size and much branched, frequently bushy. Stems and
branches uniform, destitute of distinct leaves, inarticulate,
either cylindrical and filiform, often exceedingly slender, or
more or less compressed ; sometimes flattened, leaf-like, and
furnished with a distinct midrib, and occasionally lateral
nervelets ; the branches very frequently opposite, and almost
always distichous. Air-vessels none. Almost all bear, at some
period of their growth, pencils of delicate, jointed, confervoid
filaments. In some these accompany vegetation, sprouting
out from all the growing apices, and continuing while the
branchlet is in active growth, after which they fall away :
such may possibly discharge the office of leaves in these
leafless plants. In other kinds the filaments spring from
and crown the receptacles of the fructification, falling away,
in like manner, when the spores arrive at maturity. The or-
gans of fructification are varied considerably in this order.
In some the spores are developed on the pencilled filaments,
which spring from all parts of the branches. In others, pro-
per receptacles, formed of minute, branching filaments closely
whorled round a central axis, and compacted together by la-
teral cohesion, either terminate the larger divisions of the
frond, or are borne on short, lateral ramuli or peduncles.
To the filaments composing these capitula or knob-like

22 SPOROCHNACE.E.

receptacles are attached the spores, which are generally
pear-shaped, containing a single mass, lodged in a pellucid
perispore. The antheridia are unknown.

A small group, of which five (or, according to the views of
some authors, six) genera, comprising twenty-four species,
are at present known to botanists. Notwithstanding such a
discrepancy in the organs of fructification as obliges us to
break the order into two families, yet there is so much simi-
larity in the structure and habit of these plants, and all so
closely agree in the remarkable property of changing them-
selves from olive to a verdigris colour, and then causing the
rapid decay of all delicate Algae brought into contact with
them, that I cannot but regard the assemblage as a natural
one. Their power of destroying other Algae has long been
known, and another curious property, first observed in Ar-
throcladia, is common to many, namely, that of rendering
paper for the moment transparent, as if the branches gave
out an oil. This acts but temporarily, ceasing when the
plant is perfectly dry.

The Sporochnacece are chiefly characteristic of cold or
temperate latitudes, between the parallels 64° and 40°. One
genus, Chnoospora, is tropical. Arthrocladia appears to be
confined to the shores of Europe. Of seven species of Des-
marestia, four are known only in the higher latitudes of the
Southern Ocean, while the other three, our British species,
are dispersed throughout the Atlantic and Pacific, both
North and South. D. viridis is excessively common in the
Antarctic Ocean, and D. ligulata is found on the N. West
coast of America, at the Cape of Good Hope and at Cape
Horn. Of six species of Sporochmis, three belong to the
shores of Europe, and three to those of Australia. Of Car-
pomitra four species are known, all of them found on the
Australian coasts, three of them exclusively so ; the fourth
(our C. Cabrerce} is a native of New Zealand, of the south of
Spain, and of the south of England and Ireland. The dis-
tribution of this last-named species is very singular, particu-
larly as it seems to be rare in all its recorded stations.

None of the species are used in the arts.

SPOROCHNACE^E — DESMARESTIA. 23

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

Fam. 1. ARTHROCLADIE.E (J. Ag.). Spores attached to pen-
cilled filaments, issuing from the branches.

I. DESMARESTIA. Frond solid, filiform or flat, distichously

branched. [Plate 5, D.]

II. ARTHROCLADIA. Frond traversed by a jointed tube,

filiform, nodose. [Plate 5, C.]

Fam. 2. SPOROCHNE^E. Spores produced in knob-like recep-
tacles, composed of whorled filaments, compacted to-
gether.

III. SPOROCHNUS. Receptacles lateral, on short peduncles.
[Plate 5, A.]

IV. CARPOMITRA. Receptacles terminal, at the tips of the
branches. [Plate 5, B.]

FAMILY 1. ARTHROCLADIEJE.
I. DESMARESTIA. Lamour. [Plate 5, D.]

Frond linear, either filiform, compressed or flat, disti-
chously branched, cellular, traversed by an internal, single-
tubed, jointed filament ; branches producing, when young,
marginal tufts of byssoid, branching fibres. Fructification
unknown. Name, in honour of A. G. Desmarest, a cele-
brated French naturalist.

1. D. ligulata, Lightf. ; frond flat, with an obscure mid-
rib, repeatedly pinnate ; pinnae and pinnulse linear-lanceolate,
tapering at base, opposite. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 36, t. 5 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 273 ; E. Bot. t. 1636 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 55. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxv.

On rocks and stones between tide-marks and at a greater depth. An-
nual. Summer. Frequent on the southern shores of England, and the
south and west of Ireland. Frith of Forth, Lightfoot. Orkneys, Rev. C.
Clouston. Yarmouth, Mr. Wigg. — Frond 2 — 6 feet long, of a clear olive
brown while growing, but soon fading in the air to a verdigris-green ; yel-
lowish when dry. Branches variable in breadth, but all linear-lanceolate
in outline, and exactly opposite in insertion.

2. D. aculeata, L. ; stem short, cylindrical, throwing forth

24 DESMARESTIA — ARTHROCLADIA.

numerous slender, flattish branches, which are repeatedly
irregularly pinnate ; pinnae and pinnulae alternate, tapering
at base, filiform, either fringed with minute tufts of delicate
fibres, or set with erect, awl-shaped, alternate, distichous
spines. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 38, t. 5, /. 2, 3 ; Hook. Br. FL
ii.p. 273; E. Bot. t. 2445; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 158,
a. and &. ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xlix.

On rocks, stones and Algae between tide-marks, and in 4 — 5 fathom
water. Perennial. Common on most shores. — Fronds 1 — 3 feet long.
In the young plant the branches are soft and flaccid, and furnished along
their whole length with tufts of bright green conferva-like filaments, which
drop off as soon as the branch has completed its growth. Old plants are
rigid, destitute of these fibres, and the branches set with short awl-shaped
spines or ramuli ; but whenever they shoot out new branches, these are
constantly clothed with the green fibres, which seem to be an indispensable
accompaniment to the process of growth, and perhaps perform the func-
tions of leaves. No fructification has yet been observed either in this spe-
cies or in D. ligulata.

3. D. viridis, Mull. ; frond cylindrical, filiform, repeatedly
pinnate; pinnae and pinnulse capillary, opposite. Dichloria
viridis, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 39, t. 6 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 274 ;
E. Bot. t. 1669; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 56.

In the sea, growing on stones and the larger Algae between tide-marks.
Annual. Summer. Not uncommon on the British shores. — Root disk-like.
Frond 2—3 feet long, excessively branched in a pinnated manner, all the
branches and ramuli exactly opposite; the main stem about half a line in
diameter at base, gradually attenuated upwards ; the branches becoming in
each series more and more slender and capillary ; the whole plant having
a strikingly feathery and delicate appearance. Colour, whilst growing,
dark olive or "foxy" (Dr. Drummond) ; quickly becoming a verdigris-
green when removed from the water. Substance at first harsh and rigid,
but soon becoming flaccid on exposure, in which state it closely adheres to
paper.

II. ARTHROCLADIA. Duby. [Plate 5, C.]

Frond filiform, cellular, with' an articulated, tubular axis,
nodose ; the nodes producing whorls of delicate, jointed fila-
ments. Fructification : pedicellate, moniliform pods, borne
on the filaments, and containing, at maturity, a string of
elliptic spores. Name, a^ov, a joint, and *x«3bf, a branch.

1. A. villosa, Huds. ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixiv. Sporoch-
nus villosus, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 42; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 274;
E. Bot. t. 546; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 105.

On submarine substances, in 4—5 fathom water, rather rare. Annual.
Summer and autumn. Coast of England in several places, chiefly in the

SPOROCHNUS — CARPOMITRA. 25

south. Frith of Forth, Mr. Hassell. Ardthur, Capt. Carmichael. Wick-
low and Downshire coasts. — Fronds, several from the same base, 6 inches
to nearly 3 feet long, very slender, once or twice pinnated ; pinnae distant,
opposite, or rarely alternate, patent, simple, or again pinnated with similar
simple pinnules; all the branches furnished, at intervals of from half a
line to a line, with minute joint-like swellings or knobs, which are whorled
with very delicate, branched, jointed, confervoid filaments, of a pale green
colour. Substance of the branches cartilaginous, soon becoming flaccid.
Fructification : minute, articulated, lanceolate pods, which are finally
much elongated and contracted at the joints in a moniliform manner, and
containr at maturity in each joint a well-formed oval sporule, of an olive
colour, which finally breaks through the membrane and falls away. These
pods are borne by the jointed fibres, several often together, in a secund
manner. The credit of having first pointed out this fructification, which,
now that it has been observed, is found to be very common, is due to the
Rev. M. J. Berkeley.

FAMILY 2. SPOROCHNE^E.

III. SPOROCHNUS. Ag. [Plate 5, A.]

Frond filiform, solid, cellular, the axis more dense. Fruc-
tification : lateral, crested, stalked receptacles, composed of
horizontal, branching filaments, whorled round a central axis,
and producing obovate spores. Crest deciduous, consisting
of byssoid, jointed fibres. Name, trwopos, a seed, and %vooj,
wool; because tufts of fibres accompany the fructification.

1. S. pedunculatus, EJuds.; stem undivided; branches late-
ral, long, simple, horizontal; receptacles elliptical. Grev.
Ala. Brit. p. 41, t. 6; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 274; E. Bot. t.
545 ; Wyatt, Ala. Danm. No. 104 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ivi.

On submarine substances, about low-water mark, and in 4 — 10 fathom
water. Annual. Summer. Not uncommon on the eastern and southern
shores of England and Ireland. Frith of Forth. — Stem 6 — 18 inches long,
filiform, quite simple, closely set throughout its length with long slender
branches. Colour at first a full olive-brown, soon changing to a yellow-
green on exposure.

IV. CARPOMITRA. Kiitz. [Plate 5, B.]

Frond filiform, or flat and midribbed, subdichotomous, cel-
lular, the axis more dense. Fructification : mitriform recep-
tacles terminating the branches, composed of horizontal
branching filaments whorled round a vertical axis, and pro-
ducing elliptic-oblong spores. Name, xapTtof, fruit, and
cap or mitre.

26 LAMINARIACE.E.

1. C. Cabrera, Clem. ; frond irregularly dichotomous, linear,
narrow, flat, midribbed ; branches here and there constricted.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xiv. Sporochnus Cabrera, Ag. ; Harv.
in Mack. Fl. Hib. part 3, p. 154; Turn. Hist. t. 140.

Thrown up from deep water, very rare. Perennial ? Winter. Youghal,
County Cork, Miss Ball. Plymouth Sound, Rev. W. S. Hore and Dr.
Cocks. — Root a shapeless woolly tuber. Stems 6 — 8 inches high, much
branched in an irregularly dichotomous manner, flat, nerveless, except
near the base, where there is an obscure midrib, coriaceo-cartilaginous.
Branches erect, with acute axils, distichous, alternate, narrow below, be-
coming rather broader upwards, here and there constricted, the apices
truncate and often discoloured.

ORDER III. LAMINARIACE^.

Laminarieae, Grev. Ala. Brit. p. 24. J. Ag. Symb. p. 4.
Sp. Ala. p. 121. Endl. 3d Suppl. p. 26. Kliiz. Phyc. Gen.
p. 344, and part of Chordese, p. 333. Laminaridae, Lindl.
Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured, inarticulate sea-weeds, whose
spores are superficial, either forming indefinite cloud-like
patches or covering the whole surface of the frond.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root rarely a simple disk, com-
monly a conical mass composed of numerous stout branching
fibres compacted together. Fronds of an olive-brown or
olive-green colour, becoming darker on exposure to the air ;
sometimes tough and leathery, sometimes delicately membra-
naceous, fibroso-cellular ; frequently of very large size, either
simple and tubular, or furnished with a more or less distinct
stipes or stem, terminating in a leafy frond. In the simplest
kinds the frond is a hollow, membranous bag, contracted at
the base into a little stalk, and gradually tapering to the apex ;
in others a little more perfect, the frond is tubular, the tube
divided into several compartments by transverse partitions
placed at equal distances across its cavity. In more perfect
genera the frond is distinctly divisible into two portions ; a
cylindrical or compressed stem, and a flattened leafy blade.
The stem is either simple or branched, and is usually solid, at
least in its lower part, and in all cases bears the leafy expan-
sion at its summit, or at the summits of its branches. This

LAMINARIACEjE. 27

expansion is sometimes ribbon-shaped, quite simple and ta-
pering to the extremity; sometimes it is cloven vertically into
many narrow segments; sometimes it is pinnatifid (as in
Ecklonia); and sometimes (in Agarum and Thalassiophyllum)
it is perforated like a sieve. In some it is ribless, in others fur-
nished with a more or less perfect midrib. Air-vessels often
absent; where they occur they are formed by swellings at the
base of the leaf, in the general stipes or in its branches. In
those species which are perennial the stipes lasts for several
years, but the leaf is changed at the end of each season. New
growth, therefore, commences at the apex of the stipes and
base of the leaf, and continues till the old leaf is gradually
pushed off. The fructification consists in innumerable mi-
nute spores, packed vertically together, in strata, extending
either over the whole surface of the plant or covering spaces
of the surface of considerable extent, In the simplest kinds
the whole frond becomes covered with spores (as in Chorda] ;
in more perfect genei'a indefinite cloud-like patches are dis-
persed over the leafy portion ; and in the most organized
examples (as Alaria) the spores form distinct sori of large
size, situated in proper leaflets. The spores are either sim-
ple, or contain, at maturity, four sporules. Very generally
they are stipitate, or taper at base into a more or less evident
pedicel, formed from the lower half of the sporular cell. In
some genera they are mixed with paranemata, among which
antheridia occur ; in others the whole stratum is composed
of spores.

The plants of this family are almost all of large size, and
many of them gigantic, greatly exceeding in bulk any other
marine vegetables. The Oar-weeds and Tangle of our own
coasts have frequently stems six or eight feet long, and fronds
expanding from their summits to as great a length ; and the
sea-thong (Chorda) often measures forty feet in length. But
these dimensions are small compared with their kindred on
the shores of the Pacific Ocean. The Nereocystis, a plant of
this family inhabiting the north-western shores of America,
has a stem, no thicker than whipcord, but upwards of 300
feet in length, bearing at its apex a huge vesicle, six or seven
feet long, shaped like a barrel, and crowned with a tuft of
upwards of fifty forked leaves, each from 30 to 40 feet in length.
The vesicle, being filled with air, buoys up this immense frond,
which lies stretched along the surface of the sea : here the
sea-otter has his favourite lair, resting himself upon the vesi-

28 LAMINARIACE,E.

cle, or hiding among the leaves while he pursues his fishing.
The cord-like stem which anchors this floating tree must
be of considerable strength ; and, accordingly, we find it
used as a fishing-line by the natives of the coast. But great
as is the length of this sea-weed, it is exceeded by the Ma-
crocystis, though the leaves and air-vessels of that plant are
of small dimensions. In the Nereocystis the stem is un-
branched ; in Macrocystis it branches as it approaches the
surface, and afterwards divides by repeated forkings, each
division bearing a leaf, until there results a floating mass of
foliage some hundreds of square yards in superficial extent.
It is said that the stem of this plant is sometimes 1500 feet
in length. These are the most lengthy of the family. There
are others whose fronds would weigh more. The Lessonia,
which inhabit the deeper parts of the Laminarian zone in the
latitude of Cape Horn, and along the shores of Chili, have
branching trunks of considerable diameter and length, each
branch crowned with bunches of long ribbon-like leaves, and
the whole plant resembling a submarine arborescent aloe of
large size. The Eckloniae, a noble genus with pinnated
fronds, may be compared to submarine palm-trees. The
best known species, E. buccinalis, the trumpet weed of South
Africa, has a stem often more than twenty feet long, two
inches in diameter at the base, where it is solid, gradually
widening upwards and becoming hollow, and crowned with a
fan-shaped cluster of leaves, each twelve feet long or more.
The stem of this plant when dried is often used in the colony
as a siphon ; and by the native herdsmen is formed into a
trumpet, for collecting the cattle at evening. But perhaps
the most remarkable of the order are the arctic forms, Tha-
lassiophyllum and Agarum, both furnished with broad leaves
regularly pierced with holes at short distances. In the first
of these genera the sieve-like fronds grow, in spiral order,
round a branching shrubby stem ; in the latter the fronds are
solitary, as in our own simple-leaved species of Laminaria.

The order contains about fifty species, comprised under
three genera, and characteristic of the colder climates both
north and south. Macrocystis, Laminaria and Ecklonia
extend into the tropics.

ALARIA LAMINARIA. 29

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

* Frond stipitate ; the stipe ending in an expanded leafy portion.

I. ALARIA. Leaf membranaceous, with a cartilaginous,

percurrent midrib. [Plate 3, A.]

II. LAMINARIA. Leaf (simple or cleft) without any mid-

rib. [Plate 4.]

** Frond simple, leafless.

III. CHORDA. Frond cylindrical, hollow ; the cavity in-
terrupted by transverse partitions. [Plate 3, B.]

I. ALARIA. Grev. [Plate 3, A.]

Root fibrous. Frond stipitate, membranaceous, furnished
with a percurrent, cartilaginous midrib, the stem pinnated
with ribless leaflets. Fructification : pyriform spores, verti-
cally arranged in the thickened leaflets. Name, ala, a winy,
from the winged base of the frond.

1. A. esculenta, L. — Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 25, t. 4; Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 271 ; E. Bot. 1. 1759 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxix.

On rocks, at low-water mark. Perennial. Winter and spring. Com-
mon on the shores of Scotland, and of the North and West of Ireland, and
West of England. — Root consisting of several cylindrical fibres. Frond
solitary, 2 — 12 feet long or more; stem 4 — 8 inches long, pinnated about
the middle with several flat nerveless leaflets, and bearing from its summit
a long, linear-lanceolate, ribbon-like leaf, of delicate texture, through
which the stem is continued as a midrib. " The midrib stripped of the
membrane, and sometimes also the leaflets, are eaten in Ireland, Scotland,
Iceland, Denmark and the Faroe Islands. It is called in Scotland Bad-
derlocks or Henware, and in the Orkney Islands Honey-ware. Dr. Drum-
mond informs me that in some parts of Ireland it bears the name of
Murlins." Grev. Alg. Brit. 6.

II. LAMINARIA. Lamour. [Plate 4.]

Frond stipitate, coriaceous or membranaceous, flat, undi-
vided, or irregularly cleft, ribless. Fructification : cloudy
spots of spores, imbedded in the thickened surface of some
part of the frond. Name, lamina, a thin plate, descriptive
of the flat frond.

1. L. digitata, L. ; stem woody, cylindrical, gradually ta-
pering and somewhat compressed upwards, expanding into a
leathery, roundish-oblong frond, deeply cleft into many linear

30 LAMINARIA.

segments. Grev. Alg. Brit, p. 27, t. 5 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
271; E. Bot. t. 2274; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 166; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxiii.

Bocks in the sea, in deep water, common. Perennial.— Root consisting
of numerous, rigid, woody fibres, 2 — 3 inches long. Stem 1 — 6 feet high,
solid, very tough, expanding into a flat frond, 1—5 feet long and 1—3 feet
wide, which is deeply cleft from the apex into an uncertain number of strap-
shaped segments. The power of reproducing its frond, noticed by Turner
and Greville in L. digitata, has been observed by Mrs. Griffiths (to whom
I am indebted for a beautiful series of specimens) to exist also in L. sac-
charina and bulbosa .- it may therefore, perhaps, be considered characteristic
of the mode of growth in the genuine Laminarieas. It exists in individuals
of all ages. Some of Mrs. Griffiths' specimens of L. digitata exhibiting
the new frond, are not more than four inches high, and she has traced the
process upwards to plants of large size. The new frond at first appears
like a roundish expansion between the base of the old frond and the apex
of the stem : this gradually enlarges, becoming of an oval form, and in
large specimens is frequently cleft into segments long before the apex is
free from the base of the old lamina ; thus proving that the splitting of the
frond in this species does not arise from the fortuitous action of the waves,
but from an inherent principle of growth. Fig. 2, in our plate, represents
a young, growing beneath an old, frond.

2. L. bulbosa, Huds. ; stem flat, with a waved margin,
once twisted at the base, rising from a roundish, hollow, rough,
bulbous root ; frond oblong, deeply cleft into many linear
segments. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 29 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 271 ;
E. Bot. t. 1760 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 4, (young plant) ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxli.

On rocky shores, mostly in deep water, frequent. Perennial. — Young
plant with an oblong, undivided, or slightly cleft frond, 4 — 12 inches long
and 2 — 3 wide, with a filiform stem about an inch long, furnished with a
swelling or dilatation in the centre, and springing from several clasping
fibres. As the plant increases in size the stem becomes more and more
expanded, and finally waved at the margin, and what was at first a mere
knot-like expansion results in a large, bulbous, hollow body, which throws
out from its surface stout roots, and becomes the main support of the full-
grown frond. This bulb, in a specimen measured by Mrs. Griffiths from
deep water in Torbay, was a foot in diameter, and supported a frond which,
when spread out on the ground, formed a circle of at least 12 feet in
diameter. Common specimens are about half these dimensions.

3. L. saccharina, L. ; stem cylindrical, filiform, expanding
into a cartilaginous or submembranaceous, lanceolate, undi-
vided frond. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 31 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 272 ;
E. Bot. t. 1376; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 54.— /3. latifolia ;
frond very broad, ovate-elliptical, submembranaceous. L. la-
tifolia, Ag.

On rocks between tide-marks. Perennial. Very common. /3. in deep
water.— Root consisting of numerous clasping fibres ; stem varying from a

CHORDA. 31

few inches to several feet in length, slender ; frond 2 — 12 feet long and
4 — 16 inches wide, flat, or waved and curled at the margin. Substance
equally variable ; sometimes leathery or cartilaginous, sometimes delicate
and membranaceous. Colour a deep olive green inclining to brown.

4. L. Phyllitis, Stack. ; stem somewhat flattened, filiform,
expanding into a delicately membranaceous, flat, linear-lan-
ceolate, undivided frond. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 34 ; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 272; E. Bot. t. 1331; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxcii.

Between tide-marks, growing either on stones or on the stems of the
larger Algae. Annual ? Turner ,• Biennial ? Greville. Not uncommon, —
I own that I share the doubts entertained by my friends Dr. Greville and
Mrs. Griffiths, regarding the claim of this beautiful plant to rank as a spe-
cies distinct from L. saccharina. The more lanceolate form, delicate sub-
stance, and pale yellowish green colour, constitute the chief marks of
distinction. Stem 1—2 inches high; frond 8 inches to 3 feet or more in
length, and 1 — 6 inches in width.

5. L. fascia, Mull. ; stem very short, setaceous, gradually
expanding into a membranaceous, broadly oblong, wedge-
shaped, lanceolate, or linear frond. Ag. Syst. p. 273 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 157; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xlv. L. delilis,
Ag. Grev. Crypt, t. 277; Alg. t. 5.

In the sea, on sand-covered rocks. Annual ? — Root a minute disk.
Stem setaceous, 1 — 6 lines high, compressed, insensibly passing into the
frond. Frond 4 — 12 inches long or more, and from 2 lines to an inch in
breadth, either ovate or cuneate, and often much attenuated at base, some-
times tapering at the apex to an acute point, but oftener blunt and some-
what truncate, of a delicate membranous substance and olivaceous colour.

III. CHORDA. Stack. [Plate 3, B.]

Root scutate. Frond simple, cylindrical, tubular; its ca-
vity divided by transverse, membranous septa, into separate
chambers. Fructification : * a stratum of obconical spores,
much attenuated at the base, covering the whole external
surface of the frond. Among these are found elliptical an-
theridia. Name, chorda, a cord.

1. C. Jilum, L. ; frond cartilaginous, lubricous, clothed
with pellucid hairs, filiform, very long, tapering to each ex-
tremity, not constricted at the dissepiments. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 47, t. 7 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 276 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 159; E. Bot. t. 2487; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cvii. ft. to-

* What are here called spores are by J. Agardh considered as parane-
mata, and what are here termed antheridia are the spores of that author.
Which is the correct view ?

32 DICTYOTACEjE.

mentosa; of small size, more densely clothed with coloured,
olive or green hairs.

On rocks and stones iu the sea, between tide-marks ; and extending, in
still water, to the depth of 10 — 15 fathoms. Annual. Summer. — Fronds
from 1 to 20 — 40 feet long, scarcely twice as thick as a hog's bristle at base,
gradually increasing in thickness to their middle, where they are from a
quarter to half an inch in diameter, and again gradually diminishing to
the attenuated apex. Colour dark olive-brown. Substance lubricous.

2. C. lomentaria, Lyngb. ; frond membranaceous, con-
stricted at distant intervals, the interstices inflated. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 48; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 276; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 6 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxv. Asperococcus
castaneus, Carm. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 277.

On rocks and stones, between tide-marks. Annual. Summer and au-
tumn.— Fronds 3 — 16 inches long, 1 — 4 lines in diameter, attenuated at
each extremity, constricted at irregular intervals into a series of bag-like
articulations. Substance membranaceous, flaccid. Colour a brownish or
yellowish olive. Asperococcus castaneus of the British Flora is the young
of this species: so also, according to a specimen, communicated by the
author, is Chlorosiphon Shuttleworthianus, Kiitz., which I formerly referred
to Litosiphon pusillus ; but when I made this reference I had seen no au-
thentic specimen of Kiitzing's plant.

ORDER IV. DICTYOTACEJE.

DICTYOTE^;, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 46. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. vol. i.
p. 68. Endl. 3d Suppl. p. 24. Dictyoteae, Encoeliea3, and
part of Chordeae and Phycoserideae, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. pp.
337, 336, 333, 296. Dictyotidae, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured, inarticulate sea-weeds, whose
spores are superficial, disposed in definite spots or lines
(sori}.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root a disk-like expansion, some-
times naked, sometimes coated with woolly, jointed fibres.
Fronds of an olive-green or olive-brown colour, usually be-
coming paler on exposure to the air; of a membranaceous,
flexible substance, rarely coriaceous or cartilaginous, scarcely
at all juicy ; and of a cellular structure composed of two or
more strata of cells, of which the internal are usually largest :
the outer surface very generally having an areolated or netted
appearance under a lens of moderate power. In outward

DICTYOTACE.E. 33

habit there is considerable diversity among the plants of this
order. The simplest are flat, undivided expansions, consist-
ing of three strata of cells, of which the central one is colour-
less, the two superficial coloured. In others the frond is a
simple bag, closed at both ends. Others, of rather higher
type, are cylindrical and branching, the branches of some
being hollow, those of others solid. Some have flat fronds
pinnated or dichotomously divided ; in others the fronds take
a more or less perfectly fan-shaped outline. In the first of
these, the cells of which the structure is composed are ar-
ranged in parallel series; in the last they radiate from the
base of the frond as from a central point. One genus only
(Haliseris) is furnished with a distinct midrib, running
through a flat, membranaceous frond ; and in no member of
the order is there a distinction into stems and leaves, but
whatever form the frond assumes in its first growth is re-
peated in its after developments. Many of them, and perhaps
all, at some period of their growth, are clothed with exceed-
ingly fine, articulated hairs, which often decompose the rays
of light, reflecting prismatic colours. These are most ob-
servable in Padina and Cutleria, but exist in Punctaria, in
Asperococcus, and other low forms.

The fructification appears under almost as many phases
as the organs of vegetation. In nearly all the spores are sim-
ple ; a single, elliptical or obovate embryonic mass being
contained in a hyaline perispore : but in Cutleria the peri-
spore contains eight sporules. The spores of some are scat-
tered singly ; of others, and these the greater number, they
are collected into spots or sort, which are round, oblong, or
linear, and either dotted irregularly over the whole surface,
or confined to a definite portion of it, or ranged in transverse,
horizontal or concentric bands. In some species both scat-
tered and aggregated spores occur on the same or on different
individuals." In most instances the spores are accompanied
by paranemala, sometimes few in number and of low organi-
zation as in Asperococcus and Punctaria); sometimes as in
Stilophora) constituting the larger portion of the fructification.
In a few (as Cutleria) antheridia sometimes occupy the place
of spores; and in others (Punctaria, Dictyota, &c.) gem-
mules (?) of round shape and large size occur on the same
frond which produces true spores, or on different individuals
of the same species. Perhaps the so-called spores of Striaria
and Dictyosiphon are of this description.

34 DICTYOTA.CBLS.

Next to the Fucacea this order is the most extensive
among Melanosperms, and the species are for the most part
objects of great beauty : some, like the singular Padina or
peacock's tail, almost without a parallel among sea-weeds.
None are of very large size, and none can be called mi-
croscopic. Those that are found between tide-marks gene-
rally grow in open pools, not far from high -water mark, where
they are exposed to the full play of sunshine for some hours
each day. The deep-water species generally frequent quiet,
sandy or muddy bays, or estuaries. Many kinds (like Aspe-
rococcus Turneri), which attain the length of but a few inches
when they grow between tide-marks, form fronds many feet
in length when growing in deep water. Some are nearly con-
fined to t'he southern shores (as Padina, Taonia,a.ndHaliseris).
Others are equally abundant in all parts of Britain. The
order is, however, chiefly characteristic of the warmer and
more sheltered parts of the sea. The species are very few in
high northern and southern latitudes, and gradually increase
from the fortieth parallel to the equator. Most of the genera
have a wide range, and many of the species are cosmopolites.
Padina Pavonia abounds throughout the tropics and along
the shores of Southern Europe, and reaches its northern limit
in the South of England. Here, however, it shows its sun-
loving propensities by growing in very shallow pools, the
temperature of which, during the recess of the tide, rises con-
siderably : and in warm summers its fronds are double the
size of those developed in cold seasons. Our Dictyota di-
chotoma is found from the shores of northern Europe to the
tropics; then at the Cape of Good Hope, the Antarctic
Lands, the western side of South America, and in New Zea-
land. The Asperococci have as wide a range. Haliseris
polypodioides extends from the tropics to lat. 54° on the West
of Ireland. Of the beautiful genus to which it belongs ten
species are known, all of them natives of tropical or subtro-
pical regions. Zonaria parvula is another straggler, belong-
ing to a genus all the rest of whose species are natives of
warm countries.

None of the Dictyotea are used in the arts.

DICTYOTACE.E. 35

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

* Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat.

I. CUTLERIA. Frond ribless, irregularly cleft. Sori dot-

like, scattered. Spores pedicellate, containing eight
sporules. [Plate 6, A.]

II. HALISEEIS. Frond dichotomous, with a midrib. [Plate

6,B.]

III. PADINA. Frond ribless, fan-shaped, concentrically
striate. Sori linear, concentric, bursting through the
epidermis. [Plate 6, C.]

IV. ZONARIA. Frond ribless, lobed, concentrically striate.
Sori roundish, containing spores and jointed threads.
[Plate 6, D.]

V. TAONIA. Frond ribless, irregularly cleft, somewhat

fan-shaped. Sori linear, concentric, superficial, alter-
nating with scattered spores. [Plate 7, B.]

VI. DICTYOTA. Frond ribless, linear, dichotomous. Sori
roundish, scattered, bursting through the epidermis,
or (on distinct individuals) scattered spores. [Plate 7, A.]

** Root a minute, naked disk. Frond cylindrical, branched.

VII. STILOPHORA. Spores concealed among moniliform
threads, which are collected into convex, wart-like
sori. [Plate 7, C.]

VIII. DICTYOSIPHON. Spores irregularly scattered, solitary
or in dot-like sori. [Plate 7, D.]

IX. STRIARIA. Spores in dot-like sori., ranged in trans-
verse lines. [Plate 8, A.]

*** Root a minute, naked disk. Frond cylindrical or flat, unbranched.

X. PUNCTARIA. Frond flat, leaf-like. [Plate 8, B.]

XI. ASPEROCOCCUS. Frond membranous, tubular, either
cylindrical or compressed. Spores in dot-like sori,
mixed with a few jointed threads. [Plate 8, C.]

XII. LITOSIPHON. Frond cartilaginous, filiform, subsolid.
Spores scattered, subsolitary. [Plate 8, D.]

D2

36 CUTLERIA.

I. CUTLERIA. Grev. [Plate 6, A.]

Root clothed with woolly fibres. Frond flat or compressed,
cartilagineo-membranaceous, ribless, somewhat fan-shaped,
irregularly cleft. Fructification : dot-like tufts of pedicellate
spores, scattered over both surfaces of the frond ; each spore
containing several sporules. Antheridia on distinct plants,
linear, transversely dotted, attached to minute, tufted fila-
ments, occupying the position of the sori. Named by Dr.
Greville in honour of Miss Cutler, a distinguished British
Algologist.

1. C. multifida, Sm. ; frond thickish, polymorphous, fla-
belliform, irregularly cleft into numerous, narrow laciniae ;
axils very acute ; apices attenuated, pencilled. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 60, t. 10; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 281; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 61 ; E. Bot. t. 1913 (Ulva) ; Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. Ixxv.

In the sea, on rocks and shells, in 4 — 15 fathom water. Annual.
Summer and autumn. Coasts of England and Ireland; very rare in
Scotland. Orkney. — Frond 2 — 8 inches long, of a broadly wedge-shaped,
or somewhat fan-shaped outline, cleft into several segments, often nearly
to the base, and these again splitting into others ; segments linear, 1 — 3
lines wide, slightly dilated upwards. Fructification scattered over the
whole frond, dot-like, prominent. Substance between cartilaginous and
membranaceous, at first crisp, but becoming flaccid and closely adhering
to paper in drying. Colour olivaceous, often with a rusty hue : young and
perfect plants are frequently fringed with minute fibres.

II. HALISERIS. Tozzetti. [Plate 6, B.]

Root, a mass of woolly filaments. Frond flat, linear, mem-
branaceous, with a midrib. Fructification : ovate spores,
forming distinct sori or groups, mostly arranged in longitudi-
nal lines. Grev. — Name, axj, the sea, w^s, endive.

1. H. polypodioides, Desf. ; frond dichotomous, entire at
the margin, spots of fructification linear, elongated, forming
a line at each side of the midrib. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 63, t.
8 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 282 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 12 ;
E. Bot. t. 1758 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xix.

On rocks and stones in the sea, in tide-pools, and in 2—5 fathom water.
Biennial?— Grev. August to October. Several places in the south of
England. Shields beach, Mr. Winch. West and south of Ireland.— Root

PADINA. 37

a spreading mass of matted threads. Fronds tufted, 4 — 12 inches high,
about half an inch wide, several times dichotomous, with a strong, percur-
rent midrib ; segments linear, mostly obtuse, sometimes acute, the margin
quite entire; surface dotted with tufts of white hairs issuing from minute
pores. Along the midrib are frequently found minute, oval, fleshy protu-
berances or buds, from which new branches frequently spring, so that the
frond often appears as if proliferous. Fructification of two kinds, on dis-
tinct individuals: 1st, oblong spots of spores, often confluent, arranged
along each side of the midrib "; 2nd, large oval spores, scattered irregularly
over the surface of the frond ; these were discovered by Mrs. Griffiths, in
August, 1828. The same accomplished lady has also observed a curious
state of frond, probably connected in some manner with fructification,
where the membrane is marked, in the portion usually occupied by spores,
with brown, wavy, map-like lines, inclosing spaces which are usually more
transparent than the rest of the frond. Substance of the membrane thin,
somewhat rigid, not adhering to paper in drying, tearing with facility in
an oblique direction toward the midrib, the cellules of which it is composed
particularly large. Colour a brownish olive. Smell, when fresh gathered,
very powerful and offensive.

III. PADINA. Adans. [Plate 6, C.]

Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless, fan-
shaped, marked at regular distances with concentric lines,
fringed with articulated filaments ; the apex involute. Fruc-
tification : linear, concentric sori, bursting through the cuti-
cle of the upper surface of the frond, consisting, at maturity,
of numerous obovate spores, fixed by their bases; each spore
containing four sporules. Name, invented by Adanson, who
has not explained its meaning.

1. P. Pavonia, L. ; frond wedge-shaped at base, erect,
broadly fan-shaped, entire or deeply cleft, powdery on the
outer surface, and marked with numerous concentric lines,
the margin revolute and fringed. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 62, t.
10 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 281 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 11 ;
E. Bot. t. 1276 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xci.

On rocks in shallow tide- pools, at half-tide level. Along the extreme
southern shores of England in several places, rare. Annual. Summer
and autumn. — Fronds tufted, 2 — 5 inches high, stipitate or sessile, broadly
fan-shaped or reniform, sometimes entire, sometimes repeatedly and deeply
cleft ; the segments all fan-shaped. The whole frond is marked with nu-
merous concentric zones, one or two lines apart, and mostly covered with
a whitish powdery substance on the under-side. The substance in the
lower part is somewhat leathery and opaque ; above it is delicately mem-
branous and transparent. The margin, which always preserves its circular
outline, is rolled backwards, and fringed with extremely delicate, reddish-
brown filaments. The spores are produced in lines along the concentric
zones, originating beneath the epidermis of the frond, through which they

38 .ZONARIA — TAONIA.

finally burst and drop off. This most beautiful plant, not incorrectly com-
pared to a peacock's tail, is found pretty extensively in the seas of warm
countries in both hemispheres, perhaps reaching its highest latitude on our
shores.

IV. ZONARIA. [Plate 6, D.]

Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless, fan-
shaped, entire or variously cleft, marked with concentric
lines ; the cells of the surface radiating. Fructification :
roundish, or irregular, scattered sort, bursting through the
cuticle of both surfaces of the frond, consisting, at maturity,
of numerous scores, nestling among jointed threads. Name,
from &uv>j, a girdle or zone.

1 . Z. parvula, Grev. ; frond procumbent, attached by fibres
issuing from its lower surface, membranaceous, suborbicular,
variously lobed ; lobes free, rounded, scarcely marked with
concentric lines. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 63 ; Hook. Br. FL ii.
p. 282 ; Grev. Crypt, t. 360.

On rocks and corallines, between tide-marks, and in 4 — 15 fathom water.
Annual? Spring and summer. All round the coast. — .Fronds spreading
over the rocks in patches, one to several inches in diameter, attached by
means of whitish fibres, except at the margins, which are free and lobed ;
the lobes rounded, smooth, entire, often imbricated. The substance is
membranous, somewhat transparent, and highly reticulated; the cells
quadrangular. The colour is an olivaceous green. The fructification has
not yet been observed in Britain, but is described, on Swedish specimens,
by Dr. Areschoug.

V. TAONIA. J. Ag. [Plate 7, B.]

Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless, im-
perfectly fan-shaped, irregularly cleft, highly reticulated,
marked with concentric lines. Fructification : linear, wavy,
concentric, superficial sort, on both surfaces of the frond,
consisting of clustered, naked spores, destitute of filaments.
Scattered spores occupy the intermediate spaces. Name,
raajv, a peacock.

1. T. atomaria, Good. & Woodw. ; frond membranaceous,
broadly wedge-shaped or somewhat fan-shaped, deeply and
irregularly cleft and laciniated ; spores forming waved, trans-
verse lines, with intermediate scattered ones. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 58 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 280 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 60; E. Bot. t. 419; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. i.

DICTYOTA — STILOPHORA. 39

Rocks between tide-marks, rare. Annual. Summer. East and south of
England. Frith of Forth, Grev. Ballycotton, coast of Cork, Miss Ball. —
Fronds tufted, 3 — 12 inches long, with a broadly wedge-shaped or palmate
outline, triangular at base, deeply cleft into numerous segments, which are
again divided into lesser ones, the apices truncate. The colour is a brownish-
olive ; the substance thin and transparent, and the whole surface beautifully
marked with broad wavy lines of dark brown spores, from a quarter to half an
inch asunder, the intermediate spaces mottled with scattered groups of spores.

VI. DICTYOTA. Lamour. [Plate 7, A.]

Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless, mem-
branaceous, reticulate, dichotomous or pinnatifid ; the surface
cells parallel, those at the apices of the segments converging.
Fructification : roundish, scattered sori, bursting through
the cuticle on both surfaces of the frond, consisting, at matu-
rity, of numerous, obovate, tufted spores; or, on distinct
plants, solitary, scattered spores. Name, SMTVOV, a net, be-
cause the surface is reticulated.

1. D. dichotoma, Huds. ; frond regularly dichotomous,
linear ; the segments becoming gradually narrower towards
the extremities ; spores scattered irregularly or clustered. —
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 57, /. 10; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 280;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 10 ; E. Bot. t. 774 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit, t. ciii. — 8. intricata, Grev. ; frond very narrow, much
branched, twisted and entangled.

On rocks and sea plants in the sea, between tide-marks, and in 4 — 15
fathom water. Both varieties common. Annual. Summer. — Fronds
3 — 12 inches long, 1 — 4 lines wide, of a clear olive-green colour and mem-
branous substance, regularly dichotomous. Spores either scattered over
the surfaces, or (in distinct plants) collected into dense spots.

VII. STILOPHORA. J. Ag. [Plate 7, C.] •

Root a small, naked disk. Frond filiform, solid or tubular,
branched. Fructification : convex, wart-like sort scattered
over the surface, composed of obovate spores nestling among
moniliform, vertical filaments. Name, <rnA», a point or dot,
and <popeu, to bear, in allusion to the dot-like fructification.

1. S. rhizodes, Ehr. ; frond subsolid, much and irregularly
branched, the branches subdichotomous, acute ; ramuli scat-
tered, forked ; sori densely covering the branches and ramuli.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 43, t. 6 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 275 ; E.
Bot. t. 1688 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 5 ; Harv. Plnjc. Brit,
t. Ixx.

40 DICTYOSIPHON.

Near low-water mark, growing on rocks or Algae. Annual. Summer.
Frequent on the shores of England and Ireland. Jersey.— Fronds solitary
or tufted 6—24 inches in length, filiform, either pretty regularly dichoto-
moup, or alternately branched ; the branches forked. Ramuli more or
less abundant, irregularly scattered. Apices acute or acuminate. The
warts of fructification densely cover the whole frond, giving the branches
a beaded appearance. When young the frond is solid, but in advanced
age, owing to the decay of the central strata of cells, it becomes hollow.
Substance cartilaginous, dissolving into a slimy jelly if macerated in fresh
water. Colour, a yellowish or olive-brown.

2. S. Lyngbyei, J. Ag.; frond tubular, at length distended,
much branched", the branches dichotomous, spreading, with
wide, rounded axils, much attenuated towards the apices ;
ramuli scattered, forked, capillary ; sori subdistant, disposed
in transverse lines. Harv. Pliyc. Brit. t. ccxxxvii. Spo-
rochnus rhizodes, @. paradoxa, Ag. i. Harv. Man. 1 ed. p.
27. Chordaria paradoxa, Lyngb. t. 14. Striaria Grevil-
liana, Pollexfen MS.

Dredged, generally on a muddy bottom, in 4 — 10 fathom water. An-
nual. Summer. Land-locked bays on the coasts of Scotland and Ireland,
abundant in many places. — Fronds from two to four feet long or more,
forming large tufts, or spreading, in society, over wide spaces, excessively
branched, nearly regularly dichotomous, tapering to a capillary fineness
towards the apices. Substance membranaceous, at first crisp and very fra-
gile, becoming soft in a short time. Colour, a pale olive-brown, or foxy,
becoming greenish olive in drying.

VIII. DICTYOSIPHON. Grev. [Plate 7, D.]

Root a small, naked disk. Frond filiform, tubular,
branched ; its walls composed of several rows of cells, of
which the inner are elongated, and connected in longitudinal
filaments ; the outer small, polygonal, forming a membrane.
Fructification : solitary or aggregated naked spores, scat-
tered irregularly over the surface. Name, hxruov, a net, and
ffifuv, a tube; from the tubular, reticulated frond.

1. D. fceniculaceus, Huds. ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 56, t. 8 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 279 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 205.

Between tide-marks, on stones, or parasitic on other Alga. Annual.
Spring and summer. All round the coast. — Fronds 1 to many feet long,
tufted, very much branched and bushy ; the main stem nearly a line in
diameter, undivided, bearing through its whole length alternate, elongate,
capillary branches, which again bear a second and a third series, each more
slender than the last, and all tapering at the extremity. Fructification rare.
Colour yellowish olive or rusty brown.

STRIARIA — PUNCTARIA. 41

IX. STRIARIA. Grev. [Plate 8, A.]

Root naked and scutate. Frond filiform, tubular, continu-
ous, membranaceous, branched. Fructification : groups of
roundish spores forming transparent lines. Grev. — Name,
from the transverse strife formed by the lines of fructification.

1. S. attenuate*, Grev.; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 279; Grev.
Crypt. Scot. t. 288 ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 55, t. 9 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 160; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxv.

Between tide-marks, and in 4 — 5 fathom water, growing on other Algae,
rare. Annual. Summer. Found all round the coast. — Fronds tufted,
3 — 12 inches high, half a line to a line in diameter, set with many patent,
elongate, simple or sub-simple, mostly opposite branches, much attenuated
at both extremities, and sometimes bearing a second series of similar
branches. When in fructification the branches are marked, at spaces of
half a line asunder, with transverse rings or bands composed of clusters of
spores, sometimes accompanied with filaments. The substance is delicately
membranaceous, and the colour a pale olive. The branches are sometimes
irregularly scattered, sometimes, especially in the Devonshire plants,
whorled, 3, 4 or 5 in a whorl. This plant is also a native of the Medi-
terranean.

X. PUNCTARIA. Grev. [Plate 8, B.]

Frond undivided, membranaceous, flat, ribless, with a
naked scutate root. Fructification scattered over the whole
frond, in minute, distinct dots, composed of roundish, promi-
nent spores, intermixed with club-shaped filaments. Name,
punctum, a dot ; from the dot-like fructification.

1. P. latifolia, Grev. ; frond pale olive-green, thickish, ge-
latinous and tender, oblong or obovate, suddenly tapering at
base. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 52 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 278 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 9 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. viii.

On rocks and Algae between tide-marks. Annual. Spring and sum-
mer. Sidmouth and Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Near Belfast, Dr. Drum-
mond. West of Ireland. Root a minute disk. — Fronds generally tufted,
8 — 16 inches long, 1 — 3 wide, oblong or lanceolate, flat or curled, gene-
rally obtuse at both extremities, occasionally tapered, delicately membra-
naceous and semitransparent, somewhat gelatinous, of a pale olive-green
colour. Dots of fructification minute, roundish, scattered over both
surfaces.

2. P. plataginea, Roth ; frond dark brown, coriaceo-mem-
branaceous, obovate, much attenuated at base. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 53, t. 9; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 278; E. Bot. t. 2136 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 206 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxviii.

42 ASPEROCOCCUS.

Between tide-marks, attached to rocks, stones, corallines, or some of the
larger Alga. Annual. Summer. Various places on the coasts of Eng-
land, Ireland and Scotland. — Fronds 4—12 inches long, $ an inch to ]£
inch wide, obtuse, generally much tapered at the base, of a thickish mem-
branous, tough, subopaque substance and full brown colour. Dots of
fructification oblong, larger than in the preceding species, from which this
character, with the thicker substance and darker colour, serve to distin-
guish it. This has very much the outline and general appearance of
Laminaria fascia, with which it has sometimes been confounded.

3. P. tenuissima, Grev. ; frond sub-linear, very thin, trans-
parent. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 54 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 279 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxlviii.

Parasitic on Zostera marina, &c. Annual. Summer. — Fronds 2 — 8
inches long, 1—3 lines wide, fringing the plant on which they grow, al-
ways tapering at base, and often also at the apex, of an exceedingly deli-
cate, transparent substance, closely adhering to paper ; the margin more
or less toothed. Fruit unknown. According to Mrs. Griffiths this is the
young of P. latifolia.

XI. ASPEROCOCCUS. Lamour. [Plate 8, C.]

Frond unbranched, tubular, cylindrical or (rarely) com-
pressed, continuous, membranaceous. Root minutely scu-
tate, naked. Fructification scattered over the whole frond,
in minute, distinct dots (sort), composed of roundish, promi-
nent spores, mixed with club-shaped filaments. Name,
asper, rough, and xouxo;, a seed.

1. A. compressus, Griff. ; frond compressed, flat, linear,
obtuse, tapering at base into a short stem ; dots of fructifica-
tion oblong. Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 278 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 8 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxii.

Cast up from deep water; rare. Annual. Summer. South coast of
England. — Fronds 6 — 18 inches long, from a quarter to nearly an inch
wide, tapering from within an inch of the base into a minute, setaceous
stem ; thence upwards nearly of equal breadth, obtuse, formed of two
membranes closely appressed and cohering together. Colour a yellowish
or olivaceous green. Substance tender and adhering to paper. Dots of
fructification large, oblong, irregular, densely scattered over both surfaces.
The frond is sometimes constricted at intervals. I have gathered at the
Cape of Good Hope specimens exactly agreeing with those from Devon-
shire, except in being of larger size.

2. A. Turner!-, Dillw. ; frond inflated, cylindrical, obtuse,
oblong or club-shaped, suddenly contracted at base into a
short stem, thin and membranaceous ; dots of fructification
minute, roundish. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 51 ; Hook^ Br. Fl. ii.
p. 277; E. Bot. t. 2570; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 59; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xi.

LITOSIPHON. 43

Between tide-marks, on stones and the larger Algse ; also in 4 — 15
fathom water in muddy bays. Annual. Summer. All round the coast.
— Fronds 8 — 16 inches to 6 feet in length, half an inch to 2 or 6 inches in
diameter, suddenly contracted at base into a cylindrical stem, inflated, here
and there occasionally contracted, of an oblong, linear or club-shaped out-
line, a semi-transparent, delicately membranous substance and pale olive
colour, adhering to paper. Dots of fructification very minute, roundish,
densely scattered over the surface.

8. A. echinatus, Mert. ; frond cylindrical, obtuse, linear,
gradually tapering at base. Grev. Alg. Br. p. 50. A.jistu-
losus, Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 277 ; Wyatl, Alg. Danm. No. 7.
Ulvafal. t. 642 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxciv. ft. vermicu-
laris, Griff. ; frond setaceous, filiform, twisted. A. vermicu-
laris, Moore, Ord. Survey, Londonderry, Bot. p. 9 ; j3.
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 207.

Rooks between tide-marks ; common. Annual. Summer and autumn.
|3. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. — Very variable in size ; the fronds from two
inches to two feet in length, and from the thickness of a hog's bristle to
half an inch in diameter, linear, more or less tapered at base. Dots of
fructification crowded, and often completely covering the surface. /3, which
is usually as slender as a bristle, and at most scarcely a line in diameter,
might easily pass, at first sight, for a distinct species, but there are inter-
mediate sizes between it and the normal state. Enccelium Lyngbyanum,
Grev. Crypt, t. 290, represents a large variety of this species.

XII. LiTOSifHON. Harv. [Plate 8, D.]

Frond unbranched, cylindrical, filiform, cartilaginous, sub-
solid, at length tubular, composed of several rows of cells ;
the surface areolated. Fructification : solitary or aggre-
gated naked spores, scattered irregularly over the surface of
the frond. Name, AJTOJ, slender, and a-i^uv, a tube.

1. C. pusillus, Carm. ; fronds tufted, thread-shaped, very
long, equal in diameter throughout, reticulated, clothed with
pellucid hairs ; spores scattered. Asperococcus pusillus,
Carm. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 277 ; Wyait, Alg. Danm. No. 58 ;
Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 35 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxx.

Parasitical on Chorda filum. Annual. Summer. — Fronds 2 — 6 inches
long, as thick as a hog's bristle, straight or curled, densely covering the
fronds of the Chorda in patches 1 — 2 feet or more in length. Spores oval,
prominent, scattered, or one or two together.

2. C. Laminaria, Lyngb. ; fronds stellately tufted, short,
subulate, tapering to an obtuse point, smooth, transversely
banded, the bands close together ; spores four or more in
each transverse band. Bangia Laminar i<e, Hook. Br. Fl.
\\.p. 316; Harv. Man. ed. \,p. 172.

44 CHORDARIACEiE.

Parasitical on Alaria esculenta. Annual. Summer.— Fronds J to | inch
long, straight, growing in stellate tufts, scattered over the surface of the
leafy portion of the Alaria, tapering from a widish base to a Munt point,
dull olive-brown.

ORDERS. CHORD ARFACE^.

Chordariese, Harv. in Mack. FL Hib. part 3, p. 183.
Man. p. 45. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. p. 45. Chordarieae (excl. gen.),
J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 31. Endl. 3d Supp. p. 23. Due. Ess.
p. 33. Mesogloiaceae, Kiltz. Phyc. Gen. p. 329. Chordari-
dse (excl. gen.), Lindl. Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured sea-weeds, with a gelatinous
or cartilaginous frond, composed of vertical and horizontal
filaments interlaced together. Spores attached to the fila-
ments, concealed within the substance of the frond.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root in the more perfect kinds a
conical disk, in others forming the under surface of a crusta-
ceous frond. Frond very variable in form, in all cases com-
posed of articulated threads, variously combined together,
lying in a transparent gelatine of rather firm consistence.
This gelatine is sometimes in small quantity, and then the
fronds are firmly coriaceous : but more generally the gelatine
is abundant, causing the threads to lie separate one from
another, and giving to the substance of the frond either a car-
tilaginous and elastic or a soft and gelatinous nature. The
least organized genus of this family (Ralfsia) has a crustaceous
frond, spreading over the surface of rocks in circular or ob-
long patches, and bearing on its surface small prominences,
which eventually contain spores. Next to this in develop-
ment is Leathesia, whose frond is either shapeless or variously
lobed, resembling small tubers heaped together. This genus
is closely allied in structure to Mesogloia, whose frond as-
sumes a branching, more or less regularly pinnated habit ;
and in Chordaria we reach the greatest compactness and
composition that our waters supply. A further advance,
however, is found in the genus Scytothamnm of New Zea-
land, where the frond, still clearly consisting of filaments
lying in gelatine, is so firmly knit together as to resemble in
substance one of the FUCACE.E. Elachistea and Myrionema
are somewhat abnormal in character, partaking in much of

CHORDARIACE^E. 45

the structure of ECTOCARPACE.E, but allied in their fructifica-
tion too strongly to Leathesia to be separated from that ge-
nus. The spores in this order are very generally obovate,
tapering to their lower extremity and very obtuse above, al-
ways furnished with a pellucid perispore, and containing a
dark-coloured homogeneous mass. They are attached to the
sides of the filaments composing the periphery or outer stra-
tum of the frond, and very generally are surrounded by pa-
ranemata. In Ralfsia alone they form prominent wart-like
sori, similar to those of DICTYOTACE^E. The prevalent colour
of the frond is olivaceous, varying from a dark brown to a
light greenish olive, nor is it much changed by drying.

In this order we have an obvious declension from the
structure of the more perfect Melanosperms ; as it were, the
resolution of a compound frond into its constituent parts. In
the Fucacea, the highest plants in the series, the frond is si-
milarly constructed of interlacing filaments ; but in that order
the filaments are so closely pressed together and compacted
into a fleshy substance, that they cease to be obvious except
after a minute dissection. But in the Chordariace<e the
structure is so loose that the filamentous nature of the frond
is apparent the moment that a branch is brought under a
moderate magnifying power.

The plants comprised in this order, notwithstanding a
considerable difference in habit, form a natural group allied
through Ralfsia to the DICTYOTACE^E, and through Elachis-
tea to the ECTOCARPACE^E. There are collateral affinities
also with Gloiocladiea and BATRACHOSPERMACE^E, whose
fronds have a similar structure.

The CHORDARIACE^E are widely dispersed ; the genera
Mesogloia and Chordaria, and perhaps some others, cosmo-
politan. Leathesia tuberiformis is as common on the shores
of South Africa as on those of Britain ; and so is Chordaria
flagelliformis.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

* Frond cylindrical, branching.

I. CHORDARIA. Axis cartilaginous, dense ; filaments of

the circumference unbranched. [Plate 10, A.]

II. MESOGLOIA. Axis gelatinous, loose ; filaments of the

circumference branching. [Plate 10, B.]

46 CHORDARIA.

** Frond either tuber-shaped or crustaceans and spreading.

III. LEATHESIA. Frond tuber-shaped. [Plate 10, C.]

IV. RALFSIA. Frond crustaceous. [Plate 10, D.]

*** Parasites, consisting of densely tufted filaments, connected at the
base, free above.

V. ELACHISTEA. Filaments pencilled, rising from a tuber-

cular base, composed of vertical fibres. [Plate 10, E.]

VI. MYRIONEMA. Filaments pulvinate, rising from a flat
base, composed of decumbent fibres. [Plate 10, F.j

I. CHORDARIA. Ag. [Plate 10, A.]

Frond filiform, much branched, cartilaginous; the axis
composed of densely packed, longitudinal, interlaced, cylin-
drical filaments ; the periphery of simple, club-shaped, hori-
zontal, whorled filaments, and long, byssoid, gelatinous fibres.
Fructification : obovate spores, seated among the filaments
of the periphery. — Name, from Chorda, a cord.

1. C. jlagelliformis, Mull. ; frond filiform, equal through-
out ; branches alternate, long and mostly simple ; filaments
of the periphery club-shaped. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 44 ; Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 275 ; E. Bot. t. 1222 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No.
57 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxi.

Between tide-marks, on rocks and stones, common. Annual. Summer.
— Root small, discoid. Fronds from three inches to three feet long, slen-
der, about half a line in diameter, with a central stem, which is either
simple or irregularly divided in its upper part, and bears numerous lateral,
irregularly inserted, long, generally simple branches, of equal thickness.
The colour is dark olivaceous green ; the substance firm and cartilaginous.
The whole frond, if viewed in the water, appears fringed with exceedingly
fine colourless fibres, which give to the surface a slimy feel. They have
some resemblance to the colourless fibres of Myriotrichia.

2. C. divaricata, Ag. ; frond irregularly divided ; branches
divaricate, subdichotomous, flexuous, furnished towards the
apices with short, very patent, mostly forked ramuli ; filaments
of the periphery capitate. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xvii.

Thrown up from deep water, at Carrickfergus, Mr. M'cCalla. Annual.
Autumn. — Fronds 1—3 feet long, not a line in diameter, forming globose

MESOGLOIA. 47

tufts, the branches spreading in all directions from a centre ; very irregu-
larly divided. Branches mostly forked, with very patent axils. The sur-
face is slimy, the colour olive, much paler than in the preceding species,
and the filaments of the periphery are of a different form. It shrinks much
in drying.

II. MESOGLOIA. Ag. [Plate 10, B.]

Frond filiform, much branched, gelatinous: the axis com-
posed of longitudinal, sub-simple, interlacing fibres, invested
with gelatine ; the periphery formed of radiating, dichoto-
mous, coloured filaments. Fructification : ovate or elliptical
olivaceous spores, attached to the ramuli of the periphery. —
Name, (A£<ro$, the middle, and -yxcuof, viscid ; from the gelatinous
axis.

1. M. vermicular is, Ag. ; frond clumsy; branches irregu-
larly pinnate, thick, worm-like, lineari-fusiform ; ramuli co-
pious, long, flexuous, resembling the branches. Hook. Brit.
Fl. ii. p. 387. Riv. verm. E. Bot. 1. 1818; Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 100; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxxi.

On rocks and stones between tide-marks, common. Annual. Summer.
— Fronds 1 — 2 feet high, gelatinous and flaccid ; the branches clumsy, of
unequal diameter, generally much attenuated at each end. Colour pale
olive-green or yellowish. Spores ovate, commonly produced.

2. M. Griffithsiana, Grev. ; frond slender, equal through-
out; branches alternate or irregular, filiform, long, simple,
nearly bare of ramuli. Hook. Br. Fl. \\..p. 387; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 48.

Between tide-marks, rare. Annual. Summer. South of England and
West of Ireland. — Fronds 8 — 16 inches high, of a rather pale olive-green,
which becomes greener in fresh water. Stem sub-simple, beset throughout
with very long, slender, simple, opposite or alternate branches ; the surface
covered with long colourless fibres, similar to what occur in Chordaria fla-
gelliformis, which make the plant, as it waves in the water, look of much
greater diameter than it really is. Spores pyriform.

3. M. virescens, Carm. ; frond filiform, gelatinous ; branches
long, erecto-patent, slender, villous ; ramuli numerous, patent,
short, flexuous, obtuse. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 387 ; Wyatt,
Ala. Danm. No. 49; Berk. GL Alg. t. 17, /. 2; (also M. affi-
nis, Berk., and M. gracilis, Carm. ; Berk. I. c. t. 16, 2, and
t. 17, 1) ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxxii.

Sea shores. Annual. Summer. Not uncommon. — Fronds 8 — 12 inches
high, olive-green, tender, gelatinous, slippery, excessively branched ;

48 LEATHESIA.

branches long, simple or forked, furnished with numerous alternate or se-
cuud, spreading, flexuous ramuli. Frond to the naked eye appearing
villous owing to the filaments composing the periphery being very much
protruded beyond the gelatine, and accompanied also by colourless fibres,
similar to those of M. Griffithsiana. I have examined the M. gracilis of
Carmichael, and do not consider it specifically distinct from the present ;
and though I have not seen specimens of Mr. Berkeley's M. affinis, yet,
judging from the figure and description given in the ' Gleanings,' I ven-
ture to refer it to the young of this species.

III. LEATHESIA. Gray. [Plate 10, C.]

Frond globose or lobed, carnoso-cartilaginous, composed
of jointed, colourless, dichotomous filaments, issuing from a
central point ; their apices (which constitute the fleshy coat-
ing of the frond) coloured and tufted. Fructification : oval
spores attached to the coloured tips of the filament. — Name,
in honour of the Rev. G. R. Leathes, a well-known British
naturalist.

1. L. tuber iformis, Sm. ; fronds olivaceous, tuberous, when
young filled with cottony fibres, at length hollow. Coryne-
phora marina, Ag. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 390 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 149. Rivularia tuberiformis, Sm., E. Bot. t.
1956.

Between tide-marks, on rocks, corallines and Algae, abundantly. Annual.
Summer. — Fronds fleshy, forming many hollow lobed or distorted tubers,
and spreading over a large surface, olive-brown. " In young plants the
central cavity is traversed by a system of very wide, inflated, jointed, hya-
line tubes, branching dichotomously, while they radiate in all directions to
the surface, where each branch terminates in a tuft of short, club-shaped,
moniliform, coloured ramuli ; among these last, which by their lateral co-
hesion form the whole substance of the plant, the sporidia are found nestling.
They are obovate, smooth, and mostly solitary." — Carm. MSS.

2. L. Berkeleyi, Grev. ; fronds dark brown, depressed,
fleshy, solid ; filaments densely packed. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. clxxvi. Chatophora Berkeleyi, Grev. in Berk. Gl. t. 1,
f. 2 ; Harv. in Hook. 1. c. p. 390 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
231.

On submarine rocks, between tide-marks. Annual. Summer. South
of England and West of Ireland. — Fronds gregarious, 1 — 2 inches in di-
ameter, \ — \ inch thick, convex, but depressed, soft and fleshy. Filaments
very densely packed. Spores pear-shaped, produced in autumn.

RALFSIA — ELACHISTEA. 49

IV. RALFSIA. Berk. [Plate 10, D.]

Frond coriaceo-crustaceous, fixed by its inferior surface,
orbicular, concentrically zoned ; composed of densely packed,
vertical, simple filaments. Fructification : depressed warts,
scattered over the upper surface, containing obovate spores
fixed to the bases of vertical filaments. — Name, in honour of
John Ralfs, Esq., of Penzance, the well-known author of a
monograph on British Desmidieae and other works.

1. R. verrucosa, Aresch. ; frond orbicular, spreading; the
margin thin and closely adherent ; the disk densely covered
with irregular warts. R. deusta, Berk. ; Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. xcviii. (not of Ag.}. Padina deusta, Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 281 ; Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 31.

On rocks between tide-marks, common. Perennial. Winter. — Fronds
forming lichen-like patches on the surface of flat rocks, from one to six
inches in diameter ; when young orbicular, but becoming very irregular in
outline when old. In young specimens the surface is nearly flat and even ;
buUn full-grown plants is exceedingly rough, with wart-like prominences.
Structure very dense and opaque. Fruit rare, and difficult to find. Colour
a dark brown. Substance leathery, hard.

V. ELACHISTEA. Fries. [Plate 10, F.]

Frond parasitical, consisting of a dense tuft of free, simple,
articulated, olivaceous filaments, rising from a common tuber-
cular base, composed of vertical branching fibres closely com-
bined into a cartilaginous mass. Fructification : pear-shaped
spores attached to the bases of the filaments, concealed in
the tubercle, and frequently accompanied by paranemata. —
Name, !xa;#<7Ta, the least ; from the small size of these plants.

1. E. fucicola j Velley ; tufts pencilled ; filaments elongate,
flaccid, membranaceous, attenuated upwards ; articulations
once or twice as long as broad; tubercle hemispherical.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxl. Conferva fucicola, Hook. Br.
Fl.p. 354; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 192; Dillw. Conf. t. 66.

Parasitical on Fucux vesiculosus, very common. Annual. Summer. —
Tufts an inch long, olivaceous or rusty brown, rising from a hemispherical
tubercle composed of dichotomously branching fibres. The filaments rise
from the terminal cells, and are surrounded at their origin by four or five
slender, club-shaped paranemata, among which the spores nestle, and
which, by their lateral cohesion, form the periphery of the tubercle.

50 ELACHISTEA.

2. E.Jlaccida, Dillw.; tufts pencilled; filaments elongate,
flaccid, membranaceous, much attenuated to the base ; the
lower articulations half as long as broad, upper of equal
length and breadth; tubercle hemispherical. Conferva flac-
cida, Dillw. Conf. t. G. Harv. I. c. p. 355; Wyait, Alg.
Danm. No. 292 ; Harv. Pliyc. Brit. t. cclx.

Parasitical on Cystoseira jibrosa, common. Annual. Summer. — Fila-
ments half an inch long, dull olive-brown ; tubercle similar to that of E.
fucicola.

3. E. curia, Dillw. ; filaments minute, rising from a tuber-
cle, rather rigid, pencilled; articulations about as long as
broad. Dillw. Conf. t. 76 ; Harv. 1. c. p. 355.

On Fuci. — Filaments 1 — 3 lines long. A very little-known plant, not
found by any recent collector.

4. E. pulvinata, Ktitz. ; tufts very minute, globose ; fila-
ments fusiform, much attenuated towards both ends, the basal
articulations 3 — 4 times, the middle once and a half, the
apical about as long as broad ; spores linear-obovate, sub-
sessile at the base of the filaments. E. attenuata, Harv.
P/tyc. Brit. t. xxviii. A.

Parasitical on Cystoseira ericoides. Annual. Summer and autumn.
South of England and West of Ireland. — Tufts about a line in diameter,
globose, very dense, composed of innumerable minute filaments. A beau-
tiful microscopic object. This is the Mt/riactis pulvinata of Kiitzing, a
fact of which I was ignorant when I published the figure in Phyc. Brit.
Kiitzing's specimens came from the Mediterranean.

5. E. stellulata, Griff. ; tufts very minute, starry ; fila-
ments tapering to the base, short, clavate, surrounded by
paranemata, and rising from a tubercle ; articulations twice
as long as broad. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxi. Conf. stellu-
lata, Griff, in Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 132.

Parasitical on the fronds of Dictyota dichotoma. Torquay, Mrs. Grif-
fiths.— Tufts half a line in diameter, resembling minute stars, or Echini.
Filaments rising from a distinct tubercle, composed of large ellipsoidal
cells, disposed in forking series or strings. Paranemata inserted with the
filaments, and about one-third their length. I have not seen spores.

6. E. scutulata, Sm. ; filaments short, rising from an ob-
long, convex, shield-like tubercle, composed of densely -
packed branching fibres ; articulations about as long as broad.
Conf. scutulata, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2311 ; Harv. I. c. p. 355;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 223.

Parasitical on the thongs of Himanthalia lorea. Annual. Summer. —
Tubercles resembling long warts, half an inch to an inch or more in
length.

MYRIONEMA. 51

7. E. velutina, Grev. ; spreading in thin, indefinite, vel-
vety patches ; filaments very minute, equal in diameter
throughout, dissepiments slightly contracted; articulations
as long as or rather longer than broad ; spores elliptical, pe-
dicellate. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxviii. B. Sphacelaria velu-
tina, Grev. Crypt, t. 350 ; Harv. I. c. p. 325.

Parasitical on the thongs of Him. lorea, frequent ; also on Fucus serratus,
fide Greville. Annual. Summer. — It often accompanies the last species,
to which it is closely allied.

VI. MYRIONEMA. Grev. [Plate 10, E.]

Minute parasites, consisting of a mass of short, erect,
simple jointed filaments, which spring from a thin expansion
formed of decumbent, cohering filaments, spreading in patches
on the surface of other Algae. Spores oblong, affixed either
to the erect or to the decumbent filaments. — Name, (^§10$,
numberless, and vy/uz, a thread.

1 . M. strangulans, Grev. ; patches convex, confluent,brown,
vertical filaments clavate, densely set, spores obovoid, on
short stalks, attached to the decumbent filaments. Grev.
Crypt, t. 300 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 391 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.

Parasitical on Ulvae and Enteromorphte. Annual. Summer. — Forming
a small, dark brown, dot-like patch on the flat frond of the Ulva, or a ring-
like collar round the branches of Enter omorpha.

2. M. Leclancherii, Chauv. ; patches orbicular, thin and
with few vertical filaments towards the edges, convex with
crowded filaments in the centre ; vertical filaments cylin-
drical ; spores on long stalks, attached to the decumbent
filaments. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xli. A.

On decaying fronds of Rhodymenia palmata ; also on Ulva latissima in
deep water. Annual. Summer and autumn. — Patches from a line to a
quarter inch in diameter, at first appearing like a thin expansion, very si-
milar to a Coleocluete ; at length, from the growth of the vertical filaments,
becoming convex.

3. M. punctiforme, Lyngb. ; patches globose ; filaments
tapering to the base ; spores linear-obovate, affixed to the
vertical filaments, near the base. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xli.
B.; Hook. I.e. p. 391.

Parasitical on Ceramium rubrum, Chylocladia clavellosa, &c. — Patches
very minute, at first flat, then globose. 'Spores very narrow.

4. M. clavatum, Carm. ; " very minute, rather convex ;
filaments clavate, mostly bifid; spores pedicellate, affixed to

E2

52 ECTOCARPACE^;.

the filaments." Carm. Alg. Ap. ined.; Harv. in Hook. I. c.
p. 391.

" On a thin purplish crust (Hildenbrantia rubra ?) which covers the peb-
bles at the half-tide level. The parasite is so much of the colour of the
crust that it requires a microscope to detect it." — Capt. Carmichael. I
have never seen this plant.

ORDER VI. ECTOCARPACE^.

Ectocarpeae, C. Ag. Spec. Alg. vol. ii. p. 9, (excl. gen.)
Harv. Man. p. 36. Ectocarpese and Sphacelarieae, J. Ag.
Alg. Medit. p. 26. Sp. Alg. i. p. 6—27. Dne. Ess. p.
33—42. Kulz. Phyc. Gen. pp. 287, 291. Ectocarpidas (in
part) and Sphacelaridse, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 22.

DIAGNOSIS. — Olive-coloured, articulated, filiform seaweeds,
whose spores are (generally) external, attached to the jointed
ramuli.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root generally a small disk, which
is occasionally coated with woolly fibres. Frond filiform
and slender (in technical language, filamentous), more or less
conspicuously articulated, each articulation composed either
of several cells disposed in a ring round an axis, or of a
single cell, in which latter case the frond is a filament,
formed of a series of simple cells, placed end to end, and
strung together. In some of the higher forms (Cladostephus
and some Sphacelaria] the main stem and the larger branches
are inarticulate, formed of a multitude of minute cells, the
central ones of which are frequently four-sided, closely com-
pacted together into a firm, somewhat horny, rigid substance.
The frond is rarely unbranched ; very generally it is exces-
sively divided, the branches disposed differently in different
genera. In Cladostephus the branchlets are whorled round
the stem and branches, and deciduous at the close of each
season. In Sphacelaria the whole frond is distichous, the
lesser divisions being repeatedly pinnate, and in this genus
also, a portion of the smaller ramuli appears to be deciduous.
In Ectocarpus the stem is sometimes, but rarely, simple ;
sometimes branched in a subdichotomous manner; but in
the majority of cases it is distichous, the branches being
either alternate or opposite, usually rather distant one from
another ; but sometimes closely pinnated, and occasionally
secund and pectinated. In one or two instances the thread-
like fronds are bundled together into ropes, which, branching

ECTOCARPACE.E. 53

at intervals, constitute a spongy, compound frond. The
fructification is perhaps of two kinds; the first, or spore,
being oval or spherical, furnished with a pellucid skin or
perispore and containing a dark coloured granular mass.
Such spores are sometimes sessile, sometimes stalked, and
either scattered over the branches or confined to particular
parts of the frond. The second description of fruit (called
propagulum by Agardh) is in Ectocarpus lanceolate or
linear, often shaped like a pod, or sometimes conical, trans-
versely striate, and containing an olive, granular substance; in
Sphacelaria it is mostly club-shaped, and contained in the
distended tips of the branches and ramuli. The plants
of this order are seldom gelatinous : some of the more deli-
cate kinds are very soft, and liable to be rapidly decomposed;
but the majority are membranous, and almost all of the first
sub-order are of a singularly rigid, almost horny substance.
The colour varies from dark brown to pale greenish ^olive,
and is subject to a little change in fresh water.

This order is closely connected with the last, especially
through the genera Myrionema and Elachistea, the latter of
which is, by J. Agardh, placed here. The free filaments of
that genus do indeed associate well with the similar filaments
of the simple Ectocarpi, but the remaining part of the
organization has so much in common with Leathesia, an un-
doubted Chordariaceous plant, that I am unwilling to place
it in a different order.

Continental authors, in general, regard our two sub-
orders as distinct ordinal assemblages, and in the system of
Endlicher they are widely separated from each other. To
me the connection between them appears close ; the differ-
ence chiefly technical, — one being a simpler form of the
other, • — and I am unwilling to sanction what seems an
unnecessary division of orders. Such plants as Ectocarpus
Mertensii are nearly intermediate between the two groups.

The Ectocarpacea? are the least compound, the lowest in
organization, of the olive-coloured Alga3, yet among them
we find, as not rarely happens in similar cases, some of the
most elegant and delicately beautiful structures of the group.
None are of large size, and many require the aid of the mi-
croscope to develope their full beauty. The genera, and
several of the more common species, are very widely dis-
persed, nor are there any generic forms known which are not
represented in our flora.

54 CLADOSTEPHUS

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

Sub-order 1. SPHACELARIE^E. Frond rigid ; each articula-
tion composed of numerous cells.

I. CLADOSTEPHUS. Ramuli whorled. [Plate 9, A.]

II. SPHACELARIA. Ramuli distichous, pinnated. [Plate

9,B.]

Sub- order 2. ECTOCARPE.E. Frond flaccid ; each articu-
lation composed of a single cell.

HI. ECTOCARPUS. Frond branching ; ramuli scattered.
[Plate 9, C.]

IV. MYRIOTRICHIA. Frond unbranched ; ramuli whorled,
tipped with pellucid fibres. [Plate 9, D.J

Sub-order 1. SPHACELARIE*:.
I. CLADOSTEPHUS. Ag. [Plate 9, A.]

Frond inarticulate, rigid, cellular, whorled with short, arti-
culated, sub-simple ramuli. Fruit elliptical, pedicellate.
Spores borne by accessory ramuli. — Name, xxa&f, a branch,
and <7Te<pos, a crown.

1. C.verticillatus, Lightf.; branches slender, ramuli mostly
forked, regularly whorled, the whorls at short intervals. —
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 322 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 82 ; E.
Bot. t. 1718, and t. 2427, /. 2 ; Harv. P/tyc. Brit. t. xxxiii.

In the sea, on rocks and corallines, frequent. Summer and winter.
—Filaments 3—9 inches high, irregularly dichotomous, the lesser branches
often opposite. Colour a dull olive-green. Mrs. Griffiths notices that in
summer the ramuli of this and the following species frequently contain dark
grains imbedded in their withered tips, as in the genus Sphacelaria. In
winter most of the whorled ramuli fall off, and the frond becomes clothed
with irregularly disposed, slender (accessory) ramuli, which bear numerous
lateral, stalked spores, furnished with a transparent border, and containing
a dark olive mass.

2. C.spongiosus, Huds. ; branches thick and clumsy; ramuli
mostly simple, irregularly whorled, densely imbricated. Hook.
Br. FL ii. p. 322 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 169 ; E. Bot. t.
2427, /. 1 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxviii.

SPHACELAEIA. 55

In the sea, on rocks and stones, common. Summer and winter. — Fila-
ments 3 — 4 inches high, irregularly branched, the branches thick and flex-
uous, obtuse, densely clothed with crowded, mostly simple, but occasionally
forked ramuli. Colour dull brown or dirty olive-green. Fructification as
in the preceding.

II. SPHACELARIA. Lyngb. [Plate 9, B.J

Filaments jointed, rigid, distichously branched, pinnated,
rarely subdichotomous. Apices of the branches distended,
membranous, containing a dark, granular mass. Fructifica-
tion, oval spores, borne on the ramuli. — Name, ZpaxeAoj,
gangrene ; from the withered tips of the fertile branches.

* Frond beset with woolly fibres at the base or lower part.

1. S. Jilicina, Gratel. ; frond shaggy at the base, slender,
irregularly branched ; branches lanceolate, erecto-patent, bi-
tri pinnate ; pinnae alternate erect ; pinnules fasciculato-mul-
tifid ; axils all very acute and narrow. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
323; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 170. S. hypnoides, Grev.
Crypt. FL t. 348. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxlii.

On rocks and Algae near low-water mark. Perennial. Winter. South of
England and Ireland, very rare. — Slems'2 — 4 inches high, covered with curl-
ed brown fibres at the base, slender, simple or irregularly branched, often
bearing from the summit numerous branches displayed like a fan ; the
branches of a linear-lanceolate outline, bi-tripinnate ; the lower pinnae short,
gradually lengthening upwards, generally producing two pinnules from the
upper side (one of which is axillary), before one issues from the lower,
erecto-patent. S trite evident in the lower part of the stem, and in old spe-
cimens throughout; less obvious in young plants and in the young shoots
or branches. Specimens sometimes occur, many of whose branches are as
bare of ramuli as those of S. scoparia in its denuded state, and then they
can only be recognised by their greater delicacy.

2. S. Sertularia, Bonnem. ; frond slightly shaggy at the
base, weak and slender, irregularly branched ; branches
somewhat lanceolate or linear, horizontally patent, tripinnate ;
pinnae alternate, divaricate; pinnules very patent, multifidj
axils all very obtuse and wide. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxliii. S.Jilicina (3. patens, Harv. Man. 1st. ed. p. 37.

Parasitical on various Algae, at a depth of from four to fifteen fathoms.
Perennial. Very rare. South shores of England, Jersey, and the North
and West of Ireland. — A smaller and slenderer plant than S.Jilicina, with
very patent branches and ramuli.

3. S. scoparia, L. ; dark brown, coarse, the lower part
shaggy with woolly fibres ; upper branches once or twice
pinnated ; the pinnae erecto-patent, awl-shaped, alternate,

56 SPHACELARIA.

the lower ones slightly divided. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 323 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 36 ; E. Sot. t. 1552 ; S. disticha,
Lyngl.l Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 323; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. xxxvii.

Southern coasts of England, frequent. Frith of Forth, Dr. Greville.
Irish coast in several places, hut not common. — Stems 2—4 inches high,
shaggy at the hase, rohust, much and irregularly divided or sub-simple,
densely set with quadrifarious, pinnate or bipinnate branches, which spread
from the summits of the main divisions in broad, brush-like, rigid tufts ;
pinnee either short, simple and spine-like, or long and again pinnate.
There is no axillary pinnule as in the last species. Joints of the stem and
branches longitudinally striate. S. disticha of the British Flora is merely
the autumn and winter state of this species.

** Stems naked at the base (without woolly fibres).

4. S.plumosa, Lyngb. ; filaments naked at base, elongated,
irregularly branched, inarticulate; branches pectinato-pin-
nate ; pinnae opposite, simple, very close, elongated. Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 324. Conf. pennaia, E. Bot. t. 2330, (left hand

jig.}; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 300; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
Ixxxvii.

On rocks, near low-water mark. Perennial. Several places, from Ork-
ney to the Land's End ; but rare : the northern specimens most luxuriant.
— Stems 2 — 6 inches high, many springing from the same disk-like base,
irregularly branched, as thick as a hog's bristle, opaque, unjointed ;
branches tufted or scattered, \ an inch to If inch long, resembling feathers,
closely pinnated with opposite, patent, obtuse, simple (or rarely pinnulated)
pinnee, which are often sphacelate at the tips.

5. S. cirrhosa, Roth ; filaments naked at base, short,
densely tufted, simple or branched, jointed throughout ; stem
(or branches) pinnate ; pinnae opposite, alternate or irregular,
simple. Harv. in Hook. I. c. p. 324 ; Wyalt, Alg. Danm.
No. 171. Conf. pennata, E. Bot. t. 2330 (right hand Jla.} ;
Harv. Phyc. t. clxxviii. (3. tegagropila ; forming a dense
round ball. y. patentissima ; ramuli irregular, issuing at
right angles. Grev. Crypt, t. 317.

In the sea, on other Algae and on corallines, very common, a. com-
monest on the South coast of England. /3. West of Ireland, y. shores of
Bute, Dr. Greville. — This is a most variable plant. In a. the filaments
are very slender, simple, forming star-like, fastigiate tufts, or closely in-
vesting the stems of Algae ; about an inch long, articulated, pinnated
throughout with short, erecto-patent, attenuated, opposite or alternate ra-
muli, at distances of every second or third joint. These ramuli are either
simple or furnished with a few others which are often three-forked. Arti-
culations about as long as broad. This variety something resembles small
specimens of S. plumosa, but the ramuli are far less close and regular, and
the joints of the stem very evident. In £. the tufts are globose and very

SPHACELARIA. 57

dense. The filaments robust and much branched ; the larger branches
quadrifariously or irregularly furnished with lesser ones, which are long,
erecto-pateut, set in a very irregular manner with sub-pinnated or quadri-
farious, spine-like ramuli, which are either simple or bearing others.
Spores spherical, containing a dark mass, sessile or stalked near the base
of the ramuli, one or two together ; as correctly figured by Dillwyn.
Colour a dark brown, and substance rigid. Another variety is found by
Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Culler on the stems of Desmarestia aculeata. It is
a very dwarf plant, with curved, simple stems, pretty regularly pinnated,
and sometimes hooked at the apex. The filaments of this are rarely half
an inch long.

6. S.fusca, Dillw. ; filaments brown, distantly and irregu-
larly branched ; branches long and simple, bearing a few
clavate, occasionally trifid ramuli ; articulations twice as
long as broad, marked by a transverse band ; spores globose.
Dillw. Conf. t. 95 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 324 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cxlix.

Shores of Wales, Dillw. Sidmouth, Mrs. Griffiths. St. Michael's Mt.
Cornwall, Mr. Ralfs. — Tufts " 3 to 5 inches long, varying in colour from
a dull to a reddish brown," Dillw. A very obscure plant, which I only
know through Dillwyn's figure and description, and from a specimen
marked " Sidmouth, June, 1827,'' which I have received from my valued
friend, Mrs. Griffiths, and which agrees with Dillwyn's figure very exactly.
The filaments in this specimen are an inch and a half long, deep brown,
very slender, sub-simple, with a few alternate, long, simple, distant branches,
some of which bear near the apex one or two lineari-clavate ramuli, atten-
uated at the base, and trifid at the apex. The joints are marked with a
pale brown band, and about twice as long as broad. Mr. Ralfs'' plant,
above noticed, is more branched, rigid, and with shorter joints than that of
Dillwyn.

7. S. radicans, Dillw. ; filaments decumbent, sending out
fibrous radicles in the lower part, with a few irregular, simple,
straight, naked branches ; spores clustered, sessile. Harv.
in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 324. Conf. radicans, Dillw. ; E. Bot.
t. 2138. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxix. S. cirrhosa, C, sim-
plex, Ag. Sp. Alg. ii. p. 29; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 301.
S. olivacea, Hook. 1. c. ; E. Bot. t. 2172.

In the sea, on sand-covered rocks, in various parts of Great Britain and
Ireland ; first noticed by the late Miss Hutchins at Bantry. Filaments
rising from a few decumbent fibres, forming small tufts from half an inch
to an inch in height. Branches few, scattered, and mostly simple. Spores
abundant, scattered over the branches. Colour a dull greenish olive.
Substance rigid.

8. S. racemosa, Grev. ; " filaments short, tufted, oliva-
ceous, dichotomous ; capsules ovate, racemose, pedunculate."
Grev. Crypt. Fl. t. 96 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 325.

58 ECTOCAEPUS.

Frith of Forth, Sir John Richardson. — Allied to the last, but larger,
and chiefly distinguished by its racemose spores.

Sub-order 2. ECTOCARPE^E.
ECTOCARPDS. Lyngb. [Plate 9, C.]

Filaments capillary, jointed, olivaceous or brown, flaccid,
without longitudinal striae. Fruit either spherical or ellipti-
cal, external or imbedded spores ; or lanceolate, linear or co-
nical silicules (pod-like bodies) ; or granular masses formed
in consecutive cells of the branches.. — Name E*TOJ, xap7ro$,
external fruit.

* Secondary branches alternate, fascicled or secund.

1. E. siliculosus, Lyngb. ; tufts yellowish or pale olive-
green, somewhat gelatinous, soft ; filaments slender, exces-
sively branched ; ultimate branchlets alternate or secund ;
silicules stalked, subulate, very acute. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
325 ; E. Bot. t. 2319 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 172. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. clxii.

Between tide-marks, on Algae, corallines, &c. common. Annual. Sum-
mer.— Tufts 6 — 18 inches long, cloud-like, of a yellowish or pale colour,
occasionally rusty brown. Filaments excessively slender, mnch and irregu-
larly branched, somewhat gelatinous, quickly decomposing in fresh water ;
branches irregularly set, of various lengths, bearing a second and third
series of multifid ramuli ; all the divisions alternate or secund, the extreme
ramuli long and very frequently secund, erect. Silicules subulate, resem-
bling pods, borne on short stalks by the ramuli.

2. 'E.amphibius, Harv. ; tufts short, loose, soft, pale olive;
filaments very slender, subdichotomous ; ultimate branches
alternate, spreading; articulations twice or thrice as long as
broad ; silicules linear-attenuate, spine-like, mostly sessile,
scattered. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxiii.

In muddy ditches of brackish water, near the coast. Tide ditches of the
Avon, near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. — Filaments 2 — 3 inches long, forming
small indefinite tufts. Ramuli scattered, thorn-like.

3. 'E.fenestratus, Berk. ; pale green, very slender, forming
small tufts ; filaments not much branched ; branches dis-
tant, alternate, furnished with a few long and simple, alter-
nate ramuli ; articulations of the branches twice or thrice as
long as broad, pellucid ; silicules stalked, scattered, at first
clavate, then elliptic-oblong, obtuse, densely striate trans-
versely and cross-barred, dark brown. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclvii.

Salcombe, Mrs. Wyatt. May. The habitat not exactly stated.— It

ECTOCARPUS. 59

forms a small tuft, an inch or two high. The filaments are very slender,
distantly branched, with a few long, alternate ramuli. The silicules are
plentiful, scattered along the branches. Their shape, so different from
that of those organs in E. siliculosus, readily distinguishes the present
from that species.

4. E. fasciculatus, Harv. ; tufts olivaceous, dense ; main
filaments slightly branched ; branches distant, bearing
throughout alternate or secund fascicles of multifid ramuli ;
silicules sessile, ovato-acuminate, secund on the ramuli ;
joints very distinct. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 302; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxiii.

Between tide-marks, on the larger Algae. Not uncommon. Annual.
Summer. — Tufts 1 — 2 inches high, dense, dark olive-green. Filaments
less branched than in most of the genus ; the branches alternate or sub-
dichotomous, bearing throughout short tufts of multifid branchlets, which
are very often secund. Silicules sessile.

5. E. Hincksia, Harv. ; tufted, dark olive ; filaments ir-
regularly and distantly branched ; branches flexuous, fur-
nished with secund ramuli pectinated on their upper side;
silicules conical, sessile, lining the inner face of the ramuli.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxii.

In the sea, parasitical on Laminaria bulbosa. Coasts of England, Ire-
land and Scotland : first noticed at Ballycastle, Giant's Causeway, by Miss
Hincks. — Filaments 1 — 2 inches high, dark olive, somewhat rigid for the
genus (substance of E. littoralis), irregularly and rather distantly branched,
not matted together ; branches set in the upper part with secund, spread-
ing or slightly recurved ramuli, bearing on their inner faces a second
series of subulate ones, so as to resemble little combs. Silicules conical,
sessile, borne on the inner face of the ramuli, one rising from almost every
joint, giving the ramulus the appearance, under a low power, of being ser-
rated. In a variety of this species, more robust than usual, the silicules
are much less abundant, and of rather a different form, being somewhat el-
liptical. I had once regarded this variety as a distinct species, and pro-
posed to name it E. scorpioides, but I fear it has not characters sufficiently
marked.

6. E. tomentosus, Huds. ; filaments flexuous, very slen-
der, irregularly branched, interwoven into a dense, sponge-
like, branching frond ; silicules stalked, linear-oblong, obtuse.
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 326 ; Grev. Crypt, t. 316 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 37 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxii.

In the sea, on rocks and the larger Algae. — Plant 1 — 8 inches long,
forming an irregularly divided, spongy frond, of an olivaceous or dull
brown colour. This frond is composed of a dense mass of slender fila-
ments, intricately woven together, flexuous and irregularly branched,
jointed throughout ; the joints mostly colourless, and about twice as long
as broad. Silicules linear-oblong, pedunculate. The lesser branches are
sometimes somewhat free and feathery, when the plant bears some resem-
blance to certain varieties of E. siliculosus.

60 ECTOCARPUS.

7. E. crinitus, Carm. ; filaments decumbent, forming ex-
tensive strata, sparingly branched ; the branches sub-simple,
distant, elongated ; spores globose, scattered, sessile. Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 326.

Muddy sea shores. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Watermouth, Devonshire,
Mrs. Griffiths. — Spreading over the mud in " extensive fleeces of a bright
bay colour." Filaments about two inches long, with long, sub-simple,
distant branches. Spores rare. When dry it has a slight gloss, and the
colour changes to a dull, but rather pleasant green. Mrs. Griffiths' speci-
mens are not in fruit, but in other respects agree very closely with Capt.
Carmichael's.

8. E. pusillus, Griff. ; filaments sub-simple or sparingly
branched, interwoven ; branches bearing a few short, flex-
uous fibres ; spores sessile, roundish-oblong, plentiful, often
two or three together. Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 303 ; E.
Bot. t. 2872 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cliii.

Parasitical on Polysiphonia nigrescens and other Algae. Torquay, Mrs.
Griffiths. Land's End, Mr. Rolfs. — " Like a tuft of pale brown wool.
Filaments long, slender, simple or slightly branched, set with a few short,
flexuous, divaricating fibres, tendril-like, which hold the filaments together."
Griff. Branches distant, naked. Spores plentifully scattered along the
threads, often two or three together or whorled. Joints twice as long as
broad. A smaller and more slender plant than E. crinitus ; the ramuli
different, and capsules more oblong. This comes near E. simpliciusculus
of Agardh, but is a larger plant.

9. E. distortus, Carm. ; filaments very much branched,
matted together, dark brown, angularly bent ; branches
spreading at obtuse angles; ramuli divaricated or recurved,
obtuse, spine-like ; spores obovate, sessile or sub-sessile.
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 326.

OQ Zostera at Appin, Capt. Carmichael. — Tufts 4—8 inches long, dense,
matted, deep chesnut-brown. Filaments bent here and there at acute an-
gles, zigzag, apparently distorted; the branches long, spreading at obtuse
angles, and beset with spine-like, divaricated ramuli. Spores scattered,
obvate or elliptical, with a pellucid limbus, containing a dark brown mass,
sessile or slightly stalked. The whole plant is remarkably brittle, if mois-
tened after having been dried.

10. E. Landsburyii, Harv. ; filaments dark brown, tena-
cious, intricate, much branched ; branches irregularly forked,
divaricate, zigzag, bristling with numerous, short, spine-like,
horizontal ramuli ; articulations shorter than broad, the en-
dochrome filling the cell, and recovering its shape on re-
moistening, after having been dried. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
ccxxxiii.

Dredged in deep water. Annual. Summer. Lamlash, Rev. D. Lands-
borough. Eoundstone Bay, W. H. H.— Forming small, intricate tufts.

ECTOCARPUS. 61

This has the hahit of E. distortus, but is of a much more rigid, tenacious
substance, remaining nndecayed after long steeping in fresh water. The
endochrome quite fills the cells, leaving exceedingly narrow dissepiments.

** Secondary branches and ramuli opposite.

11. E. Utoralutli.', tufts dense, interwoven, dirty brown ;
filaments much and irregularly branched, coarse ; ultimate
branchlets somewhat patent, frequently opposite ; masses of
fructification oblong or sub-globose, imbedded in the sub-
stance of the branches. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 325 ; E. Bot. t.
2290; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 129; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxcvii.

In the sea, on the larger Algae, very common, at all seasons. — Tufts
6 — 12 inches long, coarse, shaggy, entangled, brownish-olive or rust-co-
loured; the main stems somewhat massed together, the lesser divisions
free ; the ramuli multifid, very irregular in position. According to J.
Agardh, this is different from the true litoralis of Linnaeus.

12. E. longifructus, Harv. ; tufts large, branching, the
divisions feathery ; filaments robust, excessively branched,
branches mostly opposite, the lesser ones set with short, spine-
like, opposite or rarely alternate ramuli ; articulations as long as
broad; silicules very long, linear lanceolate, attenuate, densely
striate transversely, terminating the principal branches and
ramuli. Harv. in Herb. T. C. D; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclviii.

Skail, Orkney, Mrs. Moffatt. — Habit of E. litoralis, and very nearly
related to that species, but the fruit is more luxuriant, and the branching
more regularly opposite. Tufts 6 inches long.

13. E. granulosus, Sm. ; tufts greenish or yellowish; main
filaments slightly entangled ; lesser branches distinct and
feathery ; upper branches and ramuli opposite, spreading,
the apices often transparent ; spores solitary, elliptical, ses-
sile. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 326 ; E. Bot. t. 2351 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 38 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cc.

Between tide-marks, parasitical on the smaller Algae. Annual. Sum-
mer. Shores of England and Ireland, not uncommon. — Tufts 4 — 8
inches long, greenish or yellowish ; main branches frequently, and lesser
ramuli almost constantly opposite, erecto-patent, the extrem'e ones occa-
sionally secund. Spores large, oblong-elliptical, dark brown, sessile on the
ramuli or near the tips of the branches.

14. E. sphcerophorus, Carm. ; filaments slender, short,
tufted, much branched ; upper branches patent, opposite or
in fours, bearing patent opposite ramuli; spores globose,
sessile, either opposite to each other or to a branchlet. Hook.

62 ECTOCARPUS.

Br. Fl. ii. p. 326; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 173. E. brachi-
atus, Ag. (not o/E. B.J, Harv. Phyc Brit. t. cxxvi.

Between tide-marks, parasitical on the smaller Algae ; chiefly on Plilota
sericea ; sometimes on Cladophora rupestris. Annual. Summer. Various
places from Orkney to Cornwall, but rare. — Filaments 1 — 3 inches long,
finely tufted, straight, the main stems somewhat matted, the branches free,
repeatedly divided, all the divisions opposite or quadrifarious, spreading.
Colour olivaceous, or rusty or yellowish brown. Spores abundant on the
upper branches, placed either opposite to each other on opposite sides of
the stem, or opposite to a ramulus ; occasionally in fours, sessile, globose
and prominent.

15. E. brachiatus, Harv. ; finely tufted, feathery, much
branched ; the branches free, opposite or quaternate ; ramuli
opposite, patent, spores imbedded in the filaments, foi-ming
oblong swellings, scattered on the ultimate branchlets or in
the axil of two opposite ramuli. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
174 ! Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 326 ? Conf. brachiata, E. Bot. t.
2571 ? Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. iv.

Parasitical on Rhodymenia palmata. Annual. Summer; rare — Fila-
ments 2 — 4 inches high, finely tufted, wavy and feathery ; the main stems
slightly entangled, excessively branched, all the branches and branchlets
opposite or quaternate ; the lesser branches generally naked at the base,
their upper half bearing, at distances of 6 — 8 joints, a pair of opposite, pa-
tent ramuli, which again throw off from their upper half a second and
third series. Spores imbedded in the branchlets. Colour a pale olive-
green. Such is the plant published by Mrs. Griffiths in the Algae Dan-
monienses and which I had formerly confounded with E. sphierophorus.
From that species, however, it strikingly differs in habit (as can better be
seen by a glance at the specimens in the Alg. Danm. than understood
from the most laboured description), and also, as first pointed out by Mrs.
Griffiths, in the fructification. Whether or not it be the same species as
the plant figured in Eng. Bot., the original brachiatus, I cannot say,
having never seen an authentic specimen of that plant ; nor am I aware
whether any authentic specimens exist. The figure in Eng. Bot. was
taken from a specimen picked up on the Norfolk coast, by Sir W. J.
Hooker, many years ago, but no such plant now exists in Sir William's
herbarium ; and nothing more nearly resembling it than the present has
since been found.

16. E. Mertensii, Turn.; distichous; branches opposite,
of unequal length, linear, mostly undivided, closely set
throughout their whole length with slender, subulate, opposite
ramuli; joints of the stem longitudinally striate, transparent,
with a central coloured band, rather shorter than broad ;
spores imbedded in the ramuli. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 327 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 130; E. Bot. t. 999; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cxxxii.

MYRIOTRICHIA. 63

On mud-covered rocks and stones, near low- water mark, and at a greater
depth. Annual. April and May. Rare; but found from Orkney to
Cornwall, and on the Irish coast. — Main stems 2 — 5 inches long, nearly
simple, set throughout with opposite, or by suppression, alternate branches
of unequal length ; the branches linear and undivided, furnished for their
whole length, and at distances of every second or third joint, with slender,
spreading, subulate ramtili, one-third the diameter of the branch, and at
intervals bearing a larger pinnated ramulus; all the divisions exactly dis-
tichous and opposite ; the branches resembling delicate feathers. Joints
of the stem marked with a central, longitudinal, coloured band, those of
the ramuli bright green, very short. Spores imbedded in the distended
ramuli, containing a dark-coloured mass. Colour a fine olive-green. A
highly beautiful species, unlike any other of the genus, and in many re-
spects showing affinity with Sphacelaria, from which it is chiefly distin-
guished by its flaccid substance.

IV. MYRIOTRICHIA. Harv. [Plate 9, D.]

Filaments capillary, flaccid, jointed (simple), beset on all
sides with simple, spine-like ramuli, clothed with byssoid
fibres. Fructification : elliptical spores, containing a dark-
coloured, granular mass, within a transparent perispore.
Name, from pvpios, numberless, and fy<l, a hair.

1. M. clavx/ormis, Harv. ; stern densely beset with quad-
rifarious ramuli, which gradually increase in length from the
base upwards, giving the frond a club-shaped figure. Harv.
in Hook. Journ. of Bot. Vol. i. p. 300, t. 138 ; Fl. Hib. p.
182; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 131; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
ci.

Parasitical on Chorda lomentaria. Annual. Summer. — Fronds half an
inch long, tufted, flaccid, sub-gelatinous, simple, lineari-clavate, olivace-
ous, surrounded by colourless fibres. Primary thread running the whole
length of the plant, simple, attenuated at base, articulated, naked below,
towards the apex densely clothed with ramuli ; the young plants destitute
of ramuli, or merely bearing rudimentary processes. Ramuli quadrifarious,
whorled or irregularly scattered, obtuse, the lower ones short and naked ;
the upper (like the primary thread), bearing lesser ramuli, from whose tips
spring long, colourless, simple, long-jointed fibres, of a very thin mem-
branous texture and flaccid substance. Joints of the primary thread
very short, transversely dotted, the dots proliferous (finally becoming ra-
muli) ; of the ramuli oblong, with pellucid dissepiments. Spores sessile,
elliptical or ovate, with a pellucid limb, and containing a dense olivaceous
mass. Miss Hutchins appears to have been the earliest discoverer of this
plant, having communicated it to Dr. Mackay forty years ago, as " a cu-
rious new Conferva."

2. M.Jiliformis ; stem filiform, slender, often flexuous or
curled, beset at irregular intervals with oblong clusters of

64 MYRIOTRICHIA.

minute, papillseform ramuli. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 304 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. i. clvi.

Parasitical on Chorda lomentaria and Asperococcus echinatus, sometimes
accompanying the preceding. — Fronds an inch or more in length, very
slender, straight, or more usually flexuous, often twisted or several bundled
together into rope-like tufts ; the stem quite simple, at intervals appearing
thickened into dark-coloured knobs, which are found, under the higher
powers of the microscope, to consist of very dense, minute, papillreform
ramnli, from whose apices issue, as in the last species, long, simple,
colourless fibres. The intervals between the knobs or papillated portions
are cylindrical and jointed, the joints being rather shorter than broad.
This is a much taller and slenderer plant than M. clavceformis, and easily
distinguished by its interrupted ramuli, which are besides very much
shorter than in that species, and do not increase in length toward the up-
per part of the stem. I believe it to be a much more common plant than
M. claveeformis, and perhaps some of the stations assigned to that species
belong to this.

SUB-CLASS II.
RHODOSPERME.E OR CERAMIALES.

Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. part iii. p. 185 (1 836). FLORIDE^E,
J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 54 (1842). Florideae, with part of Con-
fervoideae and Fucoidea?, Ag. Syst. p. xxxiii. (1824). Flori-
dea?, Gastrocarpese, Spongiocarpeae and Furcellarieae, Grev.
Alg. Brit. pp. 66, 68, 71, 157. Choristosporeae, Dne. Ess.
p. 52 (1842). Ceramiaceaa, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 23. Hete-
rocarpeae, Kutz. Phyc. Gen. p. 369.

DIAGNOSIS. — Plants rosy red, or purple, rarely brown-red
or greenish red. Fructification of two kinds, dioecious, al-
ways formed on separate individuals : 1, spores contained
either in external or immersed conceptacles, or densely ag-
gregated together and dispersed in masses through the sub-
stance of the frond ; 2, spores (called tetraspores) red or
purple, either external or immersed in the frond, rarely con-
tained in proper conceptacles; each spore enveloped in a
pellucid skin (perispore], and at maturity separating into four
sporules. Antheridia (not observed in all) filled with yellow
corpuscles. Marine, with one or two exceptions.

RHODOSPERME^E. 65

A red colour, of greater or less purity, now verging to pur-
ple, now passing into brown, and fading through all tints of
red, green and yellow, into dirty white, is the most obvious
characteristic of the plants of this sub-class. Almost all are
marine ; the few exceptions exist in the orders Ceramiaceae
and Rhodomelacea, the lowest and the highest of the group.
The greater part belong to the deeper regions of the zone of
Algae, very few growing where they are exposed to air and
sunshine, or flourishing when they grow in shallow and open
tide-pools. The red tint is never developed in purity in such
situations. It requires the shade of a deep, steep-sided pool,
or the darkness of a considerable depth of water, to bring out
the delicate rosy tint of the frond in perfection. In the for-
mer situation we invariably find the best coloured and most
luxuriant Rhodosperrns at the side of the pool that faces the
north, or in places where overhanging Melanosperms form a
protection from the rays of the sun. Such species as habi-
tually grow exposed to light assume either the brown tints of
the Fuci or else the green and yellow of the Confervas and
Ulvae. Some Polysiphoniai, especially P. fastigiata, are in-
stances of the first change of colour ; and the Chondri, Lau-
rencice, Gracilarice, Ceramia, &c., of the latter.

This sub-class is by much the most numerous of the class
of Algae, so far at least as the vegetation of the sea is con-
cerned. In our own Flora they constitute about one half of
the whole number of sea-weeds ; and if we take in the Flora
of the world generally the proportion will be still greater.
Between two and three hundred species of Polysiphonia have
been described, and several other genera, though of less ex-
tent, contain a large number of species. None attain to the
gigantic dimensions of some Melanosperms, although some
are of considerable size, having fronds that would cover
twenty square feet in expansion. Even on our own coast
Nitophyllum punctatum has been seen five feet in length by
three in width ; and some of the Irideea of the southern ocean
are as large. But red sea-weeds of this size are not common.
We do not find many that exceed two feet in length, and
great numbers never grow higher than six inches.

The natural habit is much varied. The simplest are fila-
ments, simple or more generally branched, composed of a
row of cells strung together : these are exactly analogous to
the Ectocarpaceae among Melanosperms. Next, we find a
frond consisting of a number of such filaments, bound to-
gether by a gelatinous matrix, just as we have in Chordari'

F

QQ RHODOSPERME^E.

acece. Those in which this character prevails are considerably
diversified, according to the quantity and consistence of the
gelatine ; some being flaccid and slimy, others of a cartilagi-
nous or horny nature. In others there is no distinct arrange-
ment of the cells into filaments, but the frond consists of a
multitude of six- or twelve-sided cells homogeneously packed
together, and compressed into a membranous or fleshy sub-
stance. Such a structure is technically called cellular, in
contradistinction to the former, which is said to be filamentous.
In some cases all the cells of the frond contain colouring
matter ; in others, colour is confined either to the surface
cells or to a stratum of varying thickness beneath the surface.
In the latter cases the colourless cells contain either a granu-
lar matter or are wholly empty. So far for the internal
nature of the frond. Externally it is formed, sometimes into
twiggy bushes, sometimes into broad laminae ; and very
frequently both these characters are combined; the lower
part being cylindrical, the upper branches expanding at the
apex into flat phyllodia. Regularly formed leaves sometimes,
but rarely, make their appearance, as in Delesseria ; or in
the beautiful exotic genus Polyzonia, which has the stem and
branches of a Polysiphonia, the fruit of Dasya, and leaves
that resemble those of a Jungermannia. But the most
curious and beautiful varieties of form are found in certain
exotic genera, formed, on various systems, into pieces of net-
work, resembling fine lace, and, like that article, wrought in
divers elegant patterns. One of these lacy plants occurs in the
Mediterranean. It resembles a Callithamnion in structure,
but all its ramuli anastomose into a net-work, instead of form-
ing a branching stem. The seas of the tropics afford a much
more complex structure, with a central stem, round which is
coiled, in spiral order, a delicate lacy net; and Australia
gives us several genera in which the idea is further improved
upon. One (Thuretia) resembles the skeleton of an oak-leaf,
but, when seen under the microscope, is found to be much
more complex. Another (Claudea) exhibits the retiform
structure in its highest perfection ; for here each fibre of the
net-work is itself a little leaf, with its midrib and lamina, and
the net is formed by the growing together of these little
leaves, on a regular plan; the tip of one constantly uniting
itself to the rib of another.

Several of this sub-class assimilate carbonate of lime in
large quantities, so that the frond becomes perfectly stony,
and not recognizable, except by its vegetable form, from

RHODOSPERMEyE. 67

mineral masses. Such are the corallines or Nullipores, the
humblest of which are simple incrustations covering rocks or
the stems of other Algae ; nor can we determine their vegeta-
ble nature until we have subjected them to chemical exa-
mination. Acid will remove the mineral matter and leave
behind a cellular body, in form resembling the original mass
and in composition similar to many of the Algae. Thus their
nature is established. Under similar treatment the jointed
corallines will be found to be bodies of a similar nature.
Some of these are among the most beautiful of marine plants.
I speak of those of tropical countries, for this group is pecu-
liarly characteristic of the tropics, and those of our own
shores are few and not very beautiful. The shores of Aus-
tralia seem to be peculiarly rich in beautiful corallines; some
forming fans, like our Padina, but rose-coloured; others
triply pinnate, like the most delicate Callithamnion ; others
with whorled ramuli, like Chara, &c.

The fructification of this sub-class is deserving of much
attention, and has been the cause of no small trouble to sys-
tematic botanists. We here find plants, seemingly furnished
with two sorts of spores, both fertile, both equally capable of
reproducing the species ; each always developed by itself, the
two being never found on the same individual, though both
have been found on different individuals of almost the whole
of the known species. Analogy forbids our regarding both
these organs as spores, of the same value, and formed by si-
milar agency. There is no such thing as two systems of
fructification among other plants. But we do find many
plants in which the species is propagated by two modes;
first, by the ordinary way of seeds ; and secondly, by gemmae
or buds, which, originating like ordinary buds, do not deve-
lope into branches on the parent, but drop off in a bud-like
form, acquire roots, and grow into independent plants.
Hence it has been held that the double fruit of the Rhodo-
sperms should be explained in a similar manner; the bud or
gemmule being here reduced to its simplest form, consisting
of a single cell. But here, too, the spore or representative of
a seed is equally simple ; and thus it becomes a matter of
uncertainty, in the present state of our knowledge, to deter-
mine to which of the spore-like bodies the rank of spore, and
to which that of gemmule, shall be assigned. We are igno-
rant, at present, of the circumstances attending the formation
of these bodies : we must therefore take them as we find them
formed in the plant, and reason on the appearances presented

F2

68 RHODOSPERMEjE.

to our observation. One sort of fruit, — the tetraspore, —
though extremely various in position, is uniform in structure
throughout the whole sub-class. It consists invariably of a
membranous, sub-gelatinous sac or perispore, containing a
mass of red colouring matter that separates, at maturity, into
four parts or sporules ; sometimes by a transverse division
(zoned or annular] ', sometimes by two cross lines into four
equal parts (cruciate] ; and sometimes by triradiate lines into
four unequal parts (ternately-parted]. This little body is
very rarely found in a proper conceptacle or capsule, as we
should expect the representative of a seed to be. In the co-
rallines, in the Australian genus Ctenodus, and in a few other
instances, we do find tetraspores enclosed in hollow cases.
In many others they are found in pod-shaped bodies called
stichidia, as in Rytiphl&a, Dasya, Plocamium, &c. ; these
stichidia being sometimes formed by alteration of portions of
branchlets or leaves, and sometimes independently developed
from definite points of the frond. In others the tetraspores
are naked (as in Callithamnion), scattered over the sides, or
fixed at the tips of the branchlets. But in by far the greater
number of cases these little bodies are immersed in the sub-
stance of the branches or leaves, making no external show,
except that the parts where they congregate are of darker
colour than the rest ; and they must be sought by careful ex-
amination and dissection under a lens. In these latter cases
they appear to be formed either from the cells of the external
coat, or from those immediately beneath the surface-cells.
If we give due weight to the evidence derived from position,
it appears to me that the weight of that evidence would favour
the supposition that tetraspores were gemmules, and not true
spores. And such is the opinion advocated by Mr. Thwaites,
contrary to that of Decaisne, of J. Agardh, and of almost all
modern writers of repute. In cases where they occur dis-
persed through the frond, one can hardly conceive their
formation by a sexual process ; and in such plants as Cal-
lithamnion they clearly originate in the alteration of one
of the cells of the ramuli. In this genus also we fre-
quently find them viviparous, or converted into innumerable
graniform cells, strung together. Such bodies have been
called antheridia, but, I think, without sufficient warrant.
To me they have always appeared to be metamorphic tetra-
spores. Again, the advocates of the opposite view, who
regard the tetraspore as a true spore, appeal to its perfectly
regular structure, uniform through the whole sub-class, and

RHODOSPERME.E. 69

one of the principal characteristics of the sub-class. But
there is no reason why similar regularity should not accom-
pany the formation of gemmules, if this latter be one of the
modes of propagation which Nature has specially assigned
to these vegetables.

The second kind of fruit — the simple spore (or gemmule
of J. Agardh) is a much less organized body than the tetra-
spore, and more irregular in form ; but it is superior, for the
most part, in the position it occupies. That is to say, sim-
ple spores are never, like tetraspores, dispersed through the
tissue of the frond, but are always grouped together in defi-
nite masses, which very generally are enclosed in a more or
less perfectly formed pericarp or conceptacle. They have
therefore, to the unassisted eye, much more the appearance
of fructification than tetraspores have, unless where the latter
are placed in stichidia. In the simplest form of conceptacu-
lar fruit, such as we find in Halymenia and Dumontia,
there is no proper conceptacle, but the spores are collected
in spherical masses, and either attached to the wall of the
frond or imbedded in its substance, in which case, the tissue
surrounding the mass of spores is destitute of colouring mat-
ter. Such a fructification is called a favellidium ; and the
name is commonly extended to fruits of a similar structure,
but which are not perfectly immersed, such as we find in
Gigartina, Gelidium, &c., where they exist as tubercular
swellings of the branches. In some cases these swellings
communicate at maturity with the surface by a pore, through
which the spores find exit. When such a fructification is
wholly external, as in Callithamnion and Ceramium, it is
called a favella. Nearly related to this, and especially to
the semi-external favellidia of Gigartina, &c., is the fruit
called coccidium, the characteristic conceptacle of Rhody-
menia, Delesseria, Nitophyllum, &c. This may either be
borne on lateral branches, or sessile on the surface of the
frond. It consists of a hollow case, with thick, cellular
wralls, containing a dense tuft of angular spores attached to a
central placenta. Most generally it is impervious, but occa-
sionally pierced by a pore, through which the spores are
discharged. Lastly, in the ceramidium the conceptacular
fruit is brought to its highest development. This organ is
ovate or urn-shaped, furnished with an apical pore, and con-
taining a tuft of pear-shaped spores, rising from the base of
the cavity. The walls are usually thin and membranous,
and the hollow space considerable. Such is the conceptacle
of Polysiphonia, Dasya, Laurencia, &c. These are the

70 RHODOSPERME.E.

principal varieties of conceptacular fruit, properly speaking.
But there are other bodies, called nemathecia, sometimes
confounded with fructification, but in which nothing resem-
bling spores are found. They exist as external warts, of
very irregular shape, often of considerable size and thickness,
composed altogether of vertical filaments, resembling those
of which the frond is composed (for they are only met with
in Crytonemiacea], but generally of larger calibre. I am
disposed to regard them as imperfect conceptacles, a view
which is favoured by their sometimes occurring (as in Phyl-
lophora membranifolia) on the same individuals that bear
proper conceptacles. With these nemathecia must not be
confounded the wartlike fructification of Gymnogonyrus,
which is a form of sorus, composed of tetraspores.

The conceptacular fruit is perfectly regular in its position
and uniform in structure in the same species at all times.
It therefore bears every impress of being a normal function
of the Rhodosperrns, whether we consider its contents as
gemmules or spores. In the filiform kinds, as Polysiphonia,
the ceramidium is formed by the metamorphosis of one of
the ramuli ; but in the leafy genera of the same group
(Odonthalia, and many exotic genera) these organs spring
from the margin on the surface of the phyllodia, and can by
no means be regarded as altered ramuli, for they do not oc-
cupy the same position. Coccidia are very frequently seated
on the midribs in leafy plants, but occasionally occupy the
lamina ; and in ribless fronds they very frequently are
formed along the margin. Sometimes, in these last, they oc-
cur where the frond has been accidentally injured, and this
fact has been seized on to prove their abnormal character.
But the cases in which they are formed on definite points of
uninjured fronds greatly out-number those in which they
have been observed to spring from injured ones ; and the
latter must therefore be regarded as exceptions to a general
practice. On the whole, I am of opinion that the evidence
in favour of the conceptacles being a form of fructification
and not of gemmation, is at least as strong as that advanced
in favour of tetraspores, nor do I think that we are yet suffi-
ciently informed on the development of either fructification
to determine absolutely the relative value of tetraspore and
spore : that is, to which the term gemmule should be applied.

In the mean time, certain arguments, supported by strong
analogies, appear to me to favour the supposition that the
contents of the conceptacles should be regarded as true
spores, or fructification ; and that the tetraspore is a gem-

KHODOSPERME.E. 71

mule or vegetating bud. I do not pretend that analogical
inferences are here to be received as proof; I merely wish
to claim for them plausibility — and force, quite equal to that
of the evidence brought forward by the advocates of te-
tr asp ores.

Arguments in favour of the conceptacular fruit may be de-
rived from watching its developments and that of the frond,
and reasoning on the morphological relations of the parts.
Polysiphonia offers a peculiarly favourable field of observa-
tion. If we examine a young growing specimen of a plant
of this genus, we find the tips of all its branches to terminate
in a tuft of dichotomous fibres. These are peculiarly ob-
vious in P. fibrata and P. fibrillosa ; but will be found in
every species, if the specimen examined be in a sufficiently
young state. In P. byssoides they are persistent, and found
at all ages on every part of the frond, constituting the single-
tubed ramelli of that species ; and in Dasya they form the
ramelli which clothe the branches. The branch which bears
these fibres or ramelli consists of a number of elongated
cells (siphons) placed, in a radiant manner, like the spokes
of a wheel, round a central cavity. Round the tips of the
branches these radiating cells are gradually shorter, and
each cell of the uppermost whorl or wheel ends in one of the
dichotomous fibres (ramelli). The ramellus never changes
its shape or character till it falls away, but the cells of
the branch below it lengthen, and grow wide till they assume
their proper size and shape. Growth, in this case therefore,
takes place below the insertion of the ramellus. Such is the
case in the primary branches. When a new lateral branch
is about to be given off from a primary one, a ramellus, simi-
lar to those at the apex of the old branch, makes its appear-
ance opposite to one of the dissepiments of the old branch.
At the base of this ramellus a cellular nucleus begins to be
formed, which increases in size and gradually assumes the
appearance of one of the ordinary branches, new ramelli
being developed at its apex as it acquires complexity. As
such ramelli are constantly found on all the growing apices,
it is natural to suppose that they are actively concerned in
causing the growth which takes place exactly at the point
of their attachment; for, if they were unnecessary, we should
scarcely find them so universally present on growing points.
Besides, similar fibres occur on the young parts of other
Algaj, especially of the Sporochnoidese and Dictyotaceae, in
the former of which orders they are evidently very essential
organs. Everything connected with these fibres — their pro-

72 RHODOSPERME.E.

duction — their position — their supposed office — tends to
show that they are of the nature of acrogenous leaves : — per-
forming such of the functions of leaves as the exigencies of
the plant require, some of which functions are, I admit, dis-
charged by the surface of the branches generally, as is the
case in all frondose plants, whether cryptogamous or phae-
nogamous. No arguments, based on their imperfect deve-
lopment, affect their morphological relations: — and if we
may be allowed to regard these ramelli as the representatives
of leaves, we establish the first step in our argument.

We have next to determine the morphology of the cera-
midium, or spore-case, in which the tuft of spores is con-
tained. The inspection of any Polysiphonia, Dasya,
Rhodomela or Laurencia is sufficient to show that, in these
genera, the ceramidium is simply a truncated branch of the
frond : — a branch diverted from its normal character and
changed into an ovate or pitcher-shaped, hollow body,
pierced at the apex and containing a tuft of spores. Let us
observe how this metamorphosis has occurred. The cera-
midium makes its appearance as a young branch does, from
the side of an old one ; or else it is formed at the apex of
an old branch. In either case it is at first a little round
knob, destitute of apical fibres (ramelli}. This knob gradu-
ally swells, but does not greatly lengthen — becomes urceolate
or ovate — and is at last pierced at the apex. On opening it
we find a tuft of fibres with their terminal cells converted
into pear-shaped spores, attached to the cellular placenta at

the base of the spore-case.
How are we to understand
this structure ? The length-
ening of the branch is ar-
rested at a definite point,
and the powers of life are
concentrated on the elabora-
tion of the contents of the
ceramidium. The placenta
at the base is evidently the
Diagram of supposed structure of apex of the branch ; the fi-

a Ceramidium* bres that carry spores are evi-

m* E*Planation °f Diagram. Fig. 1 .—Supposes the peripheric stratum
(b) to have grown beyond the true apex (a) to a certain point, forming the
outer membrane of the wall of the ceramidium, and then to have doubled
back and returned along the inside of the wall to the insertion of the spores,
(c) ; forming thus a double membrane. Fig. 2.— Simply supposes the stra-
tum (6 1 u. have grown beyond the apex (a) leaving a cavity, containing the

RHODOSPERMEJE. 73

dently metamorphosed ramelli. But how shall we account for
the walls of the ceramidium? We must either suppose these
walls to be formed of the union of the first developed or low-
est ramelli ; or, which I think more probable, consider the ce-
ramidium as an introverted branch, whose apex either turned
inwards, or stopped short while the cells of the periphery con-
tinued to grow around and above it, until they finally enclosed
it. In either case the ceramidium would be formed as shown
in the imaginary diagram annexed. The cells of the walls are
always of irregular shape and irregularly placed, as if pushed
from their position. Such dislocation would naturally result
from the continued lateral growth of the radiating cells of
the apex of the branch, after the cessation of growth up-
ward, however that cessation originate. Were the walls
formed from the coherence of ramelli into a membrane, we
should expect to find their fibrous origin indicated in the
structure of the membrane ; but no fibrous structure appears
in the walls. Whatever the nature of the walls of the cera-
midium y there seems no reason to doubt that its contents —
the tuft of spore-bearing fibres — are a metamorphosed condi-
tion of the ramelli, which would have tipped the cerami-
dium, had it been developed into an ordinary branch. I
have already endeavoured to show that the ramelli are
the representatives of leaves ; and if the structure now attri-
buted to the ceramidium be considered established, we shall
have strong analogical evidence in favour of the spores being
considered of the nature of seeds, and not as buds ; and by
consequence, that tetraspores should be regarded as gem-
mules. For we find, in flowering plants, transformations
strikingly similar to what I have been describing. In them
the flower is a truncated branch, and all its parts are meta-
morphoses of leaves : this flower produces seeds. In Poly-
siphonia, &c., the ceramidium is a truncated branch, and its
contents are modifications of ramelli (or supposed leaves) :
this ceramidium produces spores. The seeds in the first
case, and the spores in the second, are formed — so far as po-
sition goes — under analogous circumstances ; and therefore
it seems not unreasonable to infer that an analogical rela-
tionship exists between them. More than this I do not
consider established, for we do not yet know the cause of the
formation of conceptacles and the production of spores. We
know that seeds result from the joint agency of stamens and
pistils. But we do not know whether any process similar to
fertilization takes place with the spores of these Algae. It

74 RHODOSPERME.E.

is true that bodies supposed to be of the nature of stamens
(and called antheridia) are found on many Algae, but how
they act, or whether they act on the spore at all, has not
been ascertained. But granting that antheridia are stamens,
the analogical arguments now put forward in favour of spores
being seeds would be materially strengthened. For, in flow-
ering plants, with whose metamorphoses we have been com-
paring those of Algae, we know that stamens and pistils are
modifications of a common type, altered for a special purpose,
and now assuming one form and function, now the other.
And in Polysiphonia we find both spore and aniheridium hav-
ing a common origin, both being a cellular growth of the
apical fibres or ramelli ; the spore being formed on the ra-
rnelli when the branch is metamorphosed into a conceptacle,
and the antheridium on the ramelli of the unchanged
branches and developed externally.

These organs (antheridia}, supposed to be representatives
of the male system, have been observed in several genera.
They are especially obvious in RHODOMELACE^E (Polysipho-
nia, Rhodomela, &c.), when they consist of minute, pod-
shaped bodies, full of yellow, vivacious granules, and borne
on the colourless fibres in which the branches and ramuli
terminate. In Laurencia the anlheridia are contained in
cup-shaped bodies, resembling very open ceramidia, and oc-
cupying the place of those organs.

The Rhodosperms are distributed in seven orders, as
follows : —

SYNOPSIS OF THE ORDERS.

7. RHODOMELACE.E. Frond cellular, areolated or articu-

lated. Ceramidia external. Tetraspores in rows,
immersed in ramuli or contained in proper recep-
tacles (stichidia).

8. LAURENCIACE.E. Frond cellular, continuous. Cera-

midia external. Tetraspores scattered, immersed in
the branches and ramuli.

9. CORALLINACE^E. Frond calcareous or crustaceous, ri-

gid. Ceramidia external, containing the tetraspores.

10. DELESSERIACEJE. Frond cellular, continuous, areo-
lated. Coccidia external. Tetraspores collected into
definite clusters (sort).

RHODOMELACE.E. 75

11. RHODYMENIACE.E. Frond cellular, continuous, the

superficial cells minute. Coccidia external. Tetra-
spores scattered through the frond, or forming unde-
fined, cloud-like patches.

12. CRYPTONEMIACE.E. Frond fibroso- cellular, composed
of articulated fibres, connected together by gelatine.
Favellidia immersed in the frond, or sub-external.
Tetraspores immersed in the frond.

13. CERAMIACEJE. Frond filiform, consisting of an articu-
lated filament, simple, or coated with a stratum of
small cells. Favella naked, berry-like masses. Te-
traspores external, or partially immersed.

ORDER VII. RHODOMELACE.E.

Rhodomeleae, J. Ag. in Linn. vol. xv. p. 23. Alg. Medit.
p. 116. Endl. Gen. pi. 3, Suppl. p. 44. Harv. Ner. Austr.
p. 9. Rytiphlaea3, Dne. Class, p. 62. Ceramieae, Chon-
drieae, and Thamnophoreae (in part) and Anomalophylleae,
Dne. I. c. Dasyeae, Polysiphonieae, Chondrieae (partly), Bo
tryocarpeae (partly), Amansieae, Rhytiphlaeaceae, Carpoble-
pharideae (partly), and Claudieae, Kulz. Phyc. Gen. 414 —
451. Rhodomeleae, Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 25.

DIAGNOSIS. — Red or brown-red seaweeds, with a leafy or
filiform, areolated or articulated frond, composed of polygo-
nal cells. Fruit double : 1. Conceptacles (ceramidia) exter-
nal, ovate or urn-shaped, furnished with a terminal pore, and
containing a tuft of pear-shaped spores : 2. Tetraspores im-
mersed in distorted ramuli or in lanceolate receptacles
(stichidia), usually in rows.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root mostly a simple disk, in some
accompanied by creeping fibres ; and in some the principal
stems are prostrate and creeping, the branches erect. Frond
very variable in aspect (if we take in the exotic forms of the
order) ; sometimes forming a net-work, sometimes filiform.
The leafy forms of the order are more numerous in the seas of
warm countries, and exhibit, as we approach the tropic,
leaves of more perfect formation. The flat, thin frond, with
its obscure midrib, of our Odonthalia, which is the nearest

76 RHODOMELACE.E.

to a leafy form that we possess, is replaced in the more ge-
nial waters of the Mediterranean by the delicate Dictymenia,
in which the surface of the leaf is composed of large cells ;
and, pursuing our course to warmer regions, this form gives
place to Amansia, whose leaves are still more delicate,
with their cells arranged in transverse lines, each cell exactly
of the same length as its neighbour cell, and regularly twelve-
sided. Such fronds resemble a fine piece of mosaic pave-
ment, and exhibit the areolated structure in its greatest per-
fection. In several of the leafy genera, the leaves are
nerveless, in others nerved, and in some traversed by a sys-
tem of branching veinlets, that spread through the whole
substance. In one or two they are thick and fleshy, contain-
ing large chambers filled with mucus. In many they are
proliferous, the new leaves springing from the disks or mar-
gin of the old. The net-work fronded, such as Claudea,
have been already noticed. The filiform kinds, to which be-
long nearly the whole of the British species, are either arti-
culated, or furnished with an articulated axis coated with a
stratum of small, irregularly formed, polygonal cells. They
are all constructed on the same plan : there is a central, arti-
culated filament, usually devoid of colouring matter, and
round this filament is ranged a circle of elongated cells, of
equal length, to which the name siphons or tubes has been
given. These whorls of cells, placed one above the other,
form the filiform frond ; and the points of the connection
of their ends, the joints, when the frond is articulated. When
there is no visible articulation it exists in the centre of the
frond, but is concealed from view by a coating of cells,
of greater or less thickness, as in Rhodomela, or is partially
visible, as in Rytiphl&a.

Many of the Rhodomelacea are of a brown-red, and some
of them of a full brown colour, and nearly all become darker
in drying. Some that are rose-coloured, as Pol. byssoides,
when living, become quite dark after they have been dried, and
others turn completely black, a peculiarity which has sug-
gested the ordinal name (signifying red-black). Many dis-
charge a quantity of dark coloured, offensive matter, when
steeped in fresh water, and several will rapidly decompose
when brought in contact with that medium. Others may be
kept in it for days without injury, or even with advantage,
for by this means the tendency to dry black is lessened.
All, except some of the Bostrychice, are strictly marine, and
generally grow near low-water mark. Our own Bosirychia

ODONTHALIA. 77

scorpioides is amphibious, growing, sometimes in the sea
and sometimes in ditches of brackish water, and a similar
indifference to habitat was observed by Dr. Hooker in
B. vaga, of Kerguelin's land.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

I. ODONTHALIA. Frond flattened, linear, with an obsolete

midrib, pinnatifid, alternately inciso-dentate. [Plate
11, A.]

II. RHODOMELA. Frond cylindrical, inarticulate, opake.

Tetraspores contained in pod-like receptacles (sti-
chidia}. [Plate 11, B.J

III. BOSTKYCHIA. Frond cylindrical, inarticulate, dotted ;
the surface cells quadrate. Tetraspores in terminal
pods. [Plate 11, C.]

IV. RYTIPHLJSA. Frond cylindrical, inarticulate, trans-
versely striate. Tetraspores in pod-like receptacles.
[Plate 11, D.]

V. POLYSIPHONIA. Frond cylindrical, articulated, wholly

or in part ; the branches longitudinally striate. Te-
traspores in distorted ramuli. [Plate 12, A.]

VI. DASYA. Frond cylindrical, the stem inarticulate ; the
ramuli articulated, composed of a single string of
cells. Tetraspores in pod-like receptacles (stichidia],
borne by the ramuli. [Plate 12, B.]

I. ODONTHALIA. Lyngb. [Plate 11, A.]

Frond plano-convex, two-edged, vinous-red, distichous,
obsoletely ribbed, alternately toothed at the margin, cellular;
central and surface-cellules minute, irregular. Fructification
twofold, on distinct plants ; 1, ceramidia, containing a tuft
of pear-shaped spores ; 2, lanceolate pods (stichidia] con-
taining tetraspores in a double row. Name, otiovg, a tooth,
and 0«Xo{, a branch.

78 RHODOMELA.

1. O. dentata, L. ; frond vaguely branched in an irregu-
larly pinnate manner ; branches linear-oblong, narrowed at
base, pinnatifid; laciniae alternate, sharply toothed at the
truncate extremities ; capsules clustered on branched pedun-
cles. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 101, t. 13; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
293 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxxiv. Fucus dentatus, E. Bot.
t. 1241.

On rocks in the sea. Perennial. Fruiting from January to March.
Frequent on the shores of Scotland, and of the north of England and
Ireland. — Fronds rising from a hard disk, tufted, 3 — 12 inches long, much
branched, furnished with an imperfect midrib toward the base, flat and
membranaceous above; the main stem simple or forked, 2—4 lines wide,
narrower at base, alternately toothed ; branches issuing from the axils of
the teeth of the main stem, attenuated at base, simple, or somewhat pal-
mately divided, and either toothed or pinnatifid, the lobes in the latter case
being toothed, and, as they become larger, pinnatifid. The frond preserves
throughout nearly the same breadth, rarely exceeding 4 lines. Fructifica-
tion borne along the margin on very slender pedicels, which are either
simple or branched ; ceramidia ovate, containing a cluster of pear-shaped
spores, which are finally discharged through a terminal pore ; stichidia
lanceolate, containing a double row of ternate tetraspores. Substance car-
tilagineo-membranaceous, scarcely adhering to paper ; structure densely
cellular. Colour a deep vinous red, becoming darker in drying.

II. RHODOMELA. Ag. [Plate 11, B.]

Frond filiform, solid, much branched, inarticulate, reticu-
lated ; the axis composed of concentric layers of oblong,
hyaline cells ; the periphery of several rows of minute, irre-
gular, coloured cellules. Fructification twofold, on distinct
plants ; 1, ceramidia, containing a tuft of pear-shaped spores ;
2, tetraspores contained in lanceolate pods (stichidia) or in
swollen branchlets. Name, poho$ red and petes, black ; be-
cause these plants become darker in drying.

1. R. lycopodioides, L. ; frond elongate, mostly simple,
densely beset with slender, finely divided branchlets, mixed
with the short, rigid, bristle-like remains of a former series.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 102; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 294; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. 1. Fucus lycopodioides, E. Bot. t. 1163.

On the stems of Laminaria digitata. Perennial. Summer. Common
on the shores of Scotland and of the north of England and Ireland. —
Fronds 4 — 18 inches long, tufted, filiform, attenuated upwards, simple or
subsimple, clothed, in its winter state, with short, rigid, simple or slightly
branched ramuli, half an inch to an inch in length ; in summer throwing
out from these and the main stem numerous capillary, multifid, slender ra-
muli, usually 1 or 2 inches long, but which, in some magnificent specimens
gathered by my friend Mr. W. Thompson, at Bangor, Co. Down, are

BOSTRYCHIA. 79

lengthened into branches 6 — 14 inches long, and clothed at short distances
with broad tufts of rnultifid ramuli, resembling those usually borne by the
main stem. Some of these specimens seem almost intermediate with R.
subfusca, and strikingly resemble Polysiphonia Broduei on a large scale.
Fructification is plentifully produced by the summer ramuli. Substance
cartilaginous, the summer branches adhering to paper. Colour purplish
brown, becoming black in drying.

2. R. subfusca, Woodw. ; frond filiform, much and irregu-
larly branched ; branches virgate, set with scattered, subu-
late, simple or pinnulated, alternate branchlets, often crowded
towards the end of the branches. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 103 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 294; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxiv. ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 111. Fucus subfuscus, Woodw.;
E. Bot. t. 1164.

In the sea, on rocks and Algae. Perennial. Summer. Frequent. —
Stem 4 — 10 inches high, undivided or branched, set throughout with nu-
merous, alternate, long branches, which bear a second or third series of al-
ternately multifid ramuli. In winter these finely divided branches drop
off, leaving the frond with the stunted remains of its branches rigid and
broken ; but early in the following spring a second series of ramuli arises
from the branches, and on these the fructification is produced. Substance
rigid in winter, cartilaginous and rather flaccid in summer, when the frond
adheres to paper. Colour reddish or brownish, becoming darker in drying.
An extremely variable plant in ramification, and in its summer and winter
states presenting a startling contrast.

III. BOSTRYCHIA. Mont. [Plate 11, C.]

Frond dull purple, filiform, much branched, inarticulate,
dotted ; traversed by a jointed tube surrounded by one or
more concentric layers of oblong coloured cells, which are
gradually shorter towards the circumference ; the surface
cells cubical. Fructification twofold, on distinct plants ; 1,
ceramidia ; 2, tetraspores, contained in terminal, lanceolate
pods. Name, Qorrpw;, a ringlet or curl of hair.

1. B. scorpioides, Gm. ; frond cylindrical, slender, attenua-
ted, three or four times pinnated with horizontal branches,
the uppermost involute at the extremity. Grev. Alg. Brit.
p. 105; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 294; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
69 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xlviii. Fucus amphibius, E. Bot.
t. 1428

On rocks in the sea, or in salt-water ditches. Annual ? Summer. North
Wales, Rev. H. Davies. Abundant at Shoreham, growing on Atriplexpor-
tulacoides, Mr. Borrer. Mouth of the river Dart, Mrs. Griffiths. Tydd
Marsh, Cambridgeshire, Mr. Skrimshire. Shore of Blackwater at Maldon,
Mr. E. Forster,jun. Selsea Marshes, Martyn. At Portstewart, North of
Ireland, Mr. D. Moore, and elsewhere. — Fronds forming entangled tufts,

80 RYTIPHLjEA.

very slender, cylindrical, excessively branched in a distichous manner, the
branches very patent or divaricating, alternate, furnished with a second or
third series of similar patent ramuli, the apices very much involute. Cap-
sules unknown in this country ; receptacles of granules forming pinnate
tufts, either terminal or lateral. Colour pale purplish, becoming blackish
in drying. Substance somewhat cartilaginous, tender. A very curious
plant, forming, with some tropical, and several antarctic species, a dis-
tinctly marked little group — remarkable for their amphibious habits.

IV. RYTIPHL^A, Ag. [Plate 11, D.]

Frond filiform or compressed, pinnate, transversely striate,
reticulated ; the axis articulated, composed of a circle of
large, tubular, elongated cells (siphons) surrounding a cen-
tral cell ; the periphery of several rows of minute, irregular,
coloured cellules. Fructification twofold, on distinct plants ;
1, ceramidia, containing a tuft of pear-shaped spores ; 2,
tetraspores, contained in minute, lanceolate pods (stichidia),
in a double row ; or immersed in swollen ramuli. Name,
pvng, a wrinkle, and pxoioj, the bark, because the surface is
transversely wrinkled (when dry).

1. R. pinastroides, Gm.; frond terete, irregularly branched ;
lesser branches pectinato-pinnate ; the pinnae secund, with
their apices hooked inwards. Rhodomela pinastroides, Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 104, t. 13; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 294 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 112; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxxv. Fucus
pinastroides, E. Sol. t. 1042.

On submarine rocks, near low-water mark. Pgrennial. Fruiting in
winter. Southern shores of England, frequent. — Frond 4 — 8 inches high,
cylindrical, subsimple at base, much branched above, the branches alternate
or secund, long, spreading in a fan-like manner, much divided, the lesser
ones set with secund, erect ramuli, about half an inch long, and either
straight, or, more generally, hooked at the extremity. The whole plant
marked, at short intervals, with transverse striae, giving it a jointed appear-
ance. Capsules minute, spherical, scattered on the ramuli ; tetraspores im-
bedded in the ramuli of distinct plants. Substance cartilaginous. Colour
a dull red, becoming black in drying.

2. R, complanata, Ag. ; frond brown-red, compressed,
pinnate or bi-tripinnate, the lower pinnae short or abortive,
the upper long, straight, erect, virgate, once or twice com-
pounded ; pinnules subulate or bifid, erect, closely set ; the
axils acute. Harv. Phyc. Br. t. clxx. Pol. cristata, Harv.
in Mack. Fl. Hib. part 3, p. 205.

On the rocky beds of shallow tide-pools, exposed, at low-water mark, to
full sunshine. Very rare. Perennial. Summer. South of England and
West of Ireland. — Stem 2 or 3 inches high, erect, nearly simple below, de-
compound above, compressed, half a line in breadth, nearly equal through-

RYTIPHL^A. 81

out ; branches erecto-patent, with acute axils, the uppermost becoming
rather broader towards the apex, more or less regularly bipinnate ; the
lower pinnae very short, with minute, subulate, simple pinnules, the upper
much longer, with decompound or sometimes again pinnated pinnules ; all
the divisions very erect. Colour a dark brownish red. Frond reticulated
with veins, and marked with arched, transverse striae, or dark lines, at dis-
tances of about half the diameter apart ; these indicate the joints of the
internal axis, seen through the surface. Fruit has not been found in
Britain.

3. R. thuyoides, Harv. ; stems erect, rising from creep-
ing fibres, terete ; below simple and set with short, spine-
like ramuli ; above much branched ; branches crowded,
very erect, bipinnate ; pinnae pinnato-multifid; axils rounded.
Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. iii. p. 205 ; Wyatt, Aly. Danm.
No. 305 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxii.

On rocks in tide-pools, frequent. Perennial. Summer and autumn. —
Stems 3 or 4 inches high, twice as thick as hog's bristles, cylindrical, erect,
below either naked, or furnished with short, spine-like ramuli, or with
broken remains of old branches ; much branched above ; branches long,
crowded or fasciculate, quadrifarious or distichous, very erect (with a deter-
minate oblong-lanceolate outline), bipinnate, middle and lower pinnae pin-
nato-multifid, ultimate ones simple, or wilh the tips cloven. Articulations
obscure, shorter than broad, scarcely obvious in the branches, more con-
spicuous in the ramuli, reticulated with veins. Capsules ovate, scattered
or clustered, borne by the ramuli, very rare ; tetraspores ternate, in distorted
ramuli, frequent. Antheridia bright yellow, gelatinous, constantly pro-
duced in summer. Colour a dull brown or brownish yellow, becoming
black in drying.

4. R. fruticulosa, Wulf. ; stems diffuse, branched from
the base ; branches divaricating, pinnato-dichotomous, inar-
ticulate, set in the lower part with short, horizontal, multifid
ramuli ; in the upper, more or less pinnated with larger, si-
milarly divided branchlets ; axils rounded ; ramuli marked
at short distances with transverse striae, as if jointed ; veins
reticulated. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxx. Pol. fruticulosa,
Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. iii. p. 205 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 327,
(in part}. Fucus fruticulosus, E. Bot. t. 1686.

Between tide-marks, on sand-covered rocks. Perennial. Summer.
Common. — Fronds 3 — 6 inches high, robust, cylindrical, much branched
from the base, branches divaricating, with very patent axils, repeatedly di-
vided in a pinnato-dichotomous manner, set in the lower part with short,
alternate, horizontal, squarrose, multifid ramuli, about a line in length, in
the upper distantly pinnated with similar but larger branchlets. Articula-
tions scarcely obvious in the larger branches, very apparent in the ramuli,
reticulated with veins ; the transverse striae or dissepiments opaque. Cap-
sules ovate, sessile, very rare ; granules ternate, in swollen ramuli, common.
Antheridia frequently occur, imparting a yellowish colour to the plant.
Substance cartilaginous. Colour dull reddish brown, or greenish yellow.

G

82 POLYSIPHONIA.

V. POLYSIPHONIA. Grev. [Plate 12, A.]

Frond filamentous, partially or generally articulate ; joints
longitudinally striate, composed of numerous radiating cells
(siphons) disposed round a central cavity. Fructification
twofold, on distinct plants ; 1, ceramidia, containing a tuft
of pear-shaped spores ; 2, tetraspores imbedded in swollen
branchlets. — Name, TTOMS, many, and <n<pcov, a tube. A vast
genus, of which nearly 300 species, from all parts of the
world, have been described ; many, probably, more than
once under different names.

SUB-GENUS I. OLIGOSIPHONIA. Primary tubes four, rarely jive.

* Frond articulated ; the articulations distinctly visible to the base of
the stem.

1. P. urceolata, Sm. ; threads rigid, setaceous, much
branched, loosely entangled ; branches dichotomous, erecto-
patent, more or less furnished with short, patent, or recurved
ramuli ; joints bi-striated, those of the main branches 3 — 5
times longer than broad, of the ramuli very short; ceramidia
pitcher-shaped, with a produced, contracted mouth, generally
stalked. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxvii. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
330; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 133. Conf. urceolata, E.
Bot. t. 2365. — ft. patens. P. patens, Grev. Hook. 1. c. Conf.
patens, Dillw. t. G.

On rocks, and the larger Algae, often covering the stems of Laminaria
digitata. Annual. Summer. — Stems 3 — 9 inches high, dark red, as thick
as horse-hair at the base, loosely entangled in large bundles, scarcely at-
tenuated, rigid, not collapsing on removal from the water, and very imper-
fectly adhering to paper. Articulations very variable in length, in different
parts of the plant ; dissepiments broad and colourless. /3. is less branched,
with shorter joints, the branches beset throughout their length with short,
recurved ramuli. It is the P. patens of authors, and of ' British Flora,'
in which work I have expressed doubts whether it be specifically distinct
from P. urceolata. A longer acquaintance with the subject induces me,
unhesitatingly, to unite them. /3. is generally found on the stems of Lami-
naria digitata ; a. on rocks, but not invariably so.

2. P. formosa, Suhr. ; threads exceedingly slender and
flaccid, much divided ; branches long, flexuous, bearing a
second or third series; ramuli scattered, spreading; joints
of the main branches many times longer than broad ; cera-
midia pitcher-shaped, with a produced contracted mouth.
P.formosa, Suhr.; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxviii. P. graci-
lis, Grev. MSS. ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 216.

POLYSIPHONIA. 83

On rocks, &c., between tide-marks. Annual. Summer. Not uncom-
mon.— Filaments 6 — 10 inches high, exceedingly slender and flaccid, much
divided, with many long, slender, wavy branches, bearing a second or third
series, and ultimately a few irregular, spreading, or erect ramuli. Joints
of the main branches very long, those of the ramuli shorter, two-tubed.
Capsules sessile or shortly stalked ; tetraspores large, in the ramuli, often in
beaded strings. This species has many points in common with P. urceo-
lata, but is a much more slender and flaccid plant, and the capsules are
different.

3. P. stricta, Dillw. ; filaments densely tufted, setaceous,
flaccid, bi-striated,dichotomous; branches and ramuli straight,
erect ; axils acute ; upper articulations 4 or 5 times longer
than broad ; 'capsules ovate, sessile. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
329. Con/, stricta, Dillw. t. 40.

In the sea, on sand-covered rocks. " Not uncommon ; " Dillw. — Fila-
ments 2 — 10 inches high, rising from a mass of creeping fibres. Colour
dull red or purplish. A very ill-defined, confused species, which I do not
understand, nor can it be determined without a careful examination of the
original specimens, figured by Dillwyn. In herbaria we sometimes find
P.formosa, sometimes P.fibrala under this name.

4. P. pulvinata, Ag. ; filaments rising from a mass of
creeping fibres, tufted and interwoven, short, very slender,
flexuous, sparingly and irregularly dichotomous, more or less
furnished with very patent or recurved, simple ramuli ; arti-
culations variable in length, bi-striated ; ceramidia pitcher-
shaped, very large, scattered. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cii. P.
macrocarpa, Harv. in Fl. Hib. iii. p. 296; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 215.

On rocks and Algas between tide-marks. Annual. Summer. Not un-
common.— Tufts dense, intricate, about an inch in height, composed of very
slender, capillary, flexuous filaments, variously branched. Colour a dull
brownish-red or purplish. Capsules very large for the size of the plant,
several times the diameter of the filament from which they spring. Sub-
stance soft and flaccid, soon decomposing in fresh water.

5. P. Jibrata, Dillw. ; stems setaceous, flaccid, gelatinous,
simple or alternately branched, bearing at greater or less dis-
tances, dichotomously divided, more or less pencilled or
tufted ramuli, whose tips are fibrilliferous ; axils patent ; ar-
ticulations bi-striate, varying greatly in length ; ceramidia
ovate, generally stalked. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccviii. ; Harv.
in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 329 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 39.
Conf. fibrata, Dillw. ! Conf. Syn. p. 84, t. G.

On rocks, stones, and Algae, between tide-marks, not uncommon. An-
nual. Summer and Autumn. — Stems 2 — 10 inches long, densely tufted,
dark red-brown, tender and gelatinous, decomposing rapidly in fresh water;

G 2

84 POLYSIPHONIA.

main thread alternately or sub-dichotomously branched, rather stouter than
the branches, which are frequently long and much divided ; lesser divisions
more or less furnished with pencil-like tufts of dichotomously divided
ramuli. Joints bi-striate, the stria: frequently crossing, those of the main
thread sub-opaque, very short at base, becoming longer upwards, in the

middle 4 8 times longer than broad, in the lesser ramuli 2 or 3 times.

Tips of the ramuli truncate, bearing byssoid fibres and antheridia. Cap-
sules ovate or globose, plentifully scattered over the ramuli ; granules large,
imbedded in the upper ramuli. Mrs. Griffiths finds at Ilfracombe, and
Mr. D. Moore at Island Magee, Co. Antrim, a variety which differs from
the common state in being less branched, the branches more distant, with
much denser and more finely divided pencils of ramuli.

6. P. spinulosa, Grev. ; " dark red ; branches divaricate,
somewhat rigid ; the ramuli short, straight, subulate, divari-
cate ; articulations about equal in length and breadth, three-
tubed." Grev. Crypt. FL t. 90 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 330.

In the sea ; extremely rare. Annual? Appin, Capt. Carmichael, who
only found one specimen. — Frond 1 or 2 inches in length, of a dark red
colour, much branched, with a rigid and spinulose habit; main branches
rather remote, irregular, much divaricated, somewhat flexuous ; ultimate
ramuli straight, subulate, almost thorn-like, divaricated like the rest, some-
times minutely divided at the apex, and each of the divisions terminated
by a long, hyaline, jointed filament. Articulations about as long as broad,
striated, with three internal tubes, of a pale brown-pink under the micro-
scope. Tubercles (young) " very minute, quite sessile, round, dark red,
scattered freely on the branches, and containing several dark granules."
Grev. I. c. This is a very rare and little known plant, of which I have seen
no specimen save the original one, found by Capt. Carmichael, and now
preserved in the Hookerian Herbarium. Dr. Greville's figure is very cha-
racteristic. A transverse section of the stem exhibits four large siphons,
with smaller secondary ones at their external angles. The Devonshire
habitat, given on the authority of Mrs. Griffiths, in our first edition,
belongs to Pol. simulans, a plant of very different structure, though very si-
milar aspect.

7. P. Richardsoni, Hook. ; stems cartilaginous, setaceous ;
branches alternate, elongated, divaricate, beset in the upper
part with very patent, straight, sub-dichotomous ramuli ; ar-
ticulations of the stem and branches 2 or 3 times longer than
broad, irregularly veined, of the ramuli shorter; ceramidia
sessile, globose. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 333 ; Hare. Phyc.
Brit. t. x.

At Colvend, Dumfries, Sir John Richardson. — Stems 3 or 4 inches high,
rigid, nearly as thick as a hog's bristle at base, branched throughout ;
branches alternate, often issuing at right angles. Colour a dull red, be-
coming darker in drying. Main articulations marked with numerous,
anastomosing, irregular tubes, those of the lower branches 3 — 5 tubed, of
the ramuli 2 or 3 tubed. Capsules sessile, scattered, subglobose, with a very
wide aperture. Siphons five in the stem. — Of this species nothing is

POLYSIPHONIA. 85

known beyond a single specimen preserved in the Hookerian Herbarium,
and figured in Phycologia Britannica, as above quoted.

8. P. Griffithsiana, Harv. ; stem rigid, attenuated, alter-
nately branched ; branches long, patent, sub-simple, furnished
with numerous sub-dichotomous or alternate, slender, patent,
flaccid ramuli ; articulations of stem, branches and ramuli,
about once and a half as long as broad, with straight
veins ; capsules broadly ovate, sessile. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
ccxxviii.

Parasitical on Polyides rotundus at Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Isle of
Portland, Miss White. Annual. Summer. Very rare. — Stems 3 or
4 inches high, as thi^k as a bristle, gradually attenuated upwards, alter-
nately branched, the branches long, patent, simple or divided, furnished
with numerous, sub-dichotomous or alternately divided, slender, patent
ramuli, the ultimate ones often recurved, having a feathery character.
Articulations of the stem visible to the base ; they, as well as those
of the branches and ramuli, about once and a half as long as broad,
usually equal in all parts of the plant. Substance rather rigid in
the stem and branches, imperfectly adhering to paper, flaccid in the ra-
inuli, not decomposing, nor giving out colour in fresh water. Colour,
below brownish, above rosy or pink. Nearly allied to P. Richardsoni, but
in Mrs. Griffiths' opinion distinct. It is chiefly remarkable for the equality
of its short joirits, and for its property of resisting fresh water; "though
kept long in fresh water it gave out neither colour nor smell, nor did it de-
compose as others would in the time." Mrs. Griffiths in lilt.

9. P. elonaella, Harv. ; stems setaceous, rigid, sub-dicho-
tomous ; branches very patent, beset with flaccid, somewhat
tufted, elongated, multifid ramuli, not tapering at base; joints
of the branches about as long as broad, those of the ramuli
rather longer, both marked with three parallel veins ; disse-
piments pellucid. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 334 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 84 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxlvi.

On rocks, &c., between tide-marks. Biennial. Spring. Rather rare ;
but generally distributed round the British shores. — Stems 2 — 4 inches
high, in the lower part rigid, cartilaginous, and as thick as hogs' bristles,
attenuated upwards to a capillary fineness ; main branches distant, very pa-
tent or divaricated; ramuli more or less crowded, sometimes densely tufted,
straight, dichotomous, somewhat tapering to the apex, not at all contracted
at the base. Articulations distinctly visible in all the main branches,
obscure towards the root ; veins all parallel. Colour of the stems brown-
ish, of the ramuli rose-red. Ceramidia large, ovate, scattered on the ra-

lar changes.

86 POLYSIPHONIA.

** Frond partially inarticulate ; the articulations of the stem and branches
obsolete, or indistinct, the surface-cells being small and irregularly shaped.

10. P. elongata, Huds. ; stems robust, cartilaginous, irre-
gularly branched, beset, especially towards the tips, with
slender, tufted, multifid ramuli, which are attenuated at base;
joints about as long as broad, those of the stem reticulated
with veins. Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 333 ; Wyatt. Alg.
Danm. No. 40. Conf. elongata, E. Sot. t. 2429. — 0. denu-
data ; filaments nearly opaque, distorted, beset with wart-like
excrescences and bare of ramuli. Ceramium brachygonium,
Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 36. — y. sanguinolenta ; ramuli forming
broad, dense tufts, of a fine crimson, mostly at the tips of the
branches. Ag. Sp.Alg.\\.p. 85. P. rosea, Grev.! Fl.Edin.
p. 310.

In the sea, on stones, shells, corallines, &c. Biennial. Spring. 0. and
y. are perhaps rather states of the plant than distinct varieties. — Stems 6
— 12 inches high, as thick as whip-cord, tapering to the base and apex, ir-
regularly branched ; the branches erect or spreading, producing the first
season but few ramuli. In the winter these ramuli fall off, leaving the
branches bare, and the tips broken : but early in spring, broad tufts of
crimson, multifid ramuli, 1 or 2 inches or more in length^ issue from the
tips and upper part of the branches, and on these the fruit is borne. Cera-
midia ovate, sessile, either in clusters or scattered ; granules either imbedded
in the ramuli, or borne in minute, pod-like processes of the branches. Stems
scarcely adhering to paper ; ramuli very flaccid, and closely adhering.

11. P. Gremllii, Harv. ; stems inarticulate, marked with
broken tubes, thick, cartilaginous, irregularly branched ;
branches subdivided, rather bare below, above densely
clothed with long, irregularly dichotomous, very slender,
pencilled, crimson ramuli ; axils acute; articulations of the
ramuli 3 — 6 times longer than broad, two-tubed. P. Lyng-
byati, Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 328 ; (not Hutchinsia
Lyngbycei of AgardhJ.

Shores of Bute, on the larger Algae, Dr. Greville. — Frond 6 — 10 inches
high; stem as thick as that of P. elongata, cartilaginous, inarticulate,
marked with short, flexuons veins, and wholly destitute of joints. Branches
irregular, patent, sparingly divided, their lower part almost bare, the upper
densely clothed with long, very slender, crimson ramuli, which spread in
broad pencils, are much branched, straight, irregularly dichotomous, not
in the least attenuated at base, their axils very acute ; articulations marked
with two striae, rosy under the microscope, 2 — 4 — 6 times longer than broad ;
dissepiments pellucid.

12. P. violacea, Ag. ; brownish-red or purple; stem in-
articulate, marked with irregularly-broken tubes, rather robust,
alternately branched ; branches quadrillions, several times

POLYSIPHONIA. 87

divided in an alternate manner, bushy or feathery, the ultimate
ramuli exceedingly slender, fibrilliferous ; articulations of the
ramuli few-tubed, 2 — 4 times longer than broad. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ccix. ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 176. Hutch-
insia violacea, Ag. Sp. Alg. ii. p. 76.

On rocks and stones in the sea. Annual. Early summer. All round
the coast. — Frond 6 — 8 inches high, with a principal stem, sometimes
much more slender than a hog's bristle, set from top to bottom with long,
alternate or irregular, quadrifarious branches of unequal length, but gra-
dually diminishing upwards, which again bear a second, third or fourth
series, gradually lessening in diameter and length, so that the plant has a
singularly feathery or finely bushy character, the ultimate ramuli exceed-
ingly slender, naked at base, with a few divisions near the summit, erecto-
patent, the tips splitting into byssoid fibres. Articulations of the stem
generally indistinct, irregularly tubed ; of ramuli 2 or 3-tubed, twice or
four times as long as broad. Colour a brownish red, often assuming a
fine purple in drying. Substance tender, gelatinoso-cartilaginous, quickly
decomposing in fresh water. Capsules ovate, sessile or shortly stalked ;
tetraspores large, binate or ternate, in the ramuli. The P. violacea of
' Brit. Flora,' is a purple variety of P. nigrescens.

13. P. Carmichaeliana, Harv. ; filaments tufted, rigid,
branched from the base; branches alternate, inarticulate, di-
varicating ; ramuli sub-dichotomous, very patent, their arti-
culations as long as broad. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
328. P. divaricata, Carm. (not of Ag.)

Parasitical on Desmarestia aculeata at Appin, Capt. Carmichael. — Fila-
ments tufted, 4 inches high, rigid, thicker than hogs' bristles ; branches
scattered, issuing at right angles, ramuli sparingly divided, patent and di-
varicating. Stem and principal branches longitudinally striated, inarticu-
late, or towards the apex having an obscure appearance of joints ; articu-
lations of the ramuli 2 — 4 striate, somewhat swollen at the joints. Colour
reddish brown, changing to black in drying, in which state it adheres very
imperfectly to paper. Of this plant I have only seen the single specimen
found by Capt. Carmichael, and preserved in Sir W. J. Hooker's herbarium.

14. P.Jibrillosa, Dillw. ; pale straw colour ; stems inarti-
culate, robust, alternately branched ; branches patent, resem-
bling the stem, but somewhat jointed, sub-simple, thickly set
with very slender, finely divided, short ramuli, whose tips are
fibrilliferous ; articulations of the ramuli 2 or 3 tubed, rather
longer than broad. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 334 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 136.

On rocks and stones, and on Algae between tide-marks. Annual.
Summer. Common. — Frond 6 — 10 inches long. Main stem sometimes
nearly half a line in diameter, always thicker than a bristle, attenuated up-
wards, furnished with several long, alternate or irregular, patent branches,
of nearly its own thickness, which sometimes issue horizontally, sometimes
are erecto-patent, but generally form considerable angles with the stem.

88 POLYSIPHONIA.

These branches are usually simple, in luxuriant specimens furnished with
a second series, somewhat naked at base, in the upper part clothed with
slender, finely divided, irregular ramuli, which are either short, and giving
the branches a squarrose appearance, or elongated and divided, then giving
them the feathery character of P. violacea. Articulations of the stem in-
distinct, of the branches somewhat nodose, many-striate, and about as long
as broad, of the ramuli 2 or 3 tubed, rather longer than broad. Apices
splitting into numerous byssoid fibres. Colour a pale straw or somewhat
rosy when recent, becoming purplish in drying. Substance tender and
gelatinous, very fragile and soon decomposing. Capsules generally stalked ;
granules in distorted ramuli.

SUB-GENUS 2. POLYSIPHONIA. Primary tubes six or more.

* Frond partially inarticulate ; the articulations of the stem and branchet
obsolete, the surface-cells being small and irregularly shaped. (Siphons
seven).

15. P. Brodicei, Dillw. ; stems inarticulate, robust, cartila-
ginous, alternately branched ; branches virgate, clothed with
spreading, pencilled, multifid, delicate, flaccid rarauli; arti-
culations of the ramuli 3 or 4 tubed, rather longer than
broad ; siphons of the stem about seven ; dissepiments trans-
parent. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxcv. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
328 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 83. Conf. Brodiai, E. Bot. t.
2589. — ft. subsimplex. Hutchinsia penicellata, Ag. Sp.
Alg. ii. p. 65.

On rocks and the larger Algae, between tide-marks. Annual. Summer.
Common on most of our shores ; first noticed by the late Mr. Brodie, of Brodie,
near Forres. — Frond 6 — 14 inches long, generally with an undivided, inar-
ticulate, robust stem, furnished with numerous alternate branches, which
are set at short distances with short, multifid, pencil-like ramuli, from half
an inch to an inch long ; the ramuli jointed, and repeatedly divided in an
alternate manner. Colour a dark brownish purple. Substance gelatinous,
instantly decomposing and giving out a disagreeable smell if immersed in
fresh water. £., which we have from Capt. Carraichael, who gathered his
specimens at Stafia, differs from the usual state of the plant in being less
branched, more rigid, of a darker colour and with more dense ramuli.

** Frond articulated throughout; primary tubes six or seven.

16. P. variegata, Ag. ; filaments brownish purple, seta-
ceous and rigid below, gradually attenuated upwards to a ca-
pillary fineness, dichotomous, the lower axils very patent;
branches somewhat zigzag, elongated, much divided, set
with lateral, capillary and very flaccid, multifid, purple ra-
muli ; articulations near the base shorter than their breadth,
in the principal branches twice as long as broad, in the ra-
muli short, marked with three broad, parallel, oblong tubes ;

FOLYSIPHONIA. 89

siphons six or rarely seven ; ceramidia ovate, on short stalks.
Ag. Sp. Alg. vol. 2, p. 81 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. civ.

On mud-covered rocks in bays and estuaries, and on Zostera, &c. An-
nual. Summer and Autumn. Very local. Hitherto only found, in
Britain, in the neighbourhood of Plymouth, but there abundant. — Tufts
dense, 4 — 8 — 10 inches long, rigid below, very flaccid, and bright purple
above. Filaments much branched, dichotomous, clearly articulated to the
base. A distinct and beautiful species, and widely dispersed. It is abun-
dant on the shores of France and Spain, in the Adriatic, and on the east
coast of North America, in several places.

•*** Frond articulated throughout ; primary tubes from eight to twenty.

17. P. obscura, Ag. ; tufts of small size, densely matted
together ; filaments creeping, throwing up erect, simple, se-
cund branches, which are either naked or furnished with
a few secund ramuli ; articulations as long as broad, many
tubed; siphons 12 — 13. Ag. Sp. Alg. vol. 2, p. 108; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cii. A.

On rocks, &c. at half-tide level. Jersey, Miss White. Sidmouth, Rev.
R. Cresswell. — Plant spreading over the surface of rocks, in patches of six
inches to a foot in diameter, covering the roots offuci, &c. Filaments de-
cumbent, attached by rootlets, which issue from the lower surface, sub-
simple, furnished, along the upper surface, with erect, recurved branches,
from a quarter to half an inch in length. Articulations visible in all parts
of the frond. Colour a dark brown-red.

18. P.simulans, Harv.; filaments slender, bushy, branched
from the base; branches alternate, patent, repeatedly (but
irregularly) pinnate ; the penultimate branches long and
simple, set with short, distant, spine-like ramuli ; articula-
tions of the branches once and half as long as broad, of the
ramuli shorter, many tubed ; siphons about twelve ; cera-
midia globose. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxviii. P. spinu-
losa, of Herbaria, not of Grev.

On rocks, &c., between tide-marks. Annual ? Summer. Rare. Tor-
quay, Mrs. Griffiths, 1831. Valentia, Kerry, W.H.H., 1845. Orkney,
Rev. J. H. Pollexfen. Jersey, Miss White and Miss Turner. — " Colour
reddish. Substance stiff and brittle. Stems set with spines irregularly,
which hold the plant together, so that it is difficult to disentangle." Mrs.
Griffiths. The ceramidia are nearly spherical, with a wide mouth. This
has the habit of P. spinulosa, with which it has been hitherto confounded,
but it is really much more nearly related to P. nigrescens. It is, however,
a smaller and more slender plant, more irregularly branched, and with
much fewer siphons in the stem. Some of Miss Turner's specimens are
closely pinnated, and have something the aspect of Sphacelaria cirrhosa ;
but usually the main branches are distant, and irregularly set.

19. P. nigrescens, Huds. ; filaments robust, rigid, and
generally rough with broken branches below, much branched

90 POLYSIPHONIA.

and bushy above ; branches alternate, repeatedly divided in
a pinnate manner ; ramuli distant, elongated, awl-shaped, al-
ternate, the upper ones sometimes having a few processes
near the tips ; lower articulations short ; upper rather longer
than broad ; siphons about twenty ; capsules ovate, sessile.
Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 332 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclxxvii. ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 135. Conf. fucoides and
Conf. nigrescens, E. Bot. t. 1743 and 1717. P. atro-purpu-
rea, Moore.

On rocks, &c. in the sea. Common. Perennial. Summer. — Fronds
tufted, 6 — 8 inches high. Stems below rigid, subsimple, and either naked
or rough with the remains of broken branches ; above more or less soft and
flaccid, much branched and bushy, the branches short or long, erect or
spreading, repeatedly divided in a somewhat pinnate manner, the different
series of ramuli gradually more slender ; ramuli alternate, 2 or 3 lines long,
erecto-patent, distant, the uppermost occasionally crowded, subulate, mostly
simple. Capsules ovate, with a narrow aperture ; granules ternate in the
ultimate ramuli. Colour a dull brown, becoming darker in drying. Mrs.
Griffiths finds an extraordinary plant at Larderham, Torbay, which, for
the present, I consider a variety of this species. It is distichously branch-
ed, about triply pinnate, with the pinnae and pinnulae extremely patent, al-
most horizontal. The colour, when fresh, was "a pale straw,'' but becomes
brownish when dried; the substance "stiff, and when recent resembled that
of a Sertularia; the branches compressed." Mrs. Griffiths. P. nigrescens
varies considerably in size, and in the comparative rigidity and greater or
less division of the branchlets. I cannot distinguish P. atropurpurea from
one of its common states.

20. P. affinis, Moore ; filaments robust, elongated, cartila-
ginous below, flaccid above, irregularly divided ; branches
patent, naked at base, nmltifid and with an ovate outline
above; ramuli very erect, simple or divided, acute; articula-
tions multi-striate, the lower 2 or 3 times longer, the upper
as long as broad ; siphons about sixteen ; ceramidia ovate,
stalked. Moore, in Ord. Surv. Londonderry, with a plate.

On rocks, &c. in the sea. Carnlough, near Glenarm, Dr. Drummond.
Cushendall, Mr, Moore. — Fronds 4 — 8 inches high, as thick as bristles, ei-
ther divided in an irregular or subdichotomous manner, into a few principal
branches, or alternately branched; branches patent, naked at base, multifid
and with a fan-like outline above, the lesser branchlets all naked at base,
furnished above with a few alternate or secund ramuli, very erect, the low-
est longest, the apices somewhat fastigiate or corymbose, contracted at base,
acute. Substance of the stem cartilaginous, adhering to paper ; of the ra-
muli flaccid. Articulations of the stem 2 or 3 times longer ; of ramuli as
long as broad : those of the stem sometimes obscure. Capsules ovate or
subglobose, stalked ; granules large, in the ultimate ramuli. Described
from Mr. Moore's specimens.

21. P. subulifera, Ag. ; stems flexuous, cartilaginous, flac-
cid, irregularly branched ; branches divaricating, furnished

POLYSIPHONIA. 91

with scattered, subulate, simple, patent ramuli ; articulations
as long as broad, multi-striate ; siphons about thirteen.
Harv. in Hook. Journ. 13ot. p. 301 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
178; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxvii. Hutchinsid subulifera,
Ag. Sp. Alg. ii. p. 97. — 8. Templetoni ; more slender, the
joints 2 or 3 times longer than broad.

In deep water; very local. Annual. Summer. Torquay, Mrs. Grif-
fiths. Weymouth, between tide-marks, Miss White. $. Belfast Bay, Mr.
Templeton and Mr. W. Thompson. Carrickfergus and Roundstone Bay,
Mr. McCalla. — Filaments 4 or 5 inches long, as thick as hogs' bristles,
attenuated upwards, subdichotomous or irregularly branched ; branches di-
varicating, flexuous, long, subdivided, beset at distances of 1 or 2 lines with
very short, scattered, spine-like, patent, acute, simple, or rarely subpin-
nated ramuli, the pinnulae extremely short. Articulations of the branches
as long as broad, 4 — 6 striate, the striae straight and slender ; of the ramuli
shorter than broad ; dissepiments opaque. Substance tender and flaccid.
Colour purplish. /3. which I find among the late Mr. Templeton's plants
under the name of Conf. spinifera, and which I have also received from Mr.
Thompson, differs from the Devonshire specimens in being more slender,
the ramuli shorter, more patent and spine-like, with the joints 2 or 3 times
longer than broad in the main stems, but variable in this respect. Mr.
Thompson's specimens are more robust, and have shorter joints than Mr.
Templeton's, thus approaching the Devonshire plant. Nearly related to
the following, but with a more patent branching.

22. P. atro-rubescens, Dillw. ; filaments sparingly or much
branched, somewhat rigid, dark brownish-red ; branches
long, alternate, very erect, furnished with short, sub-fascicu-
late or scattered, subulate ramuli ; articulations variable ; the
lower, 2 or 3 times, — the upper, once and a half as long
as broad, marked with several spirally curved tubes ; siphons
about thirteen ; ceramidia ovate, stalked or sessile. Harv.
in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 331 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxii.
Con/, atro-rubescens, Dillw. t. 70. Conf. nigra, E. Bot. t.
2340. P. Agardhiana, Grev. Crypt, t. 210, and Harv. I. c.\
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 134. Also P. badia and P. denu-
data, Grev. and Harv. I. c.

On rocks in the sea ; not uncommon. Perennial. Summer and autumn.
— Stems densely tufted, or covering the rocks in wide patches, 2 — 6 inches
high, thicker than horsehair, sub-simple, more or less furnished with long,
alternate, erect, simple branches, which sometimes bear a second series, and
are in greater or less abundance clothed with short, subulate, or spindle-
shaped, erect ramuli. The joints vary considerably in length, but seldom
exceed thrice their diameter. The tubes are very frequently, but not con-
stantly, spirally curved. Colour deep red or brownish, becoming blackish
in drying. Substance rigid, not adhering or but slightly to paper. Capsules
with a very wide aperture, subglobose. With consent of Dr. Greville and
Mrs. Griffiths, I gladly unite P. Agardhiana, badia and denudata, with the
present species.

92 POLYSIPHONIA.

23. P. furcellata, Ag. ; filaments elongated, tufted, en-
tangled, flexuons, repeatedly and closely dichotomous ; axils
broad, rounded ; ramuli erect, their points hooked in ; middle
articulations 3 — 5 times longer than broad ; tubes about
eight. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 332 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. vii. Hutchinsia furcellata, Ag. Sp. Alg. ii. p. 91.

Floating in the sea, at Sidmouth ; Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Cutler.
Dredged in Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths. Carrickfergus, Mr. M'Calla. Round-
stone, W. H. H. — Filaments slender, 5 or 6 inches long, much entangled,
and excessively branched, flexuous, the divisions dichotomous, very close
towards the extremities. Articulations with several slender striae, which
sometimes cross each other, variable in length ; those of the larger branches
3 — 5 times, of the ramuli about twice as long as broad. Colour, when re-
cent, "a bright brick-red" (Mrs. Griffiths), changing in the herbarium to a
deep umber-brown. Substance, according to the same lady, "at first firm,
but becoming flaccid immediately." Capsules unknown. A most distinct
and beautiful species.

24. P. fastigiata, Roth. ; filaments rigid, setaceous, of
equal diameter throughout, forming globular tufts, many
times dichotomous ; axils patent ; articulations shorter than
their diameter, multi-striate ; siphons sixteen to eighteen.
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 333; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 177.
Conf. polymorpha, E. Bot. t. 1764.

Parasitical on Fucus nodosus and vesiculosus, especially the former ; very
common. — Filaments 2 — 4 inches long, rigid, forming globose, dense, bushy
tufts of a brown or yellowish colour. The above characters abundantly
distinguish this from every other species.

25. P. parasitica, Huds. ; slender, rigid, full-red, alter-
nately branched, distichous ; branches bi-tripinnate ; pinnae
alternate, erect, awl-shaped ; articulations about as long as
broad, three-tubed ; siphons eight ; ceramidia ovate, on
short stalks. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 330 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxlvii. ; Wyatt) Alg. Danm. No. 175. Conf. parasitica, E.
Bot. t. 1429.

On the larger Algae, and (more frequently) on nullipores at the extreme
limit of low- water, not uncommon on many of our coasts, but nowhere very
abundant. — Stems half an inch to an inch and a half high, somewhat com-
pressed, rigid, simple, distichously branched ; branches alternate, short
below, longer above, from two lines to three-fourths of an inch long, pin-
nated or bipinnated with awl-shaped, simple, acute, erecto-patent ramuli.
Articulations of the branches about as long as broad, of the ramuli much
shorter, marked with 3 or 4 broad tubes, with wide, transparent intervals.
Substance cartilaginous, imperfectly adhering to paper. Colour rose-red,
becoming brownish when dried.

26. P. byssoides, Good, and Woodw. ; stems rigid, seta-
ceous, cartilaginous, alternately or distichously branched ;

DASYA.

decomposito-pinnate, patent; more or less densely clothed
with minute, slender, dichotomous, single-tubed, byssoid ra-
muli ; joints of the stem variable in length, 3 or 4 striate ;
the striae parallel. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 334 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 85; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxiv. Con/.
?s, E. Bot. t. 547.

On rocks, &c., in the sea. Annual. Summer. Abundant on the east-
ern and southern shores of England and Ireland ; rare in Scotland and
the west of Ireland. Frith of Forth, Dr. Richardson. Ayrshire, Mr. W.
Thompson. Bantry, Miss Hutchins. Malbay. — Frond 4 — 12 inches long;
stem undivided, branched in a pinnate or bi-tripinnate manner ; branches
simple, attenuated, the lower ones longest, gradually diminishing upwards ;
the lesser divisions more or less densely clothed with slender, single tubed,
once or twice forked, spreading, byssoid fibres or ramuli, which give the
frond a beautifully feathery appearance. Substance sometimes rigid, and
the byssoid ramul'i squarrose ; sometimes soft and flaccid. Capsules ovate,
generally solitary. Colour a fine, clear red, which quickly becomes brown,
on exposure to the air, or in drying.

VI. DASYA. Ag. [Plate 12, B.]

Frond filamentous; the stem and branches mostly opaque,
irregularly cellular (rarely pellucid, longitudinally tubed),
composed internally of numerous parallel tubes surrounding
a central cavity ; the ramuli jointed, single-tubed. Fructifi-
cation twofold, on distinct plants ; 1, ceramidia, containing
a tuft of pear-shaped spores ; 2, lanceolate pods (stichidid),
containing tetraspores ranged in transverse bands. — Name,
from Satrvf, hairy.

I. D. coccinea, Huds. ; stems robust, hairy, distichously
branched ; branches bipinnate ; pinnula; multifid, their arti-
culations as long as broad. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 335 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 41 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccliii. Con/, coc-
cinea, E. Bot. t. 1055. — 0. tenuior; more slender in all its
parts. Dillw. — y. denudata ; branches naked, ramuli squar-
rose, minute, sub-simple. Ceramium patens, Grev. Crypt, t.
261.

On rocks, &c., near low-water mark. £. and y. dredged in 4 — 15 fathom
water. Annual. Summer. — Stems 6 — 8 inches high, as thick as small
twine, rough with minute, hair-like fibres, a quarter of a line in length,
generally undivided, set with alternate, distichous, bipinnated branches,
which gradually become shorter upwards ; pinnule multifid. Stem and
branches inarticulate, the lesser pinnae imperfectly jointed, composed of
several tubes ; ultimate ramuli subulate, acute, single-tubed, jointed, the
joints short. Capsules at the base of the ramuli, ovate, slightly acuminate,
containing a round mass of unequal spores. Stichidia oblong-acumi-
nate, containing one or two rows of tetraspores. Colour a fine crimson,
becoming scarlet. Substance cartilaginous, imperfectly adhering to paper.

94 DASYA.

2. D. ocellata, Gratel. ; stems sub -simple, beset on all sides
with long, erecto-patent, dichotomous, pencilled ramuli ; ar-
ticulations three or four times longer than broad ; stichidia
lanceolate, attenuated, marked with transverse bands of gra-
nules. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 335; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 179; Harv. Phyc. Brit, t. xl. Ceramium ocel-
latum, Grateloup. Dasya simpliciuscula, Ag. Sp. ii. p. 122.
> On mud-covered rocks near low-water mark, rare. Abundant on the Pier
at Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Whitsand Bay, Dr. Jacob. Wicklow, W. H. H.
Balbriggan, Miss Gower. Smerwick Harbour, Mr. Andrews. — Stems tufted,
1 or 2 inches high, simple or with 3 or 4 branches, setaceous, opaque, inar-
ticulate, striate with veins, densely covered with ramuli, which are specially
crowded round the tips of the branches, giving them a strikingly obtuse
appearance. Ramuli 3 — 5 lines long, slender, erect, several times forked,
the apices elongated. Joints of the ramuli long. Colour a brownish or
bright purple. Stichidia lanceolate, acuminate, nearly as long as the ra-
muli, sessile or shortly stalked, containing dark purple granules, closely set
in transverse bands. These receptacles are commonly produced ; the cap-
sules have not yet been found in this country.

3. D. drbuscula, Dillw. ; stems much and irregularly
branched, beset on all sides with short, divaricating, dichoto-
mous ramuli, whose articulations are about twice as long as
broad ; stichidia oblong, with a mucro. Ag. Sp. Alg. ii. p.
121 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxiv. Conf. Arbuscula, Dillw.
t. G. (excl. syn. Brownii, and Dillw. t. 85). D. Hutchinsice,
Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 335.

On rocks in the sea. Not uncommon on the shores of Ireland and
Scotland. Eemarkably h'ne at Bantry, Miss Hutchins. — Stems 2 — 4 inches
high, tufted, much branched ; branches alternate, bearing a second or third
series, and densely clothed with dichotomous, divaricate ramuli, about a
line in length, which give the plant a rounded appearaace; tips of the
branches blunt. Colour generally a pale reddish brown, sometimes deep
red; substance flaccid. Capsules ovate, with a much-produced, sub-cylin-
drical point, containing pear-shaped spores. Receptacles oblong, suddenly
acuminate, or obtuse with a mucro, containing two or three rows of ternate
granules. Very distinct from the last in habit and character.

4. D. venusta, Harv. ; frond pyramidal, decompoundly
pinnate; the branches clothed with exceedingly slender,
flaccid, many times dichotomous, attenuated ramuli, whose
articulations are five or six times as long as broad; stichidia
pedicellate, ovoid, much acuminate ; ceramidia ovate-urceo-
late, with a protruding mouth. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxv.

Cast on shore, in summer. Annual? Very rare. Jersey, Miss White
and Miss Turner. — Stem 3 — 4 inches high, as thick as a hog's bristle, un-
divided, furnished with numerous alternate, lateral branches, the lowest of
which are longest, the rest gradually shorter upwards. Branches pinnated
with a second or third series. Stem bare of ramuli, but all the branches

LAURENCIACE^:. 95

and their divisions clothed with very slender, hair-like, dichotomous, single-
tubed rarnuli. Colour a fine rose-red. Substance very flaccid and tender,
closely adhering to paper. A beautiful species, with the habit of Seirospora
Griffithsiana, more than of any British species of Dasya.

ORDER VIII. LAURENCIACE^ *

Laurencieae, Hook. fil. and Harv. Lond. Journ. vol. iv.
p. 539. Chondrieae, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 67. Harv. Ner.
Austr. p. 7. Lomentarieae, Endl. 3d SuppL p. 42. Chon-
drieae (partly), Chondrosipheae, Champieae, Kuiz. Phyc. Gen.
pp. 435, 438, 439. Lomentareae, Lindl. Veg. King. p. 25.

DIAGNOSIS. — Rose-red or purple sea-weeds, with a cylin-
drical or compressed, rarely flat, linear, narrow, areolated,
inarticulate or constricted and chambered, branching frond,
composed of polygonal cells. Fructification double: l,con-
ceptacles (ceramidid) external, ovate, furnished with a termi-
nal pore, and containing a tuft of pear-shaped spores ;
2, tetraspores immersed in the branches and ramtili, scattered
without order through the surface cells.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Hoot sometimes a simple disk, but
very frequently branching. Frond mostly cylindrical, rarely
compressed, and still more rarely flattened, destitute of mid-
rib, linear, usually preserving nearly the same breadth through-
out, branching; the branches most generally pinnate, some-
times whorled, sometimes tufted, and sometimes (but very
rarely) dichotomous. In the typical genera (such as Lauren-
da and Bonnemaisonia] the frond is solid, the whole substance
composed of polygonal cells closely packed together, and
there is no trace of articulation or regularly recurring con-
striction. But in some genera (as Chylocladia, Champia,

* This order is usually called Chondriea, a name objectionable on two
grounds. First, the genus Chondria, Ag., is suppressed, being synonymous
with Laurencia, L.. the typical genus; and, secondly, the sound Chondritce
or Chondriacea recalls Chondrus, which is a genus belonging to Cryptone-
miacece. I therefore propose a name taken from the original, and most
widely dispersed genus of the order.

96 LAURENCIACEjE.

&c.) the branches are usually hollow, and constricted at
regular intervals into joint-like portions, furnished at each
constriction with a diaphragm, which divides the cavity into
separate chambers : these chambers are filled with mucous
matter, through which a few vertical filaments, connecting
the diaphragms, are dispersed. In other genera (as Chrysy-
menid) the frond is also hollow and full of mucus, with a
few filaments dispersed through it ; but in these there are
neither constrictions nor diaphragm, but each branch consti-
tutes a chamber. Such genera evidently connect the two
extreme forms of the order.

The ceramidia are sometimes imperfectly organized, and
reduced nearly to the structure of coccidia, the pore being
indistinct. The contents, however, appear to be constantly
pyriform spores, tufted as is normal in this kind of concepta-
cle. The tetraspores are sometimes collected near the tips
of the ramuli, but very commonly they are dispersed through
the branches in a very indefinite manner. On this dispersion
is founded the chief technical character by which the order
is distinguished from Rhodomelacete, but in habit there is
between the two groups that difference which marks a natural
family.

The colours of the Laurenciacea are often fugacious. In
Laurencia itself, the prevalent colours are shades of purple,
but in most other plants of the order they are pink or lake-red.
When exposed to sunshine all become yellowish, and most
lose their colour in fresh water. None turn black in drying.

The genera of this order, and many of the species, are re-
markable for their wide dispersion, the same forms inhabiting
the most distant countries. Thus, all of our Laurencia are
natives also of the Southern Ocean ; and L. pinnatifida is
equally common in the Pacific and Atlantic basins, in both
temperate and tropical climates.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

I. BONNEMAISONIA. Frond solid, filiform, (rose-red), much

branched ; the branches margined with subulate, dis-
tichous cilia. [Plate 12, B.]

II. LAURENCIA. Frond solid, cylindrical or compressed,

(purplish or yellowish), pinnatifid; the ramuli blunt.
[Plate 12, C.]

BONNEMAISONIA — LAURENCIA. 97

III. CHRYSYMENIA. Frond hollow, filled with watery mu-
cus, neither constricted nor chambered. [Plate 13, A.]

TV. CHYLOCLADIA. Branches hollow, filled with watery
mucus, constricted at intervals, and chambered. [Plate
13, B.]

I. BONNEMAISONIA. Ag. [Plate 12, D.]

Frond filiform, inarticulate, compressed or plane, solid,
much branched, the branches margined with distichous, awl-
shaped, alternate cilia. Fructification : ceramidia, contain-
ing a tuft of pear-shaped spores. Tetra&pores unknown. —
Name, in honour of M. Bonnemaison, a French naturalist.

1. B. asparagoides, Woodw. ; frond compressed or sub-
terete ; ceramidia stalked, opposite the cilia. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 106, t. 13 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 295 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. li. Fucus asparagoides, E. Bot. t. 571. — ft. teres ;
frond capillary, terete, cilia very long.

On rocks near low-water mark, and at a greater depth. Annual. Sum-
mer. |3. at Wicklow, and in Kingstown Harbour, Dublin. — Frond 4 — 12
inches long, compressed or nearly cylindrical, varying in breadth from a
capillary fineness to nearly a line, excessively branched ; branches disti-
chous, alternate, simple, or bearing a second series, gradually shorter up-
wards, set throughout at short distances with subulate, distichous ramuli,
I or 2 lines long and extremely slender. Capsules ovate, with a short stalk,
placed opposite to the cilia, containing a tuft of pear-shaped spores. Fre-
quently the capsules are abortive, and then a minute process occupies their
place. In a specimen communicated by Mrs. Wyatt, the place of capsules
is occupied by a tuft of ramuli, which do not, however, produce telraspores,
but occasionally one of them, thicker than the rest, bears a capsule. Colour,
a fine transparent crimson, darker in those from the west of Ireland, and
in them becoming darker in drying, while in those from the east of Ireland
and south of England the colour fades considerably in drying. Substance
soft and flaccid.

II. LAURENCIA. Lamour. [Plate 12, C.]

Frond cylindrical or compressed, linear, pinnately branched,
the apices obtuse ; structure cellular, solid. Fructification
of two kinds, on distinct individuals; 1, ceramidia, contain-
ing a tuft of pear-shaped spores ; 2, triparted tetraspores,
imbedded in the ramuli. — Name, in honour of M. de la Lau-
rencie, a French naturalist.

H

98 LAURENCIA.

1. L. pinnatifida, Gm. ; frond compressed, cartilaginous,
bi-tripinnatifid, divisions alternate, the ultimate ones obtuse,
simple or lobed. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 108, t. 14 ; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p- 296; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 113; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. Iv. Fucus pinnatifidus, E. Bot. t. 1202.— 0. Os-
munda; frond flat, generally undivided, ramuli short and
multifid. Hook. 1. c. — y. tenuissima ; frond flat, ramuli very
thin and much branched, the branches divaricated. Hook. I. c.

On rocks, between tide-marks. Annual. June to September, o. and /8.
very common : y. Devon and Cornwall, Mrs. Griffiths. — Fronds tufted,
1 — 12 inches high, compressed or subcylindrical, from half a line to 2 lines
in breadth, alternately branched, the branches pinnatifid or bipinnatifid.
Substance cartilaginous. Colour varying from a yellowish green to a dull
purple or brownish red. Capsules broadly ovate, placed on the smaller
branches ; tetraspores imbedded in the ramuli. An extremely variable plant
in size and general appearance. The taste is often hot and biting, whence
it has obtained the name of Pepper-dulse in Scotland.

2. L. caspitosa, Lamour. ; frond cylindrical or sub-com-
pressed, narrow, repeatedly pinnate, pyramidal ; main branches
often opposite, erecto-patent ; ramuli irregularly scattered,
distichous or spreading on all sides, often crowded, erect,
slightly tapering to the base, truncate. Mont, in PL Canar.
p. 154; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxvi. L. hybrida, Lenorm.
L. pinnatifida, y. angusta, Hook. Br. Fl. ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 162.

On stones, &c., within tide-marks. Annual. Summer. Common. —
Fronds 2 — 8 inches high, as thick as small twine, cylindrical or the main
divisions slightly compressed, somewhat bare below, much branched above,
with a pyramidal outline. Branches once or twice pinnate, erect or erecto-
patent, irregularly set. Ramuli very irregular, often much crowded, sim-
ple or multifid, terete, tapering to the base and truncate. Colour either a
very dark lurid purple, or (under the effects of sunlight) greenish yellow.
Almost intermediate between the preceding and following; more cylin-
drical and narrower than L. pinna.tifi.da ; and very different in colour and
in general habit from L. obtusa.

3. L. obtusa, Huds. ; frond cylindrical, filiform, twice or
thrice pinnate ; ramuli mostly opposite, short, patent, wedge-
shaped, obtuse. Grev. Ala. Brit. p. Ill ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 296; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 21 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxlviii. Fucus obtusus, E. Bot.t. 1201.

On the larger Algae. Annual. Summer and autumn. Shores of Eng-
land and Ireland, frequent. Bare ill Scotland. — Root somewhat fibrous.
Fronds generally tufted, 3 — 6 inches long, about half a line in diameter,
cylindrical, filiform, repeatedly branched in a pinnate manner, the branches
and ramuli mostly opposite, the latter 1 or 2 lines long, obtuse or truncate,
somewhat narrowed at base, or nearly cylindrical. Substance tender and

CHRYSYMENIA.

flaccid, soon decomposing. Colour a fine but .fugitive pink, becoming
yellowish and whitish in decay. Ceramidia ovate, on the smaller branches ;
granules ternate, immersed in the ramuli.

4. L. dasyphylla, Woodw. ; frond filiform, terete, irregu-
larly branched ; ramuli short, club-shaped, obtuse, very much
attenuate at base. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 112; Hook. Br. FL
ii. p. 296; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 71; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
clii. Fucus dasyphyllus, E. Bot. t. 847.

On rocks or stones between tide-marks. Annual. Summer. Frequent on
the shores of England and Ireland. — Root fibrous. Fronds 4 — 12 inches
high, cylindrical, half a line in diameter ; stem generally undivided, set with
more or less frequent opposite or alternate branches, the lower ones being
longest, and frequently bearing a second series ; all having numerous, linear
club-shaped, obtuse ramuli, 1 or 2 lines in length, and very much attenuate
at base, resembling the leaves of a Sedum : the whole frond marked, at short
distances, with more or less distinct transverse striae. Substance somewhat
gelatinous, quickly decomposing. Colour a pale fugitive pink, or yellowish.
Ceramidia ovate, on the lesser branches : granules ternate in the ramuli.
Readily distinguished from the preceding by the ramuli tapering towards
the base, and from the following by their being obtuse.

5. L. tenuissima, Good, and Woodw. ; frond filiform, terete,
irregularly branched ; ramuli very slender, tapering to the
base and apex. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 113; Hook. Br. FL ii.
p. 296; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 22; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxcviii. Fucus tenuissirnus, E. Bot. t. 1882.

Between tide-marks, on rocks and other Algae ; very rare. Annual.
Summer and autumn. Weymouth, Goodenough and Woodward. Isle of
Wight, Rev. G. R. Leathes. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Cornwall, E. Bot.
Ballycotton, coast of Cork, Miss Ball. — Root fibrous. Fronds tufted, 6 — 8
inches long, half a line in diameter, cylindrical, much branched in an irre-
gularly pinnate manner; the main stem generally undivided, having nume-
rous, alternate, spreading branches, of unequal length, some of the longest
bearing a second series; and all set, at the distance of one or two lines,
with slender, bristle-like ramuli, 1—4 lines long, much attenuated at their
insertion, and more or less tapering towards the point. Substance very
tender, between gelatinous and cartilaginous. Colour a pale purplish or
pinky red, fugitive, and becoming yellowish. Ceramidia ovate, borne by
the ramuli, in which also the tetraspores are imbedded.

III. CHRYSYMENIA. J. Ag. [Plate 13, A.]

Frond tubular, continuous (not constricted or jointed),
filled with a watery juice, and traversed by a few longitudinal
filaments; its. walls composed of several rows of cells, the
innermost of which are distended and much elongated, the
outer gradually smaller, and the superficial ones very minute.
Fructification : 1, ceramidia, containing a very dense tuft of

H 2

100 CHYLOCLADIA.

angular spores ; 2, triparted tetraspores, immersed in the ra-
mu]j. — Name, from xfursos, golden, and i/K»v, a membrane;
because the species assume golden tints if steeped for some
time in fresh water.

1. C. clavellosa, Turn. ; frond gelatinous, much branched
in a pinnate manner, mostly distichous ; ultimate ramuli lan-
ceolate, distichous, or quadrifarious, attenuated at base ; ce-
ramidia conical. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 115 ; Hook. Br. FL ii.
p. 297 ; Wyatl, Alg. Damn. No. 23 ; Harv. Plnjc. Brit. t.
cxiv. Fucus clavellosus, E. Boi. t. 1283. — &. sedifolius ;
ramuli between oblong and oval, crowded, undivided. Turn.

On stones, between tide-marks. Annual. May to September. Various
stations on the coasts of England, Scotland and Ireland, but nowhere very
common. /3. at Lossiemouth, Mr. Brodie. — Fronds tufted or solitary, 3 —
12 inches high, varying from a quarter of a line to more than a line in
diameter, gradually widening from the base to the middle, and thence di-
minishing to the apex, much branched, repeatedly but irregularly pinnate,
the branches patent, opposite or alternate, bearing one or more series of
linear-lanceolate ramuli, 1 — 4 lines in length, and closely set; they, as well
as the branches, usually distichous, but sometimes springing from all sides
of the frond. Ceramidia conical, with a pore, containing a tuft of angular
spores ; tetraspores imbedded in the ramuli. Substance flaccid and slip-
pery, closely adhering to paper. Colour a brilliant pink.

2. C. Orcadensis, Harv. ; frond distichous, pinnate, the
main stem and the pinnae elliptic-oblong, compressed ; pinnae
opposite.

At Skaill, Orkney, Miss Watt. The specimens yet seen of this supposed
species are insufficient to establish its characters fully, but I am unwilling
to omit altogether the recording of so remarkable a plant. My specimen,
for which I am indebted to the Rev. J. H. Pollexfen, is evidently in a very
young state. It is about an inch high ; each frond elliptic oblong, fully a
quarter of an inch broad, bearing three or four distant pairs of pinnae, of
similar form, but smaller dimensions. The colour is a clear pinky red.
The parts of the frond are proportionally very much broader than in any
state of C. clavellosa which I have seen ; but in the absence of full-grown
specimens I can form no judgment as to the validity of the species.

IV. CHYLOCLADIA. Grev. [Plate 13, B.]

Frond (at least the branches) tubular, constricted at regu-
lar intervals, and divided, by internal diaphragms, into cham-
bers, filled with a watery juice and traversed by a few
longitudinal filaments; periphery composed of small polygo-
nal cells. Fructification: 1, spherical, ovate or conical
ceramidia, containing a tuft of wedge-shaped spores ; 2, tri-

CHYLOCLAJIA. 101

partite tetraspores, immersed in the smaller branches and
ramuli. — Name x>vho{, juice, and xxafoj, a branch.

1. C. ovalis, Huds. ; frond filiform, irregularly dichotomous,
naked below, above beset with elliptical, simple (rarely elon-
gated and constricted) ramuli, tapering at the base; capsules
spherical. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 116, t. 14; Hook. Br. Fl. \\.
p. 297 ; Wyatl, Alg. Danm. No. 114 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxviii. Fucus ovalis, E. Bot. t. 711.

In the sea, on rocks and Algae. Annual. June to August. Frequent
on the shores of England and Ireland. Little Isles of Jura, Papa
Westra, Lightfoot. — Fronds tufted, 2 — 10 inches high, cylindrical, from
half a line to a line in diameter, irregularly and somewhat distantly dicho-
tomous, naked below ; branches above more or less densely set with ellipti-
cal or lanceolate, clustered or scattered ramuli, 1 — 4 lines long, half a line
to a line in diameter, much attenuated at base, either obtuse or some-
what tapering at apex, and either simple, or contracted at intervals as if
jointed. Substance cartilaginous in the stem ; tender in the ramuli, which
are filled with a laxly gelatinous fluid. Capsules globose, with a pellucid
limbus sessile on the ramuli ; tetraspores imbedded in the ramuli.

2. C. kaliformis, Good, and Woodw. ; frond sub-gelati-
nous, tubular, distantly constricted as if jointed, repeatedly
pinnate; branches whorled at the constrictions with chain-
like ramuli; capsules spherical, with a pellucid border.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 117; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 298; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 24 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxlv. Fucus
kaliformis, E. Bot. t. 640.

In the sea, on rocks and other Alga?. Annual. June to September.
Frequent on the coasts of England, Scotland and Ireland. — Fronds tufted,
4 — 12 or even 18 inches long, 1 or 2 lines in diameter; stem undivided,
attenuated at each extremity, and contracted at intervals of half an inch or
more. From the contractions spring long, simple, primary branches, simi-
lar to the stem, but more slender and more regularly contracted, opposite
or in whorls, patent, and bearing at their contractions one or more series of
lesser branches and ramuli, all of which taper at each end, and are more or
less distinctly contracted, the contractions of the ramuli being very close
together. Substance tender and gelatinous. Colour a fugitive pink or
purplish red. Capsules spherical, placed on the young branches ; tetraspores
in the ramuli.

3. C. rejiexa,) Chauv. ; frond membranaceous, purple ;
lower branches cylindrical, slender, arched, attaching them-
selves by short rooting processes ; secondary branches simple,
mostly secund, moniliform, spindle-shaped ; ramuli few, scat-
tered, patent or recurved. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xlii.

On rocks, near low-water mark. Annual. Summer. Very rare. Haging-
ton, near Ilfracombe, Miss Amelia Griffiths. — Frond 2—3 inches high,
branching irregularly from the base ; the lower branches cylindrical, form.

102 CHYLOCLADIA.

ing successive arcs, attached at intervals to other Algae by short rootlets
tipped with disks. Secondary branches spring from the arched ones, either
two or three from one point, or else they are solitary and secund : these are
regularly constricted into articulations about once and a half as long as
broad. * Nearly related to C. kaliformis, from which it is chiefly distin-
guished by its creeping habit and small size. The Irish station given in
Phyc. Brit, is incorrect.

4. C. parvula. Ag. ; frond sub-gelatinous, slender, branched
in a straggling, sub-dichotomous manner ; branches con-
stricted at intervals of equal length and breadth ; capsules
ovate. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 119; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 298 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 72 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccx. Chon-
dria parvula, Grev. Crypt, t. 346.

Parasitical on the smaller Algae. Annual. Summer and autumn. Not
uncommon. — Fronds rising from a mass of fibres, densely tufted, 2 or 3
inches long, half a line in diameter, excessively branched and entangled ;
branches irregular, opposite or alternate, of various lengths, with or without
scattered ramuli, which are slightly attenuated at base ; the tips obtuse ;
the whole frond marked, at distances of nearly equal length and breadth,
with external constrictions, and furnished with internal septa. Capsules
ovate, borne on the smaller branches, and containing a spherical mass of
ovate seeds ; tetraspores in the articulations of the branches. Substance soft
and somewhat gelatinous. Colour a fine, but fugitive, pinky red. Well
distinguished from C. kaliformis by the ramification, the uniformly short
articulations, and the shape of the conceptacles.

5. C. articulata, Huds. ; frond tubular, gelatinoso-mem-
branaceous, strongly constricted throughout, as if jointed,
much branched in a fasciculato-dichotomous manner ; cap-
sules obtusely conical. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 120; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 298 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 73 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclxxxiii. Fucus articulatus, E. Bot. t. 1574.

Between tide-marks, on rocks and the larger Algae. Annual. Summer.
Fronds springing from a mass of fibres, tufted, I — 6, or occasionally 12
inches long, excessively branched and bushy, constricted at regular inter-
vals of 2 — 4 lines, irregularly divided ; main stem somewhat dichotomous,
bearing at its constrictions whorls of branches, which again divide dichoto-
mously, and bear from their joints opposite or whorled, lanceolate ramuli.
The tips of the branches are somewhat fastigiate and the plant has a rounded
outline. Capsules conical ; tetraspores in the joints of the ramuli. Colour
a fine pinky red, less fugitive than in others of the genus. Substance
membranaceous, filled with watery gelatine.

CORALLINACE.E. 103

ORDER IX. CORALLINACE^E.

Corallineao, Lamour. Cor. Class, p. 244 ; Dne. Class, p.
63; Endl. 3d Suppl. p. 48; Harv. Ner. Austr. ined.;
Lindl. Veg. King. p. 25. Corallineae and Spongiteae, Kuiz.
Phyc. Gen. pp. 387, 385. Corallinidae and Nulliporidae,
Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 205, &c.

DIAGNOSIS. — Rigid, articulated or crustaceous, mostly cal-
careous sea-weeds, purple when recent, fading on exposure
to milk-white, composed of closely packed, elongated cells
or filaments, in which carbonate of lime is deposited in an
organized form. Tetraspores tufted, contained in ovate or
spherical conceptacles (ceramidia) furnished with a terminal
pore.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root, where this organ is mani-
fested, an expanded, crustaceous disk, often spreading widely.
Frond almost always calcareous, effervescing strongly when
thrown into acids, rarely destitute of lime, very variable in
aspect and habit. The lowest forms of the order are simple
incrustations, spreading, like the crustaceous lichens, over
the surface of rocks or the fronds of the larger Algae. In the
smaller of these the crust is a mere film, as thin as paper, ge-
nerally circular, and extending by means of small additions
to the circumference ; so that the frond becomes marked, as
it advances, with concentric circles. In the larger, the crust
is thick and. stony, rising here and there into prominences,
and sinking in depressions. Still further advance manifests
itself by the crust assuming a branching habit; at first, pa-
pillae rise from the surface ; these thicken, and widen and
lengthen, and at length throw out branches, till a shrubby
frond, of stony hardness, but extremely brittle, is formed.
All these changes in character take place within the limits of
a single genus, Melobesia. Nearly related to this (and by
many botanists considered identical) is Mastophora, a genus
in which the frond is expanded into leafy lobes, usually fan-
shaped, sessile or stalked, but not adnate to rocks, of a flex-
ible substance, containing a smaller portion of carbonate of
lime than in the former group. Some of these have the habit
of Padina, but differs from that genus in being of a red co-
lour. They are the most perfectly-organized of the leafy or
frondose Corallines (Nulliporeee). — The articulated, or true

104 COHALLINACE/E.

Corallines, are filiform, either pinnated, or dichotomous, the
branches formed of strings of calcareous articulations, trun-
cated at the upper extremity and rounded at the lower, each
articulation connected with that above and below it by a
flexible joint, composed of cellular tissue, destitute of car-
bonate of lime. This joint in our British species is scarcely
obvious till after maceration, but in many exotic species (of
Amphiroa] it is so long as to interrupt the continuity of the
articulations, and is either naked, or coaled with wart-like,
calcareous tubercles. The form of the articulations varies
extremely, and often in the same species, or even in the same
specimen, so that the determination of these plants is some-
times difficult. In many the articulations are cylindrical ; in
others oval and compressed ; in some flat and irregularly shap-
ed ; but in the greater number they are heart-shaped or wedge-
shaped, with the upper angles frequently prolonged with horns.

The fructification consists of hollow, external or immersed
conceptacles, containing a tuft of oblong spores, divided at
maturity, by three horizontal fissures, into four parts. They
are therefore tetraspores ; precisely similar to those of Ploca-
mium, Hypnea, &c. The nature of the conceptacle varies,
even in the same species. Thus, in Corallina, it is normally
formed by the metamorphosis of the terminal articulation of
the branches, which swells at the sides and becomes pierced
at the apex. But in C. squamata, and even in C. officinalis,
other articulations frequently bear numerous small, hemi-
spherical conceptacles on their sides; and sometimes the
whole surface is warted with such ; and these irregular organs
are equally furnished with tetraspores as the normal ones.
These latter conceptacles, which are irregular in Corallina,
are the normal fruit of Amphiroa, a genus chiefly from the
Southern Ocean. In Jania the conceptacle is similar to that
of Corallina, except that it generally bears a pair of ramuli
(resembling the antennae of an insect) from its upper angles.

The Corallines are found in all parts of the Ocean, but are
much more numerous in warm than in cold countries, and
some of the species of the tropical and sub-tropical ocean are
among the most beautiful of marine vegetables. Until re-
cently the plants of this order were, with other calcareous
Algae, confounded with the zoophytes, or polypiferous corals.
They are, however, undoubtedly, of vegetable nature ; and
when the lime which they contain is removed by acid, the
vegetable framework, concealed beneath it, is found to be of
a similar structure to that of other Rhodosperms, to which

CORALLINACES. 105

group of Algae they are further allied by their colour and the
nature of their spores.

The Order consists of two, or, if Lithocystis be rightly
placed in it, of three sub-orders, as follows : —

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

Suborder 1. CORALLINES. Frond filiform, articulated.

I. CORALLINA. (Frond pinnated). Ceramidia terminal,

simple. [Plate 13, C.]

II. JANIA. (Frond dichotomous). Ceramidia tipped with

two horn-like ramuli. [Plate 13, D.J

Suborder 2. NULLIPORES. Frond crustaceous or foliaceous,
opake, not articulated.

III. MELOBESIA. Frond stony, forming either a crusta-
ceous expansion, or a foliaceous, or shrub-like body.
[Plate 14, A.]

IV. HILDENBRANDTIA. Frond cartilaginous, not stony,
forming a crustaceous expansion. [Plate 14, C.]

Suborder 3 ? LYTHOCYSTES. Frond plane, hyaline, com-
posed of cells radiating from a centre. Fructification
unknown.

V. LYTHOCYSTIS. (A minute parasite}. [Plate 14, B.]

Suborder 1. CORALLINES. Frond filiform, articulated.

I. CORALLINA. Linn. [Plate 13, C.]

Frond filiform, articulated, branched (mostly pinnate),
coated with a calcareous deposit. Fructification, turbinate
or obovate, mostly terminal ceramidia, pierced at the apex
by a minute pore, and containing a tuft of erect, pyriform, or
club-shaped, transversely parted tetraspores. Name, from
Coralium, coral, which these plants resemble in having a
stony substance.

106 CORALLINA.

1. C. officinalis, Liun.; decompound-pinnate; lower arti-
culations cylindrical, twice as long as broad ; upper slightly
obconical, round-edged, their upper angles blunt ; ultimate
ramuli cylindrical, obtuse. Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 216;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxii.

On rocks, &c. between tide-marks, extending from the limits of high,
to the extremity of low-water mark. Perennial. Winter and spring.
Very abundant on the British shores. — Root a widely-expanded, red crust.
Fronds 2 — 6 inches high, tufted, much branched, bi-tripinnate ; but vary-
ing greatly in luxuriance according to the depth at which it grows. The
fructification varies in different specimens ; normally the ceramidia are
urn-shaped, formed by the transformation of the terminal articulation of
the ramuli ; but sometimes the other articulations produce lateral ovate
capsules, sometimes two, sometimes more springing from the same articu-
lation, and occasionally the whole frond becomes densely warted with this
irregular fruit.

2. C. elongata, Ell. and Sol. ; " the lateral shoots of the
branches slender and subulate, with long, cylindrical articu-
lations." Johnst. Lith. p. 221.

Coast of Cornwall, Ellis. Jersey, Mr. Hassall. " Coralline attached
by a crustaceous base, rising to the height of 3 or 4 inches, very bushy,
distinctly jointed, slender, the ultimate branchlets almost hair-like : arti-
culations of the stem not much longer than their own diameter, somewhat
compressed and wedge-shaped, the shoulders often produced into a spinule ;
articulations of the setiform pinnules cylindrical, from two to six times
their diameter in length, often terminated with a graniferous tubercle,
which frequently becomes axillary from little setaceous branches shooting
up from each side." Johnst. 1. c. I am not acquainted with this species.

3. C. squamata, Park.; decompound pinnate; lower arti-
culations cylindrical, scarcely longer than their breadth ;
upper obconical or obcordate, compressed, two-edged, their
upper angles sharp and prominent ; ultimate ramuli very
slender, acute. Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 222; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cci.

On rocks, near low-water mark. Perennial. Summer. South of Eng-
land, Jersey, and South and West of Ireland. — This has the habit of C.
qfficinalis, but differs in the form of the upper articulations, which are here
much compressed, with the angles sharp and prominent. Two abnormal
states of fruit are figured in Phyc. Brit., one of which resembles the normal
fructification of Jania (section Haliptilon) ; the other that of Amphiroa.
Such irregularities show how little dependance can be placed on characters
derived from fructification in this family of plants : and I fear characters
of ramification are equally treacherous.

JANIA. — MELOBESIA. 107

II. JANIA. Lamour. [Plate 13, D.]

Frond filiform, articulated, dichotomous, branched, coated
with a calcareous deposit. Fructification, urn-shaped cera-
midia, formed of the axillary articulation of the uppermost
branches (mostly two-horned), pierced at the apex by a
minute pore, and containing a tuft of erect, pyiiform, trans-
versely parted tetraspores. Named from Janira, one of the
Nereides.

1. J. rubens, Linn. ; articulations of the principal branches
and ramuli cylindrical, about four times as long as broad.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclii.

On the smaller Algae between tide-marks. Perennial. Summer. On
all parts of the British coast. — From half an inch to 1 — 2 inches high,
densely tufted, dichotomous, many times forked, fastigiate, branches either
erect or spreading, gradually tapering upwards. Articulations cylindrical
in all parts of the frond, without prominent angles ; those near the base
very short, the upper ones gradually longer. Ceramidia subterminal, urn-
shaped, with long horns, formed of from two to four articulations. Colour
a pale red, with a purplish shade when quite fresh. A common plant on
the shores of Europe, and perhaps throughout the temperate Atlantic.

2. J. corniculata, Linn. ; articulations of the principal di-
visions obconical, compressed, their upper angles sharp and
prominent ; those of the uppermost ramuli cylindrical, fili-
form. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxiv.

On smaller Algae between tide-marks. Southern shores of England and
Ireland, Jersey. — Forms small dense tufts, 1 — 2 inches high, composed of
slender, dichotoraous fronds ; branches fastigiate. Articulations of the
principal branches 2 — 3 times as long as broad, tapering to the base, en-
larged laterally upwards, compressed, their upper angles prolonged into a
conical horn. Colour pale red. Known from the last by the different form
of the articulations of the principal branches.

Suborder 2. NULLIPORE.E. Frond crustaceous or folia-
ceous, opake, not articulated.

III. MELOBESIA. Lamour. [Plate 14, A.]

Frond attached or free, either flattened, orbicular, sinuated
or irregularly lobed, or cylindrical and branched (never arti-
culated), coated with a calcareous deposit. Fructification:
conical, sessile ceramidia, scattered over the surface of the

108 MELOBESIA.

frond, and containing a tuft of transversely parted, oblong
tetraspores. — Named from one of the sea-nymphs of Hesiod.

* Frond thick, solid, stony, either shrub-like or encrusting.

1. M. polymorpha, Linn.; frond attached to rocks, thick,
stony, encrusting, or rising into short, clumsy branches, which
are seldom much divided, and often merely rudimentary.

On rocks, stones, shells, &c. between tide-marks. Perennial. Common. —
I suppose that most of the thick, difform, nulliporous crusts found between
tide-marks would be referable to this species. Much remains to be done
in working out the species of this genus. I do not pretend to understand
them fully, not having sufficiently attended to their variations on the coast,
and not possessing a sufficient suite of specimens to enable me to solve
their difficulties in the cabinet.

2. M. calcarea, Ell. and Sol. ; " is extremely white, solid
and dichotomously branched ; the little branches often unite
together and become smaller at the ends." Ellis and Sol.
p. 129, t. 23, /. 13 : Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 240, t. 24, /. 4,
5. M.fragilis, M'Calla?

Coasts of South of England and West of Scotland and Ireland. I have
not seen any authentic specimen, but Ellis's figure is a faithful representa-
tion of the M.fragilis of M'Calla, which abounds on most of our coasts in
4 — 10 fathoms water. When recent it is a deep blood red, soon passing
into brick-dust colour, and finally to a snowy whiteness. The branches
are slender, divaricating, spreading in all directions, anastomosing below ;
free above and tapering to a blunt point. The ultimate ramuli are either
simple or forked. On many parts of the coast this plant forms vast beds,
extending for miles, in submarine strata ; and is advantageously used as a
manure on soils requiring the addition of lime. Here should also be men-
tioned M. compressa of M'Calla, which I have not yet had an opportunity
of examining in a recent state. It differs from M. calcarea in having a
compressed frond, with flat branches broader towards the tips, and is pro-
bably as good a species as any other of these variable forms.

3. M. fasciculata, Lam. ; frond unattached, roundish or
lobed, stony, much branched, fastigiate; branches solid,
thick, crowded together, cylindrical or compressed ; apices
truncate, broad, somewhat concave. Johnst. Brit. Lith. p.
240 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxiv.

Lying at the sandy bottom of the sea in 4 — 5 fathoms water. Found on
several parts of the coast. — Fronds 1 — 3 inches in diameter, roundish or
irregularly lobed, composed of a stony central mass, from which issue seve-
ral short lumpy branches. Colour a dark lurid purple, soon fading in
the air.

** Frond thin, foliated, free, or partially attached to rocks.

4. M. agariciformit, Pall.; frond unattached, globular,

MELOBESIA. 109

hollow ; foliations delicate, papyro-crustaceous, dense, erect,
much lobed and sinuated, fastigiate; margin thin, entire.
Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 241 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxiii.

Lying on the sandy bottom of quiet bays, in 2 — 3 fathoms water. Bound-
stone Bay, Cuunemara.— This forms globular masses 4 — 8 inches in dia-
meter, hollow, from the central portion continually rotting away as the
exterior foliations extend. The whole is composed of innumerable vertical
leafy plates closely packed together, and variously twisted. It is of a pale
flesh-colour when fresh.

5. M. lichenoides, Borl. ; frond attached to rocks, free at
the margins, foliaceous, lichenoid, variously lobed ; foliations
spreading, often imbricated ; ceramidia large, conical, promi-
nent.

On rocks and in tide-pools, near low -water mark. Not uncommon. Pe-
rennial ? — Variable in habit, resembling one of the leafy Lichens, such as
a Peltidia, spreading over rocks, or somewhat erect, the marginal lobes
generally free. Colour pale. Some varieties of this plant closely resemble
small specimens of M. ayariciformis, and would lead us to infer that the
difference in habit was caused by the different depths at which these plants
vegetate.

*** FrQnd minute, thin, parasitic on various Alga, &c.

6. M. membranacea, Lamour. ; minute, dot-like, very thin,
pale purple, circular, at length confluent, attached to other
Algae; ceramidia one or two, depressed.

Common on the leaves of Zostera, the fronds of Chondrus crispus, &c.
Annual. Summer.— From half a line to a line in diameter, very thin, and
almost membranous, dotting over the plant on which it grows. It very
frequently is found in fruit, having two or more depressed ceramidia.

7. M. farinosa, Lamour. ; minute, irregular in outline,
rather thin, pallid, with two or three prominent ceramidia.

On various Algae. — Rather larger and thicker than the preceding, with
more prominent fruit, but to me it appears merely a stronger-grown variety.
I depend, for the name, on a specimen from the Mediterranean, communi-
cated by M. Lenormand.

8. M. verrucata, Lamour. ; thin, expanded, irregularly
lobed, pallid, dotted over with innumerable small, pimply
ceramidia.

On Phyllophora rubens, &c. — Looks like a still more advanced state of
M . membranacea.

9. M.pustulata, Lamour. ; thick, dull purple or green, ob-
long or lobed, incrusting, smooth j ceramidia numerous,
large, rather prominent, conical.

On Phyllophora rubens, Chondrus crispus, &c. — This is the largest and

HO HILDENBRANDTIA.

most developed of this parasitic section of the genus, and perhaps, without
much violence, the three preceding species might be considered as merely
younger and imperfect forms. Dr. Johnston goes much further, and re-
fers the whole to Corallina ojficinalis. This plant, says he, " appears first
in the guise of a thin, circular, calcareous patch of a purplish colour, and
in this state is common on almost every object that grows between tide-
marks. When developing on the leaves of Zostera, or in other unfavour-
able sites, these patches are usually pulverulent and ill-coloured, green or
white, and never become large ; but in suitable situations, they continue
enlarging in concentric circles, each marked with a pale zone, until they
ultimately cover a space of several inches in diameter. The resemblance
which, in this condition, the crust has to some crustaceous fungi, more es-
pecially to Polyporus versicolor, is remarkably exact, and neither is it less
variable than the fungus in its growth, the variations depending on the na-
ture of the site from which it grows. If this is smooth and even, the folia-
ceous coralline is entirely adnate and also even, but if the surface of the
site is uneven or knobbed, the coralline assumes the same character. If it
grows from the edge of a rock, or on the frond of a narrow sea-weed, or from
the branch of the perfect coralline, the basal lamina spread beyond in over-
lapping imbrications of considerable neatness and beauty : they are semi-
circular, wavy, either smooth or studded with scattered granules, and these
granules [ceramidia] may be either solid or perforated on the top. Such
states of the coralline have been described as Millepora lichenoides ; while
its earlier states constitute Lamouroux's various species of Melobesia." —
Johnst. Brit. Lith. p. 220.

IV. HILDENBRANDTIA. Zanard. [Plate 14, C.j

Frond cartilagineo-raembranaceous (not stony], crusta-
ceous, suborbicular, adhering by its lower surface ; composed
of very slender, closely packed, vertical filaments. Concep-
tacles immersed in the frond, orbicular, depressed, pierced
by a hole, and containing tetraspores and paraphyses at the
base of the cavity.

1. H. rubra, Meneg. ; Mem. Riun. Nat. Padov. 1841, p.
10; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccl. Rhododermis Drummondii,
Harv. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p. 27, t. 2.

On smooth stones and pebbles between tide-marks, and in deep water.
Common. — Forms a thin, membranous crust, at first orbicular, and spread-
ing concentrically, at last irregular in form, following the sinuosities of
any body to which it may be attached. A small portion, viewed vertically
under the microscope, shows minute cells, lying in clear jelly. When in
fruit the surface is pitted with disk-like depressions, pierced by a hole
which communicates with a chamber in which the spores lie. Colour va-
riable ; now a bright, now a dull red.

Sub-order 3 ? LITHOCYSTE.E. Frond plane, hyaline, com-
posed, of cells radiating from a centre. Fructification un-
known.

LITHOCYSTIS. Ill

V. LITHOCYSTIS. Allm. [Plate 14, B.]

" Plant calcareous, consisting of a single plane of cellules,
which are disposed in radiating, dichotomous series, forming
an appressed, flabelliform frond." — Allm. Name, from x<0oj,
a. stone, and xvn?, a bladder; because the cells have stony
coats.

1. L. Allmanni, Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxvi.

Parasitical on Chrysymenia clavellosa, from an oyster bed, Malahide,
Dublin, Professor Allman. — Forming minute, dot-like patches of a whitish
colour on the fronds of the Chrysymenia. Each dot consists of one or se-
veral fan-shaped fronds, composed of quadrate cells, disposed in dichoto-
mous series. The plant is brittle, colourless, and effervesces in acid.

ORDER X. DELESSERTACE^.

Delesserieae, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 116; Endl. 3rd Suppl.
p. 52 ; Lindl. Veg. King. p. 25. Gasterocarpeae (partim),
Due. Class, p. 65. Thamnophoreae (partim), Due. 1. c. p. 63.
Delesserieae and Plocameae, Kutz. Phyc. Gen. pp. 44, 449.

DIAGNOSIS. — Rosy or purplish red, or blood-red sea-weeds,
with a leafy, or rarely filiform, areolated, inarticulate frond,
composed of polygonal cells. Leaves delicately membrana-
ceous. Fructification double ; 1, Conceptacles (coccidia]
external or half immersed, hemispherical, usually imperfo-
rate, containing, beneath a membranous pericarp, a tuft of
dichotomous filaments, whose articulations are finally changed
into spores. 2, Tetraspores in distinctly defined sort, either
scattered through the frond or placed in proper fruit-leaflets
or sporophylla.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root usually a conical disk, in
some Plocamia and in Hymenena much branched, composed
of many clasping fibres ; and occasionally the frond is at-
tached at intervals by disk-like roots, which issue from the
under side of the midribs, or from the tips of the leaves.
Frond rarely (Plocamium) linear, very narrow or filiform,
and much branched ; usually leafy, or expanded : in many
cases forming distinct leaves, of definite shape, with costa
and lateral nerves, in others consisting of leaf-like membranes

BELESSEMAtJEB.

of irregular form, without distinct costa, and either homoge-
neous, or traversed by branching, obscure and vanishing
nerves. The distinction of the frond into stem and leaves,
although in some cases, as in Delesseria sanguined, very ob-
vious, is nowhere, to my knowledge, absolute ; the stems
having, at an early period of growth, been in all cases leaves,
and having lost their leafy character by the destruction of
the lateral membrane, which never grows again. The costa,
continuing to vegetate, throws out from its sides new leafy
fronds, and thus the branching often becomes very irregular.
This power of the costa to originate new fronds from any
part equally exists in such branching plants as Del. alata,
which is often converted from a flat and perfectly distichous
forked leaf into a dense, bushy tuft, composed of innume-
rable similar leaves, springing, without order, each from the
midrib of an older leaf. In Del. hypoglossum and D. rusci-
folia this proliferous habit is shown in perfection. In these
species each frondlet is perfectly simple at all ages, and
composition can only take place by new frondlets springing
from the midribs of the old. Other species, as D. alata and
D. sinuosa, have a double mode of enlargement ; normally by
division of the frond, and abnormally by proliferous develop-
ment. The cells of which the frond is composed are rarely
elongate. In most cases they are twelve-sided, about as long
as broad, and heaped together without much order ; but in
some they are cubical, and disposed in regular rows, vertical
with the surface when the frond is thick. But in no case do
they cohere strongly by their ends, so as to form separable
filaments. The surface cells are often, but not always, large
and flattened, and thus the frond has an areolated appear-
ance under a lens. The coccidia are produced on various
parts of the frond, and are either formed by a metamorphosis
of a leaf (as in D. sanguined], in which case they are pedi-
cellated ; or they originate from the midrib, as is common
in Delesseria ; or they are scattered over the membrane, as
in Nitophyllum and in Delesseria Lyallii. They are usually
hemispherical, prominent on one or other side of the frond
indifferently, having a membranous pericarp, usually as thick
as the frond from which it is developed, and they contain, on
a central, basal placenta a tuft of dichotomous threads, with
moniliform articulations, whose apical cells, and sometimes
all the cells of the filament, are converted into spores, acquir-
ing a dark red colour and dense substance. The tetraspores
are commonly triangularly parted, but in Plocamium they are

DELESSERIA. 113

transversely zoned. In all cases they form well-defined sort
or spots, which either occupy a portion of the surface of the
membranous frond, or are confined to spore-leaflets (sporo-
phylla], which spring from some part of the frond. This
order is chiefly known from the Rhodymeniaceae by the defi-
nite arrangement of the tetraspores ; but the plants of the
latter family are of a coarser texture, and in many instances
have a partially fibro-cellular structure.

The Delesseriaceae are not numerous, but they are widely
scattered through the temperate and colder latitudes of both
hemispheres. Few are tropical, and those of small size. On
the shores of northern Europe and of the antarctic lands the
finest species occur, some having fronds several feet in length.
Where soil and exposure are favourable, some of the British
Nitophylta, especially N. punctatum, attain very large di-
mensions. Of Plocamium our common species is found in
all cool waters, being equally common at the North Cape of
Europe and at Cape Horn, and extending in both hemi-
spheres to some 34° of the line ; but it is the only one of the
genus to which it belongs whose habits are equally pelagic.
All the other species, and there are several, are natives of the
southern hemisphere, chiefly of the shores of South Africa
and New Holland.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

I. DELESSERIA. Frond leafy, of definite form, with a

percurrent midrib. [Plate 15, A.]

II. NITOPHYLLDM. Frond leafy, of indefinite form, with-

out a midrib (sometimes traversed by vague, vanishing
nerves). [Plate 15, B.]

III. PLOCAMIDM. Frond linear, or filiform, compressed,
much branched, distichous ; ramuli pectinate, secund.
[Plate 15, C.]

I. DELESSERIA. Lamour. [Plate 15, A.]

Frond rose-red, flat, membranaceous, with a percurrent
midrib. Fructification of two kinds, on distinct individuals :
1, hemispherical tubercles (coccidia), mostly on the midrib,

114 DELESSERIA.

containing a tuft of filaments, bearing the spores : 2, tetra-
spores forming definite spots in the frond, or in distinct leaf-
like processes. — Named in honour of M. Benj. Delessert, a
distinguished French naturalist and patron of Botany.

1. D. sanguinea, Linn. ; stem cylindrical, cartilaginous,
branched, bearing oblong or obovate, transversely veined
leaves, entire at the margin ; midrib percurrent, strong ; tu-
bercles stalked, attached to the midrib. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
72 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 285 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 13 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cli. Fucus sanguineus, E. Bot. t. 1041.

In the sea. Biennial. Fruiting in winter, after the decay of the leaves.
Common. — Stem simple or slightly branched, thick, bearing numerous ob-
long or broadly obovate, obtuse, penninerved leaves, 2 — 8 inches long, 1 — 6
inches wide, of a splendid pinky-red colour and delicately membranous
substance ; the margin waved, but quite entire ; the midrib and lateral
veins prominent, the former occasionally giving rise to small proliferous
leaves. Such is the summer state. In winter the membranaceous portion
of the frond almost entirely decays, leaving little but the stems and mid-
ribs, which are then found fringed with fructification ; the tubercles raised
on little stalks about a line long; the tetraspores placed in little leafy pro-

2. D. sinuosa, Good. & Wood.; stem elongated, branched,
beset with oblong or obovate, deeply sinuate or pinnatifid,
toothed, penninerved leaves; nerves opposite. Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 285 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 62 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclix. Fucus sinuosus, E. Bot. t. 822.

On the larger Fuci, common. Biennial ? Summer and autumn. Stem
in young plants with a decurrent membrane (the remains of the simple leaf
of which the plant at first consists) ; in old, naked and somewhat pinnat-
edly branched ; the branches or leaves of an oblong or obovate form, deeply
sinuate, or in many specimens pinnatifid, each lobe having a sinuous, jag-
ged or serrated, sometimes ciliated margin ; furnished with a strong mid-
rib, and transverse opposite veins. Colour a fine rose-red, purplish when
dry; much duller at all times than that of the preceding. Fructification :
] , tubercles imbedded in the midrib of the leafy lobes -. 2, tetraspores placed
in minute, slender processes, fringing the margin, and resembling cilia,
formed out of a dissolved portion of the midrib.

3. D. alata, Huds. ; stem excessively branched, some-
what dichotomous, linear, winged with membrane without
distinct leaves ; branches attenuate ; margin entire. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 73 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 285 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 14; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxlvii. Fucus alatus,
E. Bot. t. 1387.

On the larger Algae, common. Biennial? Summer. — Frond 3 — 8
inches high, 1 — 4 lines wide, much branched in a dichotomous manner,
linear, the membrane decurrent along the branches, its margin quite entire,

DELESSERIA. 115

its surface marked, in luxuriant specimens, with evident transverse striae.
Colour a deep red. Tubercles spherical, attached to the midrib, generally
near the ends of the branches ; tetraspores imbedded in little leafy processes
of the midrib, generally at or near the tips ; sometimes in the tips them-
selves.

4. D. angustissima, Griff. ; frond merubranaceo-cartilagi-
nous, compressed, very narrow, two-edged, much branched ;
branches alternate, distichous, of unequal length, much di-
vided above, and furnished with numerous forked ramuli ;
tubercles imbedded either in the tips of the frond, or in small,
axillary ramuli j tetraspores forming soil either in the inflated
apices, or in axillary, lanceolate ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. Ixxxiii. Del. alata, y. angustissima, Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
74. Gelidium ? rostratum, Griff, in Harv. Man. 1st ed.
p. 82.

On the stems of Laminaria digitata. Perennial. Winter and Spring.
North of Scotland and east coast of England. — Fronds 4 — 8 inches long,
not half a line in diameter, nearly cylindrical below, compressed and two-
edged above, much branched. Branches distichous, alternate or dichoto-
mous, or somewhat pinnate. Colour dark red. Substance cartilaginous.
I admit this plant in deference to the opinion of Mrs. Griffiths, who con-
siders it permanently distinct from the preceding, by the above characters.
To me it appears merely an extreme variety of a variable plant.

5. D. Hypoglossum, Woodw. ; frond much branched in a
proliferous manner, composed of linear-lanceolate, midribbed
leaves, tapering at each end, the younger series springing
from the midribs of the older; tetraspores forming an obloug
line at each side of the midrib, near the tips of the leaves.
Hook. Br. Fl. u.p. 286; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 63 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ii.; E. Bot. t. 1396.

On rocks and other Algae, not uncommon on the shores of England and
Ireland; rare in Scotland. Annual. Summer. — Fronds several from the
same base, at first forming a simple, linear-lanceolate leaf, furnished with
a distinct midrib, and faintly marked by pellucid transverse veins ; after-
wards excessively branched, and forming globose tufts 4 — 6 inches in
diameter; the branches or leaves springing from the midrib of those first
formed, resembling them in outline, and bearing from their midribs a se-
cond and third series. Colour a fine pinky-red, soon given out to fresh
water. Tubercles globose, seated on the midrib about the centre of the
leaflet ; tetraspores disposed in linear longitudinal lines or sori, at each side
of the midrib, often near its end. Some of Miss Hutchins's specimens,
gathered at Bantry Bay, are of very large size, the primary leaf being
6 — 8 inches long, and half an inch wide. In the common varieties the
leaves are seldom more than two lines, but frequently only a line in
breadth.

6. D. ruscifolia, Turn. ; frond branched in a proliferous

i 2

H({ NITOPHYLLUM.

manner, composed of linear-oblong, obtuse, midribbed leaves,
scarcely tapered at base, the younger series springing from
the midribs of the older ; tetraspores forming an oblong line
at each side of the midrib. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 76 ; Hook.
Br. Ft. ii. p. 286; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 64; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xxvi; E. Bot. t. 1297.

On rocks and Laminarieee, &c. ; rather rare. Annual. Summer and
autumn. Shores of England and Ireland. — Originating, like the last, in
a simple leaf, branched in a similar manner, and with a similar fructifica-
tion. It differs chiefly in the form of the leaves, which are shorter, boader,
obtuse at the apex and not tapering at the base ; but specimens are occa-
sionally found presenting intermediate appearances. The colour, too, is
generally deeper, the substance rather firmer, and the reticulations smaller
than in the last.

IT. NITOPHYLLUM. Grev. [Plate 15, B.]

Frond membranaceous, reticulated, rose-red (rarely pur-
plish), veinless, or furnished with irregular veins towards the
base. Fructification : 1, convex tubercles (coccidia) sessile
on the frond, containing a tuft of filaments which bear the
spores : 2, tetraspores forming distinct, scattered spots.
— Name, from nitor, to shine, and (pwxxov, a leaf. The
absence of a nerve distinguishes this genus from Delesseria,
as do the thinner, more reticulated substance, and distinct
spots of tetraspores, from Rhodymenia.

1. N. punctatum, With. ; frond very thin and delicate,
destitute of nervures, either regularly dichotomous or cleft
into two or three principal segments, whose margins are
fringed with dichotomous lobes, the axils rounded; spots of
tetraspores large, scattered over the whole frond or confined
to its segments. Grev. Ala. Brit. p. 79, t. 12; Hook. Br. Fl.
ii. p. 287. Fucus punctatus, E. Bot. t. 1575 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. ccii. cciii. — ft. ocellatum ; frond with a roundish
outline, cleft nearly to the base, the segments repeatedly di-
chotomous, linear. N. ocellatum, Grev. Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 286 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 15. Delesseria ocellata,
Grev. Crypt, t. 347.

Attached to various Algae within and beyond the tidal limit. Annual.
Summer. On the coasts of England, Ireland and Scotland, in many
places ; the Irish specimens of large size. £. coast of Moray, Mr. Brodie.
Torquay and Sidmouth, Mrs. Griffiths. Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins. —
Frond primarily of a broadly wedge-shaped form, afterwards dichotomonsly
divided, with rounded axils, the segments preserving their wedge shape,
commonly from 4 to 12 inches long and about as broad, but in favourable
situations much larger, and in some gigantic specimens gathered by Mr.

NITOPHYLLUM. 117

D. Moore, at Cushendall Bay, North of Ireland, 5 feet long and 3 feet
wide ! In some specimens the frond is nearly simple, with a few dichoto-
mous lobes near the apex ; in others it is once or twice forked, with the
margin fringed with dichotomous lobes; and in others the whole frond is
repeatedly and regularly dichotomous, the segments narrow and linear.
This last state constitutes the N. ocellatum of authors, a plant which, in its
typical form, appears distinct enough ; but numerous specimens, kindly
communicated to me by Mrs. Griffiths, exhibit such intermediate charac-
ters, that I no longer hesitate to unite it with N. punctatum : with which
opinion, I am happy to add, Dr. Greville and Mrs. Griffiths coincide. In
all its varieties the frond of this species is exceedingly thin and delicate,
quite destitute of veins. The tubercles are globose, and thickly scattered
over the surface ; the spots of tetraspores large, 1 or 2 lines long, oblong,
oval or linear, scattered over the whole surface or confined to a central por-
tion of the frond.

2. N. HillicB, Grev. ; frond thiclush, but tender, faintly
veined towards the base, roundish, but very irregular in figure,
somewhat cuneate at base, variously cleft into oblong, more
or less broad, rounded segments ; spots of tetraspores very
minute, scattered over nearly the whole frond. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 80 ; Ham. Phyc. Brit. t. clxix. N. ulvoideum, Harv.
Man. 1st edit. p. 57 ; 'Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 287 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 16. Del. Hilli<e, Grev. Crypt, t. 351. Fucus
ulvoides, Turn. Hist. t. 80, (see Hook).

On rocks, &c. near low-water mark ; rare. Annual. July to October.
South of England and Ireland, first found by the late Miss Hill, at Ply-
mouth.— Frond 4 — 8 inches long, broadly flabelliform, slightly dichoto-
mously cleft or lobed, the margin smooth and even, rising from a short,
cartilaginous stem, obscurely veined at the base, and sometimes over the
surface, of a thickish membranaceous substance " resembling soft kid-lea-
ther " (Mrs. Griffiths), and fine, rose-red colour, which becomes orange in
fresh water. Tubercles large, globose, scattered over the surface ; spots of
tetraspores extremely minute, dot-like, abundantly scattered over the upper
part of the lobes. Smell, when fresh, extremely disagreeable and peculiar.
This species is well marked by its thick substance and the minute size of
the spots of granules.

3. N. Bonnemaisoni, Ag. ; frond shortly stalked, flabel-
late or palmate, variously cleft into numerous wedge-shaped
segments, furnished near the base with irregular vanishing
nerves; spots of tetraspores roundish, scattered over the
frond. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 287. Del. Bonnemaisoni, Grev.
Crypt, t. 322.

On the stems of Larninaria digitata ; rare. Annual. Summer. Ork-
ney, Rev. Mr. Clouston. Bute, Dr. Greville. Larne, Dr. Drummond.
Youghal, Miss Ball. Torquay and Ilfracombe, Mrs. Griffiths. Tramore,
Miss Taylor. Miltown Malbay. — Frond with a short, cartilaginous stem,
broadly fan-shaped, 2 — 4 inches long and about as broad, more or less
deeply cleft in a dichotomous manner, the segments broadly wedge-shaped,

118 NITOPHYLLUM.

about equal in length. Substance very thin and delicate, closely adhering
to paper. Tubercles scattered over the frond ; spots of tetraspores smaller
than in N. punctatum, larger than in N. Hilliee, scattered over the surface
and segments.

4. N. Gmelini, Laraour. ; frond with a short stalk, more
or less fan-shaped, with a roundish outline, variously cleft
into broadly wedge-shaped segments, waved, curled, and
rather crisp, marked near the base (and sometimes over the
surface) with vague vanishing nerves ; spots of tetraspores
linear, confined to the margin. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 82 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 288 ; E. Bot. Suppl t. 2779 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 65 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxv.

On rocks and Laminaria:, &c. ; rare. Annual. Summer. Shores of
England and Ireland. — Stem short, cartilaginous, expanding into a broadly
fan-shaped or roundish frond, 2 — 4 inches, or in the Irish specimens 6
inches in breadth, more or less deeply cleft ; its surface traversed by vague
veins, which are very evident in some specimens, in others faint ; the mar-
gin smooth and even. Tubercles scattered over the surface ; spots of tetra-
spores confined to the margin, long and linear. Substance membranaceous,
crisp, and somewhat rigid when first gathered. Colour a purplish red.
Some specimens are scarcely cleft, others are divided nearly to the base
into ribbon-like segments, but all preserve a roundish outline.

5. N. laceratum, Gmel. ; frond sessile, much divided in a
dichotomous manner, marked with flexuous veins ; segments
mostly linear, variously cleft, waved or fimbriate at the mar-
gin ; spots of granules oblong, either marginal or borne
on distinct leafy processes of the margin. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 83; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 288; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
107; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxvii. F. laceratus, E. Bot. t.
1067. — 8. uncinatum ; fronds narrow, the lesser segments
hooked.

Attached to Algae, corallines, &c. ; common. Annual. Summer. —
Fronds 2—10 inches in length, much and dichotomously divided, marked
in the lower part with vague, flexuous, branching veins ; the segments of
various lengths, linear wedge-shaped ; the margin either smooth and even,
or waved, crenate, or fringed with processes. Tubercles scattered ; tetra-
spores either in marginal spots, or in leafy processes. /3. is a much
smaller state, having the ends of the branches hooked into the form of a
sickle.

6. N. versicolor, Harv. ; stem cartilaginous, elongated,
simple or branched, suddenly expanding into a broadly fan-
shaped, variously cleft frond, of a thickish-membranaceous,
highly reticulate substance and rose-red colour, becoming
golden-orange in fresh -water; the segments rounded ; the
apices generally thickened into hard, expanded calli ; fructi-
fication unknown. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ix.

PLOCAMIUM. 119

Thrown up, probably from deep water. June to August, llfracombe,
Miss Hill and Mrs. Griffiths. Youghal, Miss Hall. — Root unknown.
Stem somewhat tuberous in its lower part, half an inch to an inch high,
simple or branched ; the branches suddenly expanding into broadly fan-
shaped, more or less deeply cleft fronds ; the segments rounded, generally
entire, sometimes minutely ciliate ; the tips and sometimes the margins of
the segments much thickened, producing oblong or oval cartilaginous
bodies, one or two lines in diameter, at first smooth, afterwards ciliate, and
which, on being dissected, are found to contain innumerable minute gra-
nules. No fructification, except these bodies be such, has been detected.
The substance is much thicker and the reticulation larger than in N. Bon-
nemaisoni, which it most resembles ; and I agree with Mrs. Griffiths in
regarding it as distinct from that species, although the differences are dif-
ficult to be expressed in words, and in the absence of fructification its true
relations cannot be determined. In outline it very much resembles some
states of Rhodymenia Palmetto,, but the structure is totally dissimilar.
Mrs. Griffiths has favoured me with the following remarks : "This plant
was known to Mrs. Hare thirty years since, who called it Fucus Halensis,
I have been told, but I do not think it ever was published. Dr. Greville
described it in his Crypt. Flora as identical with J!V. JBonnemaisoni, which,
after having known this plant upwards of twenty years, .and the other
nearly as long, I cannot allow. I have never seen any sort of fruit, except
the large wart-like substance of the tips in mature age be such ; they,
when very old, appear to have a fringed margin. When wetted and cut
through under a glass, they are full of minute grains which pour out and
cloud the drop of water. The colour, when fresh, is rose-red, but fresh wa-
ter turns it a most beautiful orange. The substance is thicker than in
most, but the stem and branches are also striking. I never saw it growing,
nor in plenty, but a few fragments may be found most tides thrown up.
The N. Bonnemaisoni is sometimes found near it, but rarely." Griff,
in lift.

III. PLOCAMIUM. Lamour. [Plate 15, C.]

Frond pinky-red, linear, compressed or flat, ribless, or
faintly nerved, cellular, distichously much branched ; the ra-
muli "alternate or secund, acute. Fructification of two
kinds : spherical tubercles (coccidia), sessile or stalked, mar-
ginal or axillary, containing a mass of angular spores : 2,
lateral or axillary, simple or branched, pods (stichidia) , con-
taining a double or single row of transversely parted, oblong
tetraspores. — Name, 7rxo*a/*of, intertwined hair ; alluding to
the finely branched fronds.

1. P. coccineum, Huds. ; frond narrow, cartilaginous, pia-
no-compressed ; branches irregularly alternate, patent ; ra-
muli subulate, secund, three or four consecutively, pectinate
on their inner edges ; tubercles lateral, sessile ; stichidia
scattered, simple or branched. Grev. Ala. Brit. p. 98, t. 12 ;

120 RHODYMENIACE.E.

Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 293 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 20 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xliv. Fucus coccineus, E. Bot. t. 1342.

On rocks and Algae, common everywhere. Perennial. Summer and au-
tumn.— Root&brous. Fronds tufted, 2 — 12 inches long, excessively br*anch-
ed and busby, compressed, two-edged, very narrow, main stems half a line in
diameter, irregularly divided, thickly set with patent alternate branches,
which are throughout furnished with short distichous ram uli, which are either
simple and subulate, or bearing a second and third series of similar subu-
late ramuli from their inner face, the compound ramuli resembling small
combs. Tubercles solitary, sessile on the edge of the upper branches ;
tetraspores oblong, transversely divided into several joints, contained in
little branching receptacles borne by the ramuli.

ORDER XL RHODYMENIACE^.

Sphasrococcoideae, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 148. Endl. 3rd
Suppl. p. 55. Sphaerococceae, Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 25.
Part of Gasterocarpese, Sphaerococcoideae, and Chondrieae,
Dne. Class, p. 64—65.

DIAGNOSIS. — Purplish or blood-red sea-weeds, with an ex-
panded or filiform, inarticulate frond, composed of polygonal
cells ; occasionally traversed by a fibrous axis. Superficial
cells minute, irregularly packed, or rarely disposed in fila-
mentous series. Fructification double : 1, Conceptacles
(coccidia) external or half immersed, globose or hemispheri-
cal, imperforate, containing beneath a thick pericarp a mass
of spores affixed to a central placenta : 2, Tetraspores either
dispersed through the whole frond, or collected in indefinite,
cloudy patches.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root disk-like or branched, some-
times much matted. Frond very variable in habit and
colour, either leafy or filiform and much branched, never ar-
ticulate ; in some an intense scarlet, in some crimson, in
others brown-red or purple, usually growing somewhat darker
in drying. The leaf-like expansions of the frond are very
rarely symmetrical ; and never (except in Stenogramme,
which is scarcely a real exception) furnished with well-
defined midribs, but in several the central portion is some-
what thickened and traversed by a bundle of closely packed
filaments which constitute an internal rib. Such a rib occurs
in several of the filiform species, where it is only discoverable
on dissection. The frond is commonly dichotomously or

RHODYMENIACE^E. 121

palraately cleft; it is rarely pinnatifid, and when so cleft the
laciniae are alternate. The lower part of the frond is fre-
quently narrow and cylindrical, or contracted into a stipe,
and the outline in such species, is often a segment of
a circle, all the tips being of equal length. The substance is
seldom delicately membranous : it is more commonly rather
thick, composed of several strata of cells. The internal cel-
lular structure is rather lax, the cells being of large size, fre-
quently empty, though sometimes filled with granular matter,
polygonal, about as long as broad, and either lying close to-
gether or separated by wide air-cells or passages. Towards
the circumference the substance becomes gradually more
dense ; the cells smaller and more filled with colouring mat-
ter ; and the cells of the outermost layers are always of very
minute size. In some genera (as Gracilarid) the outer
strata of cells which form the periphery, are arranged in
lines, or filaments, perpendicular to the surface ; and these
genera indicate a passage into Cryptonemiacew, a group
which touches the present order (as at present constituted)
at many points. In the leafy species the coccidia are either
confined to the margin or scattered over the surface. They
are always prominent, very convex, and contain a mass of
spores, various in character and in degree of perfection.
Sometimes the spores are exceedingly minute and numerous,
the whole substance of the nucleus breaking up into a pow-
der ; sometimes (as in Rhod. ciliata) they are formed from
the terminal cells of radiating filaments. In the filiform spe-
cies the coccidia are either lateral, or they are, more rarely,
lodged in the centre of the branches, forming nodose swell-
ings at intervals. The tetraspores are never collected into
well-defined sori, and are most usually dispersed over the
smaller branches of the frond. When sori exist they are
spreading and cloud-like, without exact limit. In several
species the tetraspores are transversely parted or zoned ; a
character which may, perhaps, be advantageously employed
in defining genera, but which is not taken up in the present
work. Zoned tetraspores exist in Rhod. ciliata, R. jubata,
and R. bi/ida ; in Hypnea ; and in several others.

The Rhodymeniacea are widely dispersed ; all our genera
having representatives in very distant countries with very
various climates. Rhodymenia is an ill-defined genus, as it
stands at present, and will probably be eventually broken up
into several. Its species are most numerous in temperate la-
titudes, between the parallels 40° and 50° at either side the

122 RHODYMENIACEjE.

line : and many, especially of the section Calophyllis (typi-
fied by R. laciniata] are among the most splendidly coloured
of crimson and carmine Alga3. Others, as R. Hombroniana,
are clothed in royal purple ; while others, like the sober
dulse of our coasts (R. palmatd) have often nearly as much
of brown as of purple in their attire. The " dulse," whose
"crimson leaves" an American poet compares to

" a banner bathed in slaughter,"

is probably R. laciniata, a species by no means dulse (dulcis).
Stenogramme, though with but two species, inhabits two
great oceans; one of its species being a native of the shores
of California, the other of Portugal and the South of
England. Sph&rococcus is equally scattered, if <S". crinitus,
a Kamtschalkan plant, is a congener with our S. coronopi-
folius. The Gracilarite extend from high latitudes to the
tropics, and our G. confervoides and G. multipartita are
among the commonest tropical Alga?. Hypnea, typified by
H. musciformis, is chiefly tropical, and is a very common
form throughout the tropical oceans.

I have altered the name of this order, not merely for
the sake of euphony, but because Sphaerococcus does not
correctly typify the structure of the great bulk of the plants
composing the order. I have some doubts whether SphaR-
roccus should not be transferred to Cryptonemiacece, and
placed near Gelidium, an affinity already suggested by
M. Montagne. Both orders require a thorough revision,
which would probably lead to the transfer of some genera
from one to the other, and perhaps the establishment of one
or more new orders.

Many of the Rhodymeniacete are valuable in an economic
sense. On our own shores R. palmata, the Dulse of the
Scotch and Dillisk of the Irish, is largely collected on many
parts of the coast ; and in the west of Ireland it forms an im-
portant item in the household condiments. It is frequently
the only relish eaten with the potato, serving for salt and
butter. It is even brought to market in the inland towns,
forming a common article on the huckster's stall ; and I re-
member to have heard it cried about the streets of Limerick,
with the recommendation — bawled out in sonorous brogue,
— "'Twill kill the worms and cure the ladies ! " Many of the
Gracilariffi are largely used in the East as ingredients
in soups and jellies, and also as substitutes for glue. One of

STENOORAMME. 123

them (G. spinosa) is the A gar- A gar of the Chinese, and is
largely collected both for culinary purposes and as a compo-
nent part of some of the strongest Chinese glues. It has re-
cently been imported into England, and is occasionally
used instead of carrigeen, in making jellies and blancmanges.
Any other species which would boil down into jelly may
be used, as all are tasteless or nearly so, after having been
cooked.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

* Frond flat, expanded, leaf-like, dichotomous or palmate.

I. STENOGRAMME. Conceptacles linear, rib-like. [Plate

15, D.]

II. RHODYMENIA. Conceptacles hemispherical, scattered.

[Plate 16, A.]

** Frond compressed or terete, linear or filiform, much branched.

III. SPELEROCOCCUS. Frond linear, compressed, two-edged,
distichously branched, with an obscure midrib.
[Plate 16, B.]

IV. GRACILARIA. Frond filiform, compressed or flat, irre-
gularly branched ; the central cells very large. [Plate

16, C.]

V. HYPNEA. Frond filiform, irregularly branched, tra-

versed by a fibro-cellular axis. [Plate 16, D.]

I. STENOGRAMME. Harv. [Plate 15, D.]

Frond rose-red, leaf-like, nerveless, laciniate, cellular ; the
central cells large, transparent, in several rows, those next
the surface minute, coloured, closely packed. Fructification :
1, linear, convex, longitudinal, (nerve-like) Conceptacles,
containing a dense mass of minute spores ; 2, tetraspores
(unknown). — Name, from (TTEVOJ, narrow and ypo^tpj, a line ;
alluding to the linear fructification.

124 STENOGRAMME. — RHODYMENIA.

1. S. interrupt^ Ag. ; frond stipitate, membranaceous,
flabelliform, more or less deeply laciniate ; laciniae repeatedly
dichotomous, their apices obtuse ; conceptacles forming a
nerve-like line through the centre of each lacinia, and usually
abruptly terminating opposite the fork. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. clvii. Delesseria interrupta, Ag. Spec. Alg. vol. 1, p.
179.

Washed up from deep water. Annual. November. Very rare. Bovi-
sand, and near Plymouth, Dr. John Cocks (1846). Mount Edgecombe,
Rev. W. S. Hore. Minehead, Somerset, Miss Gifford. — Root discoid.
Frond with a short stem, which soon becomes compressed, and rapidly ex-
pands into a fan-shaped membrane, 3 — 5 inches long, and about as wide.
This membranous lamina is either cleft to its base into numerous, linear,
dichotomous laciniae ; or the lower half of the lamina is undivided, the up-
per variously cloven. The margin is usually flat and very entire, but now
and then sends out minute leafy lobules ; and when the segments are
injured at the apex they frequently sprout out into proliferous growth.
Barren fronds are quite nerveless ; fertile ones have the centre of each la-
cinia traversed by a slender, raised, nerve-like line, which commences just
below one of the forkiugs and terminates nearly opposite to another fork :
this is the commencement of fructification. It rarely happens that the
whole line proves fertile; but portions varying from 1 to 4 lines in length
become much thickened, raised, and of a dark red colour, and at maturity
are filled with innumerable minute spores. Substance cartilagineo-mem-
branaceous. Colour a fine, clear, pinky-red, very similar to that of Rhod.
Palmetto,, which this plant resembles in several of its external characters.
For a fuller account see Phyc. Brit. I. c.

II. RHODYMENIA. Grev. [Plate 16, A.]

Frond flat, membranaceous, orsubcoriaceous, ribless, vein-
less, cellular ; central cells of small size, those of the surface
minute. Fructification : 1, convex tubercles (coccidid) hav-
ing a thick, cellular pericarp, and containing a mass of mi-
nute spores : 2, tetraspores, either zoned or tripartite, im-
bedded among the cells of the surface, scattered, or forming
cloudy patches. — Name, p'oJeoj, red, and vpnv, a membrane.

1. R. bifida, Good, and Woodw. ; frond thin and trans-
parent, rose-red, dichotomously divided from the base ; seg-
ments linear; the apices obtuse; tubercles generally con-
fined to the margin, sessile. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 85 ; Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 289 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 66 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. xxxii. F. bifidus, E. Bot. t. 778.— 0. ciliata; frond
somewhat thicker than usual, opaque, brownish-red, narrow,
much divided ; the margins fringed with leafy cilia.

RHODYMENIA. 125

On rocks and Algae, in the sea. Annual. Summer. Frequent on the
shores of England and Ireland ; rare in Scotland. — Fronds thin and deli-
cate, 1 or 2 inches high, tufted, irregularly dichotomous, the axils rounded ;
the segments linear or somewhat wedge-form, 1 — 3 lines wide ; the apices
rounded or truncate. The margin is either entire, or fringed with minute
processes which sometimes become branches. Tubercles globose, either
marginal, or rarely scattered over the surface of the terminal lobes. Te-
traspores transversely zoned, forming cloudy spots on the upper segments,
both marginal and scattered. Colour a fine rose-red ; substance transpa-
rent and delicate, nearly as thin as in Nitophyllum ; but the cellules are
smaller and denser, and the fructification very different.

2. R. laciniata, Huds. ; frond thickish or sub-cartilagi-
nous, opaque, bright red, more or less palmate or flabelli-
form, cleft into numerous, broad, wedge-shaped segments,
which are again divided in a sub-dichotomous manner ;
the apices obtuse ; the margin, when in fructification, fringed
with minute cilia, in which the tubercles are imbedded.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 86 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 289 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 17 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxi. F. lacinia-
tus, E. Bot. t. 1068.

On rocks and stones, in deep water. Biennial ? In fruit from January to
July. — Fronds rising from a disk, several from the same base, 3 — 10 inches
long, with a short, flat stem, which soon expands into a deeply cleft frond,
divided in a dichotomous manner, the segments all becoming broader up-
wards, varying in width from half an inch to 3 or 4 inches ; the apices ob-
tuse, but frequently lacerated. When bearing tubercles the margin is
closely fringed with minute ciliary processes, in which the tubercles are
placed. Telraspores, tripartite or cruciate, forming cloudy spots along the
margin, which is then smooth and entire. Substance soft, between carti-
laginous and membranaceous, adhering to paper. Colour a fine blood red,
glossy when dry.

3. R. Palmetto,, Esper. ; stem cylindrical, sub-simple, ex-
panding into a fan-shaped, rose-red frond, which is more or
less cleft in a dichotomous manner ; the segments wedge-
shaped ; axils rounded ; apices (according to the state of
fructification), either erose or rounded ; tubercles mostly ter-
minal ; spots of tetraspores in the expanded tips. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 88, t. 12 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 290 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 109 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxiv. F. Pal-
metta, E. Bot.t. 1120.

On rocks, or the stems of Laminaria digitata. Annual. Summer and
autumn. — Stem cylindrical, filiform, becoming compressed upwards, half
an inch to 2 inches long, simple, or with one or two branches, expanding
into a fan-shaped frond, 1 or 2 inches across, deeply divided in a di-
chotomous manner. In specimens communicated by Miss Cutler, there is
scarcely any stem, and the frond is simply forked, its segments linear and
not a line in breadth ; and in others from the same lady, once-forked,

126 RHODYMENIA.

wedge-shaped fronds rise irregularly from a mass of entangled creeping
stems. Tubercles sessile, on the disk or margin, generally near the tips of the
frond. Tetraspores ternate, forming oval cloudy spots in the expanded tips
of the segments. Colour a fine pinky-red. Substance of the stein cartila-
ginous, of the frond membrauaceous, somewhat rigid, imperfectly adher-
ing to paper.

4. R. cristata, L. ; frond semicircular, membranaceous,
sub-dichotomous, the segments somewhat dilated upwards,
repeatedly subdivided, the divisions alternate, decurrent, la-
ciniate at the ends ; tubercles spherical, imbedded in the
margin of the frond." Grev. — Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 89 ; Hook.
Br. Fl, ii. p. 290. Spharococcus cristalus, Grev. Crypt, t.
85.

Parasitical on the stems of Laminaria digitata; very rare. Annual.
July. Sea-shore at Wick, Caithness, Messrs. Borrer and Hooker ; Frith
of Forth, Dr. Greville ; Berwick, Dr. Johnston ; Shetland, Prof. Forbes ;
Orkney, Dr. M'Bain. — " Fronds about an inch long, divided near the base
into several main branches, flat and even, entire at the margin, linear or
dilated upwards, about a line in width, the branches again dividing once
or twice subdichotomously, and then bearing numerous other smaller seg-
ments in an alternately pinnatifid manner, decurrent and cleft or laciniated
at the apices ; every division has a tendency to dilate upwards, so that the
circumference of the frond is extended and crowded. Fructification : ses-
sile, spherical, dark red tubercles, half the size of poppy-seed, usually
occurring towards the extremity of the tranches. Substance membrana-
ceous, or very slightly cartilaginous, adhering closely to paper in drying.
Colour a rose red, nearly similar to that of Delesseria alata." — Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 90. Quite a northern species, and very rare on our coasts.

5. R. ciliata, L. ; frond thick, sub-cartilaginous, full pur-
plish-red, rising from a short stalk, lanceolate, irregularly
pinnated with lanceolate or cleft segments, attenuated at
base; margin (and often the disk) furnished with simple,
subulate cilia, which bear the tubercles at their extremity ;
tetraspores zoned, forming cloud-like patches over the disk ;
root fibrous, creeping. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 90 ; Hook. Br.
FL ii. p. 291 ; Wijatt, Alg. Danm. No. 67 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cxxvii. F. ciliatus, E. Bot. t. 1069.

On rocks and stones near low-water mark, and at a greater depth. An-
nual. Producing fruit in winter. — Root creeping, fibrous. Frond at first
a simple, oblong or lanceolate leaf, 2 — 4 inches long, serrate or jagged at
the margins, afterwards, from the elongation of the cilia into branches,
deeply pinnatifid or lobed, the lobes simple or forked, ciliate or foliiferous
at the margins and over the surface, narrowed at base, acute at the apex,
very variable in breadth. Substance thick and cartilaginous, somewhat
rigid. Colour a full red, generally becoming darker in drying. Tubercles
spherical, on the cilia ; tetraspores transversely zoned, forming cloudy
spots on various parts of the surface.

RHODYMENIA. 127

6. R. jubata, Good, and Woodw. ; frond thickish, flaccid,
sub-cartilaginous, dull red, linear-lanceolate, much attenu-
ated or cirrhous at the apex, vaguely pinnated with segments
of the same form ; the margin (and often the disk) beset with
subulate or filiform cilia, in which both tubercles and tetra-
spores are produced on distinct plants ; root fibrous, creep-
ing. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 91 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 291 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 18 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxv. Sph. ju-
batus, Grev. Crypt, t. 359.

On rocky or gravelly shores in tide-pools. Annual. Producing fruit in
summer. Frequent. — Root a mass of creeping fibres, from which spring
several fronds. Fronds rising with a short cylindrical stem, linear-lance-
olate, attenuate, vaguely pinnated, all the branches attenuated at base,
and drawn out at the apex into long, filiform points, the margin and disk
more or less densely clothed with linear, filiform cilia, which, in some va-
rieties, are very much elongated and again branched, when the frond is
resolved into a dense entangled mass of cylindrical fibres. Substance car-
tilaginous, soft and flaccid. Colour a dull pinky red. Tubercles hemi-
spherical, placed on the cilia ; tetraspores transversely zoned, confined to
the cilia, minute. A very variable plant closely allied to the preceding,
from which it differs in the softer and more flaccid substance, different co-
lour, and especially in the granular fructification, and in producing its
fruit at a different season.

7. R. palmata, L. ; frond coriaceous or sub-membraua-
ceous, purple, broadly wedge-shaped, much and irregularly
cleft, segments sub-dichotomously divided ; margin entire,
(often winged with proliferous leaflets); tetraspores distri-
buted over the whole frond in cloud-like spots. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 93 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 291 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 110; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxvii. — ccxviii. F. palrna-
itis, E. Bot. t. 1306. — &. Sarniensis ; frond thinner, laciniated,
the segments very narrow. Grev. — F. Sarniensis, Mert.
Turn. Hist. t. 44. — y. Sobolifera ; frond stipitate, membra-
naceous, the branches very narrow below, much divided,
expanding upwards into wedge-shaped, jagged and laciniate
lobes. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxviii. jig. 2. R. sobolifera,
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 95 ; Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 63 ; E. Bot. t.
2133.

In the sea, on rocks and the stems of Laminaria, very common. — Fronds
2 — 20 inches long, tufted, of a broad wedge-shape, but very irregular in
division, sometimes palmate, sometimes more or less dichotomous, and
sometimes cleft into numerous jagged branches. Substance, when young,
membranaceous, afterwards leathery. Colour a dull purplish or brownish
red. This is the Dulse of the Scotch, Dillisk of the Irish, and is much
eaten in both countries, as well as in most of the northern states of Europe,
by the poor along the shores, and is transmitted as an article of humble
luxury over most parts of the country. It is generally eaten raw, either

128 SPH^EROCOCCUS. — GRACILARIA.

fresh from the sea or after having been dried, but is sometimes cooked.
That is preferred which grows on rocks near low-water mark, being shorter,
sweeter, and less leathery than the larger varieties ; this is frequently co-
vered with young mussel-shells, whence it is called by the hawkers " Shell-
dillisk." Cattle, especially sheep, are fond of it ; whence it has been called
Fucus ovinus by Bishop Gunner.

III. SPH.EROCOCCUS. Stack. [Plate 16, B.]

Frond cartilaginous, compressed, two-edged, linear, disti-
chously branched, with an internal rib, cellular; central cells
fibrous ; medial polygonal ; those of the periphery minute,
disposed in horizontal filaments. Fructification, spherical
tubercles (coccidia) having a thick fibro-cellular pericarp,
and containing a mass of minute spores on a central placenta.
— Name, aQaipa, a sphere, or globe, and *O*KOJ, fruit.

1. S. coronopifolius, Good, and Woodw. ; frond cartilagi-
nous, much branched in a distichous and alternate manner,
compressed and two-edged below, nearly flat above ; the
branches acute; capsules spherical, mucronate, on little stalks,
fringing the smaller branches. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 138, t.
15 ; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 304; Wyalt, Alg. Danm. No. 122 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixi. Fucus coronopifolius, E. Bot. t.
1478.

On rocky shores, near low- water mark, and beyond the tidal limit. Bi-
ennial. Summer and autumn. Not uncommon on the southern shores of
England, and the western and southern shores of Ireland. Belfast, Mr.
Templeton. Very rare in Scotland. Bute, Dr. Greville.— Fronds 6—12
inches long or more, very much branched, distichous; the main stems
compressed, two-edged, thickened in the centre, two lines broad, becoming
narrower and flatter upwards, irregularly divided in a manner between
dichototnous and alternate, the upper branches once or twice forked, the
segments set with close, alternate branches, which often bear a second
series, or branched in a regularly alternate manner; the branches all
spreading, giving the plant a fan-like outline ; the margin of the upper
branches generally fringed with minute, ciliary processes, about half a line
in length, in some of which capsules are imbedded. Tubercles spherical,
imbedded in the cilia below the tip, which is slightly produced beyond
them and bent, forming " an oblique mucro" to the capsules, the whole
not unlike the head of a bird. Colour a fine scarlet-red, darker in the
main stem. Substance cartilaginous, becoming horny in a dry state, and
imperfectly adhering to paper under pressure.

IV. GRACILARIA. Grev. [Plate 16, C.]

Frond filiform, or rarely flat, carnoso-cartilaginous, conti-
nuous, cellular; the central cells large, empty, or full of

GRACILARIA. 129

granular matter ; those of the surface minute, forming dense-
ly-packed horizontal filaments. Fructification: 1, convex
tubercles (coccidid), having a thick pericarp composed of
radiating filaments, containing a mass of minute spores on a
central placenta ; 2, tetraspores imbedded in the cells of the
surface. — Name, from gracilis, slender.

1. multipartite^ Clem. ; frond cartilagineo-membranace-
ous, tender, semi-transparent, brittle, dull purplish-red,
deeply cleft in an irregularly dichotomous or palmate man-
ner ; the branches linear-wedge-shaped ; the apices acute ;
tubercles conical, prominent, scattered over the surface.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xv. Rhodymenia polycarpa, Grev. Alg,
Brit. p. 87 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 289 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 108 ; Spharococcus polycarpus, Grev. Crypt, t. 352.

On rocks and stones in the sea; very rare. Perennial? August and
September. Shore under Tail's Hill, Plymouth, Miss Hill, abundantly,
Rev. W. S. Hore, Dr. Cocks, &c. Whitsand Bay, Dr. Jacob. Salcombe
Bay, Mrs. Wyatt. — Root a thin spreading disk. Frond 4 — 12 inches high,
cleft nearly to the base in an irregularly dichotomous manner ; sometimes
vaguely or palmately divided ; sometimes having the principal divisions
cleft into numerous secund, jagged segments ; the branches liueari-wedge-
shaped ; apices acute. Capsules large, spherical, prominent, abundantly
scattered over the frond. Granules very minute, imbedded in the frond
over its entire surface. Substance, according to Mrs. Griffiths, " when
fresh, thick, cartilaginous and tender, semi-transparent and very brittle,
and most nearly resembling that of Lau. pinnatijida ,-'' when dry, it be-
comes tough and shrinks considerably. Colour a dull purple, becoming
redder iu fresh water, pinky towards the tips.

2. G. compressa, Ag. ; frond succulent, brittle, somewhat
compressed, alternately or sub-dichotomously branched ;
branches long and mostly simple, tapering to a fine point ;
tubercles ovato-globose, sessile, scattered over the branches.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 1 25 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 299 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 25 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccv. Sphcer.
lichenoides, Grev. Crypt, t. 341, (not of Ag.)

Thrown up from deep water ; very rare. Annual. August. Sidmouth,
Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Cutler. — Fronds several from the same disk-like
base, 6 — 12 inches long, from half a line to a line and a half in diameter,
cylindrical, or somewhat compressed, either rising with a simple stem,
and set with long alternate branches, all of which are much attenuated at
base and apex; or divided near the base in a more or less dichotomous
manner, the chief divisions alternately branched, and either naked, or fur-
nished with a series of long, subulate, alternate or secund ramuli ; thus
the frond is partly dichotomous, partly pinnate. Tubercles sessile, large
and prominent, scattered plentifully over the branches. Tetraspores mi-
nute, imbedded in the branches of distinct plants, tripartite or cruciate.

K

130 HYPNEA.

Substance very tender and fragile, succulent, cartilagineo-gelatiuous.
Colour a transparent, dull red, becoming brighter in fresh water.

3. G. confervoides, L. ; frond cartilaginous, cylindrical,
filiform, irregularly (often very slightly) branched ; branches
long, sub-simple ; ramuli scattered, attenuated at each end ;
tubercles external, roundish, scattered. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
123 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 299 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
75 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixv. Fucus confervoides, E. Bot.
t. 1668. — &. procerrima ; branches very long, generally sim-
ple and almost naked, Turn. — y. albida; frond compressed,
mostly dichotomous, ramuli subulate. Turn. — £ geniculata ;
frond distorted and bent as if broken at the tubercles.

Sea-shores, not unfrequent. Perennial. Fruiting in summer and au-
tumn.— Fronds 3—20 inches long, cylindrical, as thick as small twine,
irregularly branched, generally forked or branched at base, the branches
either long and simple or dichotomously divided, either naked, or more or
less furnished with short ramuli ; all tapering upwards. Colour a pale or
deep red, becoming paler in decay. Substance rigid-cartilaginous, not ad-
hering to paper. Tubercles large, sessile, abundantly scattered over the
branches ; tetraspores minute, imbedded in the branches of distinct plants.

4. G. erecta, Grev. ; frond cylindrical, erect, sparingly di-
chotomous ; branches sub-simple ; tubercles globose, clus-
tered round the apices; tetraspores in terminal, pod-like
ramuli. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 124, t. 14; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
300; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 115. Spheerococcus erectus
Grev. Crypt, t. 357.

In the sea, on sand-covered rocks ; very rare. Perennial. Fruiting in
winter. Torquay and Sidmouth, Mrs. Griffiths. Belfast Bay. Mr. W.
Thompson. Port Ballantrae, North of Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. Round-
stone, Mr. M'-Calla. Orkney, Rev. J. H. Pollexfen, &c. — Fronds nume-
rous, rising from an expanded disk, erect, 1 or 2 inches high, simple or
once or twice forked, the branches erect, destitute of ramuli. Colour pale
or full red. Substance cartilaginous and rigid, not adhering to paper.
Tubercles spherical, clustered about the tips of the branches ; tetraspores
oblong, zoned, imbedded in lanceolate, pod-like, terminal receptacles.

V. HYPNEA, Lamour. [Plate 16, D.]

Frond filiform, cartilaginous, continuous, much branched,
cellular, with a dense, fibrocellular axis surrounded by seve-
ral rows of polygonal cells, the innermost of which are
largest, the outer gradually smaller to the circumference.
Fructification : 1, spherical tubercles (coccidia) sessile or im-
mersed in the ramuli, containing a mass of small spores ; 2,
transversely parted tetraspores imbedded in the surface-cells.

CRYPTONEMIACE,E. 131

— Name, an alteration of Hypnum, the name of a well-
known genus of mosses, in allusion to the mossy habit
of some of the original species. The type of the genus is
Fucus musciformis of Wulfen.

1. H. purpurascens, Huds. ; frond cylindrical, filiform,
bushy, excessively and irregularly branched ; ramuli seta-
ceous, acute, scattered, containing immersed spherical tuber-
cles. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxvi. Gracilaria purpurascens,
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 122 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 299 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 74, Fucus purpurascens, E. Bot. t. 1243.
Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kutz.

On rocks, stones and Algae between tide-marks ; very common. Annual.
Summer. — Root fibrous ; frond 6 inches to 2 feet high, about a line in dia-
meter ; stem generally undivided, naked below, but after the height of 1
or 2 inches, thickly clothed with alternate, patent branches, which are
either simple or forked, and in turn bear a third or fourth set, the branches
and ramuli exceedingly variable in length ; the whole plant with a bushy
character. Tubercles immersed in the ramuli ; tetraspores imbedded in
the lesser branches of distinct plants. Colour a pale purplish pink, be-
coming blackish in drying. Substance cartilaginous, imperfectly adhering
to paper.

ORDER XII. CRYPTONEMIACE^.

Cryptonemiese, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 81. Endl. 3d Suppl.
p. 36. Dne. Class, p. 63. Also Furcellariese, and part of
Chondrieee, Sphaerococcoidese and Gasterocarpeae, Id. pp.
64—65.

DIAGNOSIS. — Purplish or rose-red sea- weeds, with a filiform
or (rarely) expanded, gelatinous or cartilaginous frond, com-
posed, wholly or in part, of cylindrical cells connected toge-
ther into filaments. Axis formed of vertical, periphery of
horizontally radiating filaments. Fructification, 1, Concep-
tacles (favellidia,} globose masses of spores immersed in the
frond or in swellings of the branches. 2, tetraspores vari-
ously dispersed.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root seldom much developed,
most frequently discoid ; in some cases (as in Furcellaria]
composed of many clasping and creeping fibres. Frond
differing much in external appearance, and in colour and

K 2

132 CRYPTONEMIACE.E.

substance, but always composed in great measure, or often
altogether, of filiform strings of cells, or articulated fila-
ments. The cells or articulations of these filaments are
either long and cylindrical, or more and more ellipsoidal or
spherical, in which latter case the filaments become monili-
form. In the genera of simplest structure (Crouania, Du-
dresnaia] the substance of the frond is loosely gelatinous
and the threads are separated from each other by interposed
colourless gelatine or mucus. The frond in such cases is
highly elastic. It appears to the naked eye to be inarticulate,
but when placed under the microscope is resolved into bun-
dles of coloured filaments, radiating from a transparent bed.
In the next advance of structure (as in Catenella and Haly-
menia] the filaments composing the outer coat of the frond
are closely compacted and formed into a sort of membrane,
while those belonging to the axis form a lax net-work, sur-
rounded by mucus. In still more perfect genera (Gigartina,
Gelidium, &c.) the substance becomes more and more firm ;
the cells of the axis are closely entwined, and anastomosing,
and those of the periphery very minute, and cohere strongly
by their sides. Thus at last we have structures formed as
close and hard as those built up of polygonal cells. But the
loose and fibrous structure characteristic of Cryptonemiaceas
becomes apparent in such plants as the Gigartinae when the
frond is allowed to soak for some time in fresh water, or when
plunged for an instant into boiling water. A piece of Gigar-
tina acicularis thus treated will be changed into a body
having the appearance, under the microscope, of a Dudres-
naia or Nemaleon. The habit of the loosely gelatinous gene-
ra is generally filiform, and branching. That of more perfect
genera often shows a disposition to form leafy membranes,
and in the most perfect the leafy branches have imperfect
midribs, as is the case in Suhria and some species of Gelidi-
um, and Phyllophora. Ginannia is remarkable for having
a cylindrical frond, with a dense rib-like axis, surrounded by
a space of much laxer structure intervening between the
axis and true periphery: — the axis is much more strongly
developed in some specimens than in others, and often looks
especially in dried specimens of broad fronds, like a true
midrib. The leaf-like fronds in this order are rarely deli-
cately membranaceous. They are more frequently thick and
fleshy, as in our Iridaa, and in many exotic species of Gi-
yartina with the external habit of Iridaa. — There is nearly
as much variety in the appearance and disposition of the

CRYPTONEMIACE^E. 138

fruit in this order as there is in the substance of the frond.
In the simplest and most characteristic forms the favellidia
or masses of spores are immersed in the substance of the
frond itself, either wholly concealed beneath the surface cells,
or their place is indicated by a minute pore through which
the spores are finally liberated. Such a fructification differs
from the coccidium (the proper fruit of the two preceding
orders) in the absence of any definite pericarp. But it is
difficult to deny pericarps, in the same sense of that word,
to Gigartina and Gelidtvm, or even to Catenella. Insensi-
ble gradations connect the properly immersed favellidia of
Halymenia with the conceptacular fructification of Gigartina;
and, in doubtful cases, plants of this order are to be known
from Rhodymeniaceae more by the fibroso-cellular structure
of the frond than by difference in conceptacular fructifica-
tion. The tetraspores are in the less organized genera
attached to the threads of the periphery, and scattered over
them ; — in many others they are immersed among the peri-
pheric threads, and appear to be formed from one of the
cells of the thread. In others, several consecutive cells are
so transmuted ; and sometimes the periphery bulges out into
warts of irregular size and shape, called nemathecia. When
these warts first appear they consist wholly of vertical fila-
ments in no respect different from those of other portions of
the peripheric stratum, but after a time each thread is changed
into a string of bead-like tetraspores, a structure beautifully
shown in Gymnogongrus Griffithsiae. The common form of
the tetraspore is tripartite, but many species have cruciate
tetraspores, and others have zoned ones.

This is the largest, as well as most multiform, order of
Rhodosperms, and is, under one form or other, widely dis-
persed. Several of our genera are cosmopolitan, and even
some of the species are dispersed through most parts of the
temperate and tropical ocean. Gelidium corneum is found
on all the shores of Europe, and at both sides of the Ameri-
can Continent, as well as in South Africa and New Holland ;
and GrateloupiaJiHcina, which perhaps attains its northern
limit in the South of England, is very widely scattered along
the shores of the warmer parts of the Atlantic, and abounds
in the Mediterranean and Indian Oceans. Gigartina acicu-
laris and G. pistillata are both natives of the Southern Ocean ;
G. mamillosa has been brought from California. Gymno-
gongrus plicatus is equally widely dispersed. Gigartina
Teedii, so rare with us, is a common plant in the south of

134 CRYPTONEMIACEjE.

Europe, where it produces fruit abundantly, and where the
branches are very much broader than they are in English
specimens. This plant is very closely allied to G. Chauvini
and G. Chamissoi of South America, species of larger size,
some of whose forms are with difficulty distinguished from
some broad states of G. Teedii from the Adriatic. Several of
the southern Gigartina have flat fronds two or three feet long
and or two feet broad, resembling gigantic Iridaea, but hav-
ing a structure identical with that of the filiform kinds.

Many of the Cryptonemiacese may be used as food ; and
among others, the Carrageen (Chondrus crispus) has been
largely employed both as an esculent, in the shape of jellies
and blancmanges, and for the manufacture of size for calico
printers. It has also been recommended for fattening calves,
being boiled to a jelly and then mixed with milk. If boiled
in water, and thickened with refuse potatoes or meal, it forms
no bad provender for swine. It is nearly tasteless, and boils
down to a strong jelly. Gigartina mamillosa has similar pro-
perties, and is often substituted for Chondrus. Iridcea edulis,
notwithstanding its specific name, is much less frequently
made use of, but in some parts of England and Scotland it
is said to be eaten by the fishermen, either raw, or after hav-
ing been pinched between hot irons or fried ; and is said to
taste like roasted oysters.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

Sub-order 1. COCCOCARPE.E. Frond solid, dense, cartilagi-
nous or horny. Favellidia contained in semi-external or
external tubercles, or swellings of the frond.

I. GRATELOUPIA. Frond pinnated, flat, narrow, membra-

naceo-cartilaginous, of very dense structure. Favel-
lidia immersed in the branches, communicating with
the surface by a pore. Tetraspores scattered. [Plate

17, A.]

II. GELIDIUM. Frond pinnated, compressed, narrow,

horny, of very dense structure. Favellidia immersed
in swollen ramuli. Tetraspores forming subdefined
sori in the ramuli. [Plate 17, B.]

III. GIGARTINA. Frond cartilaginous, cylindrical or com-
pressed, its flesh composed of anastomosing filaments,

CRYPTONEMIACE^E. 135

lying apart in firm gelatine. Favellidia contained
within external tubercles. Telraspores massed toge-
ther in dense sori, sunk in the frond. [Plate 17, C.]

Sub-order 2. SPONGIOCARPE.E. Frond solid, dense, cartilagi-
nous or horny. Favellidia of several imperfectly known.
Wart-like swellings composed of filaments sometimes con-
taining tetraspores, sometimes spores.

IV. CHONDRUS. Frond flabelliform, dichotomously cleft,
cartilaginous, of very dense structure. Tetraspores
collected into sori, immersed in the substance of the
frond. [Plate 17, D.]

V. PHYLLOPHORA. Frond stipitate, rigid membranaceous,

proliferous from the disk, of very dense structure.
Tetraspores in distinct superficial sori, or in proper
leaflets. [Plate 18, A.J

VI. PEYSSONELIA. Frond depressed, expanded, rooting
by the under surface, concentrically zoned, membra-
naceous or coriaceous. Tetraspores contained in su-
perficial warts. [Plate 14, D.]

VII. GYMNOGONGRUS. Frond filiform, dichotomous, horny,
of very dense structure. Tetraspores strung together,
contained in superficial wart-like sori. [Plate 18, B.]

VIII. POLYIDES. Root scutate. Frond cylindrical, dicho-
tomous, cartilaginous. Favella contained in spongy,
external warts. Tetraspores scattered through the
peripheric stratum of the frond, cruciate. [Plate
18, D.]

IX. FURCELLARIA. Root branching. Frond cylindrical,
dichotomous, cartilaginous. Favellm unknown. Te-
traspores deeply imbedded among the filaments of
the periphery, in the swollen, pod-like, upper branches
of the frond, transversely zoned. [Plate 18, C.J

Sub-order 3. GASTROCARPE.E. Frond gelatinoso-membrana-
ceous, or fleshy, often of lax structure internally. Favel-
lidia immersed in the central substance of the frond, very
numerous.

X. DUMONTIA. Frond cylindrical, tubular, membrana-

ceous. Tufts of spores attached to the wall of the
tube, on the inside. [Plate 20, A.]

136 CRYPTONEMIACE,E.

XI. HALYMENIA. Frond compressed or flat, gelatinoso-
membranaceous, the membranous surfaces separated
by a few slender, anastomosing filaments. Masses of
spores attached to the inner face of the membranous
wall. [Plate 19, D.]

XII. GINANNIA. Frond cylindrical, dichotomous, tra-
versed by a fibrous axis ; the walls membrauaceous.
Masses of spores attached to the inner face of the
membranous wall. [Plate 19, C.]

XIII. KALLYMENIA. Frond expanded, leaf-like, fleshy-
membranous, solid, of dense structure. Favellidia
like pimples, half immersed in the frond, and scat-
tered over its surface. [Plate 19, B.]

XIV. IRID^EA. Frond expanded, leaf-like, thick, carnoso-
coriaceous, solid, of dense structure. Favellidia
wholly immersed, densely crowded. [Plate 19, A.]

XV. CATENELLA. Frond filiform, branched, constricted
at intervals into oblong articulations ; the tube filled
with lax filaments. [Plate 20, B.]

Sub-order 4. GLOIOCLADIE.E. Frond loosely -gelatinous ;
the filaments of which it is composed tying apart from one
another, surrounded by a copious gelatine. Favellidia
immersed among the filaments of the periphery.

XVI. CRUORIA. Frowc? crustaceous, skin-like. [Plate 20, C.]

XVII. NACC ARIA. Frond filiform, solid, cellular ; the ra-
muli only composed of radiating, free filaments.
[Plate 20, D.]

XVIII. GLOIOSIPHONIA. Frond tubular, hollow ; the walls
of the tube composed of radiating filaments. [Plate

21, A.]

XIX. NEMALEON. Frond filiform, solid, elastic, filament-
ous ; the axis composed of closely packed filaments ;
the periphery of moniliform, free filaments. [Plate
21, B.]

XX. DUDRESNAIA. Frond filiform, solid, gelatinous, fila-
mentous; the axis composed of a network of anasto-
mosing filaments ; the periphery of moniliform, free
filaments. [Plate 21, C.]

XXI. CROUANIA. Frond filiform, consisting of a jointed
filament, whorled at the joints with minute, multifid,
gelatinous ramelli. [Plate 21, D.]

GELIDIUM. 137

I. GRATELOUPIA, Ag. [Plate 17, A.]

Frond flat, pinnate, membranaceous, flexible, solid, com-
posed of densely interwoven, anastomosing, branching fila-
ments ; those of the periphery moniliform, short, and very
strongly compacted together. Fructifiction : 1, globular
masses of spores (flavellidia] immersed beneath the periphe-
ric stratum, and communicating with the surface by a pore ;
2, cruciate tetraspores, vertically placed among the filaments
of the periphery, in subdefined sori. — Named in honour of
Dr. Grateloup, a French algologist.

1. G. Jilicina, Wulf. ; frond linear, attenuated at each
extremity, irregularly once or twice pinnated with branches
contracted at the base, and tapering to the apex. Grev. Alg.
Brit. p. 151, t. 16; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 306; Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 123; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. c. Fucus filicinus,
Turn. Hist. t. 150.

On rocks and stones at half-tide level, frequent!} where a small stream-
let runs into the sea ; very rare. Perennial. October to December.
Sidmouth and Ilfracombe, Miss Cutler. Land's End, Mr. Ralfs. Ilfra-
combe and Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths. Mount's Bay and Aberystwith, Mr.
Ralfs. — Fronds tufted, rising from a minute disk, seldom more than two
inches high in British specimens, (exotic ones are often 8 — 10 inches),
from half a line to a line in breadth, with an undivided or once forked,
flexuous stem, which tapers to the base and apex, naked at base, its upper
half, and often its greater length, more or less set with opposite or alter-
nate, distichous, flexuous branches or pinnee, which are either simple, or
clothed in the upper part with a second series of pinnulae ; all the branches
and ramuli linear, attenuated at the apex, and more or less contracted at
base. Substance membrauaceous, more or less perfectly adhering to paper.
Colour a dull, dark purple or greenish, very like that of Dumontia Jilifor-
inis. Favellidia minute, immersed in the branches, with a pore ; cruciate
tetraspores in the smaller pinnules. This last sort of fruit I find in speci-
mens communicated by Mrs. Griffiths, from Ilfracombe and Hagingtou,
October, 1836.

II. GELIDIUM, Lamour. [Plate 17, B.]

Frond linear, compressed, pinnated, corneous, solid ; its
axis composed of densely interwoven, longitudinal, tenacious
fibres ; the periphery of small, polygonal cells. Fructifica-
tion: 1, tubercles (flavellidia) immersed in swollen ramuli,
containing a spherical mass of oblong spores ; 2, tetraspores
immersed in the ramuli, bipartite or tripartite. — Name, from
gelu, frost ; whence also gelatine : but none of the species
of the restricted genus are gelatinous.

138 GELIDIUM.

1. G. corneum, Huds. ; frond between cartilaginous and
horny, nearly flat, distichously branched ; branches linear,
attenuated at each end, pinnate and bipinnate ; pinnules
mostly opposite, patent, obtuse, bearing within their apices
elliptical tubercles, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 141, t. 15; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 305 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 30 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. liii. Fucus corneus, E. Bot. t. 1970.

On rocky shores, very common. Perennial. Summer. — Of this most
variable plant the following varieties are enumerated by Dr. Greville, in
his excellent ' Alga Brilannicte.'

ft. sesquipedale ; frond 4 — 8 inches high, between com-
pressed and flat, linear, tripinnate, pinnae attenuated at their
base, rauauli linear-oblong, short, obtuse.

Sidmouth, Dr. Greville.

y. pinnatum ; frond 2 — 6 inches high, narrow, tripinnate,
the pinnae patent, nearly linear, bluntish. Turn.

Coasts of Cornwall, Devonshire, &c., Hudson. Bute, Dr. Greville.

d. uniforme ; all the pinnae patent, attenuated at the base,
obtuse at the points and scattered. Turn.

Ilfracombe, Goodenough.

e. capillaceum ; frond 5 or 6 inches high, narrow, pinnae
clustered towards its summits, nearly setaceous and some-
what erect. Turn.

King's Cove, Cornwall, Turner. Sidmouth, Dr. Greville.

£. latifolium ; frond 2 or 3 inches long, 1 or 2 lines broad,
nearly flat, pinnae linear-lanceolate, mostly simple, set with
numerous, short, setaceous pinnulae.

Trevone Bay, Cornwall ; and Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths. Sidmouth, Dr.
Greville. Malbay.

». confertum ; frond 2 or 3 inches high, compressed re-
peatedly pinnated, pinnae and pinnulae long, very thin, acute,
and irregularly divided.

Devonshire, Mrs. Griffiths. Bute, Dr. Greville.

6. aculeatum ; frond 1 or 2 inches high, compressed,
very thin, pinnated very irregularly, pinnae divaricated, irre-
gularly divided, and set with minute, divaricate, subulate ra-
muli, crowded toward the summit of the frond.

Mount's Bay, Mrs. Griffiths.

i. abnorme ; frond 2 inches high, compressed, irregularly

GIGARTINA. 139

branched, branches and pinnae producing at their extremities
little tufts of partly derlexed ramuli.
North of Cornwall, Mrs. Griffiths.

K. pulchellum ; frond capillary, compressed, tripinnate,
pinnae between linear and clavate, obtuse. Turn.
Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins.

x. claviferum ; frond sub-cylindrical, capillary, irregularly
divided, the ultimate ramuli or pinnulae obovate, edged with
minute, scattered teeth.

Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins.

I*, clavatum ; frond capillary, between cartilaginous and
membranaceous, decumbent, creeping, ramuli in the form of
inversely-lanceolate or ovate leaves, much attenuated at their
insertion.

South of England, frequent. Frith of Forth, Dr. Richardson.

v. crinale ; frond setaceous, sub-cylindrical, somewhat di-
chotomously branched, sometimes three-forked at the top,
and bearing a few elliptical-oblong ramuli attenuated at their
insertion.

East and south of England. Belfast Lough, Mr. Templeton.

2. G. cartilagineum, L. ; frond several times pinnated,
the pinnae horizontal, alternate ; tubercles elliptical, mucro-
nate, terminating the smaller pinnulae. Grev. Hook. Br. Fl.
ii. p. 304. Fucus cartilagineus, E. Bot. t. 1477.

On rocks in the sea. Perennial. A very doubtful native of our shores.
It was once found by Dr. Withering at Freshwater Bay, Isle of Wight,
where its presence was probably accidental. — Frond 12 — 18 inches long,
rising from a mass of fibres ; the stems naked at base, in the upper part bi-
tripinnate, the pinna? and pinnulae alternate, gradually diminishing in size.
Colour a fine, dark purple, becoming scarlet, orange, yellow, and finally
greenish on exposure. Substance cartilaginous, horny when dry. This
plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.

III. GIGARTINA. Lamour. [Plate 17, C.]

Frond cartilaginous (filiform, compressed, or flat), irregu-
larly divided, purple or dark red ; the central substance com-
posed of rather lax, branching and anastomosing filaments ;
the periphery of dichotomous filaments distantly set in pellu-
cid jelly their apices moniliform and strongly united together.
Fructification : 1, external tubercles containing, on a cen-
tral placenta, dense clusters of spores (favellidia) held
together by a network of threads ; 2, tetraspores scattered

140 GIGARTINA.

among the filaments of the periphery. — Name, from y
a grapestone, which the tubercles resemble. G. pislillata is
not unlike the stalk of a bunch of raisins, from which the
fruit has been removed, leaving the pedicels only.

1. G. pistillata, Gmel. ; frond compressed, stipitate, fla-
bellately branched ; branches repeatedly forked, with wide,
rounded axils, naked or pinnated with short, horizontal,
subulate ramuli, which bear the tubercles at or near their
tips. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 146 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 300.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxii. Fucus gigartinus, E. Bot.
t. 908.

On rocks, near low-water mark ; very rare. Perennial. Spring. Coast
of Cornwall, in several places. Jersey. — Root an expanded disk. Fronds
several from the same base, 3 — 6 inches long, compressed or subcylindri-
cal, from half a line to a line in diameter, tapering at base, rising with a
simple stem for an inch or two, then once or twice forked, the segments
elongatad and again repeatedly forked towards the extremities ; the apices
acute, and branches erect, the upper branches, in fruit-bearing specimens,
pinnated with short, horizontal, simple or forked, or sometimes with pin-
nated ramuli, from 2 lines to £ an inch long. Tubercles seated on the
sides or terminating the ramuli, spherical, depressed in the centre, of the
colour of the frond, with a thick opaque coating, containing a mass com-
posed of several distinct clusters of very minute spores. Substance cartila-
ginous when recent, horny when dry. Colour a dull purple, becoming
darker in drying. The Irish station noticed in ' Mag. Nat. Hist.' vol. ix.
p. 148, is incorrect.

2. G. acicularis, Wulf. ; frond cylindrical, filiform, irregu-
larly branched, between pinnated and dichotomous ; branches
divaricating, curved ; ramuli few, scattered, very patent,
subulate, often secund ; tubercles spherical, scattered on the
branches. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 147, t. 16 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 300 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 26 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
civ. Fucus acicularis > E. Bot. t. 2190.

On rocks, near low-water mark ; rare. Annual ? Winter. Several
places on the coasts of Devon and Cornwall. At Torquay, in December,
with tubercles very fine, Mrs. Griffiths. Belfast Bay, Mr. Templeton,
(Turner). — Fronds tufted, 2 — 4 inches high, with a simple or forked,
arched or wavy stem, set with patent or horizontal, alternate or secund
branches of about equal length, and which are either naked or furnished
with a second or third series; branches cylindrical, about half a line in
diameter, acuminate ; ramuli subulate, pinnate or secund, of unequal
length. Tubercles spherical, sessile on the smaller branches, or occasion-
ally terminating the ramuli, scattered or clustered. Substance cartilagi-
nous. Colour a dull purple-red, darker when dry.

3. G. Teedii, Turn. ; frond membranaceous, flaccid (horny
when dry), flat, linear, acuminate, repeatedly pinnated with
slender, horizontal, distichous, subulate ramuli ; capsules

CHONDRUS. 141

globose, on the ramuli. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 96 ; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 301 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 28 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclxvi. Sph. Teedii, Grev. Crypt, t. 356.

On rocks at extreme low water, very rare. Perennial. Elberry Cove
and Tor Abbey Bocks, Mrs. Griffiths. — Fronds 2 — 5 inches high, from
half a line to a line in width; stem cylindrical, soon becoming compressed,
and finally flattened, either forked at the base or simple, set at intervals
of about a line with long, horizontal, distichous branches, attenuated at
each end, and pinnated with a second or third series of patent subulate
ramuli ; the whole forming a broadly ovate or fan-shaped frond. The ra-
muli are frequently very much lengthened out and filiform. Tubercles
have not yet been found in this country ; they occur on the ramuli. Co-
lour purplish, becoming brighter in fresh water, and finally yellowish.
Substance flaccid, but becoming horny when dry, and not adhering to
paper.

4. G. mamillosuSj Good, and Woodw. ; frond thick, flabel-
liform, channelled, irregularly dichotomous; segments ob-
long-wedge-shaped ; tubercles roundish or ovate, supported
on little stalks, scattered over the disk of the frond. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 127 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 302 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 117; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxcix. ; E. Bot. t.
1054.

On rocks and stones near low-water mark, common. Perennial. Au-
tumn and winter. — Fronds 3 — 6 inches high, cylindrical at base, but gra-
dually widening into a compressed, and finally flat, wedge-shaped frond,
which is either once or twice forked or repeatedly dichotomous ; the seg-
ments all wedge-shaped, from a line to half an inch in breadth ; the apices
acute. Tubercles roundish, borne on short, filiform processes, produced in
great plenty by the surface of the upper segments, and which, in cases of
imperfect fructification become leaflets. Colour a dark purple. Substance
tough.

IV. CHONDRDS. [Plate 17, D.]

Frond cartilaginous, nerveless, compressed or flat, flabel-
liform, dichotomously cleft, formed internally of three strata ;
the inner of densely packed longitudinal fibres ; the medial
of small, roundish cells ; the outer of vertical, coloured mo-
niliform filaments. Fructification : 1, prominent tubercles
(nemathecia) composed of radiating filaments, whose lower
articulations are at length formed into spores (?) ; 2, tetras-
pores collected into sori, immersed in the substance of the
frond ; 3, favellidia, immersed in the frond, and scattered
over its segments, containing minute spores. — Name, from
x;ovfy>of, cartilage.

1. C. crispus, L. ; frond, thickish, cartilaginous, dichoto-

142 PHYLLOPHORA.

mous, flat or curled ; segments wedge-shaped, very variable
in breadth ; apices truncate, sub-emarginate, or cloven, axils
obtuse ; sori concave on one side. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 129, t.
15 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 302 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. Nos. 118
and 119; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixiii. Fucus crispus, E.
Bot. t. 2285.

On rocky sea shores, very common. Perennial. Spring. — Fronds densely
tufted, 2 — 10 inches high, narrow and sub-cylindrical at base, but soon
becoming flat, repeatedly forked, very variable in breadth ; segments from
I — 4 lines wide, flat or curled ; the axils generally rounded. Sori oval,
imbedded in the frond, prominent on one side and concave on the other,
containing minute cruciate tetraspores. Colour, various shades of purple
or greenish ; in shallow pools near high-water mark, generally yellow or
pale green. Substance horny when dry. This is the Carriyeen, or Irish
Moss of the shops.

2. C. norvegicus, Gunn. ; frond linear, dichotomous, flat,
the axils patent, the apices rounded ; favellidia minute, im-
bedded in the substance ; nemathecia prominent, sessile,
scattered over both surfaces of the frond. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 130 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 120 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
clxxxvii. ; E. Bot. t. 1080.

Rocky shores near low-water mark, rare. Annual ? September to
March. Chiefly in the south of England and Ireland. Saltcoals, Rev .
D. Landsborough. — Fronds 2 — 3 inches high, with a cylindrical stem from
a quarter to half an inch long, thence flat, 1 or 2 lines wide, and repeatedly
dichotomous. Favellidia (very rare, and hitherto only found by Mrs.
Griffiths), about the size of poppy-seed, imbedded in the frond, containing
a mass of minute spores. Warts or nemathecia common, roundish, nearly
a line in diameter, scattered over the frond, composed of beaded filaments.
Substance thinner than in C. crispus. Colour a deep, rather dull, blood-
red.

V. PHYLLOPHORA. Grev. [Plate 18, A.]

Frond stipitate, rigid-membranaceous, proliferous, nerve-
less or with a vanishing nerve, cellular ; cells minute, angu-
lar, gradually smaller towards the surface. Fructification :
1, tubercles (favellidia ?) scattered over the frond, contain-
ing masses of minute spores ; 2, warts (nemathecia} seated
on the frond, composed of radiating, moniliform filaments,
whose lower articulations are at length converted into spores;
3, tetraspores, collected into sori, either towards the apex of
the frond, or in proper leaflets. — Name, from <pu\tov, a leaf,
and <popsu, to bear.

1. Ph. rubens, L. ; stem very short, expanding into a sub-
linear, simple or forked, membranaceous, obscurely mid-

PHYLLOPHORA. 143

ribbed frond, which is repeatedly proliferous from the surface ;
tubercles sessile, wrinkled, or crested with sinuous folds ;
warts concealed under leafy processes. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
135, t. 15; Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 303; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 29 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxi. Fucus rubens, E. Bot.
t. 1053.

On rocks, &c. near low-water mark. Perennial. Winter. Not un-
common on the shores of England and Ireland ; more rare in Scotland,
and chiefly on the western shores. — Fronds tufted, 3 — 8 inches long , stem
minute, cylindrical, gradually expanding into a liuear-wedged-shaped,
simple or forked frond, furnished at base with a faint midrib, and one or
two inches long, from the surface of which, near the tips of the segments,
springs a second frond similar to the primary, but generally more repeatedly
dichotomous, and this bears from its apices new fronds in like manner ;
apices blunt. Substance membranaceous, rather rigid, not adhering to
paper. Colour a fine, deep, blood-red. Tubercles minute, scattered over
the frond, with a thick, opaque, wrinkled skin, containing a mass of minute
spores. Nemathecia immersed in the bases of little leafy processes, plen-
tifully borne by the surface of distinct plants.

2. Ph. membranifolius, Good, and Woodw. ; stem cylin-
drical, filiform, branched ; the branches expanding into
broadly wedge-shaped, membranaceous, two-lobed or dicho-
tomous segments ; tubercles roundish, on short stalks arising
from the stem. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxiii. ; Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 131 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 302 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
76. Fucus membranifolius, E. Bot. t. 1965.

On rocky sea shores between tide-marks, frequent. Perennial. October
to March. — Fronds 3 — 12 inches high; stem cylindrical, filiform, irregu-
larly branched, the branches expanding into wedge-shaped or fan-shaped,
dichotomously cleft, flat, membranaceous frondlets, about an inch in length,
and more or less divided. Tubercles borne on short stalks by the branches.
Nemathecia also frequently occur on the froudlets, where they form long
deep red spots, composed of beaded filaments. The substance of the stem
is cartilaginous, of the frondlets membranaceous.

3. Ph. Brodicei, Turn. ; root a small disk ; stem cylindri-
cal, filiform, branched, the branches expanding into oblong,
cuneiform, simple or forked, flat, membranaceous frondlets,
which are proliferous from their extremity ; nemathecia ses-
sile on the tips of the segments. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xx.
(excl. fig. 2, 3, 4) ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 133 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 303. Fucus Brodiai, E. Bot. t. 1966.

On rocks in the sea, rare. Perennial. Spring. Eastern coast of Scot-
land, frequent, Mr. Brodie, Mr. Stewart, Dr. Greville, fyc. Mouth of the
Bann, Co. Dewy, Mr. D. Moore. Belfast Bay, Mr. W. Thompson.—
Frond 1 — 8 inches high ; stem cylindrical, variable in length, simple or
branched, its branches expanding into oblong, flat, forked or simple,

144 PEYSSONELIA.

wedge-shaped leaves, varying in breadth from two to four lines, and in
length from one to three inches ; the segments somewhat truncate, often
proliferous from the apex, the young shoot rising with a cylindrical stem,
which soon expands into a frondlet resembling the primary one, and this,
in its turn, gives birth to a second or third. Nemathecia large, globose,
dark red, sessile on the tips of the frond, at length converted into monili-
form strings of tetraspores, (J. Ag.)

4. Ph. Palmettoides, J. Ag. ; root a widely-expanded
disk ; stem cylindrical, filiform, simple or branched, expand-
ing into an oblong, narrow-obovate or cuneate, simple or but
once forked, rose-coloured frond, which is sometimes proli-
ferous ; sorus solitary, transverse, elliptical, near the apex of
the frond, immersed in its substance. Chotidrus Brodicei
fl. simplex, Grev. Alg. Brit, p. 133; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 121 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xx.^</. 2, 3, 4.

On rocks, near low-water mark. Perennial. Winter and spring. Bare.
Coasts of Devonshire and Cornwall. — Root a broad discoid expansion, an
inch or more across, from which a large number of stems issue. Stem fili-
form, half an inch to an inch high, simple or branched, terminating in a
rose-coloured, membranaceous, linear-obovate or cuneate, mostly simple
leaf, one or two inches long. This leaf is sometimes forked, and sometimes
bears small leaflets from its disk or apex. Towards the apex of the leaf,
in fertile specimens, is a large transverse, elliptical sorus, immersed in the
substance of the frond, composed of a multitude of minute tetraspores.
No other fructification has been observed. Nearly allied to the preceding,
but distinguished by the position of the sori, the brighter colour of the
frond, and form of the root.

VI. PEYSSONELIA. Dne. [Plate 14, D.]

Frond brownish red, depressed, rooting by the under-sur-
face, concentrically zoned, composed of several rows of cells,
disposed obliquely in filamentous, vertical series. Fructifi-
cation^ warts scattered over the upper surface of the frond,
formed of radiating filaments, and containing oblong, cru-
ciately-divided tetraspores. — Name in honour of J. A. Peys-
sonel, an early and meritorious observer of marine plants.

P. Dubyi, Crouan ; frond membranaceous, orbicular or
lobed, attached by the whole of the under surface. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxi. (colour much too pale.}

Hob. On old shells, stones, &c. on scallop-banks, in 10 — 15 feet water.
Shores of the British Islands, not uncommon. — Frond 1 — 2 inches across,
at first orbicular, afterwards irregularly lobed, membranaceous, thin, ad-
hering closely by its lower surface, which is clothed with short radicles, to
the surface on which it grows. Warts of fructification scattered, containing
a few large cruciate tetraspores, wilh very wide limbi. Colour dull brown-
red. The figure in Phyc. Brit, is badly coloured.

GYMNOGONGRUS. 145

VII. GYMNOGONGRUS. Mart. [Plate 18, B.]

Frond cylindrical or compressed, horny, much branched,
its substance composed of densely packed filaments, of which
the innermost are longitudinal, the middle curving outwards,
and the external stratum (or periphery) horizontal and mo-
niliform. Fructification naked warts entirely composed of
bead-like strings of cruciate tetraspores. — Name, from yv^vog,
naked, and yoyypog, a word applied by Theophrastus to the
wartlike excrescences often seen on trees.

1. G. Griffithsice, Turn. ; frond filiform, flexuous, carti-
laginous, stipitate, many times dichotomous, the apices
fastigiate, forked, warts of fructification oblong, at length
surrounding the stem. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 149 ; Hook. Br.
Fl. ii. p. 301 ; Wyait, Alg.' Danm. No. 28 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cviii. Fucus Grijfit/tsice, E. Bot. t. 1926.

On rocks in the sea. Perennial. Autumn and winter. Coast of De-
vonshire, Mrs. Griffiths. Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins. Balbriggan, Dr.
Scott. Orkney. — Fronds tufted, entangled, 2 — 4 inches high, slender and
filiform, many times dichotomous, the axils patent, the apices nearly of
equal length, giving the plant a rounded outline ; branches flexuous, of
equal diameter throughout, obtuse. Fructification, so far as known, con-
sisting of oblong warts, surrounding the stem, composed of articulated
filaments, whose cells are afterwards changed into cruciate tetraspores,
strung together like beads. Each tetraspore is brilliant as a ruby, and
marked with a slender St. George's cross. Substance cartilaginous, some-
what horny when dry. Colour a dull purplish-red,

2. G. ? piicata, Huds. ; frond horny, cylindrical, filiform,
very irregularly branched, entangled, wiry ; branches sub-
dichotomous ; axils obtuse ; ramuli often secund ; fructifica-
tion, oblong warts composed of obscurely jointed filaments.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 150; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 301; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 116; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxviii. Fu-
cus plicatus, E. Bot. t. 1089.

On rocky sea shores. Perennial. — Fronds 4 — 10 inches long, entangled,
rigid and wiry, cylindrical, as thick as hogs' bristles, of equal diameter
throughout, irregularly branched, dichotomous, with very rounded axils,
more or less furnished with horizontal ramuli, which sometimes spread in
all directions. Fruit, as far as known, oblong warts embracing the stem,
and composed of very slender jointed threads ; but I have never succeeded
in finding spores or tetraspores. The structure in this plant is very much
more dense than in G. Griffithsiee, and the filaments of which it is com-
posed much more slender. Colour a blackish purple, whitish in decay.

146 POLYIDES. FURCELLARIA.

VIII. POLYIDES. Ag. [Plate 18, D.J

Root an expanded disk. Frond cylindrical, dichotomous,
cartilaginous, solid ; the axis consisting of densely-packed,
longitudinal, interlacing and anastomosing filaments ; the
periphery of coloured, horizontal, dichotomous filaments,
whose lower half is composed of large, elliptical cells, their
upper half of much smaller, submoniliform cellules. Fructi-
fication: 1, oblong, irregular, spongy warts, composed of
dichotomous filaments, through which are scattered ellipsoidal
favellce, having a broad, pellucid limbus ; 2, cruciate tetra-
spores immersed among the filaments of the periphery of the
frond. — Name from sroxv, many, and idea, form or appearance.

1. P. rotundus, Gmel. ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 70, t. 11;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 284 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 161 ; Harv-
Phyc. Brit. t. xcv. Fucus rotundus, E. Bot. t. 1738.

On rocks and stones in the sea. Perennial. Autumn and winter.
Southern and Eastern shores of England and Ireland. Bather rare in
Scotland. — Root an expanded disk. Fronds 4 — 6 inches high, as thick as
whip-cord, of a dark purplish brown colour, terete, repeatedly dicholo-
mous, the tips fastigiate, giving the plant a rounded outline when displayed ;
the axils rounded. Fructification : " spongy pale or pink warts on the
sides of the upper branches, at first roundish or oblong and scattered, but
at length 2 — 4 lines long and 1 or 2 lines thick, sometimes creeping all
round the frond, and occasionally several, becoming confluent, extend for
nearly an inch along the branches. The warts are naked or destitute of
any epidermis, composed of white articulate filaments, radiating horizon-
tally from the frond, and containing numerous imbedded clusters of spores
(favellce), each cluster surrounded by a pellucid limbus." Grev. Besides
this fructification, Mrs. Griffiths communicates specimens from Sidmouth
having the upper ramuli slightly swollen and containing imbedded tetra-
spores, of a narrow shape, with the endochroine parted crosswise into 4
sporules. In habit this plant closely resembles the following, and can
scarcely be distinguished when out of fruit, except by the root and the
rounded axils of the branches.

IX. FURCELLARIA. Lamou. [Plate 18, C.]

Root branching. Frond cylindrical, dichotomous, cartila-
ginous, solid ; the axis consisting of densely packed, longi-
tudinal, interlacing and anastomosing filaments ; the peri-
phery of coloured, horizontal, dichotomous filaments, whose
lower half is composed of large ellipsoidal cells ; their upper
half of much smaller cylindrical cellules. Fructification
oblong, transversely parted or zoned tetraspores, deeply im-
bedded among the filaments of the periphery, in the swollen

DUMONTIA. 147

apices of the frond. Conceptacular fruit unknown. — Name,
from furcula or furcilla, a little fork. The analysis of the
frond given in Phyc. Brit. Jigs. 3 and 4, is incorrect.

1. F. fastigiata, Huds. ; Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 67, f. 11 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 283; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 106;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xciv. (figs. 3 and 4 incorrect) . Fucus
lumbricalis, E. Bot. t. 894.

Bocks and stones between tide-marks, common. Perennial. Bearing fruit
in winter. — Root a mass of stout fibres. Frond 6 — 12 inches high, terete,
simple at base, repeatedly dichotomous upwards, the apices fastigiate, the
axils acute. Substance between fleshy and cartilaginous. Colour brown-
ish purple, becoming much darker in drying. When in fruit the branches,
in the upper part, are swollen into a lanceolate pod-like figure, and are
found on dissection to contain beneath their surface a dense stratum of
dark brownish-purple, pear-shaped tetraspores, divided transversely into
four joints or sporules. The receptacles when ripe fall off, leaving the
branches truncated. In a state of the plant constituting Turner's var. /3.,
the tips of the branches bear short, ovato-lanceolate, transparent, soft, pod-
like bodies, which appear to be imperfect attempts at fructification. These
Dr. Greville has sometimes observed to lengthen into healthy branches.

X. DUMONTIA. Lamour. [Plate 20, A.]

Frond cylindrical, filled with watery gelatine, tubular; its
walls membranaceous, composed externally of minute, round-
ish cells, internally of elongated cells, forming longitudinal
filaments. Fructification: 1, clusters of obovate spores at-
tached to the inner surface of the membrane of the frond : 2,
roundish tetraspores, among the surface cells. — Name, in
honour of M. Dumont, a French naturalist.

1. D. Jiliformis, Fl. Dan. ; frond tender, membranaceous,
cylindrical, pinnated with long, simple branches, which are
attenuated at each extremity. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 165, 1. 17 ;
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 308 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 31 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. lix. Ulva purpurascens, E. Bot. t.
641. — 0. crispata ; frond compressed, waved, curled or
twisted. Grev. Crypt, t. 240.

Rocks and stones between tide-marks, common. Annual. Summer. /3.
in places exposed to tidal streams or currents. — Frond generally undivided,
narrowed at each end, bearing numerous, alternate, simple or rarely forked
branches, similar to the primary ; of a membrano-gelatinous substance,
and yellowish, greenish, or dull purple colour, with intermediate shades.
A most variable plant. In some individuals the main stem is 8 — 18 inches
long, a line to half an inch in diameter, bearing numerous filiform
branches, 4 or 5 inches long. In others the stem is very short, 2 or 3
inches ; the branches 10 — 14 inches long, and of twice the diameter of the

L 2

148 HALYMENIA — GINANNIA.

stem. In others there is scarcely any stem, but 4 or 5 branches rise from
a point near the root, and these are 10 or 12 inches long and an inch in
diameter. Other varieties are but two or three inches high, both stem and
branches filiform. /3. is remarkable for compressed stems, from half an
inch to an inch wide, crisped and curled. Conceptacular fruit or favellce
abundantly scattered over the whole frond, giving it a dotted appearance.
I have never seen the tetraspores.

XI. HALYMENIA. Ag. [Plate 19, D.]

Frond compressed or flat, gelatinoso-membranaceous, con-
sisting of a double membrane, separated by a very lax net-
work of articulated filaments ; cells of the membrane minute,
coloured. Fructification : spherical masses of spores (favel-
lidia) immersed in the frond, attached to the inner surface
of the membranous periphery. — Name, from «Xf, the sea, and
vwv, a membrane.

1. H. ligulata, Woodw. ; frond compressed or flat, irre-
gularly dichotomous or palmate, the segments attenuated,
often proliferous at the margin. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 162, t.
17; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 308; Wyatt,Alg. Danm. No. 125;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxii. Ulva ligulata, E. Bot. t. 429.

On rocks and stones in the sea, chiefly along the southern shores of
England and Ireland. Annual. Summer. — Frond extremely variable in
form and ramification, and in substance, but resolvable into three principal
varieties. 1, dichotoma ; frond 6 — 8 inches long, half a line to 1 or 2 lines
broad, compressed, very gelatinous, many times divided in an irregularly
dichotomous manner, the divisions nearly of equal breadth, becoming gra-
dually narrower towards the extremities, which are tapering and acuminate.
2, ramentacea ; frond 12 — 14 inches long, compressed, divided into three
or four principal lobes or branches, from half an inch to an inch in breadth,
and from 1 — 4 inches long, attenuated at base, thence cylindrical till near
the apex, when they again slightly taper. In substance this closely resem-
bles the first variety, containing a great quantity of gelatine, the external
membrane being very thin, and of a pale rose-colour. 3, latifolia ; frond
12 — 20 inches long, 2 — 4 inches wide in the widest part, rising from a mi-
nute stem, wedge-form, either simple or forked, or once or twice irregularly
cleft in a palmate manner, the segments 1 or 2 inches broad, destitute of
ramuli ; of a dark red colour, and soft, but not very gelatinous substance
(very similar in feel to Rhodyrnenia reniformis), perfectly flat, the stratum
of gelatine interposed between the membranes being very thin. The fruc-
tification is abundantly scattered over every part of the frond, and, to the
naked eye, resembles minute dark red dots.

XII. GINANNIA. Mont. [Plate 19, C.J

Frond terete, dichotomous, membranaceo-gelatinous, tra-
versed by a fibrous axis, from which slender, dichotomous,

KALLYMENIA. 149

horizontal filaments radiate towards the membranous peri-
phery ; surface cellules hexagonal. Fructification : spherical
masses immersed in the frond, affixed to the inner coating of
the periphery, composed of radiating filaments, whose cells
are at length converted into spores. — Name in honour of
Count G. Ginanni, author of an early work on the produc-
tions of the Adriatic.

1. G. furcellata, Turn. ; frond tender, cylindrical, uni-
formly dichotornous, the segments obtuse. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 163; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 308; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
79 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixix. Ulva furcellata, E. Bot. t.

1881.

On rocks and stones in the sea, rare. Annual. Summer. On the East-
ern and Southern shores of England. All round the Irish coast, but no-
where common.— Frond 2 — 6 inches long, cylindrical, from a line to
nearly half an inch in diameter, repeatedly and regularly dichotomous, of
a fine pinky red colour, and either firmly or laxly gelatinous substance.
Irish specimens are much larger than the English ones. Some are remark-
able for possessing a very distinct midrib. The branches (particularly in the
broader specimens) are frequently constricted, as if tied, when the frond
assumes a jointed appearance. In a specimen communicated by Mrs^
Griffiths,t}ie apices are truncate as if broken off, with the margins thickened
into a disk or ring, from the centre of which spring one or two little
ramuli, showing an evident attempt at prolonging the frond after injury.
This species seems widely distributed ; I have gathered it at the Cape of
Good Hope, and possess specimens from New Zealand.

XIII. KALLYMENIA. J. Ag. [Plate 19, B.]

Frond blood-red, ribless, expanded, carnoso-membranace-
ous, formed internally of three strata ; the inner of interlacing
filaments ; the medial of large round cells ; the outer of mi-
nute cells, arranged in vertical strings. Fructification •: 1,
spherical masses of spores (favellidia) semi-immersed in the
frond ; 2, triangularly parted, scattered tetraspores. — Name
from xaXAoj beauty, and y/*w, a membrane.

1. K. reniformis, Turn. ; stem short, cylindrical, simple
or branched, suddenly expanding into a roundish, sub-sim-
ple, or irregularly cleft (occasionally producing new fronds
at the margin), somewhat lobed frond ; favellidia and tetra-
spores scattered over the surface. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xiii.
Rhodomenia reniformis, Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 292 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 19. Irid<ea reniformis, Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 160. Fucus reniformis, E. Bot. t. 2116.

150 IRIDJ2A.

On rocks, &c. in deep pools, near low-water mark ; rather rare. Peren-
nial. Summer and Autumn. Found from Orkney to Cornwall, and on
the Irish coasts, but nowhere common. — Stem minute, cylindrical, sud-
denly expanding into a roundish or reniform, undivided (or accidentally
cleft) frond, of a soft, thickish, membranaceous substance, becoming thin-
ner in drying, of a fine blood-red colour, and either simple, or bearing
along its margin lobes of a shape similar to the frond. The fronds vary
in diameter from 1 inch to 6, 8, and even 14 inches. Favellidia of small
size, thickly scattered over the surface of the frond ; tetraspores very mi-
nute, ternate, imbedded in the frond over which they are dispersed.

2. K. Dubyi, Chauv. ; stem compressed, gradually ex-
panding into an obovate, simple, dull-red frond, wedge-
shaped at the base ; favellidia very minute, densely scattered
over the surface, jffarv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxiii.

On rocks, &c. within tide-marks, chiefly in land-locked bays. Annual.
Spring and early summer. Discovered at Falmouth by Miss Warren.
Plymouth Rev. W. S. Hore. West of Ireland. — Fronds 6 — 12 inches
long, cuneateat base, obovate, at first quite simple, afterwards often torn.
Colour a dull, brownish red, becoming pale and yellow in old age. In form
this greatly resembles Iridcea edulis, while in structure and substance it
more nearly agrees with Kal. reniformis.

XIV. TRID^A. Bory. [Plate 19, A.]

Frond flat, carnoso-cartilaginous, dull red ; the central
substance composed of densely interwoven, longitudinal fi-
bres ; the periphery of closely-packed horizontal, moniliform
filaments. Fructification : 1, spherical masses of spores
(favellidia) immersed in the frond ; 2, tetraspores forming a
stratum at the base of the filaments of the periphery. — Name
from Iris, the rainbow, because some species reflect prisma-
tic colours when growing under water.

1. I. edulis, Stackh. ; frond simple, obovate or wedge-
shaped, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowing towards
the base into a short stem. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 158, t. 17 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 308 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 78 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xcvii. Fucus edulis, E. Bot. t. 1307.

On rocks and stones in the sea, common. Perennial. Autumn and
winter. — Root an expanded disk, from which spring numerous, obovate,
obtuse, thick, cartilagineo-carnose or somewhat leathery fronds, 4 — 18
inches long, 2 — 8 inches wide, which gradually taper towards the base into
a short, linear stem ; undivided, but frequently cleft by the action of the
waves ; the margin smooth and even. The colour is a fine deep red, be-
coming much darker, frequently blackish when dried. Conceptacular
fructification near the extremity, in wide patches, frequently spreading over
a large portion of the frond, composed of globules of minute spores
imbedded in the substance. Tetraspores forming dense band-like sori,

CATENELLA. CRUORIA. 151

immersed in the substance of the frond beneath the periphery. The frond
of this species is occasionally eaten by the poor, either raw or cooked in
the frying-pan.

XV. CATENELLA. Grev. [Plate 20, B.]

Frond dull purple, membranaceous, filiform, constricted
at intervals ; its axis composed of a lax net-work of anasto-
mosing, longitudinal filaments. Fructification : 1, spherical
masses of spores (favellidia) contained in external, capsular
bodies ; 2, oblong, transversely parted tetraspores, immersed
among the filaments of the periphery. — Name a diminutive of
catena, a chain.

1. C. Opuntia, Good, and Woodw. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
166, t. 17; Hook. Br. Fl.\\. p. 309; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 126 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxxviii. Rivularia Opuntia,
E. Bot. t. 1868.

Marine rocks near high-water mark, not uncommon. — Fronds densely
matted together, half an inch to an inch high, rising from a mass of creep-
ing fibres; branches erect, simple, or slightly branched in an irregular man-
ner, contracted at intervals as if jointed ; the internodes or spaces between
the contractions narrow at base, gradually swelling upwards. Colour a
dull, dark purple. Substance membranaceous, tender and soft, more or
less full of moisture, imperfectly adhering to paper.

XVI. CRUORIA. Fries. [Plate 20, C.]

Frond gelatinoso-coriaceous, forming a skin on the surface
of rocks, composed of vertical, tufted, simple, articulated fi-
laments, set in a firmly gelatinous matrix; one of the joints
of each filament larger than the rest. Fructification : tetra-
spores lying at the base of the filaments. — Name, from cruor,
blood; because the plant looks like a blood-stain on the
rock.

1. G.pellita, Lyngb. Harv. Pliyc. Brit. t. cxvii. Chce-
tophora pellita, Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. p. 193, t. 66; Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 390 ; Harv. Man. 1st ed. p. 123.

On smooth exposed rocks and stones, between tide-marks. Perennial.
Fruiting in February, Carm. Common on most of the rocky shores of
Britain. — Fronds forming smooth, glossy patches of 2 — 3 inches in dia-
meter, on the surface of smooth rocks, at first circular, afterwards irregu-
larly shaped, between gelatinous and leathery, wholly composed of vertical,
coloured filaments set in a colourless jelly. Filaments tufted, perfectly
simple, dull purple.

152 NACCARIA GLOIOSIPHONIA.

XVII. NACCARIA. Endl. [Plate 20, D.]

Frond cylindrical or compressed, filiform, solid, rose-red ;
central cells large, empty, those of the surface minute. Ra-
muli composed of jointed, dichotomous, whorled filaments,
surrounded by free gelatine. Fructification : spores, attached
to the whorled filaments of the (swollen) ramuli. — Name, in
honour of F. L. Naccari, an Italian Algologist.

1. N. Wigghii, Turn. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxxviii.
Chatospora Wigghii, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 153, t. 16; Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 306 ; E. Bot. t. 1165 j Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
124.

Sea shores, very rare. Summer. Annual. Yarmouth, Mr. Lilly Wigg.
Eastern and southern shoves of England and Ireland, and west of Ireland.
Usually thrown up from deep water. — Frond 6 — 12 inches high, cylindri-
cal, filiform, much branched ; main stem about half a line in diameter,
attenuated upwards, repeatedly divided with alternate branches spreading
quadrifariously, the branches thickly set with minute, slender ramuli, ta-
pering to both ends, and from about half a line to a line and a half in
length. Structure of stem and branches cellular ; the ramuli composed of
minute, dichotomous, gelatinous filaments, radiating from the centre.
Colour a fine rose-red, given out to fresh water. Substance tender and
gelatinous, adhering to paper. Fructification situated in the centre of the
ramuli, which are then much swollen ; consisting of numerous minute red
spores, attached to the whorled filaments of the branchlet.

XVIII. GLOIOSIPHONIA. Carm. [Plate 21, A.]

Frond cylindrical, filiform, tubular, somewhat gelatinous ;
the periphery composed of radiating, coloured, branched,
jointed filaments. Fructification : globules of red spores
(favellidia) imbedded in the filaments of the periphery, to
which they are attached. — Name, y*oioj, viscid, and o-itpuv, a
tube ; from the gelatinous, tubed frond. This genus, founded
on the Fucus capillaris of Turner, was originally proposed
by the late Capt. Carmichael, in his unpublished Alga Appi-
nenses, and has been adopted by Mr. Berkeley. Except in
the tubular frond it does not differ from Mesogloia.

1. G. capillaris, Huds. Berk. Gl. of Br. Alg. t. 17, f. 3;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ivii. Fucus capillaris, Turn. Hist. t.
31 ; E. Bot. t. 1219. Mesogloia capillaris, Ag.; Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 386.

In tide-pools, near low-water mark, very rare. Annual. Summer.
Shores of England, Ireland and Scotland in several places, but nowhere

NEMALEON. 153

common. — Frond 3—12 inches high, fine rose-red, of a lanceolate outline,
much branched in a repeatedly pinnate manner, the main branches often a
line in diameter, ramuli very slender ; the branches and ramuli generally
opposite, much attenuated at base and apex. Axis, according to Capt.
Carmichael, tubular, the walls of the tube composed of jointed, longitudi-
nal, interwoven fibres ; the surface of extremely minute, dichotomous, ra-
diating filaments. Fructification : large dense masses of spores, scattered
among the filaments of the periphery.

XIX. NEMALEON. Targioni. [Plate 21, B.]

Frond cylindrical, gelatinoso-cartilaginous, elastic, solid ;
the axis columnar, dense, composed of closely packed, lon-
gitudinal, interlaced filaments ; the periphery of elongated,
horizontal, dichotomous filaments, whose ultimate ramuli
are moniliform and coloured. Fructification : globular
masses of spores (favellidia) attached to the filaments of
the periphery. — Name, from vupa, a thread, and Xniov, a crop ;
crop of threads.

1. N. multifidum. Web. & Mohr; frond dichotomous,
slightly branched ; dull purple, elastic ; the axils rounded.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxxvi. Mesogloia multifida, Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 385 ; Berk. Alg. t. 16,/ 1 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 98.

On shells and stones near low-water mark, not unfrequent. All round
the coast. Fronds of a dull purplish brown colour, 3 — 6 inches high, 1 — 2
lines in diameter, sub-simple or once or twice dichotomous, sometimes
irregularly branched, very elastic. Axis much denser than in the follow-
ing, not clearly filamentous, but rather, as Capt. Carmichael expresses it,
" a medullary cord.''

2. N. purpureum, Harv. ; stem undivided, attenuated at
base and apex, set with numerous alternate, distichous, elon-
gated, simple, attenuated branches, which are nearly desti-
tute of ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxi. Mesogloia pur-
purea, Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 386; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 47.

On stones, &c., in the sea, at extreme low-water mark, very rare. Sid-
mouth and Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Cutler. West of Ireland, W.
H. H. — Fronds from a foot to 2£ feet high, the main stem 2 or 3 lines in
diameter, undivided, alternately branched ; the branches patent, sub-hori-
zontal, long, flexuous, simple, either bare of ramuli or furnished with a
second series similar to themselves, all much attenuated towards the extre-
mity and somewhat tapering at base. Colour a fine purple red, which is
given out to fresh water; substance tender and gelatinous, slippery to the
touch. Axis composed of laxly interwoven, colourless, branching, longi-
tudinal threads, which throw out on all sides to the circumference horizon-
tal, dichotomous, coloured, moniliform filaments. Under the microscope

154 DUDRESNAIA.

the apical cells of these filaments cause the branches of the frond to appear
as if studded with red beads set in transparent glass. Fructification :
very dense, roundish masses of sporules, deeply seated among the radiant
fibres. In habit this remarkable plant a good deal resembles the grauuli-
ferous state of Gracilaria compressa, while the substance is more that of
Halymenia ligulata.

XX. DODRESNAIA. Bonnem. [Plate 21, C.]

Frond cylindrical, gelatinous, elastic ; the axis composed
of a lax network of anastomosing filaments, coated with a
stratum of closely combined, longitudinal fibres ; the peri-
phery of horizontal, dichotomous, moniliform filaments.
Fructification: 1, globular masses of spores attached to the
filaments of the periphery ; 2, external tetraspores, borne by
the filaments of the periphery, and generally terminating a
ramulus. — Name, in honour of M. Dudresnay, a French na-
turalist.

1. D. coccinea, Ag. ; frond fine rose-red, tender and gela-
tinous, much and irregularly branched ; branches alternate,
flexuous, moniliform, attenuated towards the apex ; ramuli
more or less numerous. Harv. Pliyc. Brit. t. ccxliv. Meso-
gloia coccinea, Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 386 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 148. Rivularia verticillata, E. Bot. t. 2466.

Southern shores of England and Ireland, very rare. Summer. Brigh-
ton, Mr. Borrer. Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins. Sidmouth and Torquay,
Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Cutler. — Frond 4 — 8 inches high, of a fine rose-
red colour, very tender and gelatinous, from a quarter of a line to a line in
diameter at base, gradually attenuated upwards ; much and irregularly
branched, the smaller branches somewhat pinnated, moniliform, each series
becoming narrower. Under the microscope the branches appear composed
of numerous jointed, colourless, longitudinal fibres, set at close intervals
with dense tufts of rose-coloured, dichotomous filaments, which cause the
beaded appearance. The fruit is of two kinds, on distinct individuals :
1st, large dark red masses of minute spores (favellidia ) ; 2nd, elliptic-ob-
long or club-shaped tetraspores, with pellucid pericarps, borne abundantly
on the ramuli of the radiating filaments, generally terminating a ramulus.

2. D. Hudsoni, Ag. ; fron.d much branched, filiform, pale
reddish ; branches mostly opposite, horizontal, once or twice
pinnate ; ramuli numerous, irregular, obtuse. Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. ex. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 386; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 99. Ulva rubens, Huds. Fl. Anal. p. 571.

On stones and shells between tide-marks, not uncommon. Summer. —
Frond excessively branched, slender, filiform, of a pale red or reddish
brown colour ; branches once or twice pinnated, with a lanceolate outline ;
ramuli abundant, 1 — 4 lines long, patent or divaricated, obtuse. The sub-

CROUANIA. 155

stance tender and gelatinous. " The structure is very remarkable ; the
frond appears to be made up of tufts of fibres radiating from a centre, each
tuft, when separated in water under a glass, resembling a double aster or
sea-anemone. In the centre of the petal-like fibres are masses of purplish
grains." — Mrs. Griffiths.

XXI. CROUANIA. J. Ag.

Frond gelatinous, filiform, consisting of a jointed, single-
tubed filament, whose joints are clothed with dense whorls
of minute, multifid ramelli. Fructification: 1, favellidia
" subsolitary near the apex of the ramuli, affixed to the base
of the whorled ramelli and covered by them, containing,
within a hyaline membranaceous perispore, a sub-globose
mass of minute spores ;" 2, obovate tetraspores of large size,
affixed to the bases of the ramelli. — Name, in honour of the
brothers Crouan, of Brest, celebrated among French Algolo-
gists.

1. C. attenuata, Ag. ; frond capillary, brownish red, gela-
tinous, moniliform, much branched ; main divisions sub-di-
chotomous, with wide axils ; branches alternate, more or
less furnished with ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cvi. Me-
sogloia moniliformis, Griff, in Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 197.
M. attenuata, Ag. Syst. p. 51. Griffithsia nodulosa, Ag.
Sp. Alg. ii. p. 136.

Very rare. Parasitical on Cladostephus spongiosus, at Salcombe, Devon,
Mrs. Wyatt. Land's End, Mr. Ralfs. — Fronds 1 or 2 inches high, of a
brownish or purplish red colour, excessively slender and gelatinous, much
branched, all the branches moniliform or resembling strings of minute
beads. The branches consist of a single-tubed, jointed filament or axis,
from whose joints issue very dense, gltfbular whorls of dichotomously mul-
tifid fibres. The joints of the main thread are sometimes short, sometimes
of considerable length ; in the former case the globular whorls (or beads)
conceal the main thread altogether ; in the latter they are widely separated,
and then the plant, under a low power of the microscope, something resem-
bles Ceramium diaphanum. Fructification : large tetraspores with pellucid
pericarps, resembling those of Callithamnion, seated on the whorled fila-
ments, either in pairs, or placed round the branch. I have never seen the
favellidia above described, which are given on the authority of Professor
Agardh.

156 CERAMIACE^:.

ORDER XIII. CERAMIACE^E.

Ceramics, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 69. EndL 3rd Suppl. p.
34. Dne. Class, p. 62 (in part). Callithamnieae and Ceramieae,
Kutz. Phyc. Gen. pp. 370, 378. Cerameae, Lindl. Veg.
Kingd. p. 25.

DIAGNOSIS. — Rose-red or purple sea-weeds, with a filiform
frond, consisting of an articulated, branching filament, com-
posed of a single string of cells, sometimes coated with a
stratum of small cells. Fructification: 1, favella ; berry-
like receptacles, with a membranous coat, containing nume-
rous angular spores ; 2, tetraspores attached to the ramuli,
or more or less immersed in the substance of the branches,
scattered.

NATUEAL CHARACTER. — Root small and discoid, some-
times creeping. Frond of small or mediocre size, almost
always filamentous, generally filiform and cylindrical, rarely
compressed or flat (in some species of Ptilota\ narrow, much
branched and mostly pinnate : in some cases dichotomously
divided. In the simplest forms of this order (as Callitham-
iriori) the frond consists of a single string of cylindrical cells,
one growing from the apex of another, and forming branches
by cells budding from points just below the apex of the pre-
viously formed cell. This structure prevails through the
whole frond of the smaller Callithamnia, but in the larger
species, the lower part of the branches and the whole of the
stem are strengthened with numerous internal filaments tra-
versing the frond ; and in the shrubby species the stems are
quite opake, and seem composed of a multitude of longitudi-
nal filaments closely packed together. But even in these
compound structures the frond has at first been organized as
a simple string of cells, and will always be found to be tra-
versed by an articulated filament, which is the original
branch or stem, round which the longitudinal, secondary
threads have been subsequently developed. These secondary
or strengthening strings of cells appear to be formed at the
bases of the upper branches, and to extend downwards, in a
manner perfectly analogous to the formation of wood-bundles
in a vascular plant. In such species as Cal. tetragonum and
C. brachiatum the gradual introduction of such strengthen-
ing filaments may readily be traced by selecting specimens

CERAMIACE.E. 157

of different ages. In the young plants the branches and
stem will be found to be nearly destitute of these secondary
fibres, while old specimens are rendered almost opake by the
large number of them. In Callithamnion the coating cells
appear to be introduced into the walls of the original fila-
ment, but in more compound forms, as in Microcladia and
Ptilota, the coating of the primary or axial filament is formed
by the addition of one or more strata of small, mostly poly-
gonal cells. Such fronds then appear to be inarticulate or
cellular, all traces of joints being concealed by the incum-
bent cells. The tissue of which the Ceramiacece are com-
posed is tender and delicate, and the frond usually adheres
strongly to paper in drying, and soon decomposes if left in
fresh water. Decomposition instantly shows itself by the
colour changing from the clear, pinky red natural to the order
to a bright orange ; and this change of colour is accompa-
nied by a disagreeable odour and the sudden breaking up of
the branches into their component cells. In Griffithsia the
disruption of the membrane is accompanied by a crackling
noise, convulsive shrinkings, and the sudden discharge of all
the colouring matter. This matter, in many of the genus,
stains paper in a durable manner with a brilliant crimson,
and might doubtless be applied as a pigment.

There is considerable uniformity in the fructification of the
plants of this order. The conceptacular fruit, which is cal-
led a favella, is a metamorphosis of a secondary branch.
In some it is formed with great regularity, while in others
it has a diseased appearance. In Callithamnion the favellae
are naked, berry-like masses, terminating truncated branches,
and are formed by the sudden stoppage of the branch, and
the conversion of its apex into a mass of spores. These
spores are at first attached to filaments within the favella,
but eventually become free. In Griffithsia, Ceramium, and
most other genera, the favellae are protected by a whorl of
short ramuli standing round them like the involucre to a
flower. In Ceramium the favellas are sessile, and either naked
or (more commonly) involucrate. The telraspores are rarely
aggregated, being usually scattered along the lesser branches
and ramuli. In Callithamnion and Griffithsia they are ex-
ternal, attached by a point at the base to the ramulus on which
they sit ; in Seirospora they are formed at the expense of the
cells of the ramulus, each cell becoming transformed into a
tetraspore ; and in Ceramium and Ptilota they are either
wholly immersed among the peripheric cells, from some of

158 CERAMIACEJE.

which they are formed, or they project beyond the surface,
like little pimples. In most cases they are tripartite, in a
few cruciate, but I do not remember any transversely-zoned
tetraspores among the plants of this order.

In several exotic genera the frond assumes the appearance
of a network, owing to the branches and ramuli continually
growing into each other, or anastomosing. Some of these
network genera (as Halophlegmd) have no certain form, but
resemble crimson sponges, variously lobed and sinuated ;
others (as Thuretid) are perfectly symmetrical, their branches
and raomli arranging themselves like the costae and nerves of
a skeleton leaf, and growing into perfectly defined fronds.
One of these network ceramioid genera is found in the Adri-
atic, and may yet be discovered by some fortunate dredger
in the south of England ; the rest are natives either of the
tropics or of Australia.

Most of the British genera, and several of the species, are
widely dispersed. Ceramium rubrum grows almost where-
ever marine plants will grow, from high arctic to high ant-
arctic latitudes ; and Spyridia jilamentosa is dispersed
through all the warmer parts of the sea, and in Britain finds
its northern limit. None of this order have been employed
in the arts, unless the composition of sea-weed pictures, for
which purpose they are great favourites, be considered to
entitle them to the honour due to useful plants.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH GENERA.

I. PTILOTA. Frond compressed, inarticulate, distichous,

pectinato-pinnate. Favellce pedunculate, involucrate.
[Plate 22, A.]

II. MICROCLADIA. Frond filiform, inarticulate, dichoto-

mous. Favell(B sessile, involucrate. [Plate 22, B.]

III. CERAMIUM. Frond filiform, articulate, dichotomous ;
the joints opake. Favella sessile, mostly involucrate.
Tetraspores mostly immersed. [Plate 22, C.]

IV. SPYRIDIA. Frond filiform, inarticulate ; the branches
clothed with minute, setiform, articulated ramelli.
Favella pedunculate, involucrate. Tetraspores ses-
sile on the ramelli. [Plate 22, D.]

PTILOTA. 159

V. GRIFFITHSIA. Frond articulated, dichotomous, or

clothed with whorled, dichotomous raraelli, rose-red.
Favellce involucrated, sessile or pedunculate. Tetra-
spores sessile, on whorled raraelli. [Plate 23, B.]

VI. WRANGELIA. Frond articulated, pinnate. Favella
terminal, involucrated, containing tufts of pear-shaped
spores. Tetraspores sessile, scattered in the ramelli.
[Plate 23, D.]

VII. SEIROSPORA. Frond articulated. Tetraspores dis-
posed in terminal, moniliform strings. [Plate 23, C.]

VIII. CALLITHAMNION. Frond, at least the branches and
ramuli, articulated, mostly pinnated. Favellce termi-
nal or lateral, sessile, without involucre (except in C.
Turneri). Tetraspores sessile or pedicellate, scattered.
[Plate 23, A.]

I. PTILOTA. Ag. [Plate 22, A.]

Frond inarticulate, linear, compressed or flat, distichous,
pectinato-pinnate ; the pinnules sometimes articulate. Fruc-
tification : 1, roundish, clustered favellce surrounded by an
involucre of short ramuli ; 2, tetraspores attached to or im-
mersed in the ultimate pinnules. Name, TnfouTos, pinnated ;
from the delicately pinnated frond.

1. P. plumosa, L. ; frond cartilaginous, decompound ; se-
condary branches bi-tripinnate, elongate ; pinnae and pin-
nules exactly opposite, the latter subulate, cellular, traversed
by a narrow, immersed, articulated filament ; tetraspores on
short pedicels, fringing the margin of the pinnules ; favellae
pedunculate, with an involucre of 6 — 8 subulate ramuli.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxx. ; Grev. Ala. Brit. p. 155, t. 16 ;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 307. Fucus plumosus, E. Bot. t. 1308.

On the stalks of Laminariee. Perennial. Summer and autumn.
Northern and western coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. — Fronds 3 — 14
inches long, much and irregularly branched ; branches from a quarter to
half a line in width, attenuated upwards, patent, opposite or alternate,
closely set with opposite, distichous, pinnated, lanceolate ramuli, from one
to four lines in length, the pinnules acute, narrow- lanceolate, simple, or,
in luxuriant specimens, again pinnated. Favellee clustered, surrounded by

160 PTILOTA — MICROCLADIA.

an involucre, terminating the ultimate pinnules, the involucre composed
of several subulate ramuli. Substance cartilaginous. Colour a fine
dark red.

2. P. sericea, Gmel. ; frond flaccid, excessively branched ;
secondary branches bi-tripinnate ; pinnae and pinnules ex-
actly opposite, the latter linear, composed of a single row of
cells ; tetraspores on short processes of the pinnules ; fa-
vellse pedunculate, binate, naked, or surrounded with a few
irregular ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxci. P. plumosa,
&. capillaris, Harv. in Man. Ed. 1, p. 84; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 77.

On perpendicular rocks, between tide-marks, common ; rarely on the
stems of Fucus serratus. Perennial. Summer and autumn. All round
the British coast. — Fronds tufted, 2 — 6 inches long, excessively branched,
sometimes very dense, flaccid and soft to the touch, repeatedly pinnate.
Ultimate pinnules very closely set, distinctly articulated, composed of a
single row of coloured cells. Colour rarely a brilliant, usually a dull
brownish red. A smaller and more delicate plant than the preceding, of
much darker colour and more flaccid substance, and readily distinguished
by the articulated pinnules. This species is the only Ptilota found on the
south coast of England.

II. MICKOCLADIA. Grev. [Plate 22, B.]

Frond filiform, compressed, distichously branched, tra-
versed by a wide articulated tube surrounded by numerous,
large, coloured, angular, radiating cells, the outer coat formed
of minute cells. Fructification: I, sessile, roundish, invo-
lucrated favella ; 2, tetraspores immersed in the ramuli. —
Name, putpos, small, and xx«5bf, a branch.

1. M. glandulosa, Soland. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 99, t. 13;
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 293 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 68 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xxix. Fucus glandulosus, E. Bot. t. 2135.

In the sea, on other Algae ; very rare. Annual. Producing fruit in
September and October. South of England, and East coast of Ireland.
At Bray, Mr. Sanders ; Kingstown, Mr. Andrews. — Fronds tufted, 1 or 2
inches high, about a quarter of a line in width, compressed, much branched
from the base in an alternate or irregularly dichotomous manner, forming
roundish fastigiate tufts ; branches distichous, with patent axils, preserving
nearly an equal breadth throughout, repeatedly divided, the ultimate ra-
muli short, and either subulate or bifid at the apex, in which case the points
are forcipate. Under a low power of the microscope the branches appear
marked with large, hexagonal, transverse areolae, about three of which
form the breadth of the frond, an appearance caused by the large cellules
of the central part of the frond being seen through those of the surface,
which latter, on increasing the magnifying power, are found to be exceed-
ingly small and close. Colour a fine rose red. Substance cartilagineo-

CERAMIUM. 161

membranaceous, adhering to paper. Favellee sessile on the margin of the
branches, surrounded by two or three short subulate ramuli ; tetraspores
imbedded in the tips of the branches. This genus is scarcely sufficiently
distinct from Ceramium, of which it has the habit, and from which it chiefly
differs in the more opake frond. The structure is very similar.

III. CERAMIUM. Roth. [Plate 22, C.]

Frond filiform, one-tubed, articulated ; the dissepiments
coated with a stratum of coloured cellules, which sometimes
extend over the surface of the articulation. Fruetification :
1, sessile, roundish favellce, having a pellucid limbus, con-
taining minute, angular spores, and subtended by one or
more short, involucral ramuli : 2, tetraspores either immersed
in the rarnuli, or more or less external. — Name, from xepa^og,
a pitcher ; but the fruit is not pitcher-shaped.

Section 1. RUBRA. Smooth ; the whole surface of the arti-
culation covered with coloured cells.

1. C. ritbrum, Huds. ; filaments robust, gradually attenu-
ated, irregularly dichotomous, having lateral, forked or mul-
tifid ramuli, the apices hooked inwards ; articulations coated
wilh coloured cellules, unarmed, the lowermost twice as long
as broad, the upper shorter than their breadth ; dissepiments
constricted ; tetraspores immersed in the articulations, whorl-
ed ; favella3 globose, mostly borne on the lateral branchlets,
subtended by three or four involucral ramuli. Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. clxxxi. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii p. 336 ; Wijatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 42. Conferva rubra, E. Bot. t. 1166.

On rocks, stones, and Algae in tide-pools; also dredged in 4 — 5 fathoms.
Annual. Summer and Autumn. Very abundant on the British coasts. —
Frond 2 — 12 inches long, robust, very variable in ramification ; when grow-
ing in favourable situations of a clear red colour, but often much faded,
brownish or yellow. Sometimes the lateral ramuli are all sccund ; some-
times there are scarcely any, and sometimes they are very numerous.

2. C. botryocarpum, Griff. ; filaments crooked at thfc base,
robust, gradually attenuated, irregularly dichotomous, having
numerous lateral, mostly simple ramuli, the apices straight ;
articulations coated with coloured cellules, unarmed, the
lowermost twice as long as broad, the upper shorter than
their breadth ; dissepiments constricted ; tetraspores im-
mersed in the articulations, whorled ; favellae globose, of
small size, heaped together in irregular clusters, borne on the

M

162 CERAMIUM.

lateral branchlets, destitute of involucral ramuli. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ccxv.

On rocks and Algae, between tide-marks. Annual. Summer. Preston
rocks, Torquay, Miss Amelia E. Griffiths ; Ardrossan, Rev. D. Landsbo-
rough. — Stems sharply hooked or curved at the base. A smaller plant than
the preceding, with the apices of the branches straight; the ramuli very
numerous, and above all, the favellse heaped together like clusters of small
shot. Colour a lurid purplish red, often fading to green and yellow.

Sections. DIAPHANA. Smooth; the surface of the articu-
lation either altogether denuded, or but partially covered
with coloured cellules, leaving a colourless space in the
centre.

3. C. decurrens, Kiitz.; frond robust, gradually attenuated
upwards, dichotomous, with few lateral branchlets, the apices
hooked inwards ; articulations partially coated with coloured
cellules which extend from the dissepiment at each end, but
leave a colourless, pellucid space in the centre of the articu-
lation ; lowermost articulations twice as long as broad, upper
very short. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxvi.

On rocks, in tide pools. Annual. August. Torquay, on the Harbrick,
Mrs. Griffiths. — Filaments thicker than hogs' bristles, 6 — 8 inches long,
gradually attenuated, distantly forked, naked or furnished with a few
scattered ramuli. Articulations somewhat monilifonn, pellucid in the
middle, but coated with coloured cells for a considerable space at each
end. This plant seems almost exactly intermediate between C. rubrum
and C. diaphanum. It has the size, and general habit of the former, but
the partially hyaline articulations connect it with the latter. I have not
seen any fructification. A specimen which I communicated to Professor
Kulzing was returned to me by that author, named C. decurrens, ft. majus,
Kiitz.

4. C. Deslongchampii, Chauv. ; filaments subsetaceous,
attenuated upwards, rigid, irregularly dichotomous, with or
without lateral ramuli ; the apices straight, spreading ; arti-
culations colourless, those of the main stems about thrice as
long as broad, of the branches and ramuli much shorter ;
dissepiments opake, scarcely swollen ; ietraspores whorled
round the joints, prominent ; favellae heaped together, burst-
ing irregularly from the sides of the branches destitute of in-

,volucral ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxix. ; Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 218. Cer. Agardhianum, Griff, in Harv. Man.
ed. i. p. 99.

On rocks in the sea, between tide-marks. — Stems 3 or 4 inches high,
much branched in an irregularly dichotomous manner, the branches more or
less furnished with simple or forked, slender ramuli, about one-third the

CERAMIUM. 163

diameter 01 me ^u.u from which they spring; the ^o o^n-auing, not
hooked in. The whole frond variegated "with dark purple ; the joints trans-
parent. To the naked eye the tuft has a blackish look : the substance is
rigid, cartilaginous, and it adheres pretty fully to paper. Favellce very irre-
gular in form and size, having a distorted appearance, usually lobed,
bursting from the stems over which they are thickly scattered, destitute of
involucral ramuli ; tetraspores large and very prominent, seated in the
joints, of ten of the same plant which bears "favellce."

5. C, diaphamim, Ag. ; frond setaceous, attenuated up-
wards, rather flaccid, irregularly dichotomous, the lower
forkings distant, the upper close together ; branches set with
short, lateral, dichotomous ramuli ; articulations colourless,
those of the main stems 3 or 4 times as long as broad, of the
ramuli short ; dissepiments swollen, opake ; apices hooked
inwards ; favellae near the tips of the branches, subtended
by ramuli; tetraspores whorled in the joints, depressed.
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 336 ; Wyaity Alg. Damn. No. 87 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cxciii. Conf. diaphana, E. Bot. t. 1742.

On the smaller Algae in tide-pools. Winter and summer. — Stems tufted,
2 — 6 inches high, the thickness of hogs' bristles, irregularly or sub-dicho-
tomously branched, the branches set at greater or less intervals with short
or long dichotomous ramuli, two lines to half an inch long, which are
constantly greatly more slender than the branches from which they spring,
generally not more than a quarter their diameter ; the tips generally hooked
inwards. The whole frond is distinctly jointed, the dissepiments darkly
coloured, the intervals pellucid, giving the filament a beautifully varie-
gated appearance. Favellce near the tips of the branches, roundish or
somewhat lobed, generally subtended with one or two short ramuli ; tetra-
spores prominent, large, with a pellucid case, seated in the coloured portion
of the joints.

6. C- gracillimum, Kiilz. ; frond excessively slender, of
nearly equal diameter throughout, very flaccid and gelatin-
ous, dichotomous ; the branches set with minute, flabelliform,
dichotomous ramuli; articulations colourless, those of the
branches five or six times as long as broad, those of the ra-
muli very short ; dissepiments opake, purple ; favellae borne
on the lateral ramuli, with a spreading, many-rayed involucre.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccvi.

On mussel-shells, and on Corallina officinalis and other small Algae, be-
tween tide-marks. Annual. Summer and autumn. West of Ireland,
and South of England, in several places. — Filaments 2 — 3 inches long,
much more slender than a human hair, flaccid and tender, irregularly di-
vided, set with minute, many-forked ramuli of fan-like outline. Colour
a dark, reddish purple.

7. C. strict um, Kiitz. ; frond capillary, nearly equal,
membranaceous, irregularly dichotomous, the lower forkings

M 2

164 CERAMIUM.

distant, the upper closer, all the divisions erect and straight,
with narrow, acute angles ; the apices straight, or slightly
hooked inwards ; articulations colourless, those of the stem
and branches three to four times as long as broad, of the ra-
muli short ; dissepiments opake, purple ; favellae near the
tips of the branches, involucrate ; tetraspores erumpent,
bursting from the dissepiments of the larger branches. Gon-
groceras strict-urn, Kulz. Phyc. Gen.

On mussel-shells &c. in tide-pools. Annual. Summer. Torquay,
Mrs. Griffiths ; Dingle, W. H. H. ; Roundstone, Mr. M'Calla.— Fila-
ments as liue as human hair, densely tufted, not regularly dichotomous
nor forming fastigiate tufts, distantly branched below, more frequently di-
vided above. Articulations long in the middle of the filament. Colour
of the tufts, when strong, dark livid purple, paler and yellower in sunny
situations. Substance membranous, not very firmly adhering to paper. I
sent one of my Dingle specimens to Prof. Kutzing, who returned it with the
above name, It appears to be identical both with the Roundstone and
Torquay plants. The frond is more slender than in C. diapkanum, and
much more robust than in C. gracillimum.

8. C. nodosum, Kiitz.; frond capillary, of equal diameter
throughout, rigid, dichotomous, excessively divided, fastigi-
ate ; the axils very patent ; articulations pellucid, those of
the middle of the stem from four to six times as long as
broad, the upper gradually shorter ; dissepiments swollen ;
tetraspores erumpent, two or three together on the outer edge
of short, accessory ramuli ; favellae at the apex of accessory
ramuli. Ham. Phyc. Brit. t. xc.

On sandy shores, often at the roots of Zostera. Annual. Summer.
Generally distributed. — Fronds '3 — 6 inches long, as fine as human bail-
or more slender, forming globular, fastigiate tufts, repeatedly dichoto-
mous with very patent axils, of nearly equal diameter throughout. Disse-
piments swollen, dark coloured ; articulations colourless. Substance rigid
and harsh to the touch when recent. In drying this plant imperfectly ad-
heres to paper.

9. C. fastigiatum, Harv. ; filaments capillary, equal
throughout, dichotomous, level-topped; dissepiments opake;
lower articulations colourless, 3 or 4 times longer than broad,
upper coloured, short. Harv. in Hook. Journ. Sot. vol. i. p.
303 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 87 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclv.

On rocks, &c., in tide-pools, rare. Torquay, &c. Mrs. Griffiths ; Ply-
mouth, Rev. W. S. Hore. Frith of Forth, Dr. Greville. — Filaments 4 or 5
inches high, very slender, nearly of equal diameter throughout, regularly
dichotomous from the base ; the lower axils distant, the upper veiy close,
many limes forked ; the apices fastigiate and ho&"ked inwards. Lower arti-
culations generally 3 or 4 times as long as broad, colourless ; upper very

CERAMIUM. 165

short, rosy ; dissepiments opake, swollen, purple. Substance tender and
flaccid. Colour of the tuft, pinky-purple.

Section 3. CILIATA ; frond armed, at the dissepiments, with
one or more prickles, or bristle-like hairs.

10. C. flabelligerum , J. Ag. ; frond subsetaceous, attenu-
ated upwards, rigid, flabellately branched, irregularly dicho-
tomous, with lateral, forked ramuli, the apices acute, patent
or somewhat incurved ; articulations coated with coloured
cellules, those of the lower branches about twice as long as
broad, of the upper equal in length and breadth, each armed
on the outer edge with a single, minute, subulate, coloured,
three-jointed prickle ; tetraspores erumpent, whorled round
the joint ; favellae 2 — 3 lobed, berry -like, subtended by seve-
ral, patent, subulate ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxliv.

On the smaller Algae, between tide-marks. Annual. Summer and au-
tumn. Rare. Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths; Jersey, Miss White; Blue Anchor
Bay, Miss Gifford ; Downshire 'Coast, Rev. W. Edwards.— Frond 2—3
inches high, as thick as hogs' bristle, gradually attenuated, somewhat fla-
bellately branched. Articulations entirely covered with small cells. This
plant resembles a small variety of C. rubrum for which it may readily be
mistaken, if attention be not directed to the solitary thorn with which the
joints are armed.

11. C. echionotum, J. Ag. ; frond slender, of nearly equal
diameter throughout, rigid, repeatedly dichotomous, fre-
quently with lateral forked branchlets, fastigiate, the apices
more or less involute ; articulations pellucid, those of the
middle of the stem three or four times longer than broad, the
upper gradually shorter, the uppermost extremely short ;
dissepiments coloured, armed with numerous, slender, irre-
gularly-inserted, subulate, colourless, one-jointed bristles ;
tetraspores mostly solitary in each joint, erumpent, along the
outer margin of the filament ; favellae mostly bi-lobed, late-
ral, subtended by numerous, strongly incurved ramuli. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cxli.

On rocks, stones, and the smaller Algae, between-tide-marks. Annual.
Summer and Autumn. Not uncommon. Forming very dense, fastigiate,
dark red or purple, somewhat rigid tufts. This species is at once recog-
nised by the numerous scattered and very slender bristles which clothe the
joints, so different from the whorled, robust prickles which distinguish Cer.
ciliatum.

12. C. acatithonotum, Carm. ; frond slender, of nearly
equal diameter throughout, rigid, repeatedly dichotomous,
fastigiate, the apices strongly involute ; articulations pellu-

166 SPYRIDIA.

eid, those of the middle of the stem several times longer
than broad, the upper gradually shorter ; dissepiments co-
loured, armed on the outer edge with a single robust, broadly
subulate, coloured, three-jointed prickle ; tetraspores erum-
pent, whorled round the joint; favellae roundish, subtended
by a solitary, incurved ramulus. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxl.
C. ciliatum J3. acanthonolum, Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 100.

On exposed rocks, near low-water mark, and on the smaller Algae. An-
nual. Summer and autumn. Not uncommon. — Very densely tufted, 2 —
6 inches high, matted when old, fastigiate when young, of a very dark
purple colour, rigid and harsh to the touch. Known from C. flabelliyerum
by its different habit, and hyaline articulations ; and from both the other
species of this section by its solitary spine.

13. C. ciliatum, Ellis ; frond slender, of nearly equal dia-
meter throughout, rigid, repeatedly dichotomous, with or
without lateral branchlets, fastigiate, the apices strongly in-
volute ; articulations pellucid, those of the middle of the
stem from three to four times as long as broad, the upper
gradually shorter ; dissepiments coloured, furnished with a
whorl of robust, subulate, three-jointed prickles; tetraspores
alternating with the prickles ; favellae subtended by two or
three ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxix ; Harv. in Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 336 ; Wijatt, Alg. Danm. No. 180. Conf. ci-
liata, Ellis. E. Bot. t. 2428.

On rocks and stones, and on the smaller Alga? in tide-pools. Annual.
Summer. Not uncommon. Forming dense, fastigiate tufts of a paler
shade of purple than in C. acanthonotum, from which this species is at
once known by having numerous, whorled prickles on each joint. A beau-
tiful object under a low power of the microscope.

IV. SPYRIDIA. Harv. [Plate 22, D.]

Frond filiform, cylindrical, much branched, traversed by
a wide, articulated tube, whose walls are composed of small
angular cells ; ramuli setiforrn, simple, jointed. Fructifica-
tion : 1, stalked, gelatinous, lobed favellte, involucred by
short ramuli, and containing two or three distinct masses of
roundish spores ; 2, external tetraspores, with colourless bor-
ders, attached to the ramuli. — Name, Swapis, a basket ; in
allusion to the appearance of the receptacles.

1. S. filamentosa, Wulf ; frond irregularly branched, sub-
opake ; branches tapering at the base, more or less densely
clothed with setaceous ramuli ; articulations of the stem very

GRIFFITHSIA. 167

short, of the ramuli once and half as long as broad. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xlvi. ; Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 337 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 88. Cow/. Griffithsiana, E. Bot. t.
2312.

On rocks between tide-marks. Southern shores of England. Holy-
head, Mr. Ralfs. — Stems tufted, many rising from a broadly expanded disk,
thick, 2 — 8 inches high, irregularly branched, cartilaginous, densely cellu-
lar, with an obscure appearance of articulation ; branches beset with short,
hair-like, simple or subdivided, scattered ramuli. Colour a dull red, fad-
ing to brownish. A curious plant, and extensively distributed over the
world. It is found in the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and in the Mediter-
ranean.

V. GRIFFITHSIA. Ag. [Plate 23, B.]

Frond rose-red, filamentous; filaments articulated through-
out, mostly dichotomous; ramuli single-tubed, often whorled;
dissepiments hyaline. Fructification double : 1, roundish,
gelatinous, involucrated receptacles (favellts], including mi-
nute granules ; 2, tetraspores affixed to whorled ramelli. —
Named in honour of Mrs. Griffiths, of Torquay, Devonshire,
the "facile Regina " of British algologists.

* Branches set with short ramelli.

1. G. equisetifolia, Lightf. ; stems robust, cartilaginous,
whorled throughout with closely imbricated, incurved, many
times dichotomous ramelli. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 337 ; Wyatt,
Ala. Danm. No. 181 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixvii. Conf.
equisetifolia, E. Bot. t. 1479.

On the shores of England and the west of Ireland. Frequent. Bare
in Scotland. Frith of Forth, very rare, Mr. Yalden. Perennial. Sum-
mer. — Stems 3 — 8 inches high, a quarter of a line to nearly a line in dia-
meter, inarticulate, much and irregularly branched ; the chief divisions
more or less beset with shorter branches, of half an inch to an inch in
length, simple, and (including their ramelli) fusiform, tapering to the apex
and base ; the whole frond beset at distances of about half a line with
incurved, dichotomous, jointed ramelli, about a line long and overlapping
each other. The joints of these ramelli about 4 times as long as broad,
swollen upwards. Colour a fine rose-red, sometimes brownish. The fruc-
tification remains imperfectly known.

2. G. simplicifilum, Ag. ; stems slender, irregularly
branched, whorled with imbricated, straight, once-forked ra-
melli. Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. pt. iii. p. 212 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclxxxvii.

168 GRIFFITHSIA.

On rocks in the sea, very rare. On rocks near Black Castle, Wicklow,
and among rejectamenta at Ardinairy Point, Co. Wicklow. Coast of Nor-
folk, Rev. W. S. Bore. — Stems 4 — 8 inches long, cartilaginous, more slen-
der than those of G. equisetifolia, irregularly branched ; branches long
and mostly simple, much attenuated at the point, densely clothed with
short, straight, overlapping, jointed ramelli, 1 or 2 lines long, and once-
forked near the base. Occasionally the branches bear, together with these
ramelli, jointed, slender branchlets, of the thickness of G. setacea, and
either naked or beset near the summit with forked ramelli ; and in other
specimens the principal branches are covered with short rudimentary
branches, resembling the larger ones. Colour a fine pinky red, very much
brighter than in G. equisetifolia. Fructification unknown. I fear this is
only an attenuated variety of the preceding.

3. G. barbata, Sm.; filaments dichotomous, slender; ar-
ticulations slightly pyriform, 5 to 8 times as long as broad,
the uppermost emitting long, opposite or whorled, multifid,
byssoid ramelli on which the tetraspores are borne. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxi. ; Hook. Br. Ft. ii. p. 338. Conf. bar-
bata, E. Bot. t. 1814.

Thrown up by the sea, extremely rare. Beach at Brighton, Mr. Borrer,
who, I believe, only found it once, and who has had the kindness to send
me a portion of his specimen on talc. Jersey, growing on Algae in rock
pools, Miss Turner. — Frond 2 — 3 inches high, slender, gelatinous, many
times forked, fastigiate, the lower branches naked, the last few articulations
of the upper furnished with opposite or whorled very slender ramelli, re-
sembling the byssoid fibres of a Polysiphonia. Tetraspores globose, borne
on the ramelli. Favellcs stalked, involucrate. A much slenderer plant
than G. corallina.

** Stems dichotomous, naked.

4. G. Devoniensis, Harv. ; filaments very slender, gelati-
nous, flaccid, dichotomous, the lower axils patent, the upper
acute ; articulations cylindrical, 7 — 8 times as long as broad ;
dissepiments constricted ; involucres of tetraspores whorled
round the dissepiments of the branches. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. xvi.

On rocks, &c. near low-water mark. Annual (?) Plymouth, not uncom-
mon, Rev. W. S. Hore, &c. ; Salcombe, Mrs. Wyatt.— Filaments 2—3
inches high, densely tufted, slender, dichotomous, fastigiate, the lower
branches often throwing out root-like fibres which connect the filaments
together toward the base. Colour a fine rosy red. Articulations many
times longer than broad, cylindrical. A much more slender and densely
tufted plant than G. corallina. Some of its more robust forms bear a
greater resemblance to slender plants of G. setacea, but when in fruit the
differently arranged tetraspores at once distinguish it.

5. G. corallina, Linn. ; filaments dichotomous, incrassated,
gelatinous; axils patent; articulations 2 — 4 times longer than
broad, swollen upwards; involucres of tetraspores whorled

WRANGELIA. 169

round the dissepiments of the branches. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. ccxiv. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 338 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
89. Conf. corallina, E. Bot. t. 1815.

On rocks, £c., between tide-marks, rather rare. On all our coasls. —
Stems 2 — 4 inches high, tender and gelatinous, repeatedly and nearly regu-
larly dichotomous, thicker than bristles, sometimes nearly half a line in
diameter, jointed, the articulations 2 or 3 times longer than broad, swollen
upwards, contracted below, giving the frond the beaded appearance of a
coralline. Fruit : minute, densely aggregated tetraspores with wide bor-
ders, forming a band or whorl round the joints, near the tips of the
branches ; and roundish fa vella, disposed laterally on the ramuli.

6. G. secundiflora , J. Ag.; filaments ultra- setaceous, some-
what gelatinous but firm, irregularly dichotomous, the lesser
divisions flabellate ; axils acute ; branchlets fastigiate, ob-
tuse, not tapering to a point ; articulations cylindrical, two
to four times as long as broad, with a very wide border ; " in-
volucres on very short, lateral peduncles." Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. clxxxv.

On rocks, near low-water mark, veiy rare. Perennial ? Discovered at
Bovisand, near Plymouth, by Rev. W.S. Hore. — Filaments densely tufted,
4 — 8 inches high, thicker than hogs' bristles, not much attenuated, of a
fine, rich crimson-red, repeatedly forked ; all the axils acute, and the
branchlets very erect. Apices not tapering. Fruit has not yet been seen
in Britain.

7. G. setacea, Ellis ; filaments dichotomous, setaceous,
rigid, straight; the lesser branches sometimes opposite, atte-
nuated to a point; axils acute; joints cylindrical, 5 or 6
times longer than broad ; involucres, of both kinds peduncu-
late, lateral. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 338 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 137; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxiv. Conf. setacea, E.
Bot. t. 1689.

On rocks, &c. between tide-marks ; not uncommon near low-water mark.
Perennial. — Stems 3 — 6 inches long, setaceous, rather rigid, irregularly di-
chotomous, jointed; joints cylindrical, 3 — 6 times longer than broad, either
bare of ramuli, or, rarely, throwing out from the joints simple, horizontal,
root-like fibres. Colour a fine transparent crimson, which is instantly given
out with a crackling noise, occasioned by the bursting of the membrane, on
coming in contact with fresh water. It stains paper of a fine carmine, which
keeps unaltered for many years in the herbarium. Involucres raised on la-
teral, club-shaped stalks, 2 or 3 lines long ; their ramelli simple or forked,
bearing on the inner faces, minute, spherical, crowded, tetraspores. Favella
mostly binate, likewise^ attached to involucral ramelli, with very wide
borders.

VI. WRANGELIA. Ag. [Plate 23, !>.]

Frond purplish or rose-red, filamentous, jointed ; filaments
single tubed. Fructification : 1, gelatinous receptacles (fa-

170 SEIROSPORA.

vellte) terminating the branches, surrounded by an involucre
and containing several clusters of pear-shaped spores com-
pacted together ; 2, tetraspores affixed to the ramuli, scat-
tered. — Name, in honour of Baron von Wrangel, a Swedish
naturalist. Nearly related to Griffithsia, from which this
genus chiefly differs in having scattered tetraspores.

1. W. multifida, Huds. ; stems setaceous, pinnate or bi-
pinnate, articulated, each joint bearing a pair of opposite,
slender, pinnato-multifid, incurved ramelli, or whorled with
numerous forked ramelli; joints of the stem many times
longer than broad. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxvii. Griffithsia
multifida, Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 338 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
43. Conf. multifida, E. Bot. t. 1816— @. pilif era : ramelli
very long, sub-simple and hair-like.

On perpendicular rocks, near low-water mark. Frequent on the south
coasts of England. West of Ireland. Belfast Bay, Mr. W. Thompson.
Rare in Scotland, Saltcoats, Miss Margaret Landsborough. ft. Torquay,
Mrs. Griffiths — Stems 4 — 6 inches long, as thick as bristles, undivided,
pinnated or bipinnated with one or two series of long, simple, distichous,
patent branches, articulated; the joints very variable in length in different
specimens, 5 — 10 times longer than broad, single-tubed, each bearing an
opposite pair of slender, pinnato-multifid or sub-dichotomous ramelli, 1 or
2 lines long, which in /3. are much drawn out, half an inch long, and
either simple or pinnate. Colour a fine transparent rose-red, perishing
quickly in the air or in fresh water. Tetraspores minute, elliptical, with
a wide border, sessile on the lower part of the ramelli, opposite or secund,
occasionally tufted. Favellce roundish, stalked and involucrated, contain-
ing clusters of pear-shaped spores. The ramelli are generally described as
dichotomous, but they are only so by abortion ; the true mode of branch--
ing is pinnate, They are sometimes whorled, but more usually opposite.

VTI. SEIROSPORA. Harv. [Plate 23, C.]

Frond rosy, filamentous ; stem articulated, one-tubed, the
articulations traversed by jointed filaments; branches jointed.
Fructification: 1, Favellce (unknown); 2, oval tetraspores
disposed in terminal, moniliform strings. — Name,
chain, and (TTropog, a seed.

1. S. Grijfithsiana, Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxi. Callith.
seirospermmn, Griff, in Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 113. Cal.
versicolor &. seirospermum. Harv. in Hook. Journ. Bot. vol.
\.p. 302; Wyatt.Alg. Danm. No. 19.

On rocks and Algas, in 4 — 5 fathom water. Very rare. Torquay, Mrs.
Griffiths ; Salcombe, Mrs. Wyatf, Torpoint, Plymouth, Rev. W. S". Hore ;
Portaferry, Mr. Thompson ; ' Roundstone, W. H. H. ; Arran, Rev. D.

CALLITHAMNION. 171

Lcmdsborough ; Kirkwall Bay, Rev. J. H. Pollexfen. — Stem 2 or 6 inches
high, setaceous, generally undivided, more or less opake and veiny, set
with numerous, sub-distichous, long, simple, alternate, patent branches,
the lowest of which are longest, giving the plant, when displayed, a
broadly. ovate outline ; the largest frequently bearing a second set of simi-
lar branches. All are more or less furnished with sub-dichotomo-multifid,
level-topped ramuli, of a narrow obovate outline. Tetraspores globose, in
beaded strings at the tips of the hranchlets, several strings generally tufted
at each tip. This beautiful plant has the aspect, and many of the micro-
scopic characters of strong specimens of Cat. corymbosum, but is at once dis-
tinguished by the fructification ; the tetraspores in Seirospora being formed
out of the terminal ramuli themselves, the whole ramulus becoming con-
verted into a string of bead-like tetraspores.

VIII. CALLITHAMNION. Lyugb. [Plate 23, A.]

Frond rosy or brownish red, filamentous; stem either
opake and cellular, or translucent and jointed; branches
jointed, one-tubed, mostly pinnate (rarely dichotomous or ir-
regular) ; dissepiments hyaline. Fructification: 1, round-
ish or lobed, berry-like receptacles (favellaj seated on the
main branches, and containing numerous, angular spores :
2, external tetraspores, scattered along the ultimate branch-
lets or borne on little stalks. — Name, from xaXAoj, beautiful,
and Qapviov, a little shrub.

Section 1. CRUCIATA : ramuli opposite. (Sp. 1 — 7).

1. C.plumula, Ellis ; stems distichously branched, sub-
dichotomous, articulated; each joint bearing a pair of short,
recurved plumules pectinated on their upper margin. Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 339 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 138 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. ccxlii. Conf. plumula, Dillw. t. 50. C. Turneri, E.
Bot. t. 1637, (not t. 2336).— ft. smaller in every part.

In the sea from Orkney to Devon, not uncommon. |3. Devonshire,
Mrs. Griffiths. Dublin Bay. — Fronds 2 — 5 inches long, distichously
branched ; the branches alternate or irregular, the upper ones longest and
most divided, slender, articulated throughout ; every articulation having a
pair of opposite, horizontal or recurved ramuli, from a quarter to half a
line in length, and about a quarter the diameter of the stem, whose upper
margin is pectinated with a second series of subulate branchlets, which, in
luxuriant specimens, are often again and again pectinated along their inner
faces. Tetraspores minute, spherical, borne on the tips of the abbreviated
pectinate ramuli. Favellce large, lobed, dark red, on the main branches.
Joints of the stem 3 or 4 times longer than broad, of the ramuli shorter.
Colour a fine rose-red. Substance flaccid and tender.

C. cruciatum, Ag. ; irregularly divided ; branches linear,

172 CALLITHAMNION.

sub-simple, articulated, each joint having two or four oppo-
site or quaternate, slender, erect, pinnated ramuli. Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 339; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 182; Harv.
PJiyc. Brit. t. clxiv. — B. pumilum ; much smaller, the ra-
muli more dense, and joints shorter. Cal. pumilum, Harv.
in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 339.

On mud-covered rocks near low-water mark, rare. South of England
and South and West of Ireland. Coast of Down, Mr. W. Thompson. /3. at
Miltown Malbay. — Stems 1 or 2 inches high, irregularly divided into
a number of long, sub-simple branches, which sometimes bear a second or
third series; branches linear, jointed, each joint furnished with two oppo-
site or four cruciate, slender, pinnate or occasionally simple, erecto-patent
ramuli, from a quarter of a line to a line in length, crowded at the tips of
the branches, which, to the naked eye, have a peculiar thickened and
darkened appearance. Colour a brownish red. Substance flaccid. Tetras-
pores elliptical, dark red, seated on the shortened pinnules of the ramuli.
Favellce unknown. Having lately had an opportunity of studying this
species in its habitat at Torquay, and finding it to vary much in size, and
in the length and composition of the ramuli, I do not hesitate to reduce C.
pumilum to it as a variety.

3. C. Jloccosum, Fl. Dan. ; frond capillary, very flaccid,
remotely much branched ; branches alternate, erecto-patent,
articulated ; every joint producing a pair of opposite, simple,
subulate, erecto-patent, minute ramuli ; tetraspores elliptical,
pedicellate, produced on the ramuli, near their base. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxxi. Cal. Pollexfenii, Harv. in An. Nat.
Hist. vol. xiv. p. 186, t. v. /5 — 7. Conferva floccosa, FL
Dan. t. 828.

On submarine rocks, near low-water mark. Annual. Spring. Very
rare. Orkney Islands, Rev. J. H. Pollexfen. Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie. —
Densely tufted, 1 — 5 inches long, very slender and flaccid, irregularly di-
vided into several principal branches, somewhat dichotomous ; branches
naked, or furnished at intervals with short, multifid lesser branches, having
an obovate outline ; all the branching alternate. Every articulation of
stem and branches bears a pair of slender, and very short, opposite ramuli.
On these ramuli, toward their base the pedicellated tetraspores are borne.
Colour a bright purplish lake. A most beautiful and distinctly charac-
terised plant, of veiy yare occurrence, and seemingly confined to the nor-
thern parts of Britain.

4. C. Turneri, Dillw. ; stems rising from creeping fila-
ments, erect, simple or slightly branched, pinnated with
opposite, spreading, simple ramuli ; articulations of the stem
5 — 10 times longer than broad ; tetraspores clustered, subra-
cemose or corymbose ; favellse involucrated, stalked. Harv.
in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 339; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 183;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxix. Conf. Turneri, E. Bot. t. 2339,

CALLITHAMNION. 173

(not 1. 1637}. Cer. Turneri, Grev. Crypt, t. 355. Cat. re-
pens, Lyngb.; Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 115. Conf. repens,
Dillw. t. 18 ; E. Bot. t. 1608.

Parasitical on several marine Algae, common. — Stems rising from creep-
ing fibres, erect, forming a dense globular or elongated tuft, from an inch
to an inch and a half high, very slender, once or twice pinnated with op-
posite branches similar to the stem, which are occasionally, by abortion,
alternate. Articulations variable in length, but generally many times
longer than broad. Tetraspores globose, with wide borders, seated along
the upper sides of the pinna? at the joints, either stalked or sessile, clustered
or solitary. FavellaR stalked, furnished with an involucre, and resembling
those of Griffithsia. Colour a tine rose-red. I do not hesitate to unite
under this species the C. repens, of authors, which chiefly differs from C.
Turneri, in having the rainuli often alternate.

6. C. barbatum, Ag. ; stems (rising from creeping fila-
ments) tufted, much and irregularly branched ; branches
opposite or alternate, either simple or pinnulated for half
their length with minute, opposite, spine-like, erecto-patent
ramuli ; articulations 2 or 3 times longer than broad ; cap-
sules elliptic-oblong, sessile on the sides of the pinnulae.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxv.

On mud-covered rocks within tide-marks. Very rare. Ilfracombe, and
on the quay at Penzance, Mr. Ralfs. Dredged at Weymouth, Rev. M. J.
Berkeley. — Filaments densely tufted, 1 or 2 inches high, rising from creep-
ing fibres, much and irregularly branched ; branches opposite or alternate,
of various lengths, and either simple or bearing others, patent, the upper
and lesser branches pinnulated for half their length with minute, opposite,
spine-like, erecto-patent ramuli, not a quarter of an inch in length, which
are deciduous in winter. Articulations 2 or 3 times longer than broad,
deeply coloured. Substance meinbranaceous and somewhat rigid, imper-
fectly adhering to paper. Colour a brownish or full red. Tetraspores
elliptic-oblong, with wide borders, sessile on the sides of the pinnulae.
Under the microscope this presents many of the characters of the larger
and more branched specimens of C. Pluma, but it is a very much larger,
coarser, and more rigid plant, to the naked eye resembling C. Turneri ;
the pinnula are proportionally much shorter and more regular, and the
tetraspores are of a different shape. Mr. Ralfs says, " Tf I am right, it is a
perennial plant, but in winter it loses the small, opposite ramuli. The
plant, both at Penzance and Ilfracombe, grows in tufts, and is generally
covered with mud." The habitat, it may be observed, is very different
from that of C. Pluma.

7. C. Pluma, Dillw.; stems rising from creeping filaments,
erect, sub-simple or alternately branched; branches naked
below, the upper half pinnated with short, erect, close-set,
opposite ramuli ; articulations 2 — 4 times longer than broad ;
capsules globose, stalked. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 340.
Conf. Pluma, Dillw. Suppl. t. F.

174 CALLITHAMNION.

On other Algae, generally on the stems of Laminaria aigitata, rare.
Bantry Bay, Miss Hutchins. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Malbay, W. H. H.
— Stems rising from creeping fibres, a quarter to half an inch in height, either
simple or divided into a greater or less number of alternate, or sometimes
opposite branches, which are naked below, their upper half pectinato-pinnate.
PinncB opposite, short or long, simple, very erect. Tetraspores globose,
with wide borders, stalked or sessile, sometimes clustered, often terminating
the pinnulae. Joints of the stem and branches 2 — 4 times longer than
broad. Colour a full rose-red. Nearly allied to C. Turneri, but much
smaller and with shorter joints.

Section 2. FRUTICOSA. Main stems robust, opake, or nearly
opake, sub-simple, filled with longitudinal (rootlike) fila-
ments. Ramuli alternate (sp. 8 — 13).

8. C. Arbuscula, R. Br. ; stems naked below, robust, car-
tilaginous, main branches set with shorter branches, which
are densely clothed on all sides with minute, imbricated, pin-
nated ramuli (or plumules) ; ultimate pinnules simple or
forked, recurved, acute, their joints twice as long as broad ;
tetraspores lining the inner faces of the pinnules. Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 340 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxiv. Con-
ferva Arbuscula, R. Brown ! Dillw. t. 85 ; E. Bot. t. 1916.

Dasya spongiosa, Ag.

On rocks and stones between tide-marks. Perennial. Common on the
northern and western shores of Scotland and Ireland. Very rare on the
eastern shores of Scotland. Frith of Forth, Drs. Greville and Arnott.
Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie. — Stem cartilaginous, inarticulate, as thick as a crow-
quill at base, 3—8 inches long, shaggy with fibres, but destitute of branches
below, divided above, the branches set with a second and third series similar
to themselves, but shorter, the smallest about two lines long ; all quadrifari-
ous, and densely clothed on all sides with minute, pinnated ramuli or plu-
mules. These latter are not a quarter of a line long, simply pinnate, the
pinna? long, subulate, very patent or falcato-reflexed. Articulations of the
ramuli once and a half or twice as long as broad. Tetraspores spherical,
with wide borders, lining the inner face of the ramuli. Favellce roundish
or lobed, mostly in pairs. Colour a very dark vinous red. Substance of
the stem cartilaginous, of the ramuli flaccid. This is the original Conferva
Arbuscula of Brown, whose specimens I have examined. The figure in
Eng. Bot. is not very characteristic : that of Dillwyn is better, except the
colour, which is far too bright.

9. C. Brodi&i, Harv. ; stem sub-opake, veiny, obscurely
jointed, slender, simple, furnished throughout with patent,
alternate branches, which bear at each joint short, quadrifa-
rious, secondary branches, with a narrow, hastate outline ;
secondary branches laxly set with short, quadrifarious plu-
mules ; ultimate pinnules erecto-patent, obtuse, sub-simple ;
tetraspores roundish, sessile near the tips of the pinnules,

CALLITHAMNION. 175

mostly solitary. Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 340; Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 184 ; Harv. Phyc. Gen. t. cxxix.

In the sea, on other Algae, rare. Forres, Mr. Brodie. Coast of Northum-
berland, Mr. Robertson. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths and Miss Cutler. Corn-
wall, Mr. Ralfs. Miltown Malbay, W. H. H. Annual. Spring.— Stems
1 — 3 inches high, generally undivided, as thick or thicker than hogs' bristles
at base, attenuated upwards, inarticulate or with imperfect joints (which are
about twice as long as broad, and full of veins), closely beset throughout
its whole length with long, simple, quadrifarious branches, of which the
lowest are longest, becoming gradually shorter upwards, often again fur-
nished with a second or even third series, and all furnished at the (more or
less perfect) joints with short, pinnated ramuli or plumules ; the pinnules
erecto-patent, either simple, or having a few secund or alternate pinnulas
tapering upwards, but not to an acute point. Joints of the ramuli about
twice as long as broad. Tetraspores globose, on the inner face of the ra-
muli near the tip, generally solitary, occasionally 2 or 3 together, or on
short secund processes of the ramuli. Favella roundish, large, solitary, or
in pairs, borne by the lesser branches. Colour a brownish red. Substance
cartilagineo-membranaceous, flaccid. The general outline of the frond is
ovate. Specimens bearing favellte are more delicate and transparent in
the stem than the others.

10. C. letragonum, With. ; outline of the frond ovate ;
stem cartilaginous, sub-simple, setaceous, somewhat opake,
veiny, set with sub-qtiadrifarious, lateral branches, furnished
sometimes with a second or third series; penultimate branches
pellucidly jointed, slender, elongate, set with short, alternate,
patent, level-topped plumules, the lowest of which are simply
pinnate, the upper sub-bipinnate ; ramuli incurved, narrowed
at base, suddenly acuminate, their articulations once and a
half as long as broad, constricted at the joints ; tetraspores
exceedingly minute, oval, near the tips of the ramuli. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxvi. ; Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 334 ;
Wt/att, Alg. Danm. No. 90. Conf. tetragona, E. Bot. t.
1690.

Near low-water mark, on the larger Algae, frequent. Annual. Summer.
— Fronds 3 — 6 inches long, stem thicker than a hog's bristle at base, gra-
dually attenuated upwards, repeatedly branched alternately, the branches
irregularly quadrifarious, the lowest longest, and set with one or more
series of lesser branches, the upper gradually shorter and more simple ;
the general outline of the frond being ovate, with its principal divisions
tapering to the apex. Stem more or less obscurely jointed, naked or
clothed with squavrose ramuli ; branches set with quadrifarious or sub-dis-
tichous, alternate, pinnato-multifid, minute ramuli, about half a line in
length, contracted at base and suddenly acuminate at apex. Substance
firm, cartilagineo-membranaceous. Tetraspores excessively minute, sessile,
elliptic or roundish, secund, on the upper ramuli. Favellce solitary or in
pairs, large. Colour full or brownish red, becoming darker in drying.

11. C. brachiatutn, Bonnem. ; outline of the frond lanceo-

176 CALLITHAMNION.

late ; stem cartilaginous, sub-simple, setaceous, somewhat
opake, veiny, set with sub-quadrifarious, lateral branches, of-
ten furnished with a second series ; penultimate branches
pellucidly jointed, slender, elongate, set with short, alternate,
very erect, level-topped plumules, the lowermost of which
are most simple ; ramuli erect, subulate, not narrowed at
base, gradually tapering to a fine point, their articulations
twice as long as broad, cylindrical ; tetraspores minute, oval,
near the tips of the ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxvii.
C. granulatum, Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 334 (not of
Ag.}. C. Harveyanum, J. Ag. in Linn. xv. p. 45.

Parasitical on Algae, near low-water mark ; frequent. A more slender
plant than the preceding, with longer articulations in the stem, but chiefly
distinguished by the different form of the ultimate ramuli. In C. tetrago-
num the ramuli are mucronate, or suddenly tapering at the point; here
they are subulate, tapering from the very base. Still, this character may
possibly be variable.

12. C.teiricum, Dillw.; rigid; branches densely ramulose,
shaggy below, plumulate above ; plumules crowded, quadri-
farious, simply pinnate ; pinnae acute, tapering to the base,
erecto-patent; articulations 2 or 3 times longer than broad ;
tetraspores elliptical, minute, on short, lateral processes of the
pinnules. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 342 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 141 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxviii. Conf.
tetrica, E. Bot. t. 1915.

In the sea, generally growing on the perpendicular faces of rocks, at half-
tide level. Perennial. Common on the rocky coasts of England, and of
the west and south of Ireland. — Fronds 2 — 8 inches long, divided into se-
veral principal branches, closely covered with long, peculiarly straight and
rigid, pinnated ramuli, mixed with simple or irregularly branched ones ; the
the branches having a coarse, ropy character. Plumules simply pinnated,
the pinnae erecto-patent, contracted at base, attenuated upwards. Colour
a dull brownish-red. Substance more rigid than in most, imperfectly ad-
hering to paper, very fragile if moistened after having once been dried.
Articulations uniformly about once and a half as long as broad. Tetras-
pores ] — 3 on each lateral process. Favellce generally in pairs, minute,
seated on the pinnae, and nearly terminal.

13. C. Hookeri, Dillw.; stem setaceous, inarticulate or
spuriously jointed, simple, set with one or more series of al-
ternate, spreading, flexuous branches, the smaller of which
are jointed ; all furnished with very patent, pinnated ramuli
or plumules ; ultimate pinnules divaricating, their joints
twice or thrice as long as broad ; tetraspores along the inner
faces of the ramuli near the base. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclxxix. ; Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.. 341. Conf. Hookeri,

CALLITHAMNION. 177

Dillw. t. 106. C. lanosum, Harv. L c. ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 139.

On rocks and Algae between tide-marks. Annual. Spring and sum-
mer. Cawsie, Messrs. Hooker and Borrer. Not uncommon, from Orkney
to Cornwall. — Stem 1 — 3 inches high, setaceous, inarticulate or spuriously
jointed (the joints short and filled with veiny fibres), closely furnished
throughout with long, simple branches, similar to itself, which again bear
a second or third set, either quadrifarious or sub-distichous, flexuous ; the
lesser ones jointed, and at the joints bearing very patent, pinnated rarauli
or plumules, which are sometimes naked at the base, and either simple or
bipinnated above, all the pinnules very patent or divaricating. Joints
twice or thrice as long as broad. Tetraspores along the inner face of the
ramuli near the base, either solitary or 2 or 3 together. Favellce large, on
the branches, irregular. Colour a brownish or rosy-red, in some states pre-
served in drying, at other times very fugacious. The specimens of this
plant from North Devon and from the South of Ireland, are much more
robust and deeper coloured, and of a less delicate substance than those
from Torbay and the east of Ireland, and, at first sight, strikingly resemble
C. Brodicei, while the latter come nearer C. roseum. A re-examination of
the original Conferva Hookeri, and comparison with various varieties of
Cat. lanosum, Br. Fl. induce me to unite the latter to the former. It is
certainly a very variable plant, but the varieties run insensibly into each
other.

Section 3. ROSEA. Main stems slender, evidently articu-
lated, the articulations pellucid, or traversed by a few
longitudinal filaments. Branches decompound-pinnate.
Ramuli alternate. (Sp. 14—23).

14. C. roseum, Sm. ; stems much and loosely branched ;
secondary branches long, flexuous, sub-distichously plumu-
late ; plumules lax, with a roundish outline, crowded towards
the tops of the branches ; pinnules long, patent, sub-simple,
curved, simply pinnate ; main articulations 4 or 5 times,
those of the pinnae 2 or 3 times longer than broad ; tetra-
spores elliptical, scattered, near the base of the pinnae. Harv.
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 341 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 44 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxx. Conf. rosea, E. Bot. t. 966.

Near low-water mark, on mud-covered rocks and Algae. Annual. Sum-
mer. Yarmouth, Messrs. Turner and Borrer. Not uncommon, generally
distributed. — Stems 3 or 4 inches long, setaceous, in young plants jointed,
in older opake and full of veins, set throughout with long, more or less qua-
drifarious, patent branches, which are several times irregularly pinnated,
till the plant acquires an excessively branched, entangled character;
branches furnished more or less abundantly with long, simply or sub-
simply pinnated plumules, which are usually crowded in the upper part of
the branches, giving the tips (especially of young plants) a dense appear-
ance ; the ultimate ramuli elongate, slender, the lower ones usually simple,
the upper occasionally pinnulate in the upper part. Tetraspores elliptical

N

178 CALL1THAMNION.

or spherical, on the inner faces of the ratnuli, 2 or 3 together or solitary.
Favellce two or more together on the branches. Colour in young specimens
a fine purple-red, in old brownish, becoming brighter in fresh water.

15. C. byssoideum, Arnott ; stems extremely slender, flac-
cid and byssoid, much divided ; branches linear-lanceolate,
set with long, slender, flexuous, sub-simply pinnate plumules ;
joints of the branches eight times, of the ramuli four times
longer than broad ; tetraspores solitary, sessile on the pinnae.
Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 342; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No.
185 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxii.

Near low-water mart, on other Alga?. Whitsand Bay, Dr. Jacob. Not
very uncommon. — Stems extremely tender, flaccid and gelatinous, much
divided from the base, either with several principal branches thicker than
the rest, which bear a great number of lesser branches, or wholly composed
of slender, byssoid branches, inextricably entangled together, the main
stems in the coarser specimens full of veins ; branches having a linear-lan-
ceolate outline, tapering to a point, clothed with long, slender, sub-simply
pinnate ramuli, either quadrifarious or distichous, all the divisions alter-
nate. Joints of the stem many times longer than broad, of the ramuli
about four times longer than broad. Tetraspores elliptical, sub-solitary
near the base of the ramuli. Favellce sessile on the stems, frequently three-
lobed. This species has the habit and substance of Cal. corymbosum, with
which, at one time, I was disposed to unite it. In ramification, however,
it more nearly agrees with C. roseum, but is much more slender and
delicate.

16. C. polyspermum, Ag. ; tufts globose ; filaments slen-
der, delicate, loosely branched, somewhat naked below, disti-
chously plurnulate above ; plumules linear-oblong (in out-
line); pinnae short, simple, patent, acute, spine-like ; articu-
lations of the branches 4 or 5 times, of the ramuli twice as
long as broad ; tetraspores lining the inner faces of the pin-
na?. Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 342 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 140 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxi.

On rocks and the larger Fuci, not uncommon. Annual. Spring and
summer. — Tufts globose, 1 — 3 inches in diameter, dense; stems sub-
simple below, much branched above in a fan-like manner ; the branches
several times divided and set with lesser branches, all the larger ones hav-
ing spine-like, alternate, subulate, short ramuli, the larger pinnated with a
second series, the uppermost ones occasionally still more compound ; all
the ramuli spreading, sometimes reflexed. Joints of the stem and branches
torulose, with a narrow tube. Capsules profuse, spherical. Favellce large,
roundish or ovate, binate. Colour a dull rose-red or purplish. In drying
it adheres less perfectly than some others to paper.

17. C. purpurascens, Sm. ; "purplish-red, repeatedly
branched, very slender and tufted, joints slightly turned,
thrice as long as broad, with pellucid partitions, those of the

CALLITHAMNION. 179

main stems compound ; capsules lateral, sessile." Smith,
E. Bot. t. 2465 j Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 343.

" Gathered on the beach at Brighton by Mr. W. Borrer, who thinks it
may be C.purpurascens of Hudson." Sm. — With this I am quite unac-
quainted. Mrs, Griffiths informs me she has specimens gathered in Corn-
wall, so named by Dawson Turner, and Dr. Goodenough, that are identical
with Cal. Brodicei.

18. C. fasciculatum, Harv. ; tufted; branches erect, flex-
uous, le vel- topped ; plumules elongate, erect, linear-obovate,
truncate ; pinnae long and flexuous, the lowermost simple,
appressed, the upper erecto-patent, ramulose at the tip ; ar-
ticulations of the branches thrice, of the pinnae once or
twice as long as broad, sub-torulose. Harv. in Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 343.

At Yarmouth, Mr. Borrer. — 2 or 3 inches high, nearly naked at the
base, much branched and tufted upwards, bushy, very slender ; the apices
of the branches looking, to the naked eye, as if truncated or corymbose ;
branches long and flexuous, very erect, their upper half closely plumulate,
the plumules long and appressed. Colour a fine purple-red. Articulations
of the main stem nearly opake, composed of jointed fibres. Tetraspores
rare, sub-solitary, elliptical, at the base of the pinna3. This description,
which I now transfer from Br. Fl. was taken from a specimen in Sir W.
Hooker's herbarium, marked C. Borreri. It did not appear to me to be
the same with Borreri, a species with which, at that time, I was but little
acquainted, but having in the interval seen many anomalous varieties of
the latter, I fear that the present must be looked on as a very doubtful spe-
cies. I have never seen more than Mr. Borrer's specimen.

19. C. Borreri, Sm. ; sub-simple below, much branched in
a fan-like manner above, rigid or flaccid; upper branches set
with distichous plumules which are bare of ramuli below,
closely pinnate above ; pinnae long, patent, simple (or ramu-
lose at top), the lowermost longest ; articulations of the
branches 2 — 5 times, of the ramuli about twice as long as
broad ; tetraspores roundish, sessile in the inner face of the
pinnae. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 344; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. clix. Conf. Borreri, E. Bot. 1. 1741. Cal. seminu-
dum, Ay. ! Harv. I. c. ; Wyatt, Alg. Danrn. No. 187.

On rocks in the sea, rather rare. Yarmouth, Mr. Borrer. South of
England, in many places. East coast of Ireland, Miss Ball and Miss
Gower. — Filaments sub-simple and somewhat bare of branches, or merely
set with short ramuli below, much branched in a fan-like manner above,
the branches having a roundish general outline, the tips even of the lesser
divisions being singularly blunt and rounded ; upper branches furnished
with distichous, alternate plumules, which are bare of ramuli below, and
closely pinnate in their upper half, the lowermost pinnae being longest, and
some of them occasionally pinnulate towards the tips. Substance either ri-
gid or very flaccid and membranaceous, a difference which probably depends

N2

180 CALLITHAMNION.

on age and situation. Colour a full or pale rose-red, given out to fresh
water. Some specimens have a very straggling look, the chief divisions
being set with irregular ramuli, having something the character of a young
plant of C. tetricum, the uppermost branches only having a few plumulate
rainuli. On examination of numerous specimens, in different states, and
from various localities, I am induced to unite C. seminudum of Agardh
and of ' Br. Fl.' with the older species C. Borreri. The chief differences I
can find are, that the state called Borreri is more flaccid, of paler colour,
more laxly branched, and having rather longer joints ; differences which,
in such variable plants, are not of much value.

20. C. ajfine, Harv. ; much branched; secondary branches
of a roundish outline, long, alternately plumulate ; plumules
very narrow, linear-clavate, simply pinnate ; pinnae short,
erect, increasing in length upwards, attenuate, crowded at
top ; articulations of branches 3 or 4 times, of pinnae once
and a half as long as broad. Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii.
p. 344.

Shores of Bute, on Fuci, Dr. Greville. — Excessively branched, 2 or 3
inches high, bushy; main filaments much divided, set with very numerous,
alternate, secondary branches, of a roundish or ovate figure, alternately
plumulate ; plumules short, very narrow ; lowermost pinnules distant, short
and somewhat spine-like, uppermost elongated and crowded. Colour a
deep red. Articulations of the stem four times as long as broad, closely
filled with very slender, longitudinal veins. Capsules either in the axils of
the pinnae or on the first joint. A doubtful species.

21. C. tripinnatum, Ag. ; frond distichously branched,
capillary, decomposito-pinnate ; plumules elongate, obovate,
tripinnate above ; upper pinnae long and pinnulate, lower
short or abortive, each pinna having at its axil a minute pin-
nule ; pinnules long, setaceous ; articulations of the stem
3 — 4 times, of the pinnae about twice as long as broad ; te-
traspores oval, lateral, on the axillary and occasionally on the
other pinnules. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxvii.

On rocks, at extreme low-water mark, very rare. Annual. April and
May. Roundstone Bay, Mr. M'Calla. Plymouth, Mr. Rohloff. — Fila-
ments 1 — 2 inches high, slightly tufted, perfectly distichous, having a cir-
cumscribed, fan-like outline, about triply pinnate ; the primary branches
or plumules having an obovate outline. These primary branches are bi-
pinnate above, and simply pinnate towards the base, but the most striking
character is a minute axillary ramulus rising from the first articulation of
each pinnule. Colour a fine crimson, and substance delicate, closely ad-
hering to paper. This species has much of the aspect of the following,
but in its microscopic characters is nearer to C. Borreri.

22. C. gracillimum, Ag. ; frond distichously branched, fan-
shaped ; filaments capillary, decomposito-pinnate ; upper
plumules long, narrow-ovate or lanceolate, patent, bi-tripin-

CALLITHAMNION. 181

nate ; articulations of the stem cylindrical, 3 or 4, of pinnae
2 or 3 times longer than broad ; tetraspores on the tips of
the pinnules. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 345 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 45.

On mud-covered rocks near low-water mark. Pier, Torquay, Mrs.
Griffiths. Milford Haven, Mr. Ralfs. Falmouth, Miss Warren. Ply-
mouth, abundantly, Rev. W. S. Hore, &c. — Filaments 1 — 4 inches high,
irregularly branched, exceedingly slender, distichous; main branches few,
unequally plumulate for their whole length; lower plumules short, vaguely
pinnate ; upper from half an inch to an inch long, narrow-ovate or lanceo-
late, acute, patent, bi-tripinnate ; outline of the principal branches broadly
ovate. Colour rose-red. Tetraspores minute, elliptical, on the tips of
shortened pinnulae. Favellce roundish, lobed, on the principal branches.

23. C. thuyoideum, Sm. ; repeatedly branched in an alter-
nate manner, distichous ; branches set with alternate, lanceo-
late, narrow, bipinnate plumules ; articulations of the stem
2 — 6 times longer than broad ; capsules on the tips of the
pinnulae. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 346 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclxix. Cow/, thuyoides, E. Bot. t. 2205. Cal. tri-
pinnatwn, Harv. I. c. (not of Agardh) ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 186.

On rocks near low-water mark, rare. Yarmouth, Mr. Borrer. Ply-
mouth, Mr. Sconce. Pier, Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Wicklow. Porta-
ferry, Mr. W. Thompson. Roundstone, Mr. W. M'Calla. — Frond 1 or 2
inches high, sub-simple below, alternately branched above, the branches
distichous, generally having two or more series of lesser branches, which
are also alternate ; the minor branches, and sometimes all the divisions of
the frond, set at every joint with alternate, patent, closely bipinnate plu-
mules, of a very narrow, linear-oblong figure. Articulations of the stem
very variable in length in different specimens ; in some twice, in others
six times as long as broad, more or less swollen at the joints. Tetraspores
on the tips of shortened pinnulae. Colour a fine rose-red. Substance soft
and flaccid. The first plumule of the branches or pinnule of the plumules
frequently rises from the axil, especially in a variety having shorter joints
to the stem than usual, which led me in Br. Fl. to regard this variety as
the Cal. tripinnatum of Agardh, a species, one of whose chief characters is
this axillary ramulus. Agardh's plant proves, however, on inspection of
authentic specimens, to be very different, and, having been recently disco-
vered in Britain, is above described.

Section 4. CORYMBOSA. Stems articulated ; ramuli dicho-
tomous. (Sp. 24—26.)

24. C. corymbosum, Sm. ; capillary, flaccid, gelatinous;
secondary branches alternate, excessively dichotomous, sub-
flabellate, level-topped ; ramuli dichotomous, byssoid ; arti-
culations of the branches 8 — 10 times longer than broad ;

182 CALLITHAMNION.

tetraspores solitary, axillary. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p.
346 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 22 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclxxii. Conf. corymbosa, E. Bot. t. 2352, (joints too
short).

On Algae, near low-water mark, and on rocks, not uncommon. — 1 — 3
inches high, frond with a more or less evident principal stem, which is ca-
pillary below, byssoid above, and closely set with long, alternate branches,
which are more or less divided ; the penultimate ones having alternate,
dichotomous, multifid branchlets of an obovate outline, rounded at top, or
somewhat level-topped. The branching of these ramuli is subject to much
variation, sometimes being nearly regularly dichotomous, at other times
having an alternate character, but the plant is well marked to the naked
eye by the peculiar, level-topped or corymbose appearance of the smaller
branches, joined to their slender, byssoid aspect. Tetraspores minute,
seated on the forked ramuli immediately below the furcation, thus seem-
ingly axillary. Favellce binate, in the axils of the branches. Colour a
rose, or purplish red. Substance exceedingly flaccid and gelatinous, ad-
hering most closely to paper, and having a fine gloss when dried.

25. C. spongiosum, Harv. ; stems robust, cartilaginous,
more or less opake and veiny, branched in every direction ;
branches thickly set with dense, quadrifarious, repeatedly di-
chotomous, round-topped branchlets; axils patent; apices
short, bifid ; articulations of the branches swollen at the
joints, thrice as long as broad. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii.
p. 346 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 93 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cxxv.

On rocks in the sea, generally such as are perpendicular, and on other
Algas. Dunleary, 1802, Mr. Templeton. South of England and coasts of
Ireland and Scotland. — Fronds 2 — 4 inches high, flaccid, soft, holding
water like a sponge; stems shrubby ; branches long, spreading in every di-
rection, thickly clothed with short, secondary branchlets, about half an
inch in length, which are again covered with a third set, which are dicho-
tomously divided, and, spreading on all sides, give the plant a rounded,
bushy character. Main articulations veined. Tetraspores solitary, axil-
lary. Favellce roundish or lobed. To the naked eye this plant has some-
thing the habit of C. Arbuscula, while, in its microscopic characters, it
comes nearer C. corymbosum. It is, however, a much coarser plant than
the latter, void of gloss when dry, and of a duller colour. The joints are
uniformly shorter, the ramuli more regularly dichotomous, dense and qua-
drifarious, and the axils more patent. It was originally discovered by
Mr. Templeton, in the station in which I afterwards gathered it 30 years
later, a fact of which I was ignorant when I first described it in ' British
Flora.'

26. C. pedicellatum, Dillw. ; stems setaceous, loosely and
irregularly branched ; branches naked, or set with short, al-
ternate, somewhat tufted, sparingly dichotomous branchlets;
apices obtuse ; articulations variable, mostly very long ; te-
traspores solitary, elliptical or pear-shaped, axillary, stalked.

CALL1THAMNION. 183

Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 347; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxii. ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 94. Conf. pedicellata, E. Bot. t.
1817.

On rocks, &c. near low-water mark, not uncommon. Summer. — Fila-
ments 2 — 8 inches high, rather flaccid, as thick as horse-hair , branches long,
and little or much divided, springing from near the base, beset with short,
dichotomous ramuli, which are often crowded at the tips, so as to give the
plant a pencilled appearance ; apices always rounded and obtuse. Articu-
lations extremely variable in length in different specimens, in some four,
in others twelve times longer than broad. Colour a fine red, which is ra-
pidly given out in fresh water, and becomes in the herbarium a dull dingy
brown. Tetraspores elliptical or pear-shaped, very dark, raised on little
colourless stalks situated in the axils of the branches. Pavellee large, sin-
gle or in pairs, on the stems.

Section 5. PULVINATA. Filaments short, densely tufted,
forming cushion-like tufts, or spreading in velvetty
patches. (Sp. 27—29).

27. C. Rothii, L. ; widely spreading, densely tufted ; fila-
ments slender, short, erect, dichotomous; branches long,
straight, appressed ; articulations twice as long as broad ;
tetraspores clustered, borne on short, terminal, sub-corym-
bose ramuli. Harv. in Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 347 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cxx. B; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 188. Conf.
Rothii, E. Bot. t. 1702. — /3. purpureum ; filaments very mi-
nute, forming continuous velvetty patches, slightly branched.
Cat. purpureum, Harv. Man. Isted. I, p. 116. Byssus pur-
purea, E. Bot. t. 1 92.

On marine rocks, above half-tide level. Perennial. Fruiting in winter.
— Filaments a quarter of an inch to nearly an inch in height, forming
large velvetty patches, of a deep red or purple colour. Branches few and
very erect, either dichotomous or alternate, equal. Fructification, as first
pointed out by the late Capt. Carmichael, frequently produced in the win-
ter months.

28. C. Jloridulum, Dilhv. ; filaments short ; densely tuft-
ed, fastigiate, sparingly branched ; branches alternate or
sub-dichotomous, nearly simple, appressed; articulations
thrice as long as broad ; tetraspores minute, oval, borne on
very short, closely appressed pedicels, ranged in a secund
manner along the upper branches. Harv. I. c. p. 348 ; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. cxx. A. Conf.Jloridula, Dillw. Suppl. t. F;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 219.

On marine rocks, near low-water mark. West of Ireland, extremely
common. Orkney, Dr. Pollexfen. Laud's End, Mr. Ralfs, — Filaments

184 CALLITHAMNION.

about an inch high, forming dense, fastigiate tufts, very slender and of
equal diameter throughout, furnished with a few long, simple, alternate,
very erect or appressed branches, some of which bear, near the apex, seve-
ral alternate or secund, closely appressed ramuli, the lowest of which are
longest, the upper gradually shorter, giving the apices of the branches a
corymbose or level-topped character. Joints fully thrice as long as broad,
sometimes rather longer. The fortunate discovery of the fruit by Mr.
Ealfs, in April, 1840, affords at length a satisfactory character by which
this long-doubtful plant may be distinguished from C. Rothii.

29. C. mesocwpum, Carm. ; " filaments minute, csespitose ;
branches virgate, erect ; articulations 4 or 5 times longer than
broad ; capsules elliptical, on long pedicels." Carm. MSS.
Harv. 1. c. p. 348.

Rocks at the extremity of low-water mark. Appin, Capt. Carmichael.
— Tufts contiguous, forming a broad, shaggy, purple crust. Filaments 2
or 3 lines long, sparingly branched ; branches long, straight, erect, simple
and sub-secund. Tetraspores crowded about the middle of the filaments,
secund or opposite, on long, single-jointed or forked peduncles; the cap-
sules, in the latter case, either in the axils or substituted for a branch of the
fork. I could not discover that it sprung from creeping filaments." Carm.
MSS. This appears to come very near C. strictum of Agardh.

Section 6. PARASITICA. Minute parasites. (Sp. 30 — 31.)

30. C. sparsum, Harv.; "filaments minutely tufted, scat-
tered, sparingly branched ; branches spreading, unequal ;
articulations twice or thrice as long as broad ; tetraspores
obovate, sessile, mostly axillary." (Carm.) Harv. I. c. p.
348.

On old stems of Laminaria saccharina, at Appin, Capt. Carmichael.
On Conf. rupestris at Miltown Malbay. — Scarcely a line high, forming mi-
nute, scattered tufts. Stems nearly simple, erect, slightly branched beyond
the middle ; branches erecto-patent, alternate or secund, of unequal length ;
the apices obtuse. This is probably the C. floridulum of Lyngbye, Hyd.
Dan. p. 136. It is better distinguished from C. Rothii by its minute size
and scattered habit than by any peculiarity of branching. The fruit, ac-
cording to Capt. Carmichael is, however, very different.

31. C. Daviesii, Sm. ; rose -red, minute, tufted, much
branched ; branches flexuous or straight, scattered or close,
erect, more or less furnished with short, sub-secund ramuli ;
articulations 3 or 4 times longer than broad. Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 348 ; E. Bot. t. 2329. C. virgatulum,
Harv. 1. c. p. 349 ; Wyatt, Ala. Damn. No. 189. C. lanu-
ginosum, Lyngb. Harv. Man. ed. i. p. 117. Conf. lanugino-
sa, Dillw. t. 45. C. secundatum, Ag. Harv. Man. ed. i. p.

CHLOROSPERME.E. 185

Parasitical on the smaller Alga, generally on Ceramium rubrum. — Fila-
ments 2 or 3 lines high, forming elegant, pencilled tufts, much branched ;
branches straight or somewhat flexuous, erect or slightly spreading, close
or distant, the upper ones often closely set with minute, bud-like, 1- or 2-
jointed ramuli. Capsules minute, elliptical, solitary or clustered. I fear
the distinctions pointed out in Br. Fl. between C. Daviesii and viryatu-
lum cannot be depended on ; the latter appears to be merely a more ad-
vanced state of the former : nor can I discover any permanent characters
by which C. lanuginosum and C. secundatum, Ag. may be distinguished.
Cat. Daviesii bears a very close resemblance to Trentipohlia pulchella, a
fresh-water Alga, inhabiting mountain streams.

SUB-CLASS III.
CHLOROSPERME^E OR CONFERVALES.

Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. part'\\\. p. 220, (1836) ; ZOOSPER-
, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. i. (1842). NOSTOCHINE.E, ULVACE^E,
CONFERVOIDE.E (in part.} Ag. Syst. pp. xv. xxxii. ZOOSPER-
ME.E and SYNSPORE.E, Dne. Sc. Nat. xvii. p. 305. CONFER-
VACE^: and part of PHYCE^E, Endl. PI. 3d Suppl. p. 10, 19.
CONFERVACE.E and part ofFuc^CEM, Lindl. Veg.Kingd. pp.
14, 20. (DiATOME^E, or DIATOMACE^E, of author s, are also a
part of this sub-class).

DIAGNOSIS. — Plants green, rarely a livid purple. Fructi-
fication : dispersed through all parts of the frond, the whole
colouring matter being capable of conversion into propagula ;
1, spores (Sporidia, Ag.), green or purple, formed within
the cells, often at maturity vivacious, moving by means of
vibratile cilia ; 2, coniocystae (Ag.), or external vesicles,
containing a dense, dark-coloured, granular mass, and finally
separating from the frond. Marine, or (more generally)
found in fresh-water streams, ponds, and ditches, or in
damp situations. (The marine species of this sub-class are
alone described in the present work}.

The plants of this sub-class are, in the vast majority of
cases, at once distinguished from all other Algae by the bright

186 CHLOROSPERME^E

grass-green or blue-green colour of the frond. A very few
are tinged with lurid purple, and a few others with brown.
A simplicity of structure, and fructification dispersed through
the whole colouring substance of the frond, not confined to
distinct conceptacles, combined with the herbaceous green
colour just spoken of, are the marks by which we recognize
a Chlorospermatous Alga. When we examine these plants
a little more closely, with high magnifying powers, we ob-
serve that the spores of a large number of them, perhaps of
all, are, just at the time of their emission by the parent plant,
clothed with vibratile cilia, and endowed with a peculiar mo-
tion, strongly resembling the voluntary motion of animalcules.
The little spore, whilst contained within the mother cell,
commences life by knocking continually against the walls of
the enclosure until it has burst through them into the sur-
rounding water ; and then, with many gyrations and rapid
changes of place, it swims about by means of the cilia with
which it is furnished, until it reaches a substance on which it
can rest and attach itself. Once attached, its seemingly vo-
luntary motions cease. The cilia are absorbed or perish.
The semblance of animal life is laid aside, and the vegetable
cellule commences the growth natural to its kind, and finally
becomes a plant like its parent. Some observers claim for
it an animal life during the season of its ciliary movements,
and certainly there is a very striking similarity between these
movements and the movements which wTe observe in the ova
of many of the lower animals, particularly of the class Radi-
ata. But that it is a resemblance, a connexion of analogy
only, I can scarcely doubt. All must admit that the two
great kingdoms of animated nature — animals and plants —
(for that plants are endowed with a life analogous to that of
animals can no longer be doubted) — approach each other,
through the lower members of either kingdom, and seem al-
most conterminous. In the spores of these Algae we find
one point of seeming contact, but this is laid aside on the
commencement of the development of the frond. In some
of this sub-class, as in the Diatomaceee and Oscillatoriete,
the motion is not always confined to the spore, but the fully
formed frond enjoys this singular power in a greater or less
degree through the whole of its life-time. And, if you will
have it so, the movements of the sensitive plant and of He-
dysarum gyrans are further instances, taken from among the
higher vegetables, of a movement, to all appearance sponta-
neous, perhaps voluntary. And if animals be distinguished

CHLOROSPERMEjE. 187

from plants by their voluntary motions only, here are cases
which seem to show that the distinction is one of degree and
not of kind. And pursuing such a train of thought, I can
hardly call it a thread of reason, we are led to question the
absolute distinctions between the two great kingdoms of na-
ture, whether a plant and an animal be not really fellow-mem-
bers of a single fraternity, and not, as commonly supposed,
members of distinct organic creations. But in so question-
ing the absoluteness of the distinctions between animal and
vegetable life, we overlook not merely the crowd of other cir-
cumstances connected with animal and vegetable existence
which would bear to the other side of the argument, while we
fix our attention strongly on a few isolated facts that appear
to make out our point : — we not only do this, but we shut
our eyes to another fact with which no naturalist who has
entered at all into questions of affinity can be unfamiliar,
namely, that in no case do we see any group in nature in
that state of entirety, unconnexion, or nudity, which will
enable us to fix its limits with mathematical precision. Are
we therefore to doubt that there are limits, because we can-
not readily see them ? Or that absolute differences do not
exist because they pass our acuteness to make plain ? I can
hardly think this ; and therefore is it that all the arguments
brought forward in favour of the unity of animal and vegeta-
ble life appear to my (perhaps prejudiced) mind illusory ;
and instead of making me more satisfied that the connexion
has been proved, remind me merely of those

" False views, like that horizon's fair deceit,
When earth and heaven hut seem, alas, to meet !"

The question is too wide to discuss at large in the present
place, nor is it of much practical importance, however inte-
resting it may be in a speculative point of view. For all
practical purposes vegetable and animal life are as opposite
as the poles of a magnet. They are like two opposite and
equal forces in juxta-position : there are innumerable points
between the two centres of force in which one or other force
preponderates in a greater or less degree :• — there is also one
point at which neither force preponderates ; a middle point,
a point of equilibrium or rest. Applying this illustration to
to the animal and vegetable kingdom, such a middle point
would be a point of death or annihilation — a chasm, however
narrow, separating conterminous countries, at one side of
which animal life is manifested, but in its lowest conceivable

188 CHLOROSPERME^:.

phase ; and at the other side vegetable life, in an equally low
condition. Some such boundary seems to sever such animals
as the- sponges, from such vegetables as the less perfect
chlorospermatous Algae — but our present knowledge of
either tribe is insufficient to permit us clearly to define in
words what the exact limits of this bounding line may be.
In such a case it is much safer to leave the point undeter-
mined, seeing that the probabilities are greatly in favour
of the belief that, could we know the matter perfectly, such
a boundary line would be discovered.

The least organized of the Chlorosperms consist of a single
cell, containing a granular matter called endochrome, identi-
cal with that found in the cells of the higher vegetables.
These very simple plants usually multiply by spontaneous
fissure, the internal mass separating into two or more parts,
round which a membrane is formed, and which thus be-
come cells developed within the walls of the original cell.
These cells burst through the mother-cell and become dis-
tinct plants, propagating others at maturity in a similar way.
Such is the method of increase in the Protococcus or Red-
snow plant, whose sudden appearance is readily accounted
for by this process of multiplication, by which, in a very few
generations some millions of individuals will result from one
original cell. If the plant have existed on the surface of the
soil on which the snow- falls, its progress upwards through
the snow, as new individuals are produced, will be very ra-
pid, and thus vast spaces, many feet in thickness, are
frequently tinged by a plant of extreme minuteness — so
small, that except when seen in masses, it is scarcely appre-
ciable by the eye. Sir John Ross encountered it in Baffin's
Bay, covering tracts of miles in extent, and often penetrating
to the depth of ten or twelve feet.

Other simple Chlorosperms are propagated by the conjuga-
tion of two cells. This is the case in the Diatomaceae and
DesmidiaceoB and in many of the Confervoid tribes. In the
case of the simpler Desmidiacete, where the frond consists of
a single cell, two fronds come together — a passage is formed
from one to the other, and in the intermediate space the
whole contents of both the parent-cells are poured, resulting
in the fructification or spore. The history of such plants
is analogous to that of annuals, which die when they
have perfected their seeds. But besides this mode of
propagation, they are likewise multiplied by the vivifi-
cation and growth of the green matter with which they are

CHLOROSPERME^l. 189

filled. This matter, when mature, becomes granular, and is
converted into those active spores (or zoospores) whose ani-
mal motions I have already mentioned ; and which are pro-
bably analogous to the gemmae or buds, by which more per-
fect plants are propagated. This, at least, is the opinion of
Mr. Ralfs, one of the most accurate observers of these
minute plants.

The frond in others, a little more advanced in organization,
consists of several cells strung together in filaments, such as
we find in Conferva and its allies. These filaments are
either simple or branched, and are increased, either by
additional cells continually added to the growing apices, and
as it were budding out of the old cell ; or else by the bi-
partition of the first-formed cells. In the first case, a little
bud-like body is formed at the apex of an old cell, which
lengthens and widens until it attains the dimensions proper
to the species ; when it stops, and gives birth to a bud
of like character. In the second case, a transverse separa-
tion takes place in the middle of the endochrome of an old
cell ; a partition or dissepiment is gradually formed, and at
last, two cells result from what had been one, and lengthen
till they attain their normal state, when each is again capable
of this fissiparous division. Such appears to be the mode of
growth in Conferva melagonium, area, &c. ; while most of
the CladopUora} grow by budding. The difference, however,
is more apparent than real, for a fissiparous division takes
place in both cases. The Confervas are commonly propa-
gated by zoospores ; but sometimes form sporangia, elabo-
rated in their cells. From the filamentous Conferva the
passage is easy into the Batrachosperrnaceae, where a com-
pound frond is built up by the union in bundles and wrhorls
of a number of filaments ; and also, through Anadyomene,
into the Siphonaceae and Ulvaceae, where the frond assumes a
multitude of forms, expanding into membranes or contracting
into hollow tubes. In some of the highest members of
the sub-class, as in the Caulerpacese, there is an obvious dis-
tinction of organs into root, stem and leafy appendages ; but
even in these, high in structure as they appear, no distinct
conceptacles of fruit have yet been observed.

The Chlorosperms are more widely diffused than any
other Algae. A comparatively small number are found in
the waters of the sea. A far larger proportion inhabit fresh-
water rivers, lakes and ponds, ditches, bog-holes, the gutters
of houses and sewers ; — in fact, anywhere that fresh or

190 CHLOROSPERME^E.

unfresli water may lie ; nor are they absent from the hot
springs of volcanic regions, and are capable of vegetating
wherever moisture and a moderate temperature prevail.
Thus universally dispersed, they answer many a good pur-
pose in the household of nature, and are specially useful in
purifying the water in which they live. Unsightly as the
green scum may be which they form on its surface, the
growth is a renovating process, in which are consumed
the deleterious matters and gases which stagnant water ge-
nerally contains ; \vrhile, like all green plants, they pour into
the atmosphere, during sunshine, oxygen prepared in their
delicate tissues from the carbonic acid on which they feed.
Comparatively few of them minister to our personal wants,
with the exception of a few Ulvse which are used for food,
and some of the Confervae which have been employed,
where other bandages were unprocurable, for binding frac-
tured limbs, &c.

SYNOPSIS OF THE ORDERS.

14. SIPHONACE.E. Cells filiform (usually of great length),

simple, or branched, variously connected ; either one
cell forming a filiform frond ; or several intertwined
and anastomosing cells, forming a compound frond.

15. CONFERVACE.E. Cells cylindrical (not of great length),

truncate, connected into simple or branching, rarely
anastomosing filaments. Filaments naked, or sur-
rounded by gelatine.

16. ULVACE^E. Cells many-sided, cohering into a mem-

branaceous, rarely gelatinous, flat or tubular frond.

17. OSCILLATORIACE^E. Cells filiform, very long, simple,
naked, or invested with mucus, or compacted to-
gether into a firmly gelatinous frond. Endochrome
annulated.

18. NOSTOCHACE^E. Cells elliptical or globose, connected

in gelatinous, moniliform strings. Filaments sepa-
rate, or several united together in a gelatinous frond.

19. (PALMELLACE^E) : Sub-order Hormosporea. Cells el-
liptical or globose, separate, contained within mem-
branaceous, tubular filaments.

SIPHONACE^E. 191

ORDER XIV. SIPHONACEJ5.

Siphoneae, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 183. J. Ag. Alg. Medit.
p. 17. Endl. 3rd SuppL p. 16. Due. Class, p. 32 (also
Halymedeae and Acetabularieae). Siphoneae, Lindl. Veg.
Kingd. p. 18, and Vaucherieae (in part), p. 22. Vauchevieae,
Codieas, Anadyonieneae, Polyphyseae and Dasycladeae, Kiltz.
Phyc. Gen. pp. 302, 308, 311, 312. Caulerpeae, Grev. et
Auct. (?)

DIAGNOSIS. — Green, marine or fresh-water Algae, composed
of continuous, tubular, simple or branched filaments, free or
variously combined in cylindrical or expanded fronds.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root, where obvious, consisting of
a mass of fibrous threads interwoven together or entangled ;
rarely of different character from the threads constituting
other parts of the frond. Frond in the simplest genera ( Vau-
cheria, Bryopsis) consisting of a single, very long, branching
cell or membranous tube, filled with granular colouring mat-
ter, without any partition or dissepiment from the base to the
apex of the branches. Thus, if a whole frond of Bryopsis
plumosa be placed on a piece of glass, under water, and the
tip of one of its branches be wounded, the contents of the
frond may be pressed out through the lacerated part, leaving
nothing but an empty skin, and showing that there is no in-
ternal diaphragm in any part of the tube. This filiform cha-
racter of the cells distinguishes the genuine members of the
order, the more compound among which are made up of
thread-like cells, resembling those of Bryopsis, variously
united together. In Vaucheria the threads remain separate,
but are densely tufted together, and variously interwoven, so
as, in many instances, to form spongy, cushion-like tufts.
In Codium there is a closer connexion, the tips of the threads
lying close together, or slightly cohering, and the filaments
disposed in a definite order, so as to form fronds with a de-
termined outline. In Halimeda the union is still more inti-
mate, the spaces between the tips of the filaments being
closed up by carbonate of lime, and thus the frond cased in
a sort of epidermis, and all its parts built up into a common
structure. If a piece of Halimeda be placed in acid, so as
to dissolve the lime, its parts may readily be dissected, and
it will then be seen to consist of branching cells, resembling
those of a Codium or Bryopsis.

192 SIPHONACE^K.

Besides the colouring matter or endochrome dispersed
through the plant, and which forms in part the fructification,
many plants of this order are furnished with little bodies
called coniocystte, through which the species is reproduced.
These bodies are formed at the sides of the cells, and at first
manifest themselves as small mamillae, or tubercular or club-
shaped ramuli, containing a denser colouring matter than
other parts of the frond. A diaphragm is formed at their
base, and thus a cell is enclosed, in which the colouring
matter becomes further organized and gradually compacted
into a sporangium. In some Vaucherics (as in V. clavata]
a portion of endochrome at the apex of a branch swells, be-
comes dense, and at length consolidated and separated from
that beneath it by a diaphragm. Thus a propagulum or
gemmule is formed, which, at maturity, separates from the
frond, and becomes a reproductive body. It is clothed with
vibratile cilia, by which it moves about until it has fixed it-
self, and then, lengthening at each end, it changes into a
filament, which gradually assumes the character proper to
the species, and becomes a new individual. Coniocysta
may commonly be found on Vaucheria in spring, and on
the filaments of Codium lament osum in summer, but have,
hitherto, been only noticed in one species of Bryopsis.

The plants of this order are widely dispersed. All our ge-
nera are cosmopolitan, and Codium tomentosum is as com-
mon on the shores of the Pacific, from high northern to high
southern latitudes, as it is in the Atlantic and Mediterranean.
A large number of genera are peculiar to warmer parts of the
sea, some of them among the most elegant of all marine
plants. Among these are Acetabularia, a Mediterranean and
West Indian genus, with thread-like stems crowned with a
papery cup (composed of filaments united together) fringed
with byssoid ramuli like those of a Bryopsis ; and Anadyo-
mene, a native of the same seas, having expanded fronds like
those of an Ulva, composed of tubular cells arranged in
starry patterns. If Caulerpa belong, as I have always
thought — an opinion not shared by all my fellow-students,
and therefore to be reconsidered — to this order, a very re-
markable tropical and subtropical genus should be mention-
ed, which carries the type of structure peculiar to these
plants to its highest pitch. That genus contains numerous
species, distinguished among Algae as rising from prostrate,
rooting stems, that form a compact mat, and serve to bind
together the loose sands on which they grow. They are

CODIUM. 193

therefore deserving of being spoken of among the pioneers
of civilization, which prepare a resting place for colonies of
other plants and animals. In Brongniart's ' History of Fossil
Vegetables ' a fossil is figured (PL 9 bis, Jig. 1) under the
name Fucoides hypnoides, which bears a very close resem-
blance to Caulerpa hypnoides, a. recent species from New Hol-
land; and several other fossils, which appear to be the
remains of species of Caulerpa, are known to palaeontologists.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH (MARINE) GENERA.

I. CODIUM. Filaments closely combined into a sponge-

like frond. [Plate 24, A.]

II. BRYOPSIS. Filaments free, pinnately branched. [Plate

24, B.]

III. VAUCHERIA. Filaments free, irregularly branched.
[Plate 24, C.]

I. CODITJM. Stackh. [Plate 24, A.]

Frond spongy, dark green (crustaceous, globular, cylindri-
cal or flat), composed of an interwoven mass of tubular, con-
tinuous filaments. Fructification : opaque vesicles attached
to the filaments, near the surface of the frond. Grev. — Name,
fco&ov, the skin of an animal ; from the soft substance.

1. C. Bursa, L. ; frond spherical, hollow. Grev. Ala.
Brit. p. 186; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 318. Fucus Bursa, E.
Bot. t. 2183.

On rocks iu the sea, very rare. Perennial ? Summer. " Coast of Sus-
sex, plentifully, Pallas;" Turner. Shores of Cornwall, Mr. Rashleigh.
Near Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Belfast, Mr. Templeton. — Frond a globu-
lar, spongy, hollow ball, 1 — 8 inches in diameter. Structure similar to the
preceding.

2. C. adhaerens, Ag. ; frond forming a velvety crust on
the surface of rocks. Harv. in Hook. Journ. Bot. p. 305 ;
Wyatt, Ala. Damn. No. 127; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxxv. A.

On rocks in the sea, near low-water mark ; very rare. Annual? At
Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Land's End, Mr. Ralfs. Gorran Haven, &c.,
Mr. Peach. Falmouth Harbour, Miss Warren. Bathlin Island, Antrim,
Mr. Moore. Tory Island, Mr. Hyndman. — Spreading over the rock in
irregular patches of two feet or more in extent, resembling " fragments of
beautiful green velvet." Substance gelatinous, dense, closely adhering to
paper. Mrs. Griffiths, who has watched this plant from its first appear-

O

194 BRYOPSIS.

ance till it had considerably extended itself, remarks, " that it does not
show the least tendency to throw up a frond. It has an uneven surface,
from taking the fonn of the rock, or even roots of coarse weeds, over which
it crosses.'' She considers it a true species.

3. C. amphibium, Moore ; fronds minute, erect, cylindri-
cal, simple, obtuse, aggregated in widely-spreading strata.
Moore and Harv. An. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 321 ; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. xxxv. B.

Turf banks, near high-water mark, but washed by every tide, at Round-
stone, and at the head of Birtirbui Bay, Galway, Mr. Wm. M'Calla.—
Tufts widely spreading, the bases composed of entangled fibres, among
which rise numerous mamillaeform fronds, from a quarter of an inch to an
inch in height, usually simple, rarely emarginate or forked ; having exactly
the structure of the frond of C. tomentosum. It differs from the young of
that species not merely in habitat, but also in having the fronds densely
tufted together, not solitary or dispersed. The colour is a herbaceous
green, and the substance soft.

4. C. tomentosum, Huds. ; frond cylindrical, dichotomous.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 185, t. 19; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 318;
Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 35; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xciii.
Fucus tomentosus, E. Bot. t. 712.

On rocks in the sea ; frequent. Perennial. Summer. — Frond rising
from a spreading spongy base, cylindrical, from a quarter to nearly half an
inch in diameter, 6 — 12 inches long, more or less regularly divided in a
dichotomous manner ; sometimes regularly dichotomous ; sometimes pal-
mato-partite, the segments forked; sometimes beset with short lateral
branches. Structure filamentous, the centre composed of longitudinal, in-
terlaced, colourless fibres, the circumference of radiating, horizontal, club-
shaped, deep green filaments, invested by a viscid gelatine. Fructification :
dark green ovate vesicles, borne by the club-shaped filaments.

II. BRYOPSIS. Lamour. [Plate 24, B.]

Frond membranaceous, filiform, tubular, cylindrical, glis-
tening, branched; the branches imbricated, or distichous
and pinnated, filled with a fine green, minutely granuliferous
fluid. Grev. — Name, @puov, a moss, and u^is, an appearance.

1. B. plumosa, Huds.; frond filiform, branched, naked
below, the branches scattered, spreading, twice or thrice
pinnated, the pinnae pectinated. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 187,
t. 19 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 318 ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 128 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. iii. Ulva plumosa, E. Bot. t. 2375.

On rocks, &c., in tide-pools. Annual. Summer and autumn. — Frond
1 — 4 inches high, more or less branched, sometimes with a nearly simple
stem, set with numerous close branches ; at other times much divided in
a subdicholomous or irregular manner. Branches naked at base, in the
upper part closely pinnated with subopposite, slender, distichous or rarely

VAUCHERIA. 195

irregular ramuli, which gradually diminish in length to the apex. Colour
a fine deep green. Substance lubricous and adhering to paper. A beau-
tiful plant, whose branches resemble beautiful, glossy, bright green feathers.

2. B. hypnoides, Lamour. ; frond slender, very much
branched ; the branches long ; the ramuli capillary, irregu-
larly inserted, somewhat erect, the lower ones elongated.
Grev.—Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 318; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
81 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxix.

On rocks and stones in tide-pools, and on the larger Algae, rather rare.
Southerness, Kirkcudbright, Sir W. Jardine, Bart. Frith of Forth, Mr.
Hassell. Appiu, Capt. Carmichael. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Portrush,
north of Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. Roundstoue, Mr. M'Calla. — Frond
2 — 4 inches high, much branched, the branches repeatedly divided in an
alternate or irregular manner ; lesser branches set with irregularly scat-
tered, somewhat pinnate, more or less dense ramuli. Colour a fine yellow
green. This is a more slender, very much more branched plant than the
preceding, and the rarnuli are irregularly scattered, sometimes issuing from
all sides of the filaments.

III. VAUCHERIA. De Cand. [Plate 24, C.]

Fronds aggregated, tubular, continuous, capillary, coloured
by an internal, green, pulverulent mass. Fructification :
dark green, homogeneous sporangia ( coniocysta) , attached to
the frond. Grev. — Named in honour of M. Vaucher, a dis-
tinguished writer on fresh- water Conferva. (The species are
natives of fresh water, with the following (British) exceptions).

1. V. submarina, Berk. ; frond capillary, forked, fastigiate;
sporangia scattered, ovate or lanceolate, sessile. Berk. Gl.
Alg. t. 8. V. dichotoma, @. submarina, Ag. — Hook. Br. FL
ii. p. 319.

On the muddy sea-shore, rare. Weymouth, Rev. M. J. Berkeley .—Tufts
2 or 3 inches high, not diffused, fastigiate ; filaments much more slender
than in V. dichotoma, less branched, the branches more irregular. Vesicles
numerous, scattered over the upper branches.

2. V. marina, Lyngb. ; filaments loosely tufted or distinct,
branches few, very long, obtuse ; sporangia solitary, obovate,
pedicellate, lateral. Carm—Hook. I. c. p. 319 ; Lynyb. t. 22 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 168.

In the sea. Annual. Summer. Parasitical on Furcellaria lumbricalis,
Appin, Capt. Carmichael. On mud at Torbay and Salcombe, Mrs. Grif-
fiths and Mrs. Wyatt. — Fronds tufted or somewhat spreading, erect, very
slender and flaccid, irregularly branched, somewhat forked ; the branches
erect. Vesicles few, scattered, broadly obovate and very obtuse, by which
character it is easily distinguished from V. submarina, subpedicellate. Co-
lour-bright green, becoming rather brownish, but retaining a gloss in drying.
Mrs. Griffiths has kindly presented me with specimens in fructification.

o 2

196 CONFERVACE^E.

3. V. velutina, Ag. ; filaments creeping ; branches fastigi-
ate, woven into a velvety stratum ; sporangia solitary, globose,
lateral. Carm. — Hook. 1. c. p. 319.

On the muddy sea-shore, flooded by the tide. Annual. Spring and sum-
mer. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Miltowu Malbay. — " Filaments exceed-
ingly tough, interwoven into a dense, velvety, green stratum, pellucid
below and creeping over the mud ; branches near the extremity erect, fas-
tigiate, and more or less crooked. Vesicles solitary, globular, on short
lateral peduncles." Carm.

ORDER XV. CONFERVACE.E.

Conferveae, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 12. Harv. Man. Ed. I,
p. 124. Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 18. Confervoideae, Endl.
3rd Suppl. p. 14.

DIAGNOSIS. — Green, marine or fresh-water Algse, composed
of articulated threads or filaments, simple or branched, free
or surrounded by gelatine. Cells cylindrical, truncated.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root rarely more than a point of
attachment, and often perishing on the maturity of the frond.
Frond in all cases composed of cylindrical, truncated cells
of moderate length, strung together in filaments, of which
they are the articulations. These filaments sometimes anas-
tomose, so as to form a net (as in Hydrodictyon] ; some-
times at maturity two separate filaments approach each other,
when a species of anastomosis takes place between them, a
cell in one filament becoming connected to a cell in another
filament by means of a membranous tube, through which the
contents of one are discharged either into the other, or else
lodged in the connecting tube ; in both cases forming the
nucleus of the fructification. This mode of connexion,
which is called conjugation, is characteristic of the sub-order
Zygnemea. In most cases, however, and in all the genuine
Confervea, the filaments are free one from another, either
simple or variously branched ; the ramification is frequently
alternate, or secund, rarely dichotomous, and rarely opposite.
In the sub-order Chtetophorete each frond consists of several
filaments combined together in a more or less perfect manner
by surrounding gelatine, and frequently terminating in hair-
like cellules of extraordinary length and tenuity ; whilst in
other species of this sub-order each cell is furnished with a
very long rigid seta, and this is remarkably obvious in Ochlo-
chcete, the only one of this sub-order which our limits admit.

CONFERVACE^E. 197

The mode by which the frond lengthens is twofold. Either
new cells are continually emitted, as buds, from the apices
of the last formed cells ; or else the old cells continually di-
vide in the centre. In the first case the frond continues to
lengthen by constant additions to its points, and this is truly
acrogenous ; in the other it grows equally throughout its
whole length. This latter mode of increase is most frequent
among the species with simple filaments. The fructification
either consists of zoospores formed out of the colouring matter
of the cells, and emitted through an aperture formed in the
cell-wall ; or else the whole mass of endochrome contained
in a cell, and often the whole contents of two cells are con-
centrated into a. sporangium or conceptacle, which is deposited
in the water on the perishing of the frond. In the Confervea
this sporangium is usually formed out of the contents of a sin-
gle cell, but is not always lodged in the cell in which it ori-
ginates; for in one genus (Tiresias) supplementary cells, are
formed at one extremity of the cell furnishing the sporaceous
matter, and in these the sporangium is lodged. In the Zyg-
nemeac the matter of two cells constantly goes to form the
sporangium. This matter either collects in one of the cells,
leaving the other quite empty ; or else is deposited in a sup-
plementary cell formed in the connecting tube ; or (as in
Staurocarpus), where the two cells inosculate without any
tube between them, the sporangium, taking the form of a cross,
lies partly in one cell and partly in the other. In the Chce-
tophoreae the sporangia are lateral and external, developed as
buds from the cells of the filament, or they are the enlarged
cells of the ramuli.

By far the larger number of the Confervaceae inhabit fresh
water, and are found in all parts of the world wherever water
lies stagnant, and wherever it flows. The bright green,
glossy threads that float on the surface of ponds and ditches
are commonly species of the sub-order Zygnemete, a highly
curious and beautiful family, of which there is no marine ex-
ample. When young the filaments lie at the bottom of the
pool, but as they approach maturity they float to the surface,
where they often lie so thickly as to retain within their
meshes large bubbles of air, which they have disengaged
during the progress of vegetation, and which is in great part
oxygen. When shallow water lies for some weeks in sum-
mer on the surface of flat land, it often becomes completely
filled with the threads of these plants, which by their vege-

198 CLADOPHORA.

tation counteract the evil effects which the decay of other
vegetables under the water would otherwise dispense, and on
the clearing off of the water their relics quickly dry up,
without undergoing decomposition. In this case the matted
threads are soon bleached white in the sun, and form a sort
of natural paper. By the older practitioners several of the
Confervas were used in binding up broken limbs, a purpose
for which they were well adapted from their softness and
power of retaining moisture ; but this was before the days of
oil-skin and gutta percha.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH (MARINE) GENERA.

Sub-order 1. CONFERVE^E. Filaments free, not surrounded
by gelatine. Sporangia contained in the articulations.

J. CLADOPHORA. Filaments tufted, much branched.
[Plate 24, D.]

II. RmzocLo;s7iUM. Filaments decumbent, with root-like

branches. [Plate 24, F.]

III. CONFERVA. Filaments unbranched. [Plate 24, E.]
Sub-order 2. CH^ETOPHORE^E. Filaments united in sub-

membranaceous or gelatinous fronds ; cells often tipped
with bristles. Sporangia external.

IV. OCHLOCH^LTE. Frond disciform. Filaments radiat-
ing from a central point, prostrate, irregularly branch-
ed ; each cell produced above into a rigid, inarticu-
late bristle. [Plate 25, E.]

Sub-order I. CONFERVE.E.
I. CLADOPHORA. Kuiz. [Plate 24, D.]

Filaments green, attached, uniform, branched, composed
of a single series of cells or articulations. Fruity aggregated
granules or zoospores, contained in the articulations, having,
at some period, a proper ciliary motion. — Name, from ;<;Xa5bj,
a branch^ and Qopeu, to bear. Much branched, tufted plants,

CLADOPHORA. 1 99

chiefly marine. A few, here omitted, inhabit clear, fresh-
water streams.

1. C. Brou'nii, Dillw. ; filaments forming dense, cushion-
like tufts, erect, rigid, flexuous, elastic, slightly branched ;
branches few, long, sub-simple, secund ; axils acute, articu-
lations 4 or 5 times longer than broad, the lower ones thick-
ened upwards, the upper cylindrical. Harv. I. c. p. 356 ;
Dillw. Suppl. t. D. ; E. Sot. t. 2879 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
xxx.; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 225. C. pulvinata, Brown,
MS.

On wet rocks in a cave near Dunree, North of Ireland, R. Brown, Esq.
On shady rocks at the entrance of a small cave beyond Black Castle, Wick-
low, where it is exposed to the dripping of fresh water, and the occasional
overflow of the sea. Cornwall Coast, near Land's End, Mr. Ralfs. — This
forms exceedingly dense, very rigid, tufts, of a black-green colour when
growing, but, on having the water expressed, and being held to the light,
exhibits a beautiful yellow-green tint. Filaments so matted together that
it is difficult to separate a single thread. They appear to originate in a
mass of creeping, branched, densely matted fibres, which form the base of
the tufts. They are erect, from half an inch to an inch high, flexuous, very
rigid and elastic ; the branches few and nearly simple, almost always
secund, very erect. A very curious and distinct plant, having, to the naked
eye, a good deal the appearance of Vaucheria terrestris, but totally differ-
ent in structure. It is perhaps allied to C. (egagropila. I have examined
a specimen from Mr. Brown in the late Mr. Templetoris herbarium, and
find it agree in every respect with my Wicklow plant.

2. C. repensy J. Ag. ; forming dense, cushion-shaped or
globular tufts ; filaments short, capillary, rigid, densely mat-
ted together, rising from root-like fibres, slightly branched ;
branches erect, sub-simple, or forked, naked, or with a few
distant, secund ramuli; articulations cylindrical, very long,
(ten to twenty times as long as their diameter). Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. ccxxxvi.

Thrown on shore after a gale. Annual? Summer. Jersey, very rare,
Miss Turner. — Tufts an inch or two in diameter, and about half an inch
thick, composed of innumerable, slender filaments densely matted together.
The habit is very similar to that of C. firownii, but the articulations are of
much greater length, and of a different form. This species is also a native
of the north coast of France, and of the Mediterranean sea.

3. C. pellucida, Huds. ; filaments cartilaginous, rigid,
erect, bright green ; di-trichotomous, the axils very acute,
branches erect; articulations many times longer than broad.
Harv. 1. c. p. 357 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 193 ; E. Bot. t.
1716; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxiv.

On rocks near low-water mark. Yarmouth, Sir W. J. Hooker. South
of England. Several places in Ireland ; very fine in Belfast Lough, Mr.

200 CLADOPHORA.

Thompson. — Root a mass of fibres. Filaments 4 — 6 inches high, setaceous,
extremely rigid, tough and wiry, tufted or subsolitary, rising with an undi-
vided stem for half an inch to an inch, then forked or trifurcate, and after-
wards repeatedly branched in a di-trichotomous or somewhat umbellate
manner, the uppermost branches more or less furnished with di-trichoto-
mous or tufted ramuli. Joints of the stem and branches very long, the dis-
sepiments rarely occurring except at the divisions of the branches ; in the
ramuli short, 3 or 4 times longer than broad. Colour a fine, glossy, trans-
parent green, fading much in drying. It scarcely adheres to paper.

4. C. rectangular is, Griff. ; filaments setaceous, rigid, ir-
regularly branched ; branches distant, patent, set with short,
opposite, horizontal ramuli ; articulations twice or thrice as
long as broad. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. Addenda, p. 10;
Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 145 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xii.

In the sea, thrown up ; very rare. Summer. Torquay, Mr. Borrer and
Mrs. Griffiths. Roundstone, Mr. M'Calla. Arran, Galway, Mr. Andrews.
— Filaments as thick as horse-hair, 8 — 12 inches long, divided in an irregu-
lar manner into a few principal branches ; branches patent, more or less
furnished with subdistant, horizontal, opposite ramuli, from a line to
an inch in length, and either simple or bearing a second series ; very
rarely, by abortion, they are alternate. Colour a full green, fading in the
herbarium. Substance rigid, very imperfectly adhering to paper. Joints
uniform throughout the plant, generally 2 or 3 times longer than broad.
One of the most beautiful and distinct, as it is the rarest, of the genus.

5. C. Macallana, Harv. ; filaments setaceous, rigid, full
green, very flexuous, loosely bundled together, excessively
branched ; branches alternate, or rarely opposite, zigzag,
very patent; ramuli short, recurved, simple or pectinated,
obtuse; articulations twice or thrice as long as broad; en-
dochrome rather dense. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxxiv.

On the sandy bottom of the sea, in 4 — 10 fathom water. Annual.
Summer. Dredged in Roundstone Bay, abundantly, Mr. Wm.M'Calla.
— Filaments forming crisped, sub-cylindrical, loose bundles 6 — 20 inches
long, bristling when removed from the water, of a rich grass-green, much
branched and inextricably entangled, rigid. Branches very flexuous, irre-
gular in length and insertion, more or less clothed with very patent ramuli.
This has much of the outer habit of C. rectangularis, mixed with which it
often occurs at Eoundstone, but may at once be known by the secund or
alternate ramuli. It is named in honour of its discoverer, the late Mr.
Wm. M'Calla, a most successful and acute explorer of Roundstone and
the neighbouring bays — who added many new species to the Fauna and
Flora of Ireland, and whose early death is much to be regretted. Mr.
M'Calla fell a victim to the cholera in the spring of the present year,
(May, 1849).

6. C. Hutchinsite. Dillw. ; filaments setaceous, cartilagi-
nous, rigid, glaucous green, flexuous, tufted, bristly ; ramuli
curved, simple or furnished on the interior face with processes

CLADOPHORA. 201

of one articulation ; articulations twice as long as broad,
joints contracted. Dillw. t. 109 ; Hare. 1. c. p. '357 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 226 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxiv.

On rocks, &c., near low-water mark ; rather rare. Bantry Bay, Miss
Hutchins, and various stations on the English and Irish coasts. — Fila-
ments thicker than horse-hair, 6 — 8 inches long, flexuous, repeatedly di-
vided in an alternate manner; branches rather distant, spreading or divari-
cated, more or less furnished with short branchlets, having a few short,
secund ramuli along their upper faces. Colour deep glaucous green, "with
changeable tints when fresh, and under water appearing almost white,''
(Miss Hutchins). Substance rigid and tough, more or less perfectly adher-
ing to paper. Joints uniform throughout the plant. Nearest C. pellucida
in texture, and C. diffusa in habit and character: from the latter it is not
always easy clearly to distinguish it.

7. C. diffusa, Roth ; filaments sub-setaceous, rigid, dark
or full green, flexuous, much branched ; branches distant,
elongated, furnished towards the top with a few short, patent,
secund ramuli ; articulations 3 or 4 times longer than broad.
Dillw. t. 21 ; E. Bot. t. 2289 ; Harv. I. c. p. 358 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 144 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxx.

On rocks, &c. in the sea, not uncommon. Southern shores of England
and Ireland : West of Ireland. Port Rush, Mr. Moore. — Filaments 6 — 10
inches long, as thick as horse-hair, loosely tufted, generally so rigid as to
bristle out when removed from the water, but occasionally flaccid, very flex-
uous, distantly branched ; branches alternate, much divided, either bare of
ramuli, or furnished toward the end, or sometimes generally, with short,
secund branchlets. Joints 3 or 4 times longer than broad, nearly uniform
in all parts of the frond. Colour either grass-green or dark green.

8. C. nuda, Harv. ; filaments sub-rigid, slender, very
straight, dull green or olivaceous (when dry), sparingly dt-
chotomous ; ramuli few and scattered, appressed, the upper-
most often opposite ; articulations many times longer than
broad. Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. in. p. 229.

On basalt rocks, in the sea. Portstewart, Mr. D. Moore. — Filaments
loosely tufted, 2 or 3 inches high, sparingly branched, very straight, set
with a few, scattered, very erect and appressed ramuli, the uppermost ones
often opposite, which makes the apices of the branches appear three-forked.
Articulations very long. This differs from any species with which I am
acquainted, but may, perhaps, be the C. aspera of Agardh, which in the
' British Flora ' I have doubtfully referred to C. nigricans. To avoid con-
fusion, I think it better to give a new name to our present plant. In the
straight filaments and erect ramuli it resembles C. rupestris, but differs in
colour and in the great length of the joints. Perhaps it may be only a va-
riety of the latter. (A doubtful species— 1 849).

9. C. rupestris, Linn. ; filaments slender, rigid, dark
green, straight, tufted, bushy ; branches erect, crowded,

202 CLADOPHORA.

densely clothed with appressed ramuli ; articulations 3 or 4
times longer than broad. Dillw. t. 23; E. Bot. t. 1699;
Harv. 1. c. p. 357 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 95 ; Hare. Phyc.
Brit. t. clxxx.

On rocks in the sea, about half-tide level, very common. — Tufts 3 — 6
inches long, very dark or blackish green. Filaments rigid, densely and
closely branched, thickly clothed with very erect or appressed ramuli,
scarcely adhering to paper.

10. C. l&tevirens, Dillw. ; filaments much branched, bushy,
forming fine tufts of a transparent yellow-green colour, gray-
ish and without gloss when dry ; branches erecto-patent,
crowded, repeatedly divided ; ultimate ramuli secund ; joints
of the chief divisions long, of the ramuli about thrice as
long as broad. Dillw. t. 48 ; E. Bot. t. 1854. C. glomerata,
0. marina, Ag. — Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 357 ; Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 143; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxix.

On rocks, stones and Algse, in tide-pools, very common. — Tufts 4 — 8
inches long. Except in its marine habitat, I cannot distinguish this from
C. glomerata, with which Agardh unites it, as it appears to me, justly.
Mrs. Griffiths, however, than whom no one has studied this genus more
carefully, is of a different opinion, and to her judgment T yield.

11. C. Jlexuosa, Dillw. ; filaments very flexuous or angu-
larly bent, jointed, often sub-opake, rather rigid, dull green,
but slightly branched ; branches variable in number and
length, more or less divided, furnished with long, patent
branchlets, whose inner edge is pectinated with a few secund
ramuli; articulations thrice as long as broad. Dillw. t. 10 ;
E. Bot. t. 1944. Conf. fracta, &. flexuosa, Ag. — Harv. in
Hook. I. c. p. 356 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 227.

In salt-water ditches near Yarmouth, D. Turner, Esq. In the sea, not
uncommon. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Ballycaslle, Miss Hincks. Seve-
ral other parts of the east coast of Ireland. — Filaments 4 — 8 inches long,
remarkably flexuous, rather harsh to the feel. This really seems distinct
from C. fracta, habitat out of the question ; but I suspect that more than
one species is confounded under this name.

12. C. gracilis, Griff. ; filaments capillary, flexuous, silky,
much branched, bright yellow-green ; main branches entan-
gled, sparingly divided, angulato-flexuous ; ultimate ramuli
pectinato-secund, much attenuated, straight and very long ;
articulations about 3 — 5 times longer than broad. Griff', in
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 97; Harv. Fl. Hib. iii. p. 230;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xviii.

In deep water, on rocks and Algze. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. Youghal,
Miss Ball. Belfast Bay, and at Ballantrae, Ayrshire, Mr. W. Thompson.

CLADOPHORA. 203

— Filaments forming soft, silky tufts, 6 — 12 inches long, with something of
a main stem, from which spring very numerous, long, and more or less di-
vided, very flexuous or angularly twisted branches, plentifully clothed with
elongated, pectinate, secund branchlets, of which the ultimate ramuli are
very long, slender, and straight or slightly curved. Colour a fine, rich, yel-
low-green, somewhat faded in the herbarium, but preserving a silky gloss.
Substance soft, imperfectly adhering to paper. Nearly allied in character
to C.Jlexuosa, but with a very different habit.

13. C. Rudolphiana, Ag. ; filaments very long, exceed-
ingly slender, flexuous, subgelatinoso-tnembranaceous, much
branched, yellow-green, inextricable ; branches di-ti'ichoto-
mous or irregular ; ultimate ramuli pectinate, secund, very
long and much attenuated ; articulations of the main fila-
ments many times longer than broad, here and there swollen,
their granular endochrome somewhat spiral ; those of the ra-
muli 6 — 10 times as long as broad. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
Ixxxvi. C. Katieana, M'Calla, Alg. Hib. No. 29.

Parasitical on Zostera, and various Laminaria, and other Algae, in 2 — 6
fathom water. Annual. Summer. Very abundant in Roundstone Bay,
Connernara, Mr. W. M'Calla. Falmouth, Miss Warren. — Filaments
6 — 20 inches long, exceedingly slender and soft, forming beautifully silky,
bright green, sub-gelatinous tufts. A much more slender plant than C. gra-
cilis, with longer joints and more attenuated ramuli.

14. C. refracta, Ag. ; filaments capillary, sub-rigid, tufted,
bright green, very much branched; secondary branches
spreading on all sides, repeatedly divided, thickly clothed
with very patent or reflexed, short branchlets, which are pec-
tinated with ramuli on their upper surface. Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 228 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xxiv.

In the sea ; in rocky pools left by the tide. Dunlecky Castle, Kilkee.
Ilfracombe, Mrs. Griffiths. Mangan's Bay, Co. Cork, Miss Ball. Giant's
Causeway, Mr. W. Thompson. — Filaments 3 or 4 inches long, slender,
tufted ; the main stems somewhat woven together or ropy, the secondary
branches free, spreading on all sides aud much divided ; the ultimate branch-
lets very patent or reflexed, pectinato-secund, opposite or alternate. Colour
a brilliant yellowish green, which is partially preserved in a dry state. Sub.
stance rather rigid, imperfectly adhering to paper. This beautiful plant is
nearly allied to C. albida, but the filaments are coarser and far more rigid,
the ultimate branches shorter and more patent, often strongly reflexed, and
the habit by no means spongy.

15. C. albida, Huds. ; filaments exceedingly slender, flac-
cid, pale yellow green (whitish when dry), forming dense,
silky, or somewhat spongy, intricate tufts ; branches crowded,
irregular, the uppermost patent and mostly opposite; ramuli
opposite or secund ; articulations 4 or 5 times longer than

204 CLADOPHORA.

broad. E. Bot. t. 2327 ; Harv. L c. p. 358 ; Wyatt, Alg.
Damn. No. 96 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxv.

On rocks and the larger Algae in the sea, below half-tide level ; frequent.
— Tufts 2 — 6 inches long, pale green, exceedingly dense or spongy, flaccid.
Filaments extremely slender, excessively and intricately branched ; the
branches very irregular : ultimate ramuli short, patent, opposite or secund,
issuing from almost every joint, and occasionally bearing a second set. In
the herbarium it fades to a pale yellowish, wholly without gloss, by which
character it is best marked from its allies. Joints short. Mrs. Griffiths
finds a beautiful plant at Torquay, having many characters in common with
C. albida,'but 12 inches long and of a bright yellow-green colour, which is
partially preserved in drying. For the present I regard it as a variety
of this species.

16. C. lanosa, Roth ; filaments slender, short, yellow-
green, forming dense tufts ; branches virgate, erect, sub-dis-
tant, straight, alternate or opposite, with a few alternate or
secund ramuli, axils very acute ; lower articulations twice,
upper six times longer than broad. E. Bot. t. 2099 ; Harv.
L c. p. 358; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 194; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. vi.

In the sea, on rocks or, more frequently, on the larger Fuci. — Filaments
forming small, entangled, woolly tufts, an inch long, pale green, stoloni-
ferous below, branches straight and erect, all the axils very acute. In a
dry state it is wholly without gloss, faded, except near the tips, where it
generally preserves a glaucous green colour.

17. C. uncialis, Fl. Dan. ; tufts very short, spongy, sim-
ple below, above divided into numerous fastigiate, woolly
segments ; filaments flexuous, sparingly branched, densely
interwoven ; ramuli distant, secund, somewhat pectinate,
long, patent or incurved ; articulations 2 — 4 times longer than
broad. Ag. Syst. Alg. p. Ill ; Fl. Dan. t. 771, /. 1 ; Harv.
in Hook. Journ. Bot. p. 304 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 146 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccvii.

On rocks near low-water mark. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. New Castle,
coast of Down, Mr. W. Thompson. Katblin, Antrim, Mr. D. Moore.
Common at Balbriggan. — Tufts an inch high, dark green, spongy, with
something the habit of Ectocarpus tomentosus, composed of slender, irre-
gularly branched filaments, densely entangled. Certainly nearly allied to
the preceding, with some states of which it may, without careful examina-
tion, be confounded.

18. C. arcta, Dillw. ; filaments forming broad, somewhat
starry tufts, of a full green colour, much branched ; branches
straight, crowded, erect ; ramuli sub-appressed, opposite or
alternate ; articulations either uniformly twice as long as
broad, or with the lower joints short, the upper very long.

CLADOPHORA. 205

Dillw. t. E. ; E. Bot. t. 2098 ; Har-v. 1. c. p. 359. C. centra-
Its, Lyngb., Harv. I. c. p. 358 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danrn. No. 46;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxxxv.

On rocks in the sea, generally above half-tide level, frequent. — Tufts
rising from a broad disk formed of dense fibres. Filaments spreading in
a circle, fastigiate, much branched : in the young specimens the branches
are somewhat separate, all remarkably erect or straight (when it is C. arcta
of Dillwyn and of ' Brit. Flora,' and in a still younger state C. vaucheria-
formis of Agardh) ; in the older they are more or less matted together or
interwoven by means of rootlike fibres which issue from the joints of the
main branches, the apices only, in these specimens, produced beyond the
spongy tuft, long, slender, straight, of irregular length and slightly branch-
ed ; all the rarnuli extremely erect and close-pressed (forming the C. cen-
tralis of Lyngbye and of ' Brit. Flora'). Joints extremely variable, some-
times uniformly twice as long as broad throughout, but more frequently
the lower joints are short, those of the upper branches very long. Colour
a fine, deep, glaucous green, partially discharged in fresh water or fading in
the herbarium. Substance soft and retaining water. Tn the dry state
young specimens have a glistening appearance ; old ones, on the contrary,
are without gloss, except the young shoots toward the summit, woolly, and
considerably faded. In the ' Brit. Flora' I expressed my doubts whether
C. arcta and centralis of authors, however dissimilar in their typical states,
were really distinct. Since then, numerous specimens in every stage, from
the extreme young to the old and battered form, kindly furnished by Mrs.
Griffiths, have clearly shown such a giadation of character, that I no
longer hesitate to unite them.

19. C. glaucescem, Griff. ; tufts dense, glaucous green,
sub-fasti gi ate ; filaments very slender, excessively branched ;
branches straight and erect, the lesser ones furnished with
close, very erect, straight, elongated ramuli ; joints very
short. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 195 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. cxcvi.

On rocks, near low-water mark, not uncommon. — Tufts 2 or 3 inches
high, dense, somewhat level-topped, of a glaucous green colour. Fila-
ments very slender (but more robust than in C. refracla), much branched
upwards, the branches straight and erect, the lesser ones furnished with
close, very erect and appressed, elongated, straight, setaceous ramuli.
Joints thrice as long as broad. Colour preserved in drying.

20. C. falcata, Duby ; densely tufted, dark green ; fila-
ments intricate at the base, ultra-capillary, rigid, much curved,
irregularly branched ; branches zig-zag, repeatedly divided,
the lesser divisions arched, or strongly incurved and falcate,
furnished along their inner faces with short, secund, blunt
ramuli ; articulations three or four times longer than broad,
with a dense endochrome, and pellucid dissepiments. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ccxvi. Conf. falcata, Duby, Bot. Gal.— fide
Montagne.

206 RHIZOCLONIUM.

The bottoms of clear rock-pools, near low-water mark. Annual. Sum-
mer. Rocks outside Dingle Harbour, Kerry, W. H. H. Jersey, Miss
White. — Filaments densely tufted, 3 or 4 inches long-, thicker than human
hair, nearly equal throughout, much branched ; the branches curved and
twisted, the lesser divisions and ramuli frequently incurved, arching or
strongly hooked inwards ; the whole plant crisp and squarrose. Colour a
peculiarly rich, glossy green. Substance rigid, adhering to paper in dry-
ing.— I was not aware, at the time I published this plant in Phyc. Brit.
that it had already appeared, and oddly enough, under the same specific
name, in the Botanicum Gallicon. I am indebted to my friend Dr. Mon-
tague for ascertaining the above synonyme of Duby.

Species found in brackish water.

21. C. flavescens, Roth; forming pale yellowish strata;
filaments slender, sparingly branched; branches alternate or
sub-dichotomous, erecto-patent, with scattered, elongate, al-
ternate or secund ramuli ; articulations 8 or 9 times longer
than broad. Harv. 1. c. p. 356 ; E. Bot. t. 2088 ; Wijatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 224.

In ditches of brackish or fresh water, not uncommon. — This forms ex-
tensive strata of a light yellowish colour, which finally rise to the surface.
It is allied to C. fracta, but the filaments are more slender, the joints
longer, and the colour is different. It has a silky appearance when dry,
and does not adhere to paper.

22. C. fracta, Fl. Dan. ; forming entangled, dull green
strata; filaments somewhat rigid, much branched ; branches
divaricating; ramuli scattered and very patent; articulations
4—6 times longer than broad. Dillw. Conf. t. 14 ; E. Bot.
t. 2338; Harv. I c. p. 356.

In ditches, lakes, &c. common. — This forms globose or long entangled
tufts, frequently cohering into extensive strata, and finally rising to the
surface. The filaments are much and very irregularly branched, all the
branches very patent.

II. RHIZOCLONIUM. Ktttz. [Plate 24, F.]

Filaments green, jointed, uniform, decumbent, simple or
spuriously branched ; branches short and root-like. Fruit :
granules contained in the cells. — Name, from ptfou, to root,
and KXWV, a branch.

1. R. riparia, Roth ; filaments elongated, slender, de-
cumbent ; pale green, forming wide strata, flaccid, entangled,
angulato-flexuous, slightly branched ; lower branches short,
tentacular ; tipper long, sub-simple, with rounded axils ; arti-
culations 2 — 4 times longer than broad. E. Bot. t. 2100 ;

CONFERVA. 207

Harv. 1. c. p. 359 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxviii . Cow/.
tortuosa, Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No. 190, (not of Dillw.}

On sand-covered rocks, near high-water mark, not uncommon. — Form-
ing decumbent, dense strata of some extent. Filaments very slender,
with a few root-like branches below, and once or twice branched above.
Colour light green, much paler and without gloss when dry. Conf. per-
reptans, Carm., is either this species, or a closely allied form.

III. CONFERVA. Plin. [Plate 24, E.]

Filaments green, attached or floating, unbranched, com-
posed of a single series of cells or articulations. Fruit
aggregated granules or zoospores, contained in the articula-
tions, having, at some period, a proper ciliary motion. —
Name, from confer ruminare, to consolidate, because some
of the species were used by the ancients for binding up frac-
tured limbs. — This genus, notwithstanding the weeding which
it has received of late, requires to be still further dismem-
bered, when the species shall have been carefully observed at
all ages. Generic characters will probably be found in the
different manner in which the endochrome is matured, and
the manner in which new cells are formed.

* Filaments decumbent, stratified, either unattached, or soon becoming
so, and at length floating.

1. C. arenicola, Berk.; threads soft, simple, extremely
fine, matted, somewhat crisped, at first uniform pale green,
at length distinctly jointed; articulations once and a half as
long as broad, dotted ; interstices pellucid. Berk. Gl. Alg.
t. 13, /. 3.

" Creeping on the sandy margins of pools in a salt-marsh periodically
flooded, forming a thin, soft, delicate, crisped web, of a pale yellow-green.
Threads extremely slender, flexuous, at first self-coloured with a few scat-
tered dots, then with manifest dissepiments, and finally the granules con-
tract and form a distinctly defined mass of a darker green in the centre,
with pellucid interstices. When dry the articulations are slightly con-
tracted." Rev. M. J. Berkeley.

2. C. arenosa, Carm.; filaments slender, rigid, interwoven
into broad strata ; articulations 3 — 5 times longer than broad.
Harv. I. c. p. 353.

On the flat sandy shore about half-tide level. Appin, dipt. Carmichael.
Bantry Bay, Mr. R. Ball. — " This species occurs in fleeces a yard or more
in extent, and of a peculiar structure. They consist of several exceedingly
thin layers, placed over each other; but so slightly connected that they may
be separated like folds of gauze, to the extent of many inches, without the

208 CONFERVA.

least laceration. Filaments 5 or 6 inches long, about the thickness of C.
bombycina, rigid, possessed of peculiar roughness ; feeling, when pulled
asunder, as if hair were drawn over a piece of rosin. Articulations 3 — 4
times as long as broad ; sporular mass assuming a great variety of forms.
When old the filaments become exceedingly rough and often tubercular.7'
Carm.

3. C. litorea, Harv. ; filaments thick, rigid, crisped, form-
ing loose, extensive bundles of a dull green colour ; articula-
tions once and a half as long as broad. C. linum, Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 352, (not of Roth J. Wyatt, Alg. Damn.
No. 220.

In salt-water ditches, along the muddy sea shore. — " Forming distinct,
loosely interwoven, sub-cylindrical tufts of a yellowish green colour, which,
in a more advanced state, changes to a dark olive ; attached at one end,
and resting at the bottom of the pool. Filaments as thick as those of C.
area, rigid, brittle, and variously curved. Articulations filled with green
matter, intermixed with large granules, irregularly contracted and com-
pressed in drying." Carm. MS. This plant was called C. Linum in ' Brit.
Flora' on the authority of Capt. Carmichael, but that name having now
been ascertained to belong to the following species, it becomes necessary
to assign a new name to the present one.

4. C. Linum, Roth ; filaments very thick, of great length,
deep glossy green, much curled, rigid, forming loosely en-
tangled, harsh masses ; articulations as long as broad. C.
crassa, Ag.^ Harv. 1. c. p. 352. Conf. capillaris, Dillw. t.
9 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cl. A.

In salt-water ditches, near the coast. Very abundant in the ditches by
the North Wall, Dublin. — Filaments many feet long, twice as thick as
hogs' bristles, remarkably rigid and fragile when recent, but soon becoming
flaccid on exposure to the air. This is the true C. Linum of Roth, see
Phyc. Brit.

5. C. sutoria, Berk. ; threads setaceous, extremely long,
flexuous, equal, dark green ; articulations once and a half as
long as broad; interstices pellucid. Berk. Gl. Alg. t. 14, /.
3 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cl. B.

Floating in ditches and pools subject to the influence of the tide, at
Wisbeach, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. April. Near C. Linum and C. crassa,
" from both which, however, it differs in being a much more slender plant,
and of a closer habit, and by no means variegated." Berk.

6. C. tortuosa, Dillw. ; filaments rigid, slender, much
curled and twisted, forming broad, closely interwoven strata ;
articulations 2 or 3 limes longer than broad. Harv. I. c. p.
352 ; Dillw. t. 46.

In the sea, on rocks and Alga? ; common. — This forms extensive strata,

CONFERVA. 209

often several feet in diameter, of a pale or full green colour. |3. is found
near high-water mark, and is usually of a duller colour, singularly bent
and distorted, and from the angles throwing out tubular, indistinctly joint-
ed, partially colourless radicles, " which adhere to particles of sand and
other matters within their reach, often to a neighbouring filament." Carm.

7. C. implexa, Dillvv. ; filaments very slender, capillary,
rather flaccid, forming extensive, much entangled, bright
green strata; articulations rather longer than broad. Harv.
1. c. p. 352 ; Dillw. Suppl. t. B. ; Wyatt, Alg. Damn. No.
142. C. intricate, Grev. Edin. p. 315. Bangia Johnstoni,
Grev. in Johnst. Berw. Fl. p. 260. Also C. ulothrix, Lyngb.
(of Isted. p. 129).

On marine rocks and attached to Algae. Bantry, Miss Hutchins. Ber-
wick, Dr. Johnston. Frith of Forth, Dr. Greville. Miltown Malbay. Tor-
quay, Mrs Griffiths. — Filaments half as thick as those of C. toriuosa, with
shorter joints, forming densely interwoven strata, or little tufts among the
branches of other Alga3. Bangia Johnstoni, as Dr. W. Arnott first pointed
out to me, differs in no respect from this species.

** Filaments tufted, straight, attached, erect or decumbent (not stratified).

8. C. melagonium, Web. and Mohr; filaments elongate,
scattered, straight, thick, erect, stiff and wiry, dark green ;
articulations twice as long as broad. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
xcix. A. ; Harv. 1. c. p. 354 ; Dillw. Conf. Sup. t. B. ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 221.

In the sea, growing on rocks at the extreme verge of low-water mark;
found on many parts of the coast, but not common anywhere. — Filaments
5 — 8 inches high, thicker than bristles, scarcely tufted, generally but three
or four together or solitary, remarkably rigid and wiry, tenacious and
difficult to break ; dissepiments somewhat contracted, very narrow, but
pellucid.

9. C. area, Dillw. ; filaments elongated, tufted, straight,
harsh, brittle, yellow-green ; articulations as long as broad.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xcix. B.; Harv. 1. c. p. 354; JVyatf,
Alg. Danm. No. 191 ; E. Bot. t. 1929.

In the sea, on sand-covered rocks, frequent. — Filaments 3 — 12 inches
long, tufted, as thick as hogs' bristles, harsh to the touch, of a beautiful
yellow-green colour, fading in the herbarium to a dirty white. Colouring
matter of the joint finally parted in the centre. The articulations are
visible to the naked eye.

10. C. collabens, Ag. ; filaments elongated, straight, tufted,
very thick, gelatinous and flaccid, of a splendid aeruginose
green ; articulations once and a half as long as broad. Harv.
I. c. p. 354. C. area, &. lubrica, Dillw. Syn. p. 48.

p

210 CONFERVA.

At Yarmouth, on a floating piece of deal, Sir W. J. Hooker. — Filaments
3 or 4 inches long, twice as thick as those of C. area, of a splendid verdi-
gris-green colour, which is fully preserved in drying, very gelatinous, ad-
hering most closely to paper. Dissepiments much contracted. A highly
beautiful plant, which, I believe, has never been found more than once.

11. C. bangioides, Harv.; filaments elongated, very slender,
soft and lubricous, wavy ; joints about twice as long as broad,
containing a compact, dark green mass, which is frequently
bipartite ; dissepiments broad, pellucid. Harv. Phyc. Brit,
t. cclxviii.

In the sea, on rocks, &c. Breakwater, Plymouth, Mr. Blatch. Tor-
quay, Mrs. Griffiths. Port Ballantrae, North of Ireland, Mr. Moore. —
Tufts 3 — 6 inches long, of a dark green colour, lubricous, and resembling
Bangia fusco-purpurea. Mixed with this plant Mrs. Griffiths frequently
finds Lyngbya speciosa and a Conferva twice the diameter of C. bangioides.
with contracted, bead-like joints, having most of the characters of C.
Youngana, but much larger than that species usually is.

12. C. Youngana, Dillw. ; filaments short, tufted, straight,
bright green, somewhat rigid,; articulations once or twice as
long as broad, dissepiments finally contracted. Harv. I. c.
p. 354; Dillw. t. 102. Conf. isogona, E. Sot. t. 1930.

On rocks, &c. near high-water mark ; first discovered by Mr. W. W.
Young, on rocks near Dunraven Castle, Glamorganshire. — Filaments an
inch long, forming small tufts, somewhat rigid (as compared with C. colla-
lens), obtuse. Articulations variable in length, at first cylindrical, after-
wards becoming contracted in a beaded manner.

*** Of doubtful affinity.

13. C. clandestina. Berk. ; " threads articulated, free, dis-
tinct, uniform ; bearing reproductive granules within the
joints." Berk. Gl. Alg. t. 13, /. 1.

" On the under side of stones in mud highly impregnated with putrifying
marine substances at Weymouth,'' Rev. M. J. Berkeley. — Filaments very
minute, about a line long, at first appearing " of an opake white upon the
dark mud-stained stone, gelatinous and flexuous, nearly equal throughout.
Under the lens they are hyaline, and are furnished with joints about thrice
as long as broad, with very evident and rather broad dissepiments and
distinct granules. Sometimes the granules are wanting, probably through
age.'' Berk. — Probably, as Mr. Berkeley observes, this obscure plant be-
longs rather to the Leptomiti, or at least " makes a very natural transition
from the more distinctly articulated Leptomiti growing on decayed vegeta-
bles to the real Conferva."

OCHLOCH^ETE. — ULVACE.E. 211

Sub-order 2. CH^TOPHOR^E.

IV. OCHLOCH^TE. Thw. [Plate 25, E.]

Frond disciform, appressed. Filaments cylindrical, radi-
ating from a central point, irregularly branched, consisting
of a single series of cells, each of which is most commonly
produced above into a rigid inarticulate seta. Endochrome
green. Fructification unknown. Thw. — Name, from o%xof, a
multitude, and %«<TH, a bristle.

1. O. hystrix, Thw. in Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxvi.

On stems, &c. in a lake of brackish water called " The little sea," near
Wareham, Dorset, Rev. W. Smith ; also in fresh water ditches near Bris-
tol, G. H. K. Thivailes. Forming a minute dot-like disk, on the leaves
of grasses, &c. — Filaments closely appressed to the substance on which
they grow, radiating from a central point, irregularly divided, and fre-
quently cohering laterally. Cells oblong, each usually furnished with a
tubular, very long, diaphanous bristle.

OEDER XVI. ULVACE^.

Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 168 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 309 ; Harv.
in Mack. Fl. Hib. part iii. p. 240 (in part) ; J. Ag. Alg.
Medit. p. 14 j Endl. 3d Suppl. p. 18.

DIAGNOSIS. — Green or purple, marine or fresh water Alga?,
composed of small polygonal cells, forming expanded mem-
branes, or membranous tubes ; very rarely arranged in fila-
ments.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root a small disk. Frond in all
the genuine plants of the order membranaceous, composed of
minute, polygonal, and commonly flattened cellules coher-
ing in filmy strata, and connected into laminae by means
of firm gelatine. The surface of the membrane is usually
areolated, and in some cases beautifully tessellated, the cells
being arranged in parcels of four and multiples of that num-
ber, forming regular patterns, like mosaic pavement. These
membranous fronds are frequently expanded, in which ease
they seldom assume a definite figure, generally being of very
uncertain form in different individuals of the same species,
and being frequently much lacerated during growth. Some-

P2

212 ULVACE.E.

times the membrane (as in Enteromorpha} takes the form of
a tube, and is then very generally branched. In Bangia,
a genus which ought probably to be removed from the order,
the frond is exceedingly slender, forming filaments which
sometimes consist of a simple string of cells, ranged conse-
cutively like those of a Conferva.

Most of the Ulvaceae are of an intense, herbaceous green
colour, having glassy fronds ; but a few (as the Porphyrae,
Bangia) are distinguished among chlorospermatous Algae for
a lurid purple colour. Except this difference in colour there
is little in structure to separate these plants from those
with which they are here associated. They inhabit the same
places, and their mode of fructification is similar. Nothing
can be more simple than the fructification of the Ulvaceae,
so far as it is known. Every cell of the frond contains its
endochrome, or colouring matter, and this, at maturity, forms
the spore. Each cell seems capable of furnishing a sporule,
and in many cases four sporules ; and thus from the breaking
up of a single ulvaceous leaf millions of new individuals may
arise. No wonder, therefore, that these plants multiply so
fast and are so widely dispersed. They are the least local of
all the Algae ; some of our common kinds being found wher-
ever any marine vegetation exists. The shores of most coun-
tries supply Ulva latissima and Enteromorpha intestinalis
and compressa; while Ulva (Prasiola} crispa is found at Spitz -
bergen and in the far southern antarctic lands, being one of
the most northern and most southern of the Algae. The spe-
cies require a careful study ; particularly those of the genus
Enteromorpha. Comparatively few of the Ulvaceae are found
in fresh water. The majority grow just below high-water
mark, forming the marginal belt of marine vegetation, but
the marine kinds are by no means confined to this zone, but
sometimes vegetate at a considerable depth, quite beyond the
influence of the tide.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH (MARINE) GENERA.

I. ENTEROMORPHA.. Frond tubular, mostly branched.

[Plate 25, D.]

II. ULVA. Frond leaf-like, green. [Plate 25, B.]

III. PORPHYRA. Frond leaf-like, purple. [Plate 25, A.]

IV. BANGIA. Frond filamentous, (mostly) purple or pink.

[Plate 25, C.]

ENTEUOMORPHA. 213

I. ENTEROMORPHA. Link. [Plate 25, D.]

Frond tubular, hollow, membranaceous, of a green colour
and reticulated structure. Fructification: three or four
roundish granules, aggregated in the reticulations. Grev. —
Name, svrepov, the entrail, and /wo^^jj, a form or appearance.

1. E. Cornucopia, Carm. ; gregarious, small; fronds tu-
bular at the base, dilated upwards, plaited, laciniated and
torn at the margin. Carm. MSS. ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 313.
Scytonema inlestinalis, 0. Cornucopia, Lyngb. p. 67.

On corallines, &c., in rocky pools left by the tide. Annual. Spring and
snmmer. — " Fronds gregarious, about an inch long, funnel-shaped, from a
short, tubular base, expanding into a plaited, laciniated membrane, torn
and jagged at the extremity. Granules in fours, all over the frond. Co-
lour dark green below, pale above." Carm.

2. E. intestinalis, L. ; fronds elongated, simple, inflated
(often floating). Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 179 ; Hook. 1. c. p. 313;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 80 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cliv. — 0.
crispa ; frond compressed, the margin crisped and curled.
Grev.

In the sea, and in brackish and fresh-water ditches, very common. An-
nual. Summer. — Fronds often 2 feet long or more, and from a line to 2
or 3 inches in diameter, tapering at base, at first fixed by a minute root,
afterwards detached and freely floating, inflated, variously waved or curled,
of a full green colour, fading to yellowish and finally white.

3. E. compressa, L. ; fronds elongated, branched, cylin-
drical or sub-compressed ; the branches simple or nearly so,
long, and much attenuated at their base. Grev. Alg. Brit.
p. 180, t. 18; Hook. 1. c. p. 314; Wyatt, Ala. Danm. No.
165. — 0. prolifera ; frond somewhat inflated, throwing out
capillary branches on all sides. Grev.

On rocks, &c., in the sea, very common. Annual. Spring and summer.
— Fronds 6 — 12 inches long, either capillary or several lines in diameter,
more or less branched, sometimes nearly simple, sometimes very much di-
vided and bushy ; branches generally springing near the base, much atten-
uated below, gradually widening upwards and obtuse at the tips, by which
character this variable plant is easily recognized from the four following.

4. E. Linkiana, Grev.; "frond cylindrical, tubular, fili-
form, reticulated, pellucid, of a very pale green colour, mem-
branaceous (rigid when dry), much branched ; branches
attenuated." Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 182 ; Hook. I. c. p. 314.

In the sea. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Annual. Summer. — " Fronds

214 ENTEROMORPHA.

6 — 12 inches in length, filiform, cylindrical, tubular, inflated, rising with a
main stem about I line in diameter, on all sides of which, and along the
whole length, the branches are inserted : branches 2—6 inches long, smaller
in diameter than the stem, between erect and spreading, set with a second
series, 1 or 2 inches long, which, in their turn, bear a third, which are quite
capillary. The structure distinctly reticulated, the reticulations roundish,
but angular. Fructification : 3 or 4 subglobose granules within many of
the reticulations. Substance membranaceous, but firm and somewhat car-
tilaginous when dry, adhering very imperfectly to paper. Colour a very
pale, yellowish green." Grev. I. c.

5. E. erecta, Lyngb. ; frond cylindrical, filiform, slender,
highly reticulated ; branches erect, opposite or alternate, set
with capillary rarnuli, all attenuated to a fine point. Hook.
Br. Fl. ii. p. 314; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 166; Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. xliii. E. clathrata, &. Grev. Alg. Brit. p.
181. Conferva paradoxa, Dillw. (authentic specimen) ;
Griff. MS.

On rocks in the sea, about half-tide level. Annual. Spring and sum-
mer, not uncommon. — Frond 4 — 8 inches high, cylindrical, from the thick-
ness of a hog's bristle to half a line in diameter ; stem generally undivided,
closely set with opposite or alternate, simple branches, which diminish in
length upwards ; these are gradually attenuated to a point, and set through-
out with sub-distichous, slender, setaceous, erecto-patent ramuli, 1 or 2
lines long, and all tapering at the tips, which give the plant a feathery ap-
pearance. Such is the normal state of this species, but there are number-
less varieties, which seem to connect it with the following, as that in like
manner is connected with E. ramulosa ; and I quite agree with Sir W. J.
Hooker, who, in adopting Capt. Carmichael's descriptions, says, that how-
ever distinct typical individuals of the three supposed species may appear,
still, " that there are intermediate states of these plants which would rather
lead me to coincide with Dr. Greville, and to unite them." Few plants are
so sportive in size and ramification, and if all the varieties were described
the species might easily be multiplied till we should have one for almost
every marine pool !

6. E. clathrata, Roth ; frond cylindrical, filiform, slender,
highly reticulated ; branches spreading, much divided, set
with divaricated or recurved ramuli. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 181 ;
Hook. Br. FL ii. p. 315 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 34 ? E.
clathrata, a. Grev. 1. c. Con/, paradoxa, E. Bot. t. 2328.

Between tide-marks. Annual. Spring and summer. Not uncommon.
— Frond 4 — 12 inches high, cylindrical, from the thickness of a bristle to
1 or 2 lines in diameter, generally with an undivided stem set with close
branches, which spread in all directions and bear a second, third, or fourth
series, till the plant assumes a very bushy appearance ; the ramuli slender,
abundantly scattered, either spreading or curved back, occasionally tangled
and interwoven, their apices always acute and tapering. Carmichael de-
scribes this plant as prostrate, "forming a thin, inextricable fleece," a state
evidently approaching the following.

ENTEROMORPHA. 215

7. E. ramulosa}Sm. ; frond compressed, highly reticulated,
very much branched and interwoven, twisted, everywhere co-
vered with spine-like branchlets. Harv. Pkyc. Brit. t. ccxlv.;
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 181 ; Hook. 1. c. p. 315 ; E. Boi. t. 2137.
E. clathrata, y. Grev. I. c. E. ramulosa, var. minor, Wyatt,
Alg. Damn. No. 208.

On rocks between tide-marks. Annual. Spring. Not uncommon. —
" Fronds 5 or 6 inches to 1 or 2 feet long, half a line in diameter, com-
pressed, curled and twisted, much and repeatedly branched, and interwoven
into a (more or less) thick and inextricable mat, and beset on all sides with
short, spine-like branchlets, or rather apiculi, which render it harsh to the
touch. Substance membranaceous, green. This species can be at once
distinguished from E. clathrata, with which alone there is any risk of its
being confounded, by mere handling, the one feeling harsh to the touch,
the other soft and silky." Carm. MSS.

8. E. Hopkirkii, M'Calla ; frond excessively slender and
byssoid, flaccid, very much branched ; branches feathery, de-
compound, erect, attenuated, set with minute, subulate ra-
muli ; cellules large, hyaline, each cell containing one or two
minute grains of colouring matter; the ramuli composed
of a single series of such cells. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.
cclxiii.

Dredged in 4 — 10 fathom water. Annual. Summer and autumn. Good-
rington, Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths (1838). Carrickfergus, Mr. M'Calla (1845).
— Fronds 6 — 12 inches long or more, exceedingly slender, the main stems
scarcely the diameter of human hair, the branches and ramuli more deli-
cate. The cells of which the frond is composed are of large size, about
three or four making the breadth of a branch, hyaline, with a minute grain
of endochrome in the centre ; the ramuli are 'composed of a single string of
such cells. The species has been named by Mr. M'Calla in honor of the
author of the ' Flora Gloltiana : ' the discovery is, however, due to Mrs.
Griffiths, from whom I have specimens of the date above given.

9. E. percursa, Ag. ; frond capillary, simple, or having a
few short, spine-like ramuli, nearly solid, laxly reticulated ;
the cells large, hyaline, (2 to 4 in the breadth of the frond) ;
each cell containing a brilliant green grain of colouring mat-
ter. Hook. Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 315 ; Harv. Man. Ed. i. p.
176 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cclxxxii.

On the oozy sea-shore, above half tide level, spreading widely. Annual.
Summer. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Bangor, N. Wales, Mr. Ralfs.
Larne, Mr. D. Moore. — Fronds several inches long, as fine as human hair,
decumbent, forming widely spreading, entangled strata.

216 ULVA. — PORPHYKA.

II. ULVA. Linn. [Plate 25, B.]

Frond meinbranaceous, of a green colour, plane, (in some
cases saccate, and inflated in the young state). Fructifica-
tion: minute granules, mostly arranged in fours. — Name,
supposed to be from Ul, water in Celtic.

1. U. latissima, Linn. ; frond broadly-ovate or oblong,
flat, delicately membranaceous, of a full green colour. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. Ml', Hook. L c. p. 311 ; IVyatt, Ala. Danm.
No. 33. U. Lactuca, E. Bot. t. 1551.

In the sea, on rocks, stones, &c., very common. Annual. All the year
round. — Fronds tufted, 6 — 18 inches long or more, and several inches wide,
variously waved and lobed. Fructification covering the whole frond.

2. U. Lactuca, Linn. ; frond at first obovate, saccate,
inflated, at length cleft down to the base, the segments plane,
unequal, laciniated, semi-transparent. Grev. — Hook. 1. c. p.
311 ; Grev. Crypt. Fl. #.313.

On rocks, stones, corallines, &c. in the sea. Annual. May and June.
— " Fronds 3 — 6 inches in length, in the young state obovate and saccate,
but very soon bursting and lacerating, at length cleft irregularly to the
base.'' Grev. — A smaller and far more tender plant than the preceding, and
of a pale yellow-green colour. It adheres closely to paper in drying.

3. U. Linza, Linn. ; frond linear-lanceolate, acute, undu-
late at the margin, composed of two membranes closely
applied. Hook. I. c.p. 311 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 164.

Rocks and stones in the sea. Annual. Summer. — Fronds clustered, 6
inches to 2 feet in length, half an inch to an inch and a half wide, linear-
lanceolate, tapering to each extremity, much curled, of a fine grass-green
colour. This species, as Dr. Greville observes, shows by its double mem-
brane a transition to Enteromorpha.

III. PORPHYRA. Ag. [Plate 25, A.]

Frond plane, exceedingly thin, and (owing to the fructifi-
cation) of a purple colour. Fructification: 1, scattered
sort of oval seeds ; 2, roundish granules, mostly arranged in
a quaternate manner, and covering the whole frond. Grev. —
Name, xofxpupog, purple.

1. P. laciniata, Lightf.; fronds deeply and irregularly
cleft, with broad segments ; margin variously cut and lobed.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 168 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 310 ; Hare.

BANGIA. 217

Phyc. Brit. t. xcii. ; Wijatt, Alg. Damn. No. 32. Ulva um-
bilicata, E. Bot. t. 2296.

In the sea, on rocks, stones, &c., very common. Annual. Spring to au-
tumn.— Fronds clustered, 4 — 8 inches long or more, very irregularly cleft,
often fixed by the centre, when dry transparent, very glossy and of a fine
purple. This and the following species constitute the Laver of many parts
of England, the Sioke or Slokaun of Scotland and Ireland. When stewed
for several hours they are reduced to a sort of pulp, which is brought to
table, served with lemon-juice, and is a favourite article of food with many
persons.

2. P. vulgar is, Ag. ; frond simple, broadly lanceolate, the
margin much waved. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 169 ; Hook. I. c.
p. 310 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxi ; also P. linearis, Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 180, t. 18 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 163.

In the sea, on rocks, &c. with the preceding. — Fronds 1 or 2 feet long,
and 2 or 3 inches wide, of a lanceolate figure, often much waved. Except
that the frond is undivided, this does not differ from the preceding.

3. P. miniata, Ag. ; frond solitary, plane, oblong, gelati-
nous, rose-red. Hook. 1. c. p. 310.

In the sea ; coast of Appin, Capt. Carmichael. — " My only authority for
claiming this plant as a native of these shores, was a fragment found float-
ing in the sea. It was 3 inches in diameter, plane, curled on the margin,
of a bright sanguineous colour, extremely gelatinous and filled with close-
set roundish sporidia. When laid on paper to dry it, it dissolved into a
reddish sanies, being probably in a state of putrescence, and nothing
remained but a mere stain. From its texture and fructification, it evidently
does not belong to this genus." Carm. I know nothing of this plant.

IV. BANGIA. Lyngb. [Plate 25, C.]

Frond filiform, tubular, composed (in typical species) of
numerous radiating cellules, disposed in transverse rows, and
enclosed within a hyaline, continuous sheath. Spores purple
or green, one formed within each of the cells of the frond.
— Named in honour of Hoffman Bang, a Danish botanist and
friend of Lyngbye.

1. B. fmco-purpurea, Dillw. ; filaments elongated, capil-
lary, decumbent, nearly straight or somewhat curled, equal,
forming a brownish -green or purple stratum, glossy ; granules
few (about five) in each transverse line. Grev. Alg. Brit,
p. 177 ; Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 316 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.
167 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. xcvi. Conf. fusco-purpurea,
Dillw. t. 92 ; E. Bot. t. 2055. Conf. atro-purpurea, Dillw.
t. 103; E. Bot. t. 2085.

218 BANGIA.

On rocks and wood in the sea, near high-water mark ; not uncommon.
— Forming a lubricous, blackish-purple, occasionally greenish stratum.
Filaments several inches long, straight or curled, variable in breadth ; the
narrow ones containing often but a single row of granules; the broader con-
taining 4 or 5 rows. Granules large, dark purple, square, closely set.

2. B. ciliaris, Carm. ; " filaments gregarious, very minute,
simple, straight, compressed, purple ; granules binate, glo-
bose." Carm. MSS. ; Hook. Br. Fl.p. ii. p. 316.

On the old leaves of Zostera marina, Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Annual.
Spring. — " This, the minutest of all the Bangice, grows on the edges of the
leaves in the form of a delicate pink-coloured fringe. Filaments half a line
in length, gelatinous, straight, compressed, rather torulose. Granules large,
globular, arranged in pairs." Carm. — The granules are occasionally in a
single series.

3. B. ? ceramicola, Lyngb. ; filaments very slender, flaccid,
rosy ; articulations equal in length and breadth ; endochrome
at length globular, and escaping through the tube. Harv. I.
c. p. 355 ; Lyngb. Dan. t. 48 ?

In rocky pools on various small Algae, at Appin, Capt. Carmichael. —
" Filaments very slightly tufted, or rather gregarious, about an inch long,
very slender and flaccid, of a purplish rose-colour. Articulations about as
long as broad, becoming at length gibbous, when the internal mass, which
was at first square, assumes a globular form, and bursts through the tube."
Carm.

4. B. ? carnea, Dillw. ; " filaments simple, slender, short,
pale red ; articulations torulose, 2 or 3 times longer than
broad, endochrome contracted into a solitary globule." Dillw.
Conf. t. 84 ; Harv. 1. c. p. 355.

On Conferva in the river near Loughor, Glamorganshire, near its conflu-
ence with the sea, Mr. W. W. Young.

5. B. ? elegans, Chauv. ; filaments minute, dichotomously
branched, with very patent axils ; branches containing a
single row of simple or binate, purple, grain-like cells.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxlvi.

Parasitical on the smaller Algae, very rare. Annual. Dredged in
Strangford Lough, at Portaferry, adhering to Gracillaria confervoides, Mr.
W. Thompson (1838). Forming minute tufts, 1 — 2 lines long, resembling
Callithamnia Daviesii in colour and size. The younger parts of the fila-
ments contain a string of closely set lenticular grains or cells, arranged
like those of a Lyngbya. In the older parts the cells are less regularly
placed, and are more distant, of a broadly spindle-like form with a division
in the centre, as if composed of two conical or sugar-loaf bodies. These
are probably the ripe spores, which escape on the bursting of the tubular
filament. This plant can hardly remain in Bangia, and will probably form

OSCILLATORIACE^E . 219

the type of a new genus, to which the name Diconia (Jif *wvoj) may be
given, in allusion to the form of its ripe spores.

ORDER XVII. OSCILLATORIACE.E.

OSCILLATORIE.E, Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. part 3, p. 164.
Endl. 3rd Suppl. p. 12. Oscillatorieae and Rivularieae,
Harv. Er. Fl. J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 8, 10. Oscillatorea;,
Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 18.

DIAGNOSIS. — Green or blue, rarely purplish, marine, or
(more frequently) fresh-water Algae, composed of continu-
ous, tubular, simple, or rarely branching filaments, which are
either free or invested in gelatine. Endochrome annulated,
at length separating into lenticular sporidia.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Root) either simply a point of at-
tachment ; or, in most cases, not obvious. Filaments of
small size, often exceedingly minute, inarticulated, membra-
nous ; each filament formed of a single, slender, filiform tube,
which is most frequently simple. These filaments are rarely
solitary. In the majority, a great number of filaments lie
together, either in bundles or in strata, in the latter case
usually surrounded by a slimy matrix. In a few, form-
ing the sub-order Rivulariete, the filaments cohere into
fronds of definite shape, in which they commonly radiate
from a central point, their apices being turned to the circum-
ference of the frond. In this sub-order also, each filament
springs from a globular cell of small size, the use of which is
unexplained, but which is obviously of a similar nature to the
cells called " connecting cells" in the Nostochaceae. The
filaments are very rarely branched. In some cases where
they have the appearance of being branched, the ramose cha-
racter is owing to the lateral cohesion of two filaments ; the
lower part of one being applied to the side of the other.
Such an arrangement is termed appositional branching, and
is found in several fresh- water species allied to Calothrix.

The structure of the plants of this order is very uniform, the
chief variety lying in the more or less perfect division of the
endochrome into lenticular frustules or cells. In the Oscil-
latoriae, and in most others, the endochrome is merely trans-

220 OSCILLATOKIACE^E.

versely striate, until just before the breaking up of the plant.
But in some Lyngbyae, the endochrome exists, from an early
period of growth, in the form of separate lenticels. Such plants
have a structure very similar to that of the simpler Bangice,
through which genus a connection is established with Ulvaceae,
or of Hormospora, the conterminous genus on the side of the
Palmellaceae. With the Nostochacese there is a close affinity
established through Sphaerozyga and Spermosira ; the latter
of which, when very young, has a strong resemblance to an
Oscillatoria.

Many plants of this order are celebrated for their semi-
animality (according to the views of some naturalists) ; at
least, for having independant motions, the cause of which is
unexplained. The Oscillatoria, Spirulina, and others have
this locomotive power in a greater or less degree. It has a
threefold character. First there is a movement of the fila-
ment from side to side ; one end being kept pretty steady, so
as to form a central pivot, while the other end oscillates, like
a pendulum, describing segments of circles in its passage.
This sort of motion, which gives name to the genus Oscilla-
toria, though often languid, or not to be observed when spe-
cimens are examined, is sometimes exceedingly vivid, the
threads rapidly changing place from one side of the field of
view to the other. Coincident with this oscillation, we often
observe the end of the filament which describes the circle to
bend first to one side and then to the other, something as the
head of a caterpillar or a worm does when the animal is
gliding over unknown ground, or as if the creature were
seeking something at either side of its line of march. This
sort of movement is less frequently noticed than the oscilla-
tion, but I have repeatedly witnessed it, and it far more
nearly resembles the movement of an animal than any other
vegetable motion with which I am acquainted, except, per-
haps, that of Bacillaria paradoxa. The third sort of motion
is more the result of the other two than an independent
movement : it is a simple progression. The whole phe-
nomenon may perhaps be resolved into a spiral onward
movement of the filament. If a piece of the stratum of
an Oscillatoria be placed in a vessel of water, and allowed
to remain there for some hours, its edge will first be-
come fringed with filaments, radiating as from a central
point, with their tips outwards. These filaments, by their
constant oscillatory movements, are continually loosened
from their hold on the stratum, cast into the water, and at

OSCILLATORIACEJE. 221

the same time propelled forward ; and as the oscillation con-
tinues after the filament has left its nest, the little swimmer
gradually moves along, till it not only reaches the edge of the
vessel, but often — as if in the attempt to escape confinement
— continues its voyage up the sides, till it is stopped by dry-
ness. Thus in a very short time a small piece of Oscillatoria
will spread itself over a large vessel of water. I am not aware
that the filaments ever return to the stratum after they have
once left it: their course is ever "ahead," — which looks
more as if they were obeying some condition imposed on them
than if their movements were spontaneous, like those of ani-
malcules. There is indeed a wide difference between the
calm, undeviating onward course of these singular vegetables
and the wild and wayward wanderings and contests of ani-
malcules, as seen in the field of an oxy-hydrogen microscope.
But such difference, though it may afford probability of a
difference in the nature of the life enjoyed by the two entities
under review, by no means proves this difference ; for we
must remember that there are animals as inert, and apparently
as passionless, as our Oscillatoria. And let not the undevi-
atingly onward course be assigned to vegetables solely, for if
animals (some at least) were always sane, their course would
be, like that of the Oscillatoria, still onward, — seeking an
" Excelsior " which is ever in advance of their position. Se-
riously, I am unable to explain satisfactorily the movement
of these vegetables, — for vegetables, and not animals, I be-
lieve them to be,— and 1 have no wish to theorize on the
subject. Our knowledge is yet far from sufficient to allow of
our dogmatizing on this point : our maxim must still be,
observe.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH (MARINE) GENERA.

I. RIVULARIA. Filaments radiating from a point, immersed

in firmly gelatinous, globose or lobed fronds, of defi-
nite shape. [Plate 26, A.]

II. SCHIZOTHRIX. Filaments rigid, in branching bundles,

at length splitting. [Plate 26, B.]

III. CALOTHRIX. Filaments short, tufted, fixed by their
base only. [Plate 26, C.]

IV. LYNGBYA. Filaments elongate, decumbent, flaccid.
[Plate 26, E.]

222 RIVULARIA.

V. MICROCOLEUS. Filaments minute, needle-shaped, en-

closed, many together, in membranous or gelatinous
sheaths. [Plate 26, D.]

VI. OSCILLATORIA. Filaments needle-shaped, straight, or
slightly curved, short, heaped together in gelatinous
strata, oscillating. [Plate 26, F.]

VII. SPIRULINA. Filaments spirally twisted, lying in a
mucus stratum. [Plate 27, C.]

I. RIVULARIA. Roth. [Plate 26, A.]

Frond globose or lobed, rarely incrusting, green or oliva-
ceous, fleshy or gelatinous, firm, composed of continuous,
inarticulate filaments, annulated within, and surrounded by,
or set in, gelatine. — Name, in allusion to the fresh-water ha-
bitat of some of the original species. The following are found
in the sea.

1. R. plicata, Carm. ; fronds rather large, densely gre-
garious, gelatinous, compresso-plicate, often hollow and
ruptured, dark green ; filaments many times dichotomous, at-
tenuated. Hare. 1. c. p. 392. Lichen corrugatus, Dicks.,
according to a specimen given by Dickson himself to Mr.
Borrer.

On the rocky sea-shore, about high-water mark, or in situations where it
is only occasionally inundated with salt water. Appin, Capt. Carmichael.
Torbay, Mrs. Griffiths. Eyrmouth, Dr. Johnston. Ballantrae, Ayrshire,
Mr. W. Thompson. Innischerig Island, Co. Clare; and elsewhere. —
" Fronds growing from a smooth gelatinous stratum, from a line to half an
inch in diameter, mostly confluent and distorted by mutual pressure, gela-
tinous, and in their more advanced state often hollow and ruptured. Fi-
laments dichotomous, tapering to a fine point, obscurely striated. Globules
few in number, pellucid, lodged within the filaments, which at length break
oft', leaving the globule attached to the base of the dismembered branch."
Carm.

2. R. atra, Roth ; fronds minute, scattered, globose,
smooth, firm, glossy black; filaments deep green, slender,
densely packed. Harv. 1. c. p. 392 ; E. Bot. t. 1798 ; Barv.
Phyc. Brit. t. ccxxxix.

In the sea, on rocks, corallines, Algae, &c. — Fronds 1 or 2 lines in dia-
meter, very hard ; filaments densely packed.

SCHIZOTHRIX — CALOTHRIX. 223

3. R. applanata, Carm. ; fronds minute, gregarious, orbi-
cular, depressed, black; filaments simple, attenuated, the
apices free. Har-v. 1. c. p. 392.

On rocks and stones, between tide-marks, Capt. Carmichael. — " Fronds
a line in diameter, gregarious, often confluent, circular, depressed, spongy,
of an opaque black colour, shrinking, splitting, and becoming grayish in
drying. Filaments one-fourth of a line in length, simple, attenuated to a
point, loose at the apex, of a bluish green colour." Carm. This seems to
differ from R. atra in its depressed form and simple filaments. I am not
acquainted with it.

4. R. nitida, Ag. ; frond large, gelatinoso-coriaceous, lobed
and plaited, often bullated, lubricous, shining, deep green ;
filaments simple or pseudo-branched. Harv. I. c. p. 393 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 50; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixviii.
Riv. bullata, Berk. Gl. Alg. t. 2, /. 1.

On rocks between tide-marks. Annual. Summer and autumn. South
of England and South and West of Ireland. — Fronds tremelloid, tufted or
gregarious, much lobed, the lobes sinuous ; in a young state compressed
and filled with gelatine, in age hollow and distended; from half an inch to
an inch in diameter. Colour a deep but very vivid olive-green, lubricous
and subgelatinous to the touch. Substance firm, elastic, not easily lace-
rated. Filaments either simple or pseudo-branched, waved, laxly set in the
interior of the lobe, but closely packed together on the exterior. Stria
closely set and conspicuous.

II. SCHIZOTHRIX. Kiitz. [Plate 26, B.]

" Filaments involved in a thick, lamellar sheath, rigid,
curled, thickened at the base, at length longitudinally di-
vided. Spermalia lateral." Kg. Name, from ^»C«, to divide,
and 6pi%, a hair.

1. S. Cresswellii, Harv. ; forming dense, soft, pulvinate,
convex tufts ; filaments very slender, curved, fastigiate, col-
lected into branching bundles. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clx.

On sandstone maritime rocks, near high-watermark, exposed to the drip
of fresh water. Annual. Winter. Near the Picket rock, Sidmouth, Rev.
R. Cresswell. — Spreading over the surface of the rock in continuous, con-
vex, roundish or oval patches, which run one into another, and cover the
rock for spaces several inches in diameter. Colour, in the tuft, greenish
olive ; in the filaments yellowish.

III. CALOTHRIX. Ag. [Plate 26, C.]

Filaments destitute of a mucous layer, erect, tufted or
fasciculate, fixed at the base, somewhat rigid, without oscil-

224 CALOTHRIX.

lation. Tube continuous ; endochrome green, densely amm-
lated, at length dissolved into lenticular sporidia. — Name,
*«AOJ, beautiful, and fyj|, a hair; the filaments being very
slender and delicate.

1. C. confervicola, Ag. ; filaments minute, glaucous, erect,
subulate, rigid, tufted. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccliv. ; Harv.
in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 367. Conf. confervicola, Dillw. t. 8 ;
E. Bot. t. 2576 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 229.

On marine, filamentous Algae; very common. — Filaments 1 or 2 lines
high, rigid, forming scattered or continuous tufts. " Internal mass at length
consolidated into lenticular sporidia, which escape at the end of the tube,
either singly or cohering in short cylinders." Cann. MS. cum icone.

2. C. Mucor, Ag. ; " filaments hyaline, rigid, straightish,
erect, forming olivaceous green tufts." Ag. Syst. Alg. p. 70 ;
Harv. 1. c. p. 367.

On marine Algae, at Brighton, Mr. Borrer. Unknown to me.

3. C. luleola, Grev. ; " filaments hyaline, yellowish, ex-
ceedingly slender, elongated, flexible, scattered." Grev.
Crypt. Fl. t. 299; Harv. I. c.p. 367.

On marine filiform Algae, rare. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. — " Plant of a
pale yellowish colour, investing the stems of the filiform Algae with its nu-
merous filaments, and giving them a most delicate, feathery appearance."
Grev. — Capt. Carmichael thus describes the plant in his MSS. under the
name of C. melaleuca. " Filaments in small tufts, a line or two in length,
exceedingly slender, tortuous, tapering, of a snow-white colour, and so
opaque as to appear intensely black when viewed against the light. Most
of them are variegated with pellucid fasciae, caused by the destruction or
escape of the colouring matter. In the water, this minute parasite gives a
downy appearance to the plants on which it grows." Carm. MS.

4. C. scopulorum, Web. and Mohr ; filaments minute,
erect, curved, flexuous, simple, sub-attenuate, dirty green,
agglutinated at the base, forming a continuous, velvety stra-
tum. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 368 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit.
1. Iviii. B. Conf. scopulorum, Dillw. t. A. ; E. Bot. t. 2171.

On marine rocks, near high-water mark, common ; spreading in dark
green slippery patches. — The filaments are a line in height, flexuous,
slightly attenuated to a subacute point, simple, slimy at the base, and un-
der the microscope of a dull yellowish green ; striae indistinct.

5. C. fasciculata, Ag. ; filaments erect, very straight, dark
green, subulate, with a setaceous point, fasciculately pseudo-
branched, forming a continuous, velvety stratum. Harv. in
Hook. Br. Fl. ii. p. 368 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Iviii. A.

Marine rocks, below high-water mark. Miltown Malbay. — Stratum very
dark shining green. Filaments 2 or 3 lines high, tufted, erect, straight,

LYNGBYA. 225

attenuated to a long setaceous point. They are sometimes simple, but
more generally furnished with 2—6 erect, closely pressed, pseudo-branches ;
the striae are strongly marked and very closely set. The filaments, in my
specimens, are longer, straighter, more acuminated, and of a darker colour
than I find them in an authentic specimen from Agardh.

6. C. pannosa, Ag. ; filaments long, rigid, very much curled
and twisted, obtuse, densely interwoven together into lamel-
lated tufts or honeycombed strata ; endochrome dark green,
densely annulated. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixxvi.

Near high-water mark, growing on rocks or on Fucus canaliculatus.
Roundstone Bay, Mr. Mc'Calla. — Filaments half an inch long, very much
curled, intricately woven together into laminated bundles, formed into a
sort of honeycombed stratum. — I omit here the Sidmouth and Kilkee habi-
tats given in the ' Phycologia,' the specimens fro
a new examination, and being possibly distinct.

7. C. hydnoides, Carm. ; filaments elongated, flexuous,
cylindrical, obtuse, interwoven at the base, the tips cohering
in rigid, erect, tooth-like fascicles. Harv. 1. c. p. 369. Scy-
tonema hydnoides, Carm. MS. cum icone.

On the clayey sea-shore, at the flood level. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. —
" This species occurs in thin, dark, olive- coloured (black-green under the
microscope) patches, from half an inch to 2 or 3 inches in diameter. Fila-
ments much branched, the lower part interwoven into a thin stratum mixed
with the clay over which they creep ; while the terminal branches stand
erect in close conical tufts, resembling the teeth of a Hydnum." Carm. MS.
This plant is allied to C. scopulorum, but has a very peculiar habit.

8. C. caspitula, Harv.; filaments forming close, convex
tufts, blackish-green, flexuous, flaccid, obtuse, here and there
spuriously branched. Harv. I. c. p. 369.

Marine rocks near high-water mark. Miltown Malbay, rare.— Tufts very
convex, J— 1£ inch in diameter, deep blackish green, flaccid, growing on
the naked rock, or attached to corallines, &c. Filaments densely packed
together, often twisted round each other in small bundles, either simple or
pseudo-branched, obtuse, -cylindrical ; branches erect. Strim very strongly
marked and closely set.

IV. LYNGBYA. Ag. [Plate 26, E.]

Filaments destitute of a mucous layer, free, flexible, elon-
gated, continuous, decumbent. Endochrome (green or purple)
densely aunulated, and finally separating into lenticular spo-
rMfea.— Name, in honour of H. C. Lyngbye, author of an
excellent work on the Algae of Denmark. Distinguished
from Oscillatoria by its long, flexile filaments, and from Ca~
lothrix by its stratified habit.

Q

226 LYNGBYA.

* Filaments perfectly continuous; endochrome cylindrical, imperfectly
annulated.

1. L. majuscula, Dillw. ; filaments very thick, issuing in
long, crisped bundles from a blackish green stratum, tortuous,
simple or slightly pseudo-branched. Harv. I. c. p. 370 ;
Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 147; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. Ixii.
Conf. majuscula, Dillw. Conf. t. A.

Thrown up by the sea. Santon Sands, Miss Hill. Bantry Bay, Miss
Hutchins. Torbay, Miss Griffiths. Belfast Bay. Dr. Drummond. Port-
rush, Mr. D. Moore. — Filaments forming blackish green, interwoven strata,
from which they issue in crisped bundles, 1 or 2 inches long, very tortuous,
simple, or occasionally agglutinated together so as to appear branched.
Diameter greater than that of any of the genus, twice or thrice as great as
that of L. muralis. Endochrome dull green, annul! difficult to observe,
close set; border of the tube broad and colourless. A fine species, errone-
ously referred by Agardh to his L. crispa, which, according to an authentic
specimen, is a very different plant, of a verdigris-green colour, and thrice
as slender.

2. L. ferruginea, Ag. ; filaments slender, flaccid, forming
a lax stratum, of a verdigris-green colour, which gradually
changes to a pale chesnut. Harv. I. c. p. 370. L. ferru-
ginea, ft. versicolor, Ag. Syst. p. 73. L. sulsalsa, Carm. MS.

In small mud-bottomed pools by the sea-side, filled at spring-tides. Ap-
pin, Capt. Carmichael. — " Stratum exceedingly thin and lax, extensive, at
first of a vivid green colour, but passing gradually into a pale chesnut."
Carm. Filaments an inch long, flaccid, bent in various curves but scarcely
tortuous, of a pale verdigris colour under the microscope; striae rather evi-
dent and subdistant. Capt. Carmichael's plant is of a dull verdigris hue,
without gloss. I have compared it with an authentic specimen from
Agardh, and can detect no difference, except in colour, which, according to
Carmichael, varies with the age of the individual. Agardh's j3. appears to
answer to the British plant very exactly.

** Filaments imperfectly articulated ; endochrome distinctly annulated, se-
parating into lenticular articulations, with pellucid dissepiments.

3. L. Carmichaelii, Harv. ; filaments very long, thickish,
curled and tortuous, cylindrical, floating under water, and
forming extensive, grass-green strata. Harv. L c. p. 371 ;
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxvi. A. L. crispa, Carm. MSS.
cum icone (not of Agardh) ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 230.

On marine rocks and Fuci. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Plymouth and
Torbay. Mrs. Wyatt. Cornwall and Anglesea, Mr. Ralfs. Coast of Ire-
land.— " Stratum almost co-extensive with the object on which it grows.
On Fucus vesiculosus it may be found upwards of a foot in extent, on the
rocks, of 20 — 30 yards, covering them with an intensely green fleece. Fi-
laments fixed at the base, but fluctuating freely with the agitation of the

MICROCOLEUS. 227

water ; several inches long, flaccid, at length becoming curled and convo-
luted, when the sporidia, bursting through the tube, leave it partially empty
and pellucid." Carm. — Transverse striae very evident and sub-distant.
When dry it is of a dull green, without gloss or any glaucous or verdigris
hue, and to the naked eye strongly resembles Conferva rivularis.

4. L. speciosa, Carm. ; filaments long, thick, flaccid,
straight, at length curled, the margin crenate, freely floating
in the water, and forming extensive, bright green strata;
glossy when dry. Harv. 1. c. p. 371 ; Wyatt, Alg. Danm.
No. 196; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxxvi. B.

On marine rocks and Fuci. Appin, Capt. Carmichael. Torquay, Mrs.
Griffiths. St. Michael's Mount, Mr. Ralfs. — " This plant covers the whole
surface of the rock or stone, floating loosely in the water ; but, when left
by the tide, spreading over it in a thin, intensely green fleece. The fila-
ments are twice as thick as those of the former species, 3 or 4 inches long,
straight and flaccid, at length becoming curled and crenated by the mar-
ginal protrusion of the sporidia. These are of a very flat, lenticular form,
and when ripe burst through the sides of the tube, leaving it here and
there colourless." Carm. MSS. — When dry it is of a deep glossy green.
Mrs. Griffiths' and Mrs. Wyatt's specimens are intermixed with Conferva
bangioides.

5. L. Jlacca, Dillw. ; filaments short, tufted, straight,
bright green, flaccid; articulations half as long as broad.
Harv. L c. p. 354; Dillw. t. 49; E. Bot. t. 1943.

On Fuci and floating timber. — Filaments half an inch to an inch long,
forming broad, bright green tufts. It adheres closely to paper.

V. MICROCOLEUS. Desmaz. [Plate 26, D.]

Filaments minute, rigid, straight, transversely striated,
bundled, and inclosed within gelatinous or membranaceous,
simple or branched fronds ; from the apices of which they
oscillate. — Name, /w-i^of, small, and xoteog, a sheath.

1. M. anguiformis, Harv. ; fronds snake-like, simple, de-
cumbent, tapering much to the extremity ; filaments slender,
with distant striae. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxlix.

Pools of brackish water, near the shore, at Dolgelly, Mr. Ralfs. —
Forming a dense stratum on the surface of the mud. The sheaths are
much twisted and grouped together without order. Colour a dull, dark
green. — The M. marinus of the first edition of this work, so far as the de-
scription goes, is founded in error j that description having been drawn up
from specimens of Homceocladia anylica incorrectly understood and imper-
fectly examined. What Capt. Carmichael's specimens may be I have not
the means of determining : possibly they are the same as our M. angui-
formis. 1 am afraid to quote the Oscillatorm chthonoplastes, frc., Lyngb.

228 OSCILLATORIA.

Hyd. Dan. p. 92, t. 22, without having an authentic specimen to guide
me.

VI. OSCILLATORIA. Vauch. [Plate 26, F.]

Filaments invested by a common, mucous matrix, rigid,
elastic, oscillating, simple, continuous. Endochrome divided
by close, parallel, transverse striae. — Named from the curious
motion observed in the filaments, which resembles the oscil-
lation of a pendulum. The species of this genus are very
numerous, and it is almost impossible to lay down characters
by which they may at all times be distinguished. In the
following descriptions, the colour of the strata always refers
to the appearance presented to the naked eye ; that of the
filaments, to what they appear in a dry state. Most of the
species are found in fresh water, both stagnant and running :
some in thermal springs ; some on damp ground ; very few
in salt water, and still fewer in the open sea. The following
have more or less claims on the marine flora.

1. O. littoralis, Carm. ; stratum vivid, aeruginous-green ;
filaments thick, deep green, curved ; striae conspicuous, close.
Harv. 1. c. p. 375 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cv. A.

In pools along the muddy sea-shore, flooded by spring tides. Appin,
Capt. Carmichael. — " Stratum exceedingly thin, slimy, bullated by the ex-
trication of air-bubbles, of a dark green colour, spreading to an indefinite
extent over the muddy bottom of the pool. Filaments 1 or 2 lines long,
much thicker than those of O. nigra, straight or slightly curved, radiating
very irregularly and generally in twisted bundles. Stria strongly marked,
at intervals of about one-third the diameter of the filament." Carm. MSS.
Most allied to O. limosa. In a dry state it is membranaceous, and scarcely
adheres to paper.

2. O. subsalsa, Ag. ; stratum membranaceous, aeruginous-
green, smooth ; filaments slender, densely interwoven ; striae
distant, indistinct. Harv. 1. c. p. 376 ; Ag. Syst. Ala. p. 66 ?

At Brighton, " on a plank between high and low water mark," Mr. Bor-
rer. — Stratum seruginous or bluish green, smooth, without gloss when dry,
peeling off in membranaceous flakes ; filaments hyaline, slender, densely
packed, either straight or curved ; stria not very evident. In habit, it
somewhat resembles O. littoralis ; but the filaments are much more slender,
and the stratum more membranaceous.

3. O. spiralis, Carm. ; stratum coriaceous, greenish-black,
without lubricity ; filaments spirally twisted, radiating in all
directions. Harv. 1. c. p. 377 ; Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cv. B.

On rocks by the sea-side, where birds are in the habit of resting. Appin,
Capt. Carmichael. — " It spreads over the dry, naked earth. Stratum seve-

SPIRULINA. 229

ral feet in extent, firm, coriaceous, of a glossy black colour, void of lubri-
city. Filaments about half a line in length, twisted like a cork-screw,
radiating in all directions." Carm.

4. O. nigro-viridis, Thw. ; stratum of a very dark olive-
green colour ; filaments delicate pale green, rigid, with ob-
tuse, curved apices ; striae inconspicuous, distant about half
the diameter of the filament ; endochrome very slightly gra-
nulose. Thw. in Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccli. A.

In a brackish ditch at Shirehampton, Bristol, Mr. Tkwaites. — Stratum
thick, dark olive-green, almost black, growing on mud and subsequently
floating. Filaments pale dull green, with distinctly curved apices.

5. O. subuliformis, Thw. ; stratum of an intense aerugi-
nous green colour; filaments bright green, subuliform ; striae
inconspicuous, distant from one-half to three-quarters of a
diameter of the filament ; endochrome not evidently granu-
lose. Thw. in Harv. Phyc. Bril. t. ccli. B.

With the preceding. Summer and autumn. Mr.Thwaites. — Stratum
thin, appearing black in the water, but when taken out, of a beautiful deep
blue-green colour.

6. O. insignia, Thw. ; stratum of a dark brown, almost
black colour; filaments brown, of considerable diameter,
their apices obtuse, slightly oblique and ciliated ; striae con-
spicuous, very close ; endochrome distinctly granulose. Thw.
in Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccli. C.

With the preceding. November. Mr. Thwaites — Stratum thin, spread-
ing over decaying vegetable matter. Filaments very large and rather
brittle.

VII. SPIRULINA. Turp. [Plate 27, C.]

Filaments lying in a mucous layer, rigid, simple, spirally
twisted, vividly oscillating. Tube continuous ; endochrome
green, more or less distinctly annulated. — Name, a diminu-
tive of spira, a twist or curl.

1. S. tenuissima, Kiitz. ; stratum very lubricous, aerugi-
nous, subradiant; filaments densely spiral, very slender,
parallel, flexuous. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cv. C.

On decaying Algas, in a brackish pool, near Menai Bridge ; and I on sticks
in brackish pools, at Penman Pool, Dolgelly, Mr. Ralfs Aberdeen, Dr.
Dickie. — Forms a gelatinous pellicle of a rich green colour. Filaments
very slender, vividly oscillating.

230 NOSTOCHACE^E.

2. S. Hutchinsia^utz.; "marine, aeruginous, aggregated;
spirals very dense, distinct." Kutz.
Sbirehampton, Mr. Thwaites.

ORDER XVIII. NOSTOCHACE^.

NOSTOCHIN.E, Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 13. NOSTOCHINEJE,
Endl. 3d Suppl. p. 12. NOSTOCHE^:, Lindl. Vey. King. p.
18. Kutz. P/tyc. Gen. p. 30. (Part of Nostochince, Ag. arid
other authors.)

DIAGNOSIS. — Green, fresh -water, or rarely marine, Algae,
composed of moniliform filaments, lying in a gelatinous
matrix.

NATURAL CHARACTER. — Plants sometimes furnished with
firmly gelatinous, but never truly membranaceous, fronds of
definite outline, variously lobed or extending into sub-regular
branches; sometimes mere masses of jelly or slime, through
which filiform strings of cells are dispersed. Cells spherical
or oval, filled with bright green endochrome, linked toge-
ther, end to end, into moniliform filaments, which are some-
times simple, sometimes, but rarely, branched, and are almost
always curved or twisted, often taking a spiral direction. In
the higher examples of the order a multitude of such threads
is contained within a firm jelly, through every part of which
they are dispersed ; but in the lower members the filaments
are separated, or lie in an indefinite slimy substance. The
cells composing the filaments are of two kinds ; first, the
bright green ones already described, which constitute the
greater part of the filaments ; secondly, solitary cells of dif-
ferent form and size to the rest, destitute of end'ochrome, and
often clothed with cilia. These cells occur at intervals in all
the filaments, but vary in position, being sometimes found at
one end of the filament, sometimes in the centre. They are
called " connecting-cells" or " heterocysts." Their use is
unexplained, unless they be representatives of the male sys-
tem in these plants. This would seem probable by their
never altering their character, while fructification is constantly
formed in the other cells. The regularity of their occur-

MONORMIA. 231

rence, and the definite position they occupy, seem to show
that they have some prominent office.

The Nostochinae are chiefly found in fresh-water streams,
and in damp places and ditches. Very few are found in the
sea, and these only along the margin of the tide, on the heaps
of decaying Algae. Several occur in ditches of brackish water,
and these are admitted into the present work. All the kinds
we have here to notice are of very minute size, but some of
the fresh-water kinds and those found on damp soil have
fronds of large dimensions. The gelatinous substances often
seen late in autumn on damp garden- walks, and called "fallen
stars," a name derived not from their lustre but from the sud-
denness of their appearance, are species of the genus Nostoc.
These dry up into mere films in dry weather, and expand
again after the first shower, so that they are not always so
suddenly produced as they appear to be. The structure of
these Nostocs is simpler than that of the species of Collema,
among Lichens, but there is much affinity between these
plants ; and through Nostoc the passage from the Algae into
the Lichens is thus clearly established.

SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH (MARINE) GENERA.

I. MONORMIA. A single moniliform filament included

within a spirally twisted and convoluted gelatinous
frond.

II. SPH^ROZYGA. Filaments free, moniliform, usually des-

titute of an evident sheath.

III. SPERMOSIRA. Filaments free, moniliform ; each en-
closed

tube.

I. MONORMIA. Berk. [Plate 27, A.]

Frond branched, composed of a single, moniliform thread,
following the convolutions, immersed in gelatine. Berk. —
Name, /AOVOJ, one, and of/noj, a necklace.

1. M. intricata, Berk. GL Alg. p. 46, t. 18; Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. cclvi.

232 SPH^ROZYGA.

In ditches of the marsh to the south of Frindsbury canal, near Graves-
end, in great abundance in June, 1832, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. Shirehamp-
ton, near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. — " Forming small, roundish, gelatinous
masses, floating amongst different species of Lemna in fresh water, but
probably within the influence of the tide, and also amongst Enteromorpha
inteslinalis, and even within the frond in brackish water. The plant is at
first of an olive-yellow, gradually assuming a greener tint, and when dried,
of a deep verdigris. Very gelatinous, delicately branched ; the branches
very flaccid. Under a high magnifier, the whole plant is evidently com-
posed of gelatine, in the centre of which runs a single, monilifonn fila-
ment, following the ramifications, and in its progress curling to and fro
repeatedly across the thread ; the joints being nearly globular. The speci-
mens from the interior of Enteromorpha are paler, and have often longer
joints amongst the globular ones.'' Berk. — A most interesting and beauti-
ful plant, forming a clear link between Nostoc and Sphcerozyga. I am in-
debted to Mr. Berkeley for specimens.

II. SPH.EROZYGA. Ag. [Plate 27, D.]

" Filaments free, simple, moniliform, consisting of a series
of ordinary cells interrupted here and there by a cell of a
different kind (connecting -cell, or heterocyst) which is gene-
rally of a larger size, and often ciliated." Thw. — Spores
formed from the ordinary cells. — Name, from a-paipa, a globe,
and £wyo?, a yoke. The name Anabaina, applied to this genus
by Bory, and adopted in our first edition, is pre-occupied for
a genus of Euphorbiaceae, by A. de Jussieu.

1. S. Carmichaelii, Harv. ; " spores large, oblong, twice
or thrice as long as broad, commencing to be formed from
the cells most distant from the ciliated connecting one." Tliw.
Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxiii. A. Belonia torulosa, Carm. in
Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 379; Harv. Man. ed. 1, p. 167. Ana-
baina marina, Breb.

On decaying marine Algae about half-tide level. Appin, Capt. Carmi-
chael. Menai Bridge and Barmouth, &c., Mr. Ralfs. Shirehampton, Mr.
Thwaites. — " In the beginning of autumn, vast quantities of the filament-
ous Algae (Dictyosiphon, Ectocarpus, &c.) are detached from their places
of growth, and deposited here and there along the shore in extensive fleeces.
When these fleeces begin to decay, the Sphcerozyga makes its appearance
in the form of a very thin gelatinous pellicle, of a vivid green colour,
spreading over the surface of the decaying mass. The pellicle is made up
of straight, brittle, slightly moniliform filaments, one fourth of a line in
length, and tapering at both ends. The intervals between the striae are
considerably longer than their diameter, and the green matter becomes at
length consolidated into elliptical sporidia, of a brownish colour, beginning
at the middle of the filament.'' Carm.

2. S. Thwaitesii, Harv. ; spores elliptical, once and a half
as long as broad, commencing to be formed from the cells

SPERMOSEIRA. 033

most distant from the ciliated connecting one." Thw. Harv
Phyc. Brit, t, cxiii. B.

On the muddy sides of ditches of brackish water, also floating. Dolgelly
Mr. Ralfs. Shirehampton, Mr. Thwaites. Portbury, Somerset, Mr
Broome.—" Very gelatinous, deep green, sometimes almost black. ' Fila-
ments pale green, curved, entangled ; connecting-cells large, ciliated, sub-
spherical, slightly oblong, of a lighter colour than the ordinary cells, which
are somewhat compressed. Spores of a deep brown when mature." Thw.

3. S. Broomei, Thw. ; " spores numerous, elliptical, twice
as long as wide, not much exceeding in width the ordinary
cells, commencing to be formed from the cells nearest the
connecting- cells ; connecting-cells smooth, rather longer
than wide." Thw. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxiii. A.

Ditches at Shirehampton, Mr. C. E. Broome and Mr. Thwaites. — " A
very distinct species, first detected by C. E. Broome, Esq., an excellent
cryptogamic botanist, after whom it is named." Thw.

4. S. Berkeleyana, Thw. ; spores large, twice the width of
the ordinary cells, oblong, half as long again as wide, becom-
ing brown when mature, generally two on each side the con-
necting-cell, which is spherical, slightly compressed ; young
filaments included, one or several together, in a defined, mu-
cous sheath." Thw. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. clxxiii. B.

Ditches at Shirehampton, Mr. Thwaites. — " This fine species, which is
named in honour of the Rev. M. .T. Berkeley, is interesting from the cir-
cumstance of its filaments, when young, being enclosed, often several
together, in definite, gelatinous sheaths, out of which they appear to es-
cape before the spores are mature. There are other species, occurring in
fresh-water, which exhibit the same peculiarity of structure, but it does not
seem to have hitherto been noticed."

5. S. Ralfsii, Thw. MS. ; filaments straight or nearly so ;
ordinary cells sub-quadrate; spores cylindrical with trun-
cated ends, of very unequal length, and scattered irregularly
throughout the filament ; connecting-cells oblong.

In brackish and in fresh-water ditches near Bristol, G. H. K. Thwaites.
For the reception of this and some other closely allied species it is proposed
to constitute a new genus (Dolichospermum), characterized by their spores
being of unequal length and scattered irregularly throughout the fila-

III. SPEKMOSEIRA. Ag. [Plate 27, E.]

" Filaments slightly mucous, free, simple, cylindrical, en-
closed in a very delicate, membranous tube. Cells lenticu-
lar ; connecting-cells larger, compressed." Thw. Spores

234 PALMELLACE^l.

formed from the ordinary cells. — Name, from crTre^wa, a seed,
and ffeipa, a chain.

1. S. lilorea, Kiitz. ; filaments robust, nearly straight, com-
posed of very short, closely packed, compressed cells ;
spores elliptical, not wider than the cells ; connecting-cells
also elliptical, shorter than their width and not wider than
the ordinary cells. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. cxiii. C.

In muddy brackish ditches. Bavmoutb, Rev. T. Salway. Dolgelly,
Mr. Ralfs. Shirehampton, Mr. Thwaites. — " Scarcely gelatinous, forming
a deep green, fleecy covering to floating plants, on which it occurs. Fila-
ments of considerable diameter, nearly straight. Ordinary cells of a beau-
tifully blue-green colour, very short and compressed, giving the filaments
the appearance of an Oscillatoria ; connecting-cells of a pale reddish :
sometimes the plant is of an uniform, dull green." Thw. Spores elliptical,
placed with their longer diameter at right angles with the filament, at
length acquiring a deep brown colour.

2. S. Harveyana, Thw. ; " filaments much curved, com-
posed of cells nearly as long as broad ; spores exactly sphe-
rical, almost twice the diameter of the cells ; connecting-
cells subquadrate, rather longer than wide, and of the same
width as the ordinary cells." Thw. Harv. Phyc. Brit, t
clxxiii. C.

Muddy ditches at Shirehampton, Mr. Thwaites. — " This beautiful spe-
cies differs from S. litorea, in its spores being not at all compressed, and its
ordinary cells much longer, compared with their width. The membranous
sheath investing the filament is with difficulty seen, and the plant bears
considerable resemblance to some species of Spheerozyga. The curved fila-
ments and spherical spores render it not very unlike Monormia intricata,
from which it is, however, perfectly distinct.'' Thw.

ORDER XIX. PALMELLACE^E.

Sub-order HORMOSPORE^E.
Hormosporeae, Thw. in Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxiii.

DIAGNOSIS. — Cells contained in confervoid, simple or
branched, tubular filaments.

(This supposed sub-order consists of a single genus, of
which two species only are known, both of which have been
found in England).

HORMOSPORA. 235

HORMOSPORA. Breb. [Plate 27, B].

Filaments gelatinous, confervoid, each inclosing a linear
series of oval or spherical cells. Endochrome green. Fruc-
tification : cells of the filaments enlarged and converted into
spores. — Name, o^uoj, a necklace, and a-noga, a seed or spore.

1. H. ramosa, Thw. ; filaments branched; endochrome
radiated. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. ccxiii.

Growing attached to the filaments of Cladophora fracta, in a salt-water
lake, near Wareham, Dorset, Rev. W. Smith. On a rock within reach of
the tide at Clevedon, Somersetshire, sparingly intermixed with Cocconema
cistula, Mr. Thwaites. August and September. — " Filament* gelatinous,
irregularly branched. Cells at first subcylindrical and closely coherent ;
subsequently becoming oval and distinct. Endochrome pale green, ra-
diating from a central nucleus. Filaments at length resolved into separate
spores, each of which is surrounded by a considerable amount of gelatine.
The filaments, when young, are not unlike those of a Sphceroplea, between
which genus and the Palmellece, Hormospora would seem to form a con-
necting link." Thw. I. c.

INDEX.

A.

C.

ALARIA, Grev.

PAGE

- 29

plumosa, Huds. -

PAOB

- 194

esculenta, L.

- 29

Byssus

Anubaina

purpurea, E. Bot.

- 183

marina, Breb.
ARTHROCLADIA, Duby

- 232
23, 24

CALLITHAMNION, Lynyb.
affine, Harv.

159, 171
- 180

villosa, Huds.

- 24

Arbuscula, JR. Br.

- 174

ARTHROCLADIE^E,

- 23

barbatum, Ag.

- 173

ASPEROCOCCUS, Lainour.

35,42

brachiatum, Bonnem.

- 175

castaneus, Carm. -

- 32

Borreri, Sin.

- 179

compressus, Griff".

- 42

Brodiaei, Harv.

- 174

echinatns, Mert. -

- 43

byssoideum, Arnott

- 178

echinatus, 3-
fistulosus, Hook. -

- 43
- 43

corymbosum, Sm.
cruciatum, Ag.

- 181
- 171

pusillus, Carm.

- 43

cruciatum, (3.

- 172

Turner!, Dillw. -

- 42

Daviesii, Sm.

- 184

vermicularis , Moore

- 43

fasciculatum, Harv.

- 179

floccosum, Fl. Dan.

- 172

.

floridulum, Dillw.

- 183

BANGIA, Lyngb.
Pcarnea, Dillw.

212,217
- 218

gracillimum, Ag.
granulatum, Harv.

- 180
- 176

Pceramicola, Lyngb.

- 218

Harvey anum, J. Ag.

- 176

ciliaris, Carm.

- 218

Hookeri, Dillw. •

- 176

i*elegans, Chauv. -

- 218

lanosum, Harv.

- 177

fusco-purpurea, Dillw.
Johnstoni, Grev. -

- 217

- 209

lanuginosum, Lyugb.
mesocarpum, Carm.

- 184
- 184

Laminariee, Hook.

- 43

pedicellatum, Dillw.

- 182

Belonia

Pluma, Dillw.

- 173

torulosa, Carm.

- 232

plumula, Ellis

- 171

BONNEMAISONIA, Ay.

96,97

plumula, /3.

- 171

asparagoides, Woodw.

- 97

Pollexfeni, Harv. -

- 172

asparagoides, /3. -

- 97

polyspermum, Ag.

• 178

BOSTKYCHIA, Mont. -

77, 79

pumilum, Harv. -

- 172

scorpioides, Gin. -

79

purpurasceus, Sm.

- 178

BIIYOPSIS, Lamour. -

193, 194

purpureum, Harv.

- 183

hypnoides, Lamour.

- 19f>

rrpcns, Lyngb.

- 173

238

INDEX.

PAGE

roseum, Sm. - - 177

Cheetophora

PAGE

Rothii, L.

183

Berkley i, Grev.

- 48

Rothii, /3.

183

pellita, Lyngb.

- 151

secundatum, Harv.

184

Chcetospora

seirospermum, Griff.

170

Wigghi, Grev.

- 152

seminudum, Ag. -

179

CHLOROSPERME/E,

5,185

sparsum, Harv.

184

Chondria

spongiosum, Harv.

182

parvula, Grev.

- 102

tetragonum, With.

175

CHONDRUS, Grev.

135,141

tetricum, Dillw. -

176

Brodieei, Grev.

- 144

thuyoideum, Sm. -

181

crispus,Z.

- 141

tripinnatum, Harv.

180

norvegicus, Gunn

- 142

tripinnatum, Harv.

181

CHORDA, Stack.

29,31

Turneri, Dillw.

172

filum, L. -

31

versicolor, Harv. -

170

filum, 0. -

- 31

virgatulum, Harv.

184

lomentaria, Lyngb.

- 32

CALOTHBIX, Ag. - 221,

223

CHORDARIA, Ag.

45,46

caespitula, Harv. -

225

divaricata, Ag.

- 46

confervicola, Ag. -

224

flagelliforrais, Mull.

- 46

fasciculata, Ag.
hydnoides, Carm. -

224
225

paradoxa, Lyngb.
CHORDARIACE^:,

- 40
11,44

luteola, Grev.

224

CHRYSYJIENIA, J. Ag.

97,99

Mucor, Ag.

224

clavellosa, Turn. -

- 100

pannosa, Ag.

225

clavellosa, 0.

- 100

scopulorura, Web. fy Mohr

224

Orcadensis, Harv.

- 100

CARPOMITRA, Kutz. - 23, 25

CHYLOCLADIA, Grev.

97, 100

Cabrerae, Clem.

25

articulata, Huds. -

- 102

CATENELLA, Grev. - 136,

151

kaliformis, Good. $• Woo>

iw. 101

Opuntia, Good. $• Woodw.
CERAMIACE.E, - 75,

151
156

ovalis, Huds.
parvula, Ag.

- 101
- 102

CERAMIALES, - 6

, 64

reflexa, Chauv.

- 101

CERAMIUM, Roth - 158,

161

CLADOPHORA, Kutz.

- 198

acanthonotum, Carm.

165

albida, Huds.

- 203

Agardhianum, Griff".

162

arcta, Dillw.

- 204

brachygonium, Lyngb.

86

Brownii, Dillw. -

- 199

botryocarpura, Griff.

161

diffusa, Roth

- 201

ciliatum, Ellis

166

falcata, Duby

- 205

ciliatutn, /3., Harv.

166

flavescens, Both -

- 206

decurrens, Kutz. -

162

flexuosa, Dillw. -

- 202

Deslongchampsii, Chauv. -

162

fracta, Fl. Dan. -

- 206

diaphanum, Ag. -

163

glaucescens, Griff.

205

echionoturn, ,7. Ag.

165

gracilis, Griff".

- 202

fastigiatum, Kutz.

164

Hutchinsiae, Dillw.

. 200

flabelligerum, J. Ag.

165

laetevirens, Dillw.

- 202

gracillimuin, Kutz.

163

lanosa, Roth

- 204

nodosum, Kutz. -

164

Maccallana, Harv.

- 200

ocellatum, Gratel. -

94

nuda, Harv.

- 201

patens, Grev.

93

pellucida, Huds. -

- 199

rubrum, Huds.

161

rectangularis, Griff'.

- 200

strictum, Kutz.

163

refracta, Ag.

- 203

Turner i, Grev.

173

repens, J. Ay.

- 199

CHjETOPHORE^E,

198

Rudolphiana, Ag.

- 203

INDEX.

239

rupestris, L.

PAOE

- 201

lanuginosa, Dillw.

PAGE

- 184

uncialis, Fl. Dan.

- 204

Linum, Roth

- 208

CLADOSTEPHUS, Ag.

- 54

linum, Harv.

- 208

verticillatus, Lightf.

- 54

litorea, Harv.

- 208

spongiosus, Huds.

- 54

majuscula. Dillw. -

- 226

COCCOCARPE.E,

CODIUM, StacJch.

- 134
- 193

melagonium, Web. $• Mohr 209
multtfida, E. Bot. - 170

adhserens, Ag.

- 193

nigra, E. Bot.

91

amphibiurn, Moore

- 194

nigrescens, E. Bot.

- 90

Bursa, L.

- 193

paradoxa, Dillw. -

- 214

tomentosum, Huds.

- 194

paradoxa, E. Bot.

- 214

CONFERVA, Plin.

198, 207

parasitica, E. Bot.

92

aerea, Dilhv.

- 209

patens, Dillw.

- 82

area, [3.

- 209

pedicellata, E. Bot.

- 183

Arluscula, Dillw.

- 94

pennata, E. Bot. -

- 56

Arbuscula, R. Br.

- 174

Pluma, Dillw.

- 173

arenicola, Berk. -

- 207

plumula, Dillw.

- 171

arenosa, Carm.

- 207

polymorpha, E. Bot.

- 92

atro-purpurea, Dillw.

- 217

pufoinata, Brown -

- 199

atro-rubescens, Dillw.

- 91

radicans, Dillw.

- 57

bangioides, Harv. -

- 210

repens, Dillw.

- 173

barbata, E. Bot. -

- 168

rosea, E. Bot.

- 177

Borreri, E. Bot. -

- 179

Rothii, E. Bot. -

- 183

brachiata, E. Bot.

- 64

rubra, E. Bot.

- 161

Brodiati, E. Bot. -

- 88

scopulorum, Dillw.

- 224

byssoides, E. Bot.

- 93

scutulata, Sra.

- 50

centralis, Lyngb.

- 205

setacea, E. Bot.

- 169

ciliata, Ell.

- 166

stellulata, Griff. -

- 50

claiidestina, Berk.

- 210

stricta, Dillw.

- 83

coccinea, E. Bot. -

- 93

sutoria, Berk.

- 208

collabens, Ag.

- 209

tetragona, E. Bot.

- 175

confervicola, Dillw.

- 224

tetrica, E. Bot. -

- 176

corallina, E. Bot.

- 169

thuyoides, E. Bot.

- 181

corymbosa, E. Bot.

- 182

tortuosa, Dilhv. -

- 208

diaphana, E. Bot.

- 163

tortuosa, Wyatt -

- 206

elongata, E. Bot. -

- 86

Turneri, E. Bot. -

171, 172

equisetifolia, E. Bot.

- 167

ulothrix, Lyngb. -

- 209

falcata, Duby

- 205

urceolata, E. Bot. -

- 82

fibrata, Dillw.

- 83

Youngana, Dillw.

- 210

flaccida, Dillw.

- 50

CONFERVACE^G,

190, 196

floccosa, Fl. Dan. -

- 172

CONFERVALES,

5, 185

Jloridula, Dillw. -

- 183

CONFERVE^E, -

- 198

fracta, j8., Ag.

- 202

COBALLINA, Linn. -

- 105

fucicola, Hook.
fucoides, E. Bot. -

- 49
- 90

elongata, Ell. f Sol.
officinalis, L.

- 106
- 106

fusco-purpurea, Dillw.
glomerata, (3., Ag.

- 217
- 202

squamata, Park. -
CORALLINACE^,

- 106
74, 103

Griffilhsiana, E. Bot.

- 167

CORALLINES, -

- 105

Hookeri, Dillw. -

- 176

Corynephora marina, Ag.

- • 48

implexa, Dillw. -

- 209

CBOUANIA, /. Ag. -

136, 155

intricata, Grev.

- 209

attenuata, Ag.

. 155

isogona, E. Bot. -

- 210

CRUORIA, Fries

136, 151

tfrtreeana, M'Calla

- 203

pellita, Lyngb.

- 151

240

CRYPTONEMIACE^E,

75, 131

E.

CUTI.ERIA, Grev.

35, 36

ECTOCARPACE^E,

11, 52

multifida, Sm.

- 36

ECTOCARPE^, -

54, 58

Cystoclonium

ECTOCARPUS, Lyngb.

54, 58

purpurascens, Kiitz.

- 131

amphibius, Harv. -

- 58

CYSTOSEIRA, Ag.

14, 16

brachiatus, Harv. -

- 62

barbata, Turn.

17

brachiatus, Ag.

- 62

ericoides, Good, fy Woodw. 10

crinitus, Carm.

- 60

foeniculacea, L.

17

distortus, Carm. -

- 60

fibrosa, Huds.

17

fasciculatus, Harv.

- 59

granulata, L.

16

fenestratus, Berk. -

- 58

granulosus, Sm. -

• 61

D.

Hincksiffi, Harv. -

- 59

Landsburgii, Harv.

- 60

DASYA, Ag.

77, 93

littoralis, L.

- 61

Arbuscula, Dillw.

- 94

longifructus, Harv.

- 61

coccinea, Huds.

93

Mertensii, Turn. -

- 62

coccinea, ft.
Hutchinsiee, Harv.

- 93
94

pusillus, Griff.
siliculosus, Lyngb.

- 60

- 58

ocellata, Gratel.

- 94

sphserophorus, Carm.

- 61

simpliciuscula, Ag.
spongiosa, Ag.
venusta, Harv.
DELESSERIA, Lamour.
ill: i til, Huds.

- 94
- 174
- 94
- 113
- 114

tomentosus, Huds.
ELACHISTEA, Fries
attenuata, Harv. -
curia, Dillw.
flaccida, Dillw. -

- 59
46, 49
- 50
- 50
- 50

alata, y. -
angustissima, Griff".
Bonnemaisoni, Grev.
Hillics, Grev.
Hypoglossum, Woodw.
interrupta, Ag.
ocellata, Grev.
ruscifolia, Turn.

- 115
- 115
- 117
- 117
- 115
- 124
- 116
- 115

fucicola, Volley.
fulvinata, Kiitz. -
scutulata, Sm.
stellulata, Griff". -
velutina, Grev.
ENTEROMORPHA, Link.
clathrata, Roth
clathrata, /3., Grev.

- 49
- 50
- 50
- 50
- 51
212,213
- 214
- 214

sanguinea, L. - - 114
sinuosa, Good. Sf Woodw. - 1 14

clathrata, y., Grev.
compvessa,i.

- 215
- 213

DELESSERIACE^:,

DESMARESTIA, Lamour.
aculeata, L.
ligulata, Lightf. -
viridis, Mull.

74, 111
- 23
- 23
- 23
- 24

compressa, /3.
Cornucopias, Carm.
erecta, Lyngb.
Hopkirkii, M'Calla
intestinalis, L.

- 213
- 213
- 214
- 215
- 213

intestinalis, j8.

- 213

mridis, Grev.

- 24

Linkiana, Grev. -

- 213

DICTYOSIPHON, Grev.

35,40

percursa, Ag.

- 215

fceniculaceus, Huds.
DICTYOTA, Lamour.

- 40
35,39

ramulosa, Sm.
ramulosa minor, Wyatt

- 215
- 215

dichotoma, Huds.

- 39

DICTYOTACE^E, -

10,32

F.

DUDRESNAIA, Bonnem.

136, 154

coccinea, Ag.

- 154

FUCACE^:,

10, 11

Hudsoni, Ag.

- 154

FUCALES,

4, 7

DUMONTIA, Lamour.

135, 147

Fucus, L.

14, 18

filiformis, Fl. Dan.

- 147

acicularis, E. Bot.

140

filiformis, /3.

- 147

alatus, E. Bot.

- 114

INDEX.

241

amphibius, E. Bot.
articulatus, E. Bot.
asparagoides, E. Bot.
balticus, Ag.
bifidus, E. Bot. -
Broditei, Turn.
Bursa, E. Bot.

PAGE

79 tomentosus, E. Bot
- 102 ulvoides, Turn.
97 vesiculosus, Z,.
18 vesiculosus, /3.
- 124 FURCELLARIA, Lamour.
143 fastigiata, £TM^. .

PAOB
- 194
- 117
- 18
- 18
135, 146
- 147

canalicnlatus, L. -

20 r

capillaris, Turn. -

IjT.

- 152

cartilagineus, E. Bot.
ceranoides, L.

. 139 GASTBOCARPE^;,
19 GELIDIUM, Lamour. -

- 135
134, 137

ciliatus, E. Bot. -

- 126 cartilaginetim, £.

- 139

clavellosus, E. Bot.

- 100 corneum, ^wrfs. -

- 138

coccineus, E. Bot.

- 120 corneum, /3. — y.

138, 139

confervoides, E. Bot.

- 130 rostra turn, Griflf. -

- 115

corneus, E. Bot. -

• 138 GIGARTINA, Lamour.

134, 139

coronopifolius, E. Bot.

• 128 acicularis, WWf. -

- 140

ortqw* , E. Bot

dasyphyllus, E. Bot.

. 142 mamillosus, GoW. ^ Woodw. 141
99 pistillata, Gme^. - - 140

dentatus, E. Bot. -

. 78 Teedii, Turn.

- 140

edulis, E. Bot.

- 150 GINANNIA, Jfore<. -

136, 148

filicinus, Turn.

. 137 furcellata, Turn. -

- 149

fruticulosus, E. Bot.

. 81 GLOIOCLADIEJE,

- 136

gigartinus, E. Bot.

- 140 GLOIOSIPHONIA, Carm.

136, 152

ylandulosus, E. Bot.
Griffiths™, E. Bot.

- 160 capillaris, Huds. -
- 145 Gongroceras

- 152

Jcaliformis, E. Bot.

. 101 strictum, Kutz.

- 164

laceratus, E. Bot.

. ng GRACILARIA, Grev. -

123, 128

laciniatus, E. Bot.

. 125 compressa, Ag.

- 129

lumbricalis, E. Bot.

. 147 confervoides, L.

- 130

lycopodioides, £". .Botf.

7g confervoides, /3., y., 8.

- 130

Mackaii, Twm. -

19 erecta, Grev.

- 130

membranifolius, E. Bot.

143 multipartita, C/em.

- 129

nodosus, L.

19 purpurascens, Grev.

- 131

obtusus, E. Bot. -

98 GRATELOUPIA, ^. -

134, 137

ovalis, E. Bot.

. 101 filicina, Wulf

- 137

palmatus, E. Bot.

_ 127 GKIFFITHSIA, Ag.

159, 167

Palmetta, E. Bot.

- 125 barbata, Sm.

- 168

pinastroides, E. Bot.

80 corallina, L.

- 168

pinnatifidns, E. Bot.

98 Devoniensis, Hare.

- 168

plicatus, E. Bot. -

. 145 equisetifolia, Lightf.

- 167

plumosus, E. Bot.

- 159 multifida, Hook. -

- 170

punctatus, E. Bot.

_ llg nodulosa, Ag.

- 155

purpurascens, E. Bot.

131 secundiflora, J. Ag.

- 169

reniformis, E. Bot.

149 setacea, Ell.

- 169

rotundus, E. Bot.

. 14^ simplicifilum, Ag.

- 167

rubens, E. Bot.

. 143 GVMNOGONGEUS, Mart.

135, 145

sanguineus, E. Bot.

- 114 GriffithsiEe, Turn.

- 145

Sarniensis, Alert.

- 127 ** plicata, Huds.

- 145

serratus, L.

- 19

sinuosus, E. Bot. -

- 114 H-

subfuscus, Woodw.

79 HALISERIS, Tozzetti

35, 36

tenuissimus, E. Bot.

- 99 polypodioides, Desf.

- 36

R*

242

INDEX.

HALIDRYS, Lyngb. -

PAGE

14,15

obtusa, Huds.

PAOK

- 98

siliquosa, L.

15

pinnatifida, Gm. -

- 98

siliquosa, /3.

- 15

pinnatifida, /3, y. -

- 98

HALYMENIA, Ag.

136, 148

pinnatifida, y., Hook.

- 98

ligulata, Woodw. -

- 148

tenuissima, Good. $• W<

lodw. 99

HlLDENBRANDTIAjZanOfd 105, 110

LAUBENCIACEJE,

74,95

r ubra, Menegh.

- 110

LEATHESIA, Gray. -

46,48

HIMANTHALIA, Lyngb.
lorea, Lyngb.

14,20
- 20

Berkeleyi, Grev. -
tuberiformis, Sm.

- 48
- 48

HORMOSPORA, Brieb.

- 235

Lichen.

ramosa, Thw.

- 235

corrugatus, Dicks.

- 222

HOBMOSPOBEjE,

- 234

LITHOCYSTE^E ?

105, 110

Hutchinsia

LITHOCYSTIS, Allm. -

105, 111

furcellata, Ag.

- 92

Allmanni, Harv.

- Ill

penicellata, Ag.

- 88

LITOSIPHON, Harv. -

35,43

subulifera, Ag.

- 91

Laminaria?, Lyngb.

- 43

violacea, Ag.

- 87

pusillus, Carm.

- 43

HYPNEA, Lamour. -

123, 130

LYNGBYA, Ag.

221, 225

purpurascens, Huds.

- 131

Carmichaelii, Harv.

- 226

crispa, Carm.

- 226

I.

ferruginea, Ag.

- 226

IRIDJEA, Bory. -

136, 150

ferruginea, /3.', Ag.
flacca, Dillw.

- 226
- 227

edulis, Stack.

- 150

majuscula, Dillw.

- 226

rcniformis, Grev.

- 149

speciosa, Carm.

- 227

subsalsa, Carm.

- 226

J.

JANIA, Lamour.

105, 107

M.

corniculata, L.

- 107

MELANOSPERME^:,

4, 7

rubeus, L.

- 107

MELOBESIA, Lamour.

105, 107

agariciformis, Pall.

- 108

K.

calcarea, Ell. $• Sol.

- 108

KALLYMENIA, J. Ag.
Dubyi, Chauv.
reniformis, Turn.

136, 149
- 150
- 149

farinosa, Lamour.
fasciculata, Lam.
fragilis, M'Calla ?
licbenoides, Borl.

- 109
- 108
- 108
- 109

L.

raembranacea, Lamour.

- 109

polymorpha, L. -

- 108

LAMINARTA, Lamour.

- 29

pustulata, Lamour.

- 109

bulbosa Huds.

- 30

verrucata, Lamour.

- 109

debilis, 'Ag.

- 31

MESOGLOIA, Ag.

45,47

digitata, L.

- 29

affinis, Berk.

- 47

fascia, Mull.

- 31

attenuata, Ag.

- 155

latifolia, Ag.
Phyllitis Stack. -

- 30
- 31

capillaris, Ag.
coccinea, Hook,

- 152
- 154

saccharina, L.

- 30

gracilis, Carm.

- 47

saccharina, /3.

- 30

Griffithsiana, Grev.

- 47

LAMINABIACE.E,

10,26

moniliformis, Griff.

- 155

LAURENCIA, Lamour.

96, 97

multifida, Harv. -

- 153

caespitosa, Lamour.
dasyphylla, Woodw.
hybrida, Lenorm.

- 98
- 99
- 98

purpurea, Harv. -
vermicularis, Ag. -
virescens, Carm. -

- 153
- 47
- 47

INDEX.

243

PAOK

MICROCLADIA, Grev. 158, 160

glandulosa, Soland. - 160

MICROCOLEUS, Desmaz. 222,227

anguiformis, Harv. - 227

MONORMIA, Berk. - - 231

intricate, Berk. - - 231

MVRIONEMA, Grev. - 46,51

clavatum, Carm. - - 51

Lechlancherii, Chauv. - 51

punctiforme, Lyngb. - 51

strangulans, Grev. - 51

MVRIOTIUCHIA, Harv. 54, 63

clavaeformis, Harv. - 63

filiformis, Harv. - - 63

N.

NACCABIA, Endl. - 136, 152

Wigghii, Turn. - 152

NEMALEON, Targioni 136, 153
multifidum, Web. £ Mohr. 153

purpureum, Harv. - 153

NITOPHYLLUM, Grev. 113, 116

Bonnemaisoni, Ay. - 117

Gmelini, Lamour. - 118

Hilliffi, Grev. - 117

laceratum, Gmel. - - 118

lacevatum, /3. - - 1 18

ocellatum, Grev. - - 116

punctatum, With. - - 116

pvractatum, /3. - - 116

ulvoideum, Harv. - 117

versicolor, Harv. - - 118

NOSTOCHACEjE, 190,230

NULLIPOREvE, - 105, 107

O.

OCHLOCH^ETE, Thw. 198,211

hystrix, Thw. - - 211

ODONTHALIA, Lyngb. - 77
dentata, L.

OLIGOSIPHONIA, - - 82

OSCILLATORIA, Vauch. 222, 228
insignis, Thw.
littoralis, Carm. -
nigro-viridis, Thw.

spiralis, Carm. - - 228

subsalsa, Ag. - 228

subuliformis, Thw. - 229

08CILLATOBIACEJG, 190,219

P.

PADINA, Adans - 36, 37

deusta, Hook. - - 49

Pavonia, L. - - 37

PALMELLACE^:, 190, 234

PEYSSONELIA, Dne. - 135, 144

Dubyi, Crouan. - - 144

PHYLLOPHORA, Grev. 135, 142

Brodiaei, Turn. - - 143

membranifolius, Gd. $• Wdw. 143

Palraettoides, J. Ag. - 144

rubens, L. 1 62

PLOCAMIUM, Lamour. 113, 119

coccineum, Huds. - 119

POLYIDES, Ag. - 135, 146

rotundus, Gmel. - - 146

POLYSIPHONIA, Grev. 77, 82, 88

affinis, Moore - - 90

Agardhiana, Grev. - 91

atro-purpurea, Moore - 90

atro-rubescens, Dillw. - 91

badia, Grev. & Harv. - 91

Brodifei, Dillw. - - 88
byssoides, Good, f Woodw. 92
Carmicbaeliana, Harv. - 87

cristata, Harv. - - 88
denudata, Grev. & Harv. - 91

divaricata, Carm. - 87

elongata, Huds. - 86

elongata, /3., y. - 86

elongella, Harv. - 85

fastigiata, Roth - 92

fibrata, Dillw. 83
fihrillosa, Dillw. -
formosa, Suhr.

fruticulosa, Harv. - 81
'furcellata, Ag.

gracilis, Grev. - - 82

Grevffiii, flair. - - 86

Griffithsiana, Horr. 85

Lyngbyeei, Harv. - 86
macroearjM, Harv.
nigrescens, Huds.
obscura, Ag.
parasitica, Huds. -
patens, Grev.
pulvinata, Ag.
Kicbardsoni, Harv.
rosea, Grev.

simulans, Hare. - 89

244

spinulosa, Grev.

PAGE

- 84

RHODYMENIACE.E,

PAGK

75, 120

spinulosa (of Herbaria).

- 89

RIVOLARIA, Roth. -

221,222

stricta, Dillw.

- 83

applanata, Carm.

- 223

subulifera, Ag.

- 90

atra, Roth

222

subulif'era, (3.

- 91

bullala, Berk.

- 223

urceolata, Sm.

- 82

nitida, Ag.

- 223

variegata, Ag.

- 88

Opuntia, E. Bot. -

- 151

violacea, Ag.

- 86

plicata, Carm.

- 222

PORPHYRA, Ag.

212, 216

tuberiformis, Sm. -

- 48

laciniata, Lightf.

- 216

vermicularis, E. Bot.

- 47

vulgaris, Ag.

- 217

verticillata, E. Bot.

- 154

/mean's, Grev.

- 217

RYTIPHL.EA, Ag.

77,80

miniata, Ag.

- 217

complanata, Ag. -

- 80

PTILOTA, Ag.

158, 159

fruticulosa, Wulf.

- 81

plumosa, L.

- 159

pinastroides, Gm. -

- 80

plumosa, j3., Harv.

- 160

thuyoides, Harv. -

- 81

sericea, Gmel.

- 160

PUNCTARIA, Grev. -

35,41

S.

latifolia, Grev.

- 41

plantaginea, Roth

- 41

SAROASSUM, Ag.

14

tenuissima, Grev.

- 42

bacciferum, Turn.

- 15

PYCNOPHYCUS, Kiitz.

14, 18

vulgare, Ag.

- 15

tuberculatus, Huds.

18

SCHIZOTHRIX, KutZ.

221, 223

Creswellii, Harv. -

- 223

R.

Scytonema

hydnoides, Carm. -

- 225

RALFSIA, Berk.

46,49

intestinalis, /3., Lyngb.

- 213

deusta, Berk.

- 49

SEIROSPORA, Harv. -

159, 170

verrucosa, Aresch.

- 49

Griffitbsiana, Harv.

- 170

RHIZOCLONIUM, Kutz.

198,206

SIPHONACE^, -

190, 191

riparia, Roth

- 206

SPERMOSEIRA, Ag.

231,233

Rhododermis

litorea, Kutz.

- 234

Drummondii, Harv.

- 110

Harvey an a, Thw.

- 234

RHODOMELA, Ag.

77,78

SPHACELARIA, Lyngb.

54,55

lycopodioides, L. -

- 78

cirrbosa, Roth

- 56

pinastroides, Grev.

- 80

cirrhosa, /3., y.

- 56

subfusca, Woodw.

- 79

cirrhosa, J., Ag.

- 57

RHODOMELACE^),

74,75

disticha, Lyngb. ? -

- 56

RHODOSPERME^).

5,64

filicina, Gratel.

- 55

RHODYMENIA, Grev.

123, 124

filicina, j3.

- 55

bifida, Good. $• Woodw.

- 124

fusca, Dillw.

- 57

bifida, /3. .

- 124

hypnoides, Grev. -

- 55

ciliata, L.

- 126

olivacea, Hook.

- 57

cristata, L.

- 126

plumosa, Lyngb, -

- 56

jubata, Good. $• Woodw

. - 127

racemosa, Grev. -

- 57

laciuiata, Huds. -

- 125

radicans, Dillw. -

- 57

palmata, L.

- 127

scoparia, L.

- 55

palmata, /3., y.

- 127

sertularia, Bonnem.

- 55

Pahnetta, Esper.

- 125

velutind) Grev.

- 51

polycarpa, Grev. -

- 129

SPHACELARlE^l,

- 54

reniformis, Hook. -

- 149

SPH*ROCOCCUS, Stack.

123, 128

sobolifera, Grev. -

- 127

coronopifolius, Good. §• Wdw. 128

INDEX.

245

cristatus, Grev.

I'AOK

- 126

T.

PAGE

erectus, Grev.

- 130

TAONIA, /. Ag. -

35,38

jubatus, Grev.

- 127

alomaria, Good, fy Woi

>dw. 38

tichenoides, Grev. -

- 129

poiycarpus, Grev. -

- 129

U.

Teedii, Grev.

- 141

ULVA, Linn.

212, 216

SPH&ROZYGA, Ag. -

231, 232

furcellata, E. Bol.

- 149

Berkleyana, Thw.

- 233

Lacluca, L.

- 216

Broomei, Thw.

- 233

Lacluca, E. Bot. -

- 216

Carmichaelii, Haw.

- 232

lalissima, L.

- 216

Ralfsii, Thw.
Thwailesii, Harv.

- 233
- 232

ligulata, -
Lii.za, L.

- 148
- 216

SPIRULINA, Turp. -

222, 229

plumosa, E. Bot. -

- 194

Hutchinsiae, Kutz.

- 230

purpurascens, E. Bot.

- 147

tenuissima, Kutz.

- 229

rubens, Huds.

- 154

SPONGIOCARPE^:,

- 135

umbilicata, E. Bot.

- 217

SPOROCHNACE^E,

10,21

ULVACE;E,

190,211

SPOROCHNE^l, -

23,25

v.

SPOROCHNUS, Ag.
Cabrera, Ag.

23, 25

- 26

VAUCHEBIA, D. C.

193, 195

pedunculatus, Huds.
rhizodes, /3.

- 25

- 40

dichotoma,fi., Ag.
marina, Lyngb.

- 195
- 195

villosus, Grev.

- 24

submarina, Berk. -

- 195

SPYRIDIA, Harv.

158, 166

velulina, Ag.

- 196

filamentosa, Wulf.

- 166

W

STENOGRAMME, Harv.

- 123

iuterrupla, Ag.
STILOPHORA, J. Ag.

- 124
35,39

WRANGELIA, Ag.
multin'da, Huds. -

159, 169
- 170

Lyngbyei, /. Ag. -

- 40

mullifida, £.

- 170

rhizodes, Ehr.

- 39

STRIAKIA, Grev.

35,41

.

alien uata, Grev. -

- 41

ZONARIA,

35,38

Grevilliana, Pollexfen

- 40

parvula, Grev.

- 38

GLOSSARY.

Abnormal : contrary to the regular

(or normal) order of growth.
Accessor}/ (ramuli) : branchlets, dif-

fering from the ordinary branch-

lets, and fitted to a special pur-

pose.
Acotyledonous (plants) : plants

which are propagated by spores :

Cryptogamia.

Acrogenous : growing from the top.
Acuminated: produced into a long,

slender and, usually, sharp point.
Adnate : adhering to an object by

the whole surface.
Air-vessel : a hollow portion of the

frond, filled with air.
Amorphous : without definite shape.
Analogue: |when a plant strik-
Analogous : jingly resembles ano-

ther of a different genus, or fa-

mily, so as to represent it, it is

said to be the analogue of that

plant.
Anastomose : to grow into another

body, and unite with it.

Apex, pi. apices
thing.

the top of any-

Apical : belonging to the apex.

Appositional (branches) : when two
branches lie together, and partly
unite, so as to appear like a com-
pound branch. In some Confer-
void Algae (Oscillatoriacece), a
seemingly branched filament is
composed of many simple fila-

ments, so lying together; such
would be called an appositionally
branched filament.

Appressed : closely approximated,
or, (in branching), when the small-
er branches lie close to the larger
ones, standing very erect,

Areolated: j marked out into regu-

Areola, ee : Jlar spaces (or areolee),
like a pavement.

Articulation : when a frond consists
of a single string of cells, each
cell is called an articulation ; lite-
rally, a joint.

Articulated : having a jointed ap-
pearance.

Asci: membranous cases in which
the spores of Lichens and Fuugi
are contained.

Axil : the angle formed by the in-
sertion of a branch, or division of
a frond.

Axis: a central column; or, the
central portion or medullary sub-
stance of the frond.

Base : the bottom of anything.
Basal : belonging to the base.
Branchlet : (same as ramulus) ; the

ultimate division of a compound

frond.
Byssoid : exceedingly slender, like

cobwebs.

Calcareous : formed of carbonate of

lime.
Calli : hard parts.

248

GLOSSARY.

Capitate : terminating in a knob, or
head.

Capitulum : a terminal knob, or
head.

Capillary : as slender as human
hair.

Capsule : a spore-case, or concep-
tacle.

Carnose : fleshy ; having the sub-
stance of flesh.

Cartilaginous : resembling gristle.

Cell : — cellular tissue : when a small
portion of a plant is examined
under the microscope, its sub-
stance is found to consist of mi-
nute, membranous sacs, either
empty or filled with coloured mat-
ter. These sacs are called cells,
and, in the aggregate, cellular
tissue.

Cellular (structure) : when the cells
are packed together like those of
a honeycomb ; or without obvious
arrangement.

Cellulose : the chemical substance,
of which the walls of the cells are
composed.

Ceramidium : a conceptacle of an
ovate form, pierced by a terminal
pore, and containing a tuft of
spores rising from the base of the
cavity. (See page 69).

Chlorophyll : the green matter con-
tained in the cells of a plant.

Cilia : properly applied to exceed-
ingly minute, vibratory hairs
found on the spores of certain
Algae. The term cilia (literally
an eye-lash) is also used for slen-
der ramuli or processes fringing
the margin of larger branches or
lobes.

Cirrhous : resembling tendrils of a
vine.

Class : a primary division of the
vegetable kingdom, consisting of
Orders ; as an order consists of
Genera ; and a genus of Species,

Clavate : shaped like a club, slender
at the lower end and gradually
thickening upwards, to a blunt
point.

Coccidium : a hemispherical or
spherical conceptacle, without

pore, containing a tuft of spores
on a central placenta. (See page

Compressed : between cylindrical
and flat, as if a cylinder were
partially flattened.

Concentric : having a common cen-
tre ; as when several circles are
drawn one within the other.

Conceptacle : a hollow case con-
taining a tuft or cluster of spores.

Confervoid : resembling a Conferva,
that is, a thread formed of a sin-
gle row of cells or articulations.

Coniocystce : the name given to the
fruit or sporangium of Vaucheria,
Codium, &c.

Constricted : partly or wholly closed
by a circular fold, as if tied in by
a string passed round.

Continuous : without any appear-
ance of joint, or other interrup-
tion, internal or external.

Cordate : heart-shaped.

Coriaceous : having the substance
of leather.

Corneous : having the substance of
horn.

Corymbose : an arrangement of
branches, where they pass off at
different heights from a main
stalk, and their tops are on a level
or form a convex surface.

Cosmopolitan : found in all parts of
the world (or in most parts).

Cruciate : shaped like a cross.

Crustaceous : hard and expanded
like a crust.

Cuticle : the skin or external layer.

Decumbent : lying flat, along the

ground.

Deflexed : bent downwards.
Denticulate : having small, tooth-

like projections along the margin.
Dichotomous : branched by repeated

forkings, each division dividing

at its apex continually into two

subdivisions.
Dioecious : having stamens and pis-

tils (or antheridia and spores) on

distinct roots.

GLOSSARY.

249

Dissepiment : the membrane or par-
tition separating one cell, or ar-
ticulation of a filament from
another.

Distichous : in two opposing ranks.

Divaricate : spreading at very wide
or obtuse angles.

Ellipsoidal : of a shape most re-
sembling oval.

Elliptical : oval (not ovate).

Embryo : the germ or young plant
contained in a seed.

Endochrome : the coloured contents
of the cells.

Epidermis •. the outer coating of cel-
lular tissue.

Epiphytic : growing on another ve-
getable, but attached to the sur-
face only.

Erumpent (tetraspores) -. prominent,
as if bursting through the epi-
dermis.

Falcate : shaped like a sickle.

Fasciculate : tufted.

Fastigiate : when the branches are
parallel and all point upwards, as
in the Lombardy poplar.

Favella : a form of conceptacular
fruit, described at p. 69 and p.
157.

Favellidium : a favella, immersed
in the frond. (See page 69).

Fibro-cellular : } when the cells are

Fibroso-cellular : j firm and elongat-
ed and strung together in threads
or filaments.

Filament : a string of cells, placed
end to end.

Filiform : thread-shaped ; also, slen-
der and cylindrical.

Flabelliform : shaped like a fan.

Flaccid : as if deprived of a stiffen-
ing matter (familiarly limp).

Flexuous : bent from side to side.

Foliiferous : bearing leaves.

Free : standing separate and dis-
tinct ; also, unattached.

Frond : the whole plant.

Fusiform : shaped like a spindle or
a rolling-pin, thick in the middle
and tapering to either extremity.

Gelatinous : having the substance
of jelly.

Gemmules : buds, which at length
fall off and grow into new indi-
viduals.

Genus: a group of species, nearly
related to each other, having a
common character in their fructi-
fication, and (usually) a simi-
larity of general aspect.

Gonidia : reproductive cells or
germs formed in the substance of
the plant, and afterwards becom-
ing free and separated from the
parent.

Habit : the outward aspect, or ge-
neral appearance which a plant
has to the eye.

Habitat : the place of growth in
which a plant is found.

Heterogeneous : having more than
one nature or substance.

Homogeneous : having a uniform
substance or structure.

Hyaline : transparent and colour-
less, as water or glass.

Imbricated : overlapping at the edge
like the tiles on a roof.

Inarticulate: without joints or in-
terruptions to continuity.

Inflated: swollen, as if puffed out
with air.

Internode : the space between two
joints of a stem ; an articulation.

Involucre : \ ramuli subtending a

Involucrate : ) conceptacle, forming
a more or less perfect whorl around
it.

Involute : rolled inwards.

Iridescent: reflecting the change-
able colours of the rainbow, or of
mother-of-pearl.

Lacinia : a narrow lobe or segment.

Laminia : the surface of a frond, or
Warfeofaleaf.

Lanceolate : flat, broad in the mid-
dle and narrowed to each end,
like the head of a lance.

Level-topped: same as fastigiale.

Lichenoid : irregularly lobed, and

250

GLOSSARY.

decumbent, like one of the leafy
lichens (as Peltidea).

Linear: long and narrow/with pa-
rallel sides.

Lobe: one of the portions of a
deeply cut frond.

Lobule : a diminution of lobe.

Matrix : that from which something
else is formed or developed.

Membranaceous : thin and filmy ;
also (when applied to substance),
soft and tender, but not gelati-
nous.

Metamorphosed : changed in ap-
pearance, or converted to another
purpose.

Mitriform, : shaped like a bishop's
mitre, or like a loaf of sugar.

Moniliform : like a string of beads.

Monoecious : having stamens and
pistils (or antheridia and spores)
on the same root, but not in the
same flower or conceptacle.

Mucronate : having a small pro-
jecting point, or mucro.

Mucus : organic gelatine or slime.

Nemathecium : a wart-like protu-
berance composed of vertical fila-
ments closely packed together.

Node : a joint or interruption in a
stem.

Nodose : with swollen joints.

Normal : regular, orderly.

Ob : used as a prefix to a word,
mean, contrary wise ; as ob-ovate,
the reverse of ovate, &c.

Oblong: broadly linear.

O»a*ue . }thereverse of transparent.

Orbicular: circular, round.

Order : a group of plants consisting
of numerous Genera ; the next
division under a Class.

Ovate : broad at one end and nar-
rowed towards the other, like the
outline of an egg.

Palmate : divided, like a hand, into
several finger-like lobes.

Papillated : covered with little nip-
ple or wart-like prominences, call-
ed papillae.

Paranemata : filaments which ac-

company spores in the fructifica-

tion of many Algae. (See page 9).
Paraphyses : distended paranemata ;

also applied to abortive spores.
Parasitic : growing on another

plant, and subsisting on nourish-

ment derived from it.
Parietal : attached to the wall or

lining of a cell or conceptacle.
Patent : spreading, open.
Pectinated : arranged as the teeth

of a comb.

Pelagic : growing in many distant

parts of the ocean, widely dis-

persed.
Penninerved (leaf or frond) : when

the nerves are placed at each side

of the midrib like the plumes of

a feather.
Percurrent: running through from

top to bottom.
Pericarp : the seed-vessel, or case

in which spores are lodged, or the

walls of the same.
Peripherie : belonging to the outer

stratum or periphery.
Periphery : the circumference, or

outer stratum of cells in a cylin-

drical frond.
Perispore : the case or skin which

surrounds the spore.
Phyllodium : a flattened, leaf-like

portion of the frond.
Pinna : one of a series of opposite

or alternate, distichous branchlets.
Pinnule : a secondary pinna.
Pinnated : furnished with distichous

leaves or branchlets, ranged like

the plumes of a feather.
Pinnatiftd : deeply incised in a se-

mipinnate manner.
Placenta : the part to which the

spores are attached.
Plumule : a pinnated branchlet.
Polygonal: having many angles.
Polyhedral : having many sides.
Polymorphous : assuming many

shapes.
Process : any prominence or pro-

jecting part, or small lobe.

GLOSSARY.

251

Proliferous : when a new leaf or
frondlet springs out of an old one.

Propagulum : a reproductive por-
tion of a frond, which is not a re-
gular spore.

Pulvinate : shaped like a cushion or
pillow.

Pyriform : like a pear.

Quadrifarious : spreading on four
sides, or (more loosely) spreading
on all sides of the stem or branch.

Quaternate : in fours.

Racemose : having several stalked
conceptacles along a branchlet.

Radicle : a little root, or the fibrous
part of a root.

Ramellus : a diminutive of the fol-
lowing.

Ramulus: a minute branch, usually
applied to the ultimate divisions
of a branching frond. The ra-
mellus is generally an appendage
to the ramulus, and of different
structure.

Receptacle : a portion of the frond
of definite shape, containing the
fructification.

Recurved : bent backwards.

Reniform : kidney-shaped ; broader
than long, very obtuse, with two
shallow rounded lobes at the
base.

Reticulate (surface) : marked with
inosculating lines, like the meshes
of a net-work ; or formed of large,
flat, polygonal cells.

Retiform : like a net-work.

Revolute : rolled back.

Secund : arranged along one side

only.

Septum : a partition.
Serrated : toothed like the edge of

a saw : the teeth are called serra-

tures.

Sessile : having no stalk.
Setaceous : equal in diameter to a

a hog's bristle.

Setiform : shaped like a bristle.
Siliculess little pod-like fruits.
Sinuated: when the margin has

numerous shallow, obtuse inden-
tations.

Sorus, pi. son : a cluster of spores.

Sporaceous : convertible into spores.

Sporangium : a spore-case, with its
contents.

Spore : the representative of seed in
ciyptogamic plants. It is in all
cases a simple cell.

Sporidium : a reproductive, spore-
like body, but not a true spore.

Sporophylla : small leafy lobes, con-
taining tetraspores.

Stichidia : pod-like receptacles con-
taining tetraspores.

Stipes : the stem or stalk of a leafy
frond.

Stipitate: having a stem or stalk.

Stratum : a layer.

Stria : a narrow line or mark.

Stupose : covered with woolly hairs.

Subulate : shaped like an awl.

Tentacular: resembling the tenta-
cula or feelers of a snail, long
and slender.

Terete : round, in opposition to flat.

Ternate: in threes.

Temately-parted (tetraspores) : when
only three of the sporules are seen
at one view.

Tetraspore : a spore or gemmule
dividing at maturity into four
parts.

Transverse : across.

Trichotomous : dividing continually
in threes.

Truncate : terminating abruptly, as
if broken off.

Tubercle : a term synonymous with
coccidium.

Type : generally means, as here
used, the perfect representation
or idea of anything : thus, a typi-
cal specimen embodies the cha-
racteristics of the species in an
eminent degree, &c.

Ultra : more than.

Urceolate: shaped like an ancient
pitcher, egg-shaped, with a nar-
row protruding mouth.

252 GLOSSARY.

Virgate : long and straight, like a Zoned (tetraspores) : when the te-
wand. traspore is divided into rings or

zones, by cross lines.

Whorled : surrounding a branch, in Zoospores : spores (or gemmules)
a ring. which have a proper locomotive

power, resembling the voluntary

Zigzag : angularly bent from side motions of animals,
to side.

Copies of this Work, with the Figures additionally
Coloured by hand, may be had, Price £1 I Is. Qd. "

PLATE I.

A. SARGASSUM, page 14.

Fig. 1, a branch of S. vulgare; the natural size. 2, a
receptacle. 3, section of the same. 4, a spore. 5, a
vesicle, cut open ; all more or less magnified.

B. CYSTOSEIRA, page 16.

Fig. 1, a branch of C. fibrosa ; the natural size. 2, a
receptacle and vesicle. 3, section of the receptacle.
4, a spore ; all magnified.

C. HALIDRYS, page 15.

Fig. 1, part of a branch of H. siliquosa; the natural
size. 2, a vesicle, cut open, showing the internal
septa, connected by slender threads. 3, part section
of a receptacle. 4, spore ; all magnified.

D. Fucus, page 18.

Fig. 1, part of a frond of F. vesiculosus ; the natural
size. 2, part section of a receptacle, showing three
conceptacles. 3, a spore, containing eight sporules ;
both magnified.

PLATE II.

A. PYCNOPHYCUS, page 18.

Fig. 1, P. tuberculatus ; the natural size. 2, part of
cross section of a receptacle. 3, a spore ; magnified.

B. HIMANTHALIA, page 20.

Fig. 1, H. lorea ; young and full-grown plants. 2,
part of cross section of a receptacle. 3, a spore,
containing four sporules ; magnified.

PLATE III.

A. ALARIA, page 29.

Fig. 1, A. esculenta ; the natural size. 2, part of cross
section of a sorus. 3, spores from the same ; mag-
nified.

B. CHORDA, page 31.

Fig. 1, Chorda filum ; the natural size. 2, vertical
section of the frond. 3, vertical section of a small
portion of the wall, showing the large internal cells
and the stratum of spores. 4, spores from the same.
5, an antheridium ? ; all magnified.

PL 3

PLATE IV.

LAMINARIA, page 29.

Fig. 1, L. digitata; showing the form of the full-
grown frond. 2, the same, in the act of throwing off
the frond of the previous season ; both figures on a
reduced scale. 3, cross section of the frond. 4,
spores ; both magnified.

PLATE V.

A. SPOROCHNUS, page 25.

Fig. 1, S. pedunculatus ; the natural size. 2, recep-
tacles. 3, spores and filaments from the same. 4,
one of the fibres of the crest. 5, cross section of
the stem ; all magnified.

B. CARPOMITRA, page 25.

Fig. 1, C. Cabreras ; the natural size. 2, portion of
the frond, with a fertile branch. 3, receptacle. 4,
filament from the same. 5, cross section of the
frond ; magnified.

C. ARTHROCLADIA, page 24.

Fig. 1, branch of A. villosa ; the natural size. 2,
small part of the frond. 3, pods, containing spores.
4, longitudinal section of the frond. 5, cross section
of the same ; all magnified.

D. DESMARESTIA, page 23.

Fig. 1, branch of D. aculeata ; the natural size. 2,
longitudinal, and 3, cross, sections of the stem, mag-
nified. 4, branch of D. ligulata, the natural size.

/V. J

PLATE VI.

A. CUTLERIA, page 35.

Fig. 1, C. multifida ; the natural size. 2, a morsel
of the frond with a sorus. 4, antheridia. 5, trans-
verse, and 6, longitudinal, sections of the frond;
magnified.

B. HALISERIS, page 36.

Fig. 1, H. polypodioides ; the natural size. 2, morsel
of the frond with scattered spores. 3, small portion
with sorus. 4, spores ; magnified.

C. PADINA, page 37.

Fig. 1, P. Pavonia ; the natural size. 2, a sorus. 3,
spores. 4, circinate apex of the frond, with fringe ;
magnified.

D. ZONARIA, page 38.

Fig. 1, Fronds of Z. parvula, on a piece of Nullipore.
2, portion of the frond. 3, cellular structure of the
surface ; magnified.

PLATE VII.

A. DICTYOTA, page 39.

Fig. 1, D. dichotoma; the natural size. 2, sorus, on
a small portion of the frond. 3, vertical section of
the same. 4, spore, containing four sporules. 5,
fragment of the frond with scattered spores ; magni-
fied,

B. TAONIA, page 38.

Fig. 1, T. Atomaria ; the natural size. 2, portion of
the frond, showing spores in bands and scattered.
3, section of the frond with spores in situ ; mag-
nified.

C. STILOPHORA, page 39.

Fig. 1 , S. rhizodes ; the natural size. 2, fragment of
the frond, with sori. 3, cross section of frond and
sorus. 4, spore and filament or paranema.

D. DICTYOSIPHON, page 40.

Fig. 1, D.fceniculacens ; the natural size. 2, portion
of the frond, with scattered spores. 3, spore. 4,
cross section of a younger portion, and 5, of an
older portion, of the frond. 6, cellular tissue from
the interior of the same ; all magnified.

/Y 7

PLATE VIII.

A. STRIARIA, page 41.

Fig. 1 , S. attenuata ; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the frond, with sori in transverse rows. 8, a
sorus on a fragment of the frond. 4, a spore ; all
magnified.

B. PUNCTARIA, page 41.

Fig. 1, P. plantaginea ; the natural size. 2, small
portions of the frond with scattered spores. 3, small
portions with a sorus. 4, section of frond through
the centre of a sorus. 5, spores ; all magnified.

C. ASPEROCOCCUS, page 42.

Fig* 1, A. Turneri ; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the surface with sori. 3, section of frond and
sorus. 4, spore ; all magnified.

D. LITOSIPHON, page 43.

Fig. 1, Tuft of L. pusillus; the natural size. 2, por-
tion of a frond, clothed with hairs. 3, small portion
of the same with spores. 4, 5, cross sections of the
frond ; all magnified.

PLATE IX.

A. CLADOSTEPHUS, page 54.

Fig. 1, C. verticillatus ; the natural size. 2, a whorl
of ramuli on a fragment of the stem. 3, a barren
ramulus. 4, a fertile ramulus, from a winter speci-
men. 5, cross section of the stem ; magnified.

B. SPHACELARIA, page 55.

Fig. 1, S. scoparia; the natural size. 2, pinnated
branch or plumuli from the same ; magnified. 3, S.
cirrhosa, the natural size. 4, plumuli of the same.
5, apex of a ramulus, with sphacelated tip. 6, part
of ramulus, with fruit ; magnified.

C. ECTOCARPUS, page 58.

Fig. 1, E. siliculosus ; the natural size. 2, silicular
spore of the same. 3, branch with fruit. 4, branch
of E. littoralis, in fruit. 4, immersed spore.

D. MYRIOTRICHIA, page 63.

1, Tufts of M. claveeformis growing on Chorda lomen-
taria ; the natural size. 2, a frond. 3, ramulus,
spore and fibres, from the same ; magnified.

/'/. .v

PLATE X.

A. CHORDARIA, page 46.

Fig. 1, C. jiagelliformis ; the natural size. 2, seg-
ment of a cross section of the frond. 3, longitudinal
slice. 4, spore and paranema ; magnified.

B. MESOGLOIA, page 47.

Fig. 1, M. virescens ; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the frond. 3, filaments from the same ; mag-
nified.

C. LEATHESIA, page 48.

Fig. 1, L. tuber if or mis ; the natural size. 2, vertical
section of the same ; magnified. 3, L. Berkeleyi ;
the natural size. 4, filaments from the same ; rnag-

D. RALFSIA, page 49.

Fig. 1, R. deusta ; the natural size. 2, vertical sec-
tion of frond, with sori. 3, filaments composing the
periphery of the frond. 4, spore and paranemata
from a sorus ; magnified.

E. MYRIONEMA, page 51.

Fig. 1, M. punctiforme, growing on Ceramium rubrum;
the natural size. 2, a plant of the parasite on a
joint of the Ceramium. 3, spores and filaments ;
magnified.

F. ELACHISTEA, page 49.

Fig. 1, E.fucicola, growing on Fucus vesiculosus ; the
natural size. 2, a small part of the parasite, showing
a dichotomous filament from the tubercle ; the fila-
ments or paranemata of the spores ; the spores, and
the bases of the long, free filaments, all in situ. 3,
spore and paranemata ; magnified.

PUO

PLATE XI.

A. ODONTHALIA, page 77.

Fig. 1, O. dentata ; a branch, the natural size. 2,
tuft of ceramidia. 3, spores from the same. 4, tuft
of stichidia. 5, a tetraspore ; all magnified.

B. RHODOMELA, page 78.

Fig. 1, Branch of R. subfusca ; the natural size. 2,
small ramulus with young ceramidia. 3, a cera-
midium. 4, stichidia (borne in winter). 5, a tetras-
pore. 6, cross section of the frond ; all magnified.

C. BOSTRYCHIA, page 79.

Fig. 1, B. scorpioides ; the natural size. 2, apex of a
branch. 3, cross section of the frond. 4, longitudi-
nal section of the same ; magnified.

D. RYTIPHL/EA, page 80.

Fig. 1, R. pinastroides ; the natural size. 2, ramuli
bearing stichidia. 3, a stichidium. 4, ramuli bear-
ing ceramidia. 5, a ceramidium. 6, longitudinal
section of the frond ; all magnified.

Pill.

PLATE XII.

A. POLYSIPHONIA, page 82.

Fig. 1, P. variegata ; the natural size. 2, a cera-
raidium. 3, a spore. 4, ramulus with immersed te-
traspores. 5, a tetraspore. 6, small portion of the
stem. 7, cross section of the same, to show the six
siphons, surrounding the central tube ; all magnified.

B. DASYA, page 93.

Fig. 1, D. arbuscula ; the natural size. 2, ramellus
bearing stichidia. 3, a ceramidium. 4, cross sec-
tion of the stem ; all magnified.

C. LAURENCIA, page 97.

Fig. 1, L. pinnatifida ; the natural size. 2, apex of
branch with tetraspores. 3, a tetraspore. 4, apex of
a branch with ceramidia. 5, spores ; all magnified.

D. BONNEMAISONIA, page 97.

Fig. 1, B. asparagoides ; the natural size. 2, apex of
a branch, with ceramidia alternating with the ra-
muli. 3, a ceramidium. 4, a spore ; all magnified.

PU2.

PLATE XIII.

A. CHRYSYMENIA, page 99.

Fig, 1, C. clavellosa, a small plant ; the natural size.
2, rainulus with imbedded tetraspores. 3, a tetra-
spore. 4, small branch, with ceramidia on its ra-
muli. 5, a ceramidium ; all magnified.

B. CHYLOCLADIA, page 100.

Fig. 1, C. kaliformis, a small plant ; the natural size.
2, apex, bearing ceramidia on the ramuli. 3, a cera-
midium. 4, tufted spores from the same. 5, apex
having tetraspores imbedded in the ramuli. 6, a
tetraspore ; all magnified.

C. CORALLINA, page 105.

Fig. 1, C. officinalis ; the natural size. 2, small part
of the frond, with terminal ceramidia. 3, a cera-
midium cut open. 4, a tetraspore. 5, small part of
the frond, after the lime has been removed ; magnified.

D. JANIA, page 107.

Fig. 1 . Tufts of J. rubens, the natural size. 2, a fer-
tile branch of the same. 3, ceramidium. 4, tetra-
spores, from the same. 5, part of an articulation of
the frond, after the lime has been removed; magnified.

PLATE XIV.

A. MELOBESIA, page 107.

Fig. 1, M. fasciculata. 2, leaf of Zostera, on which
M. membranacea is growing ; both the natural size.
3, fronds of M. membranacea ; magnified.

B. LITHOCYSTIS, page 111.

Fig. 1, Part of a frond of Chrysymenia clavellosa, on
which L. Allmanni is growing; the natural size.

2, fronds of L. Allmanni ; very highly magnified.

C. HlLDENBRANDTIA, page 110.

Fig. 1, H. rubra, growing on a pebble; the natural
size. 2, small portion of the frond, viewed vertically.

3, vertical section of the frond, cut through a con-
ceptacle. 4, a tetraspore ; all magnified.

D. PEYSSONELIA, page 144.

Fig. 1, P. Dubyi, growing on a fragment of stone ; the
natural size. 2, vertical section, cut through a
wart. 3, tetraspores ; both highly magnified.

n /•*

..

I

PLATE XV.

A. DELESSERIA, page 113.

Fig. 1, D. sanguinea ; 2, winter branch with sporo-
phylla; the natural size. 3, a sporophyllum or
leaflet, containing tetraspores. 4, a tetraspore ; mag-
nified. 5, a winter branch with coccidium ; the na-
tural size. 6, a coccidium on its stalk. 7, spores ;
magnified.

B. NITOPHYLLDM, page 116.

Fig. 1, N. punctatum ; the natural size. 2, frag-
ment with spores. 3, a tetraspore. 4, fragment
with tubercle. 5, spores from the same ; magnified.

C. PLOCAMIUM, page 119.

Fig. 1, P. coccineum ; the natural size. 2, branch
with tubercle. 3, tubercle further enlarged. 4,
branch with sporophylla. 5, a sporophyllum. 6, a
tetraspore from the same ; all magnified.

D. STENOGRAMME, page 123.

Fig. 1, S. interrupta ; the natural size. 2, portion of
the frond, with young and mature fruit. 3, section
of the frond ; magnified.

a «2) /«? IF \r

4 > Jf %^^

PLATE XVI.

A. RHODYMENIA, page 124.

Fig. 1, R. laciniata ; the natural size. 2, 8, portions
of the margin, with coccidia of different sizes. 4,
portion of the margin, with sorus. 5, tetraspores ;
all magnified.

B. SPH^ROCOCCUS, page 128.

Fig. 1, S. coronopifolius ; the natural size. 2, frag-
ment, with fructification. 3, a tubercle. 4, longi-
tudinal, and 5, transverse, slices of the frond; magni-

C. GRACILARIA, page 128.

Fig. 1, G. confervoides ; the natural size. 2, vertical
sections of tubercle. 3, longitudinal, and 4, trans-
verse, slices of the frond.

D. HYPNEA, page 130.

Fig. 1, H. purpurascens ; the natural size. 2, frag-
ment of a branch, with imbedded tubercles. 3, a
tetraspore. 4, longitudinal, and 5, transverse, slices
of the frond ; all magnified.

Pi.16

PLATE XVII.

A. GRATELOUPIA, page 137.

Fig. 1, G. filicina ; the natural size. 2, branch with
tetraspores. 3, longitudinal section of the same.
4, a tetraspore. 5, branchlet with favellidia. 6,
transverse section of the same ; magnified.

B. GELIDIUM, page 137.

Fig. 1, G. corneum. 2, the same, var. latifolium ;
both the natural size. 3, a ramulus with tetraspores.
4, tetraspores (dispores). 5, a favellidium imbedded
in a swollen ramulus. 6, spores ; all magnified.

C. GIGARTINA, page 139.

Fig. 1, G. acicularis ; the natural size. 2, branchlet
with fruit. 3, vertical section of a fruit. 4, longitu-
dinal slice of the frond ; all magnified.

D. CHONDRUS, page 141.

Fig. 1, C. crispus ; the natural size. 2, cross section
of an imbedded sorus. 3, a tetraspore. 4, longitu-
dinal slice of the frond ; magnified.

PLATE XVIII.

A. PHYLLOPHORA, page 142.

Fig. 1, P. rubens ; the natural size. 2, a nemathe-
cium. 3, filaments from the same. 4, tubercles.
5, spores from the same ; all magnified.

B. GYMNOGONGRUS, page 145.

Fig. 1, G. Griffithsi<B ; the natural size. 2, part of a
fertile branch with nemathecium. 3, section of ne-
mathecium. 4, chained tetraspores from the same ;
all magnified.

C. FURCELLARIA, page 146.

Fig. 1, F. lumbricalis ; the natural size. 2, cross sec-
tion of a portion of the frond, showing tetraspores
imbedded among the filaments of the periphery. 3,
a tetraspore attached to a filament ; all magnified.

D. POLYIDES, page 146.

Fig. 1, P. rotundus ; the natural size. 2, section of
part of the frond, and of one of the warts. 3, favel-
lidium from the wart. 4, a spore. 5, a tetraspore
from another specimen ; all magnified.

PLATE XIX.

A. IRIDJSA, page 150.

Fig. 1, I.edulis; the natural size. 2, section of a
frond with favellidia. 3, section of a frond with
tetraspores. 4, tetraspores ; all magnified.

B. KALLYMENIA, page 149.

Fig. 1, K. reniformis, the natural size. 2, section
through a favellidium. 3, a tetraspore, from another
specimen ; both magnified.

C. GINANNIA, page 148.

Fig. 1, G. furcellata; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the frond. 3, longitudinal, and 4, transverse
sections of the same, the latter showing immersed
favellidia ; all magnified.

D. HALYMENIA, page 148.

Fig. 1, H. ligulata, the natural size. 2, cross section
of the frond. 3, a favellidium. 4, spores. 5, por-
tion of the surface cells ; all magnified.

PLATE XX.

A. DUMONTIA, page 147.

Fig. 1, D. Jiliformis ; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the frond, in fruit. 3, favellidium, attached
to the inner face of the wall of the frond ; magnified.

B. CATENELLA, page 151.

Fig. 1, C. Opuntia ; the natural size. 2, a frond mag-
nified. 3, a tetraspore. 4, a favellidium, immersed
in one of the ramuli. 5, vertical section of the frond ;
all magnified.

C. CRUORIA, page 151.

Fig. 1, C. pellita, growing on a portion of rock; the
natural size. 2, vertical section of the skin-like
frond. 3, filaments of which the frond is composed ;
all magnified.

D. NACCARIA, page 152.

Fig. 1, N. Wigghii ; the natural size. 2, portion of
one of the branches, with fertile ramuli. 3, filament
bearing a spore from the ramuli. 4, transverse sec-
tion of the stem ; all magnified.

PLATE XXI.

A. GLOIOSIPHONIA, page 152.

Fig. 1, G. capillaris; the natural size. 2, ramuli, in
fruit. 3, transverse section of a branch, showing the
tubular frond. 4, portion of the wall of the frond,
with favellidium ; all magnified.

B. NEMALEON, page 153.

Fig. 1, N. multifidum ; the natural size. 2, filaments
from the periphery of the same. 3, favellidium sur-
rounded by moniliform filaments ; both magnified.

C. DUDRESNAIA, page 154.

Fig. 1, D. divaricata ; the natural size. 2, segment of
a cross section of the frond. 3, favellidium ; both
magnified.

D. CROUANIA, page 155.

Fig. 1, C. attenuata, growing on Cladostephus spongi-
osus ; the natural size. 2, portion of one of the
branches. 3, whorl of ramuli from the same. 4, te-
traspore attached to one of the whoiied ramuli ; all
magnified.

F1.2J.

PLATE XXII.

A. PTILOTA, page 159.

Fig. 1, P. plumosa ; the natural size. 2, favella on its
peduncle, surrounded by involucral ramuli. 3, favella
removed. 4, ramulus bearing tetraspores. 5, a te-
traspore. 6, pectinated ramulus ; all magnified.

B. MICHOCLADIA, page 160.

Fig. 1, M. glandulosa ; the natural size. 2, ramulus
with favella. 3, favella. 4, ramulus with tetraspores.
5, a tetraspore ; all magnified.

C. CERAMIUM, page 161.

Fig. 1, C. rubrum; the natural size. 2, ramulus with
favellidium. 3, ramulus with imbedded tetraspores.
4, a tetraspore ; all magnified.

D SPYRIDIA, page 166.

Fig. 1, £ Jilamentosa ; the natural size. 2, fragment
with pedunculated favellae. 3, fragment with ramuli
bearing tetraspores. 4, a tetraspore. 5, a transverse,
and 6, a longitudinal, section of the frond ; magni-
fied.

Pl.22.

PLATE XXIII.

A. CALLITHAMNION, page 171.

Fig. 1, C. Borreri ; the natural size. 2, a pinnated
branch, or plumule of the same, bearing tetraspores
on the ramuli. 3, a ramulus with tetraspores. 4, a
favella on a truncated plumule ; magnified.

B. GRIFFITHSIA, page 167.

Fig. 1, G. corallina ; the natural size. 2, part of a
branch with involucrated tetraspores. 3, an involu-
cre, to whose ramuli tetraspores are attached, sur-
rounding a fragment of the stem. 4, a tetraspore.
5, part of a branch with favellae ; magnified.

C. SEIROSPORA, page 170.

Fig. 1, S. Griffithsiana ; the natural size. 2, part of
the main stem. 3, dichotomous ramulus, partly con-
verted into strings of spores. 4, tetraspores ; all mag-
nified.

D. WRANGELIA, page 199.

Fig. 1, W. multifida ; the natural size. 2, fragment
of stem with whorled ramuli, bearing a whorled and
pedunculate favella. 3, spores from the favella. 4,
ramulus with tetraspore. 5, a tetraspore ; all mag-
nified.

PLATE XXIV.

A. CODIUM, page 193.

Fig. 1, C. tomentosum ; the natural size. 2, filaments
from the same, in fruit ; magnified.

B. BRYOPSIS, page 194.

Fig. 1, B. plumosa, the natural size. 2, part of a
branch ; magnified.

C. VAUCHERIA, page 195.

Fig. 1, V. submarine* ; the natural size. 2, portion of
a fertile filament ; magnified.

D. CLADOPHORA, page 198.

Fig. 1, C. falcata; the natural size. 2, small branch
with secund, falcate ramuli ; magnified. 3, ramulus,
more highly magnified.

E. CONFERVA, page 207.

Fig. 1, C. tortuosa; the natural size. 2, portion of a
filament; magnified.

F. RHIZOCLONIUM, page 206.

Fig. 1, jR. riparium; the appearance to the naked eye.
2, portion of a filament, magnified.

PL 24.

PLATE XXV.

A. PORPHYRA, page 216.

Fig. 1, P. laciniata ; the natural size. 2, portion of
the membrane; magnified.

B. ULVA, page 216.

Fig. 1, U. latissima ; the natural size. 2, portion of
the membrane ; magnified.

C. BANGIA, page 217.

Fig. 1, B. fusco-purpurea ; tuft, the natural size. 2,
portions of filament. 3, transverse section of a fila-
ment; magnified.

D. ENTEROMORPHA, page 213.

Fig. 1, J£. compressa; the natural size. 2, small por-
tion of the same ; magnified.

E. OCHLOCH^TE, page 211.

.Fz<7. 1, 0. hystrix ; fronds, the natural size, parasitical
on a leaf of grass. 2, one of the tufts ; magnified.
3, portion of a filament from the same ; very highly
magnified.

PLATE XXVI.

A. RIVULAKIA, page 222.

Fig, 1, R. atra, on a stone ; the natural size. 2, ver-
tical section of a frond. 3, filament from the same ;
magnified.

B. SCHIZOTHRTX, page 223.

Fig. 1, S. Cresswellii, on a stone; the natural size.
2, filaments from the same ; magnified. 3, portion
of a filament ; very highly magnified.

C. CALOTHRIX, page 223.

Fig. 1, C. confervicola, growing on Ceramium rubrum ;
the natural size. 2, filaments from the same ; mag-
nified. 3, small fragment of a filament ; highly
magnified.

D. MICROCOLEUS, page 227.

Fig. 1, M. anguiformis ; the natural size. 2, a sheath ;
magnified. 3, filament from the same ; highly mag-
nified.

E. LYNGBYA, page 225.

Fig. 1, L. majuscula ; the natural size. 2, portion of
a filament ; magnified.

F. OSCILLATORIA, page 228.

Fig. 1, stratum of O. insignis, as it appears to the eye.

2, filament of the same species ; highly magnified.

3, filament of O. nigro-viridis ; magnified.

Trj J.Peter*

PLATE XXVII.

A. MONORMIA, page 231.

Fig. 1, portion of the gelatinous fronds, as they appear
to the eye. 2, part of a frond ; magnified. 3, fila-
ment from the same ; highly magnified.

B. HORMOSPORA, page 235.

Fig. 1, young, and Jig. 2, full-grown plant
mosa. 3, spore from the same ; all highly

of H. ra

u-grown pant o . ra
same ; all highly magnified

C. SPIRULINA, page 229.

Fig. 1, S. tenuissima ; the stratum as it appears to the
eye. 2, filaments from the same ; very highly mag-
nified.

D. SPH^ROZYGA, page 232.

Fig. \ , stratum of S. Carmichaelii, as it appears to the
eye. 2, a young and an old filament of the same
species; very highly magnified.

E. SPERMOSEIRA, page 233.

Fig. 1, stratum of S. litorea, as it appears to the eye.
2, filaments from the same ; highly magnified.

D

This day is published, price 5s., a second edition of

PROFESSOR HARVEY'S SEA-SIDE BOOK:

BEING

AN INTRODUCTION

TO THE

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE BRITISH COASTS.

JOHN VAN VOORST, 1, PATERNOSTER ROW.
M.DCCC.XLIX.

. ••
— ""-••••••••••I

000 049 506